DRUID TRAIL WALKWAY - PHASE 4 - 04-0021-PRi r .F �
5';- ;:,1��sr�','s:,�s-.,'
iw-=. L.� :;
^"� =�;;; : =s;��; � �.
ti';:���-�:�->>; .... �
?'::t�::'. "::
�-fr{� i".'
;�.n,�j.;.,. ,a'¢
.e�"�d'3P � � R�3 p
Ex:;rxt:�,.ttic� I7u��r�r►fFM�r
A�gust 9�h, 20�:9
I�o��rt C: Fornwait, Pcesident
Keystone Excavat�rs, lnc.
��715cariet. 6�vd.
�ldsrr�ar, FL 34677
R E:
� .� � �r �J F � �:, 1� i�. I� � .� rl � �,E.
P��,� C:�f�:ic� I3���•i?-���1,T.1:e1iC1V.�l`iIT.{..��I.C}(iE�TR �7��5-��:"�S.
;��AE�'afL:31'.�FY.��ii�lif�.S �iE:',:lSLtii., ��C�(i �c�l'[1i.`�AI�i2TxI:.iLlT1[�� i.7I'ii� �?(J.�T..F.13(15:1��Sfyt'(A.3i21i�i };3'�71.3
� [:1.E1'i3ea\7 { �� ]�']..�.`� ��} J':�� [�7 � 1�7���: 7� .
Firia� Acceptan�e l7ruid 7rail Phase IV
FPI1V �i3�58[3-x-58-D1.
Contract dq�-4����PR
Dear Mr. �ornwalt:
'�his letter is tv intorm yau the �i�-a�ect campieted an 1un� 25, 2019 and finai aec�pted by FD�T
Qn �uly �7; 2p19 is accep�ed ar�d transferred to operation5 and rnai�tenance. 7h� ►rvarranty
periad will naw �amm�nce f�r th� specffied period.
7he City af Clearwaterthanic yau far yaur c{iligence and Goaperation in constructir�g thi5linfc nf
the Pinelfas Frail art pruid Raad. �f €�ere is ar�y additianai questioris, pl�ase �ontact m� dire�ly-
`� 5irt�rely;
�� � ..��.
'�..����� �� --`�-L-� � _... .
Faul 6ertels; �rojeGt Manager
City af Clearwater
�
"Fc��ial �ni�a1���>siier�r �usd.��,flirn3�ii��e.�rtic�r� Esn�ltrv.er"
�
•
•
August 15, 2017
PREPARED BY: Kevin Coughlin
� ��
�� �+1
� �,��r+
..�A� ��
,.�. l�ERL.,,�
SPECIFICATIONS PACKAGE
DRUID TRAIL PHASE IV FROM S. EVERGREEN AVE. TO DUKE ENERGIT TRAIL
CITY PROJECT NO. 04-0021-PR
LOCAL AGENCY PROJECT FINANCIAL PROJECT ID(S). 432580-1-58-01
FEDERAL FUNDS
DISTRICT SEVEN - PINELLAS COUNTY
The July 2016 Edition of the Florida Department of Transportation Standard Specifcations is
revised as follows:
I hereby cert� that this specifications package has been properly prepared by me, or under my
responsible charge, in accordance with procedures adopted by the Florida Department of
Transportation.
The official record of this package has been electronically signed and sealed using a Digital
Signature as required by 61G15-23.004 F.A.C. Printed copies of this document are not
considered signed and sealed and the signature must be verified on any electronic copies.
Prepared by: Kevin J. Coughlin, PE
Date: August 15, 2017
Fla. License No.: 39938
Firm Name: Wade Trim, Inc.
Firm Address: 8010 Woodland Center Boulevard, Suite 1200
City, State, Zipcode: Tampa, FL 33614
Certificate of Authorization Number: 3952
Page(s): 304
a'pe�saos�anes
�_`�� ��� �;t`J �'�'s
��A`� � , r , . m . . ., ��`�"�o
.a
r ..•
� `— • t� :
� � ��8 a � �
�a • v
�� � .�
-
� "�? ° ST�,7E OF : �
� � �A .c� : r��q
� , �'r •
����°6< Q R 1�JP ,\��, d�
a
m. , o�'s'�.,e^'� mp . . • �� �*,
y�``��1w�f,�dW�'e� � `0da
`�Y�a��arv�°�
August 15, 2017
• SPECIAL PROVISIONS
............................................................................................................. 3
LAP DIVISION 1 SPECIFICATIONS ....................................................................................... 4
FROM SECTION 1— Definitions and Terms:
FROM SECTION 9 (Partial Payments)..........
................................................. .,
............................................. 379
SUPPLELENTAL SPECIFICATIONS .................................................................................. 413
EARTHWORK AND RELATED OPERATIONS FOR LAP (OFF-SYSTEM}...........
STABILIZING (LOCAL AGENCY USE — FDOT ARCHIVE
SPECIFICATION) ..............................................................................................
LIMEROCK BASE (FOR LOCAL AGENCY USE — FDOT ARCHIVE
...... 424
535
SPECIFICATION) . ................................................................................................... 5 79
GRADED AGREGATE BASE (FOR LOCAL AGENCY USE — FDOT
ARCHIVE SPECIFICATION) ................................................................................. 602
320 HOT MIX ASPHALT — PLANT METHODS AND EQUIPMENT ........................ 635
TYPE S ASPHALT CONCRETE, QUALITY ASSURANCE AND
ACCEPTANCE PROCEDURES (FOR LOCAL AGENCY USE - FDOT
ARCHIVE SPECIFICATION) ................................................................................. 646
334 SUPERPAVE ASPHALT CONCRETE ................................................................... 856
CONCRETE FOR LAP (OFF-SYSTEM) ............................................................................ 878
PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE (LOCAL AGENCY USE - FDOT
ARCHIVE SPECIFICATION) ................................................................................. 912
• 7ll THERMOPLASTIC PAVEMENT MARKINGS . ................................................. 1145
916 BITUMINOUS MATERIALS .............................................................................. 11920
971 PAVEMENT MARKING MATERIALS ............................................................... 1234
�
FHWAFORM 1273 ........................................................................................................135 - 146
CITY OF CLEARWATER - SECTION III - GENERAL CONDITIONS ...............147 -186
CITY OF CLEARWATER — SUPPLEMENTAL CONDITIONS .......................................187
CITY OF CLEARWATER - SECTION IV - TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS....188 - 225
CITY OF CLEARWATER — SECTION V— CONTRACT DOCUMENTS ............ 226 - 257
CITY OF CLEARWATER -CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS ................................258 — 287
CLEARANCE LETTERS ...............................................................................................288 — 295
PERMITS......................................................................................................................... 296 - 303
THIS COMPLETES THIS SPECIFICATION PACKAGE .................................................304
2 Updated August 15, 2017
• SPECIAL PROVISIONS
�
�
August 15, 2017
• LAP DIVISION 1 SPECIFICATIONS.
(REV 9-26-16) (1-17)
•
•
Construction Checklist Specifications
from
Department of Transportation
Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction
The following excerpts from the Standard Specifications and Special Provisions are provided for
use in LAP Specifications as needed in accordance with the Local Agency Program Checklist for
Construction Contracts (Phase 58) — Federal and State Requirements (525-070-44)
4 August 15, 2017
• FROM SECTION 1— DEFINITIONS AND TERMS:
Department Name
Engineer
Contractor's Engineer of Record.
A Professional Engineer registered in the State of Florida, other than the Engineer of
Record or his subcontracted consultant, who undertakes the design and drawing of components
of the permanent structure as part of a redesign or Cost Savings Initiative Proposal, or for repair .
designs and details of the permanent work. The Contractor's Engineer of Record may also serve
as the Specialty Engineer.
The Contractor's Engineer of Record must be an employee of a pre-qualified firm. The
firm shall be pre-qualified in accordance with the Rules of the Department of Transportation,
Chapter 14-75. Any Corporation or Partnership offering engineering services must hold a
Certificate of Authorization from the Florida Department of Business and Professional
Regulation.
As an alternate to being an employee of a pre-qualified firm, the Contractor's Engineer of
Record may be a pre-qualifed Specialty Engineer. For items of the permanent work declared by
the State Construction Office to be "major" or "structural", the work performed by a pre-
qualified Specialty Engineer must be checked by another pre-qualified Specialty Engineer. An
• individual Engineer may become pre-qualified in the work groups listed in the Rules of the
Department of Transportation, Chapter 14-75, if the requirements for the Professional Engineer
are met for the individual work groups. Pre-qualified Specialty Engineers are listed on the State
Construction Website. Pre-qualifed Specialty Engineers will not be authorized to perform
redesigns or Cost Savings Initiative Proposal designs of items fully detailed in the plans.
•
Specialty Engineer.
A Professional Engineer registered in the State of Florida, other than the Engineer of
Record or his subcontracted consultant, who undertakes the design and drawing preparation of
components, systems, or installation methods and equipment for specific temporary portions of
the project work or for special items of the permanent works not fully detailed in the plans and
required to be furnished by the Contractor such as but not limited to pot bearing designs, non-
standard expansion joints, MSE wall designs and other specialty items. The Specialty Engineer
may also provide designs and details for items of the permanent work declared by the State
Construction Office to be "minor" or "non-structural". The Specialty Engineer may be an
employee or offcer of the Contractor or a fabricator, an employee or officer of an entity
providing components to a fabricator, or an independent consultant.
For items of work not specifically covered by the Rules of the Department of
Transportation, a Specialty Engineer is qualified if he has the following qualifications:
(1) Registration as a Professional Engineer in the State of Florida.
(2) The education and experience necessary to perform the submitted design as
required by the Florida Department of Business and Professional Regulation.
5 August 15, 2017
• FROM SECTION 4(ALTERATION OF WORI�.
4-3 Alteration of Plans or of Character of Work.
4-3.1 General: The Engineer reserves the right to make, at any time prior to or during the
progress of the work, such increases or decreases in quantities, whether a significant change or
not, and such alterations in the details of construction, whether a substantial change or not,
including but not limited to alterations in the grade or alignment of the road or structure or both,
as may be found necessary or desirable by the Engineer. Such increases, decreases or alterations
shall not constitute a breach of Contract, shall not invalidate the Contract, nor release the Surety
from any liability arising out of this Contract or the Surety bond. The Contractor agrees to
perform the work, as altered, the same as if it had been a part of the original Contract.
The term "significant change" applies only when:
1. The Engineer determines that the character of the work as altered differs
materially in kind or nature from that involved or included in the original proposed construction,
or
2. A major item of work, as defined in 1-3, is increased in excess of 125%
or decreased below 75% of the original Contract quantity. The Department will apply any price
adjustment for an increase in quantity only to that portion in excess of 125% of the original
Contract item quantity in accordance with 4-3.2 below. In the case of a decrease below 75% the
Department will only apply a price adjustment for the additional costs that are a direct result of
the reduction in quantity.
In (1) above, the determination by the Engineer shall be conclusive. If the
• determination is challenged by the Contractor in any proceeding, the Contractor must establish
by clear and convincing proof that the determination by the Engineer was without any reasonable
basis.
4-3.2 Increase, Decrease or Alteration in the Work: The Engineer reserves the right to
make alterations in the character of the work which involve a substantial change in the nature of
the design or in the type of construction or which materially increases or decreases the cost or
time of performance. Such alteration shall not constitute a breach of Contract, shall not invalidate
the Contract or release the Surety.
Notwithstanding that the Contractor shall have no formal right whatsoever to any
extra compensation or time extension deemed due by the Contractor for any cause unless and
until the Contractor follows the procedures set forth in 5-12.2 for preservation, presentation and
resolution of the claim, the Contractor may at any time, after having otherwise timely submitted
a notice of intent to claim or preliminary time extension request pursuant to 5-12.2 and 8-7.3.2,
submit to the Department a request for equitable adjustment of compensation or time or other
dispute resolution proposal. The Contractor shall in any request for equitable adjustment of
compensation, time, or other dispute resolution proposal certify under oath and in writing, in
accordance with the formalities required by Florida law, that the request is made in good faith,
that any supportive data submitted is accurate and complete to the Contractor's best knowledge
and belief, and that the amount of the request accurately reflects what the Contractor in good
faith believes to be the Department's responsibility. Such certification must be made by an
officer or director of the Contractor with the authority to bind the Contractor. Any such certified
statements of entitlement and costs shall be subject to the audit provisions set forth in 5-12.14.
While the submittal or review of a duly certified request for equitable adjustment shall neither
• create, modify, nor activate any legal rights or obligations as to the Contractor or the
Department, the Department will review the content of any duly certified request for equitable
6 August 15, 2017
• adjustment or other dispute resolution proposal, with any further action or inaction by the
Department thereafter being in its sole discretion. Any request for equitable adjustment that fails
to fully comply with the certification requirements will not be reviewed by the Department.
The monetary compensation provided for below constitutes full and complete
payment for such additional work and the Contractor shall have no right to any additional
monetary compensation for any direct or indirect costs or profit for any such additional work
beyond that expressly provided below. The Contractor shall be entitled to a time extension only
to the extent that the performance of any portion of the additional work is a controlling work
item and the performance of such controlling work item actually extends completion of the
project due to no fault of the Contractor. All time related costs for actual performance of such
additional work are included in the compensation already provided below and any time extension
entitlement hereunder will be without additional monetary compensation. The Contractor shall
have no right to any monetary compensation or damages whatsoever for any direct or indirect
delay to a controlling work item arising out of or in any way related to the circumstances leading
up to or resulting from additional work (but not relating to the actual performance of the
additional work, which is paid for as otherwise provided herein), except only as provided for
under 5-12.6.2.1.
4-3.2.1 Allowable Costs for Extra Work: The Engineer may direct in writing
that extra work be done and, at the Engineer's sole discretion, the Contractor will be paid
pursuant to an agreed Supplemental Agreement or in the following manner:
1. Labor and Burden: The Contractor will receive payment for actual costs
of direct labor and burden for the additional or unforeseen work. Labor includes foremen
• actually engaged in the work; and will not include project supervisory personnel nor necessary
on-site clerical staff, except when the additional or unforeseen work is a controlling work item
and the performance of such controlling work item actually extends completion of the project
due to no fault of the Contractor. Compensation for project supervisory personnel, but in no case
higher than a Project Manager's position, shall only be for the pro-rata time such supervisory
personnel spent on the contract. In no case shall an officer or director of the Company, nor those
persons who own more than 1% of the Company, be considered as project supervisory personnel,
direct labor or foremen hereunder.
•
Payment for burden shall be limited solely to the following:
Table 4-3.2.1
tem ate
ICA ate established b Law
UTA/SUTA ate established b Law
edical Insurance ctual
olidays, Sick & Vacation ctual
enefits
etirement benefits ctual
ates based on the National Council on Compensation Insurance
orkers Compensation asic rate tables adjusted by Contractor's actual experience
odification factor in effect at the time of the additional work or
nforeseen work.
er Diem ctual but not to exceed State of Florida's rate
nsurance* ctual
7 August 15, 2017
�
Table 4-3.2.1
Compensation for Insurance is limited solely to General Liability Coverage and does not include any other insurance coverage
uch as, but not limited to, Umbrella Coverage, Automobile Insurance, etc.).
At the Pre-construction conference, certify to the Engineer the
following:
a. A listing of on-site clerical staff, supervisory personnel
and their pro-rated time assigned to the contract,
b. Actual Rate for items listed in Table 4-3.2.1,
c. Existence of employee beneft plan for Holiday, Sick and
Vacation benefits and a Retirement Plan, and,
d. Payment of Per Diem is a company practice for instances
when compensation for Per Diem is requested.
Such certification must be made by an officer or director of the
Contractor with authority to bind the Contractor. Timely certification is a condition precedent to
any right of the Contractor to recover compensations for such costs, and failure to timely submit
the certification will constitute a full, complete, absolute and irrevocable waiver by the
Contractor of any right to recover such costs. Any subsequent changes shall be certified to the
Engineer as part of the cost proposal or seven calendar days in advance of performing such extra
work.
2. Materials and Supplies: For materials accepted by the Engineer and
• used on the project, the Contractor will receive the actual cost of such materials incorporated into
the work, including Contractor paid transportation charges (exclusive of equipment as hereinafter
set forth). For supplies reasonably needed for performing the work, the Contractor will receive
the actual cost of such supplies.
3. Equipment: For any machinery or special equipment (other than small
tools), including fuel and lubricant, the Contractor will receive 100% of the "Rental Rate Blue
Book" for the actual time that such equipment is in operation on the work, and 50% of the
"Rental Rate Blue Book" for the time the equipment is directed to standby and remain on the
project site, to be calculated as indicated below. The equipment rates will be based on the latest
edition (as of the date the work to be performed begins) of the "Rental Rate Blue Book for
Construction Equipment" or the "Rental Rate Blue Book for Older Construction Equipment,"
whichever is applicable, as published by Machinery Information Division of PRIMEDIA
Information, Inc. (version current at the time of bid), using all instructions and adjustments
contained therein and as modified below. On all projects, the Engineer will adjust the rates using
regional adjustments and Rate Adjustment Tables according to the instructions in the Blue Book.
Allowable Equipment Rates will be established as set out below:
a. Allowable Hourly Equipment Rate = Monthly Rate/176
x Adjustment Factors x 100%.
b. Allowable Hourly Operating Cost = Hourly Operating
Cost x 100%.
c. Allowable Rate Per Hour = Allowable Hourly
Equipment Rate + Allowable Hourly Operating Cost.
d. Standby Rate = Allowable Hourly Equipment
• Rate x 50%.
8 August 15, 2017
• The Monthly Rate is The Basic Machine Rate Plus Any
Attachments. Standby rates will apply when equipment is not in operation and is directed by the
Engineer to standby at the project site when needed again to complete work and the cost of
moving the equipment will exceed the accumulated standby cost. Standby rates will not apply on
any day the equipment operates for eight or more hours. Standby payment will be limited to only
that number of hours which, when added to the operating time for that day equals eight hours.
Standby payment will not be made on days that are not normally considered work days on the
proj ect.
The Department will allow for the cost of transporting the
equipment to and from the location at which it will be used. If the equipment requires assembly
or disassembly for transport, the Department will pay for the time to perform this work at the rate
for standby equipment.
Equipment may include vehicles utilized only by Labor, as defined
above.
4. Indirect Costs, Expenses, and Profit: Compensation for all indirect
costs, expenses, and profit of the Contractor, including but not limited to overhead of any kind,
whether jobsite, field office, division office, regional office, home office, or otherwise, is
expressly limited to the greater of either (a) or (b) below:
a. Solely a mark-up of 17.5% on the payments in (1) through (3),
above.
l. Bond: The Contractor will receive compensation for any
premium for acquiring a bond for such additional or unforeseen work at the original Contract
• bond rate paid by the Contractor. No compensation for bond premium will be allowed for
additional or unforeseen work paid by the Department via initial contingency pay item.
2. The Contractor will be allowed a markup of 10% on the
first $50,000 and a markup of 5% on any amount over $50,000 on any subcontract directly
related to the additional or unforeseen work. Any such subcontractor mark-up will be allowed
only by the prime Contractor and a first tier subcontractor, and the Contractor must elect the
markup for any eligible first tier subcontractor to do so.
b. Solely the formula set forth below and only as applied solely as
to such number of calendar days of entitlement that are in excess of ten cumulative calendar days
as defined below.
•
D_AxC
B
Where A= Original Contract Amount
B = Original Contract Time
C=8%
D= Average Overhead Per Day
Cumulative Calendar Days is defined as the combined total
number of calendar days granted as time extensions due to either extra work, excluding overruns
to existing contract items, that extend the duration of the project or delay of a controlling work
item caused solely by the Department, or the combined total number of calendar days for which
9 August 15, 2017
• a claim of entitlement to a time extension due to delay of a controlling work item caused solely
by the Department is otherwise ultimately determined to be in favor of the Contractor.
Further, in the event there are concunent delays to one or
more controlling work items, one or more being caused by the Department and one or more
being caused by the Contractor, the Contractor shall be entitled to a time extension for each day
that a controlling work item is delayed by the Department but shall have no right to nor receive
any monetary compensation for any indirect costs for any days of concurrent delay. No
compensation, whatsoever, will be paid to the Contractor for any jobsite overhead and other
indirect impacts when the total number of calendar days granted for time extension due to delay
of a controlling work item caused solely by the Department is, or the total number of calendar
days for which entitlement to a time extension due to delay of a controlling work item caused
solely by the Department is otherwise ultimately determined in favor of the Contractor to be,
equal to or less than ten calendar days and the Contractor also fully assumes all monetary risk of
any and all partial or single calendar day delay periods, due to delay of a controlling work item
caused solely by the Department, that when combined together are equal to or less than ten
calendar days and regardless of whether monetary compensation is otherwise provided for
hereunder for one or more calendar days of time extension entitlement for each calendar day
exceeding ten calendar days. All calculations under this provision shall exclude weather days,
Holidays, and Special Events.
4-3.2.2 Subcontracted Work: Compensation for the additional or unforeseen
work performed by a subcontractor shall be limited solely to that provided for in 4-3.2.1 (1), (2),
(3) and (4)(a). In addition, the Contractor compensation is expressly limited to the greater of the
• total provided in either 4-3.2.1(4)(a) or (4)(b), except that the Average Overhead Per-Day
calculation is as follows:
Subcontract amounts(s)*
Ds—AsxC
B
Where As = Original Contract Amount minus Original
B = Original Contract Time
C=8%
Ds = Average Overhead Per-Day
* deduct Original Subcontract Amount(s) of
subcantractor(s) performing the work
The subcontractor may receive compensation for any premium for
acquiring a bond for the additional or unforeseen work; provided, however, that such payment
for additional subcontractor bond will only be paid upon presentment to the Department of clear
and convincing proof that the subcontractor has actually submitted and paid for separate bond
premiums for such additional or unforeseen work in such amount and that the subcontractor was
required by the Contractor to acquire a bond.
The Contractor shall require the subcontractor to submit a certification, in
accordance with 4-3.2.1 (1), as part of the cost proposal and submit such to the Engineer. Such
• certification must be made by an officer or director of the subcontractor with authority to bind
10 August 15, 2017
• the subcontractor. Timely certification is a condition precedent to any right of the Contractor to
recover compensation for such subcontractor costs, and failure to timely submit the certification
will constitute a full, complete, absolute and irrevocable waiver by the Contractor of any right to
recover such subcontractor costs.
4-3.3 No Waiver of Contract: Changes made by the Engineer will not be considered to
waive any of the provisions of the Contract, nor may the Contractor make any claim for loss of
anticipated profits because of the changes, or by reason of any variation between the
approximate quantities and the quantities of work actually performed. All work shall be
performed as directed by the Engineer and in accordance with the Contract Documents.
4-3.4 Conditions Requiring a Supplemental Agreement or Unilateral Payment: A
Supplemental Agreement or Unilateral Payment will be used to clarify the Plans and
Specifications of the Contract; to provide for unforeseen work, grade changes, or alterations in
the Plans which could not reasonably have been contemplated or foreseen in the original Plans
and Specifications; to change the limits of construction to meet field conditions; to provide a safe
and functional connection to an existing pavement; to settle documented Contract claims; to
make the project functionally operational in accordance with the intent of the original Contract
and subsequent amendments thereto.
A Supplemental Agreement or Unilateral Payment may be used to expand the
physical limits of the project only to the extent necessary to make the project functionally
operational in accordance with the intent of the original Contract. The cost of any such
agreement extending the physical limits of the project shall not exceed $100,000 or 10% of the
original Contract price, whichever is greater.
• Perform no work to be covered by a Supplemental Agreement or Unilateral
Payment before written authorization is received from the Engineer. The Engineer's written
authorization will set forth sufficient work information to allow the work to begin. The work
activities, terms and conditions will be reduced to written Supplemental Agreement or Unilateral
Payment form promptly thereafter. No payment will be made on a Supplemental Agreement or
Unilateral Payment prior to the Department's approval of the document.
4-3.5 Extra Work: Extra work authorized in writing by the Engineer will be paid in
accordance with the formula in 4-3.2. Such payment will be the full extent of all monetary
compensation entitlement due to the Contractor for such extra work. Any entitlement to a time
extension due to extra work will be limited solely to that provided for in 4-3.2 for additional
work.
•
4-3.6 Connections to Existing Pavement, Drives and Walks: Generally adhere to the
limits of construction at the beginning and end of the project as detailed in the Plans. However, if
the Engineer determines that it is necessary to extend the construction in order to make suitable
connections to existing pavement, the Engineer will authorize such a change in writing.
For necessary connections to existing walks and drives that are not indicated in
the Plans, the Engineer will submit direction regarding the proper connections in accordance
with the Design Standards.
4-3.7 Differing Site Conditions: During the progress of the work, if subsurface or latent
physical conditions are encountered at the site differing materially from those indicated in the
Contract, or if unknown physical conditions of an unusual nature differing materially from those
ordinarily encountered and generally recognized as inherent in the work provided for in the
Contract are encountered at the site, the party discovering such conditions shall promptly notify
11 August 15, 2017
• the other party in writing of the specific differing conditions before the Contractor disturbs the
conditions or performs the affected work.
Upon receipt of written notification of differing site conditions from the
Contractor, the Engineer will investigate the conditions, and if it is determined that the
conditions materially differ and cause an increase or decrease in the cost or time required for the
performance of any work under the Contract, an adjustment will be made, excluding loss of
anticipated profits, and the Contract will be modified in writing accordingly. The Engineer will
notify the Contractor whether or not an adjustment of the Contract is warranted.
The Engineer will not allow a Contract adjustment for a differing site condition
unless the Contractor has submitted the required written notice.
The Engineer will not allow a Contract adjustment under this clause for any
effects caused to any other Department or non-Department projects on which the Contractor may
be working.
4-3.8 Changes Affecting Utilities: The Contractor shall be responsible for identifying
and assessing any potential impacts to a utility that may be caused by the changes proposed by
the Contractor, and the Contractor shall at the time of making the request for a change notify the
Department in writing of any such potential impacts to utilities.
Deparhnent approval of a Contractor proposed change does not relieve the
Contractor of sole responsibility for all utility impacts, costs, delays or damages, whether direct
or indirect, resulting from Contractor initiated changes in the design or construction activities
from those in the original Contract Specifications, Design Plans (including Traffic Control Plans)
or other Contract Documents and which effect a change in utility work different from that shown
• in the Utility Plans, joint project agreements or utility relocation schedules.
4-3.9 Cost Savings Initiative Proposal:
4-3.9.1 Intent and Objective:
1. This Subarticle applies to any cost reduction proposal (hereinafter
referred to as a Proposal) that the Contractor initiates and develops for the purpose of refining the
Contract to increase cost effectiveness or significantly improve the quality of the end result. A
mandatory Cost Savings Initiative Workshop will be held prior to Contract Time beginning for
the Contractor and Department to discuss potential Proposals. This Subarticle does not, however,
apply to any such proposal unless the Contractor identifes it at the time of its submission to the
Department as a proposal submitted pursuant to this Subarticle.
2. The Department will consider Proposals that would result in net savings
to the Department by providing a decrease in the cost of the Contract. Proposals must result in
savings without impairing essential functions and characteristics such as safety, service, life,
reliability, economy of operation, ease of maintenance, aesthetics and necessary standard design
features. However, nothing herein prohibits the Contractor from submitting Proposals when the
required functions and characteristics can be combined, reduced or eliminated because they are
nonessential or excessive. The Department will not recognize the Contractor's correction of plan
errors that result in a cost reduction, as a Proposal.
3. The Department reserves the right to reject at its discretion any Proposal
submitted that proposes a change in the design of the pavement system or that would require
additional right-of-way. Pending the Department's execution of a formal supplemental
agreement implementing an approved Proposal, the Contractor shall remain obligated to perform
the work in accordance with the terms of the existing Contract. The Department may grant time
• extensions to allow for the time required to develop and review a Proposal.
12 August 15, 2017
• 4. For potential Proposals not discussed at the Cost Savings Initiative
Workshop, a mandatory concept meeting will be held for the Contractor and Department to
discuss the potential Proposal prior to development of the Proposal.
4-3.9.2 Subcontractors: The Department encourages the Contractor to include
the provisions of this Subarticle in Contracts with subcontractors and to encourage submission of
Proposals from subcontractors. However, it is not mandatory to submit Proposals to the
Department or to accept or transmit subcontractor proposed Proposals to the Department.
4-3.9.3 Data Requirements: As a minimum, submit the following information
with each Proposal:
1. a description of the difference between the existing Contract
requirement, including any time extension request, and the proposed change, and the
comparative advantages and disadvantages.
Z. separate detailed cost estimates for both the existing Contract
requirement and the proposed change. Break down the cost estimates by pay item numbers
indicating quantity increases or decreases and deleted pay items. Identify additional proposed
work not covered by pay items within the Contract, by using pay item numbers in the Basis of
Estimates Manual. In preparing the estimates, include overhead, profit, and bond within pay
items in the Contract. Separate pay item(s) for the cost of overhead, proiit, and bond will not be
allowed.
3. an itemization of the changes, deletions or additions to plan details, plan
sheets, design standards and Specifcations that are required to implement the Proposal if the
Department adopts it. Submit preliminary plan drawings sufficient to describe the proposed
• changes.
4. engineering or other analysis in sufficient detail to identify and describe
specific features of the Contract that must be changed if the Department accepts the Proposal
with a proposal as to how these changes can be accomplished and an assessment of their effect
on other project elements. The Department may require that engineering analyses be performed
by a prequaliiied consultant in the applicable class of work. Support all design changes that
result from the Proposal with drawings and computations signed and sealed by the Contractor's
Engineer of Record. Written documentation or drawings will be submitted clearly delineating the
responsibility of the Contractor's Engineer of Record.
5. the date by which the Department must approve the Proposal to obtain
the total estimated cost reduction during the remainder of the Contract, noting any effect on the
Contract completion time or delivery schedule.
6. a revised project schedule that would be followed upon approval of the
Proposal. This schedule would include submittal dates and review time for the Department and
Peer reviews.
4-3.9.4 Processing Procedures: Submit Proposals to the Engineer or his duly
authorized representative. The Department will process Proposals expeditiously; however, the
Department is not liable for any delay in acting upon a Proposal submitted pursuant to this
Subarticle. The Contractor may withdraw, in whole or in part, a Proposal not accepted by the
Department within the period specified in the Proposal. The Department is not liable for any
Proposal development cost in the case where the Department rejects or the Contractor withdraws
a Proposal.
The Engineer is the sole judge of the acceptability of a Proposal and of the
• estimated net savings in construction costs from the adoption of all or any part of such proposal.
13 August 15, 2017
• In determining the estimated net savings, the Department reserves the right to disregard the
Contract bid prices if, in the judgment of the Engineer, such prices do not represent a fair
measure of the value of work to be performed or to be deleted.
Prior to approval, the Engineer may modify a Proposal, with the
concurrence of the Contractor, to make it acceptable. If any modification increases or decreases
the net savings resulting from the Proposal, the Department will determine the Contractor's fair
share upon the basis of the Proposal as modified and upon the final quantities. The Department
will compute the net savings by subtracting the revised total cost of all bid items affected by the
Proposal from the total cost of the same bid items as represented in the original Contract.
Prior to approval of the Proposal that initiates the supplemental agreement,
submit acceptable Contract-quality plan sheets revised to show all details consistent with the
Proposal design.
4-3.9.5 Computations for Change in Contract Cost of Performance: If the
Proposal is adopted, the Contractor's share of the net savings as defined hereinafter represents
full compensation to the Contractor for the Proposal.
The Department will not include its costs to process and implement a
Proposal in the estimate. However, the Department reserves the right, where it deems such action
appropriate, to require the Contractor to pay the Department's cost of investigating and
implementing a Proposal as a condition of considering such proposal. When the Department
imposes such a condition, the Contractor shall accept this condition in writing, authorizing the
Department to deduct amounts payable to the Department from any monies due or that may
become due to the Contractor under the Contract.
• 4-3.9.6 Conditions of Acceptance for Major Design Modifications of
Category 2 Bridges: A Proposal that proposes major design modifications of a category 2
bridge, as determined by the Engineer, shall have the following conditions of acceptance:
All bridge Plans relating to the Proposal shall undergo an independent
peer review conducted by a single independent engineering firm referred to for the purposes of
this article as the Independent Review Engineer who is not the originator of the Proposal design,
and is pre-qualified by the Department in accordance with Rule 14-75, Florida Administrative
Code. The independent peer review is intended to be a comprehensive, thorough verification of
the original work, giving assurance that the design is in compliance with all Department
requirements. The Independent Review Engineer's comments, along with the resolution of each
comment, shall be submitted to the Department. The Independent Review Engineer shall sign
and seal the submittal cover letter stating that all comments have been adequately addressed and
the design is in compliance with the Department requirements. If there are any unresolved
comments the Independent Review Engineer shall specifically list all unresolved issues in the
signed and sealed cover letter.
The Contractor shall designate a primary engineer responsible for the
Proposal design and as such will be designated as the Contractors Engineer of Record for the
Proposal design. The Department reserves the right to require the Contractor's Engineer of
Record to assume responsibility for design of the entire structure.
New designs and independent peer reviews shall be in compliance with all
applicable Department, FHWA and AASHTO criteria requirements including bridge load
ratings.
4-3.9.7 Sharing Arrangements: If the Department approves a Proposal, the
• Contractor shall receive 50°/a of the net reduction in the cost of performance of the Contract as
14 August 15, 2017
. determined by the final negotiated agreement between the Contractor and the Department. The
net reduction will be determined by subtracting from the savings of the construction costs the
reasonable documented engineering costs incurred by the contractor to design and develop a
Proposal. The reasonable documented engineering costs will be paid by the Department.
Engineering costs will be based on the consultant's certified invoice and may include the costs of
the Independent Review Engineer in 4-3.9.6. The total engineering costs to be subtracted from
the savings to determine the net reduction will be limited to 25% of the construction savings and
shall not include any markup by the Contractor or the costs for engineering services performed
by the Contractor.
4-3.9.8 Notice of Intellectual Property Interests and Department's Future
Rights to a Proposal:
4-3.9.8.1 Notice of Intellectual Property Interests: The Contractor's
Proposal submittal shall identify with specificity any and all forms of intellectual property rights
that either the Contractor or any officer, shareholder, employee, consultant, or affiliate, of the
Contractor, or any other entity who contributed in any measure to the substance of the
Contractor's Proposal development, have or may have that are in whole or in part implicated in
the Proposal. Such required intellectual property rights notice includes, but is not limited to,
disclosure of any issued patents, copyrights, or licenses; pending patent, copyright or license
applications; and any intellectual property rights that though not yet issued, applied for or
intended to be pursued, could nevertheless otherwise be subsequently the subject of patent,
copyright or license protection by the Contractor or others in the future. This notice requirement
does not extend to intellectual property rights as to stand-alone or integral components of the
• Proposal that are already on the Department's Approved Product List (APL) or Design Standard
Indexes, or are otherwise generally known in the industry as being subject to patent or copyright
protection.
4-3.9.8.2 Department's Future Rights to a Proposal: Notwithstanding
7-3 nor any other provision of the Standard Specifications, upon acceptance of a Proposal, the
Contractor hereby grants to the Department and its contractors (such grant being expressly
limited solely to any and all existing or future Department construction projects and any other
Department projects that are partially or wholly funded by or for the Department) a royalty-free
and perpetual license under all forms of intellectual property rights to manufacture, to use, to
design, to construct, to disclose, to reproduce, to prepare and fully utilize derivative works, to
distribute, display and publish, in whole or in part, and to permit others to do any of the above,
and to otherwise in any manner and for any purpose whatsoever do anything reasonably
necessary to fully utilize any and all aspects of such Proposal on any and all existing and future
construction projects and any other Department projects.
Contractor shall hold harmless, indemnify and defend the
Department and its contractors and others in privity therewith from and against any and all
claims, liabilities, other obligations or losses, and reasonable expenses related thereto (including
reasonable attorneys' fees), which are incurred or are suffered by any breach of the foregoing
grants, and regardless of whether such intellectual property rights were or were not disclosed by
the Contractor pursuant to 4-3.9.8.1, unless the Department has by express written exception in
the Proposal acceptance process specifically released the Contractor from such obligation to hold
harmless, indemnify and defend as to one or more disclosed intellectual property rights.
15 August 15, 2017
• FROM SECTION 5— CONTROL OF THE WORK (CLAIMS).
5-12 Claims by Contractor.
5-12.1 General: When the Contractor deems that extra compensation or a time extension
is due beyond that agreed to by the Engineer, whether due to delay, additional work, altered
work, differing site conditions, breach of Contract, or for any other cause, the Contractor shall
follow the procedures set forth herein for preservation, presentation and resolution of the claim.
Submission of timely notice of intent to file a claim, preliminary time extension
request, time extension request, and the certified written claim, together with full and complete
claim documentation, are each a condition precedent to the Contractor bringing any circuit court,
arbitration, ar other formal claims resolution proceeding against the Department for the items
and for the sums or time set forth in the Contractor's certified written claim. The failure to
provide such notice of intent, preliminary time extension request, time extension request,
certified written claim and full and complete claim documentation within the time required shall
constitute a full, complete, absolute and irrevocable waiver by the Contractor of any right to
additional compensation or a time extension for such claim.
5-12.2 Notice of Claim:
5-12.2.1 Claims For Extra Work: Where the Contractor deems that additional
compensation or a time extension is due for work or materials not expressly provided for in the
Contract or which is by written directive expressly ordered by the Engineer pursuant to 4-3, the
Contractor shall submit written notification to the Engineer of the intention to make a claim for
additional compensation before beginning the work on which the claim is based, and if seeking a
• time extension, the Contractor shall also submit a preliminary request for time extension
pursuant to 8-7.3.2 within ten calendar days after commencement of a delay and a request for
Contract Time extension pursuant to 8-7.3.2 within thirty calendar days after the elimination of
the delay. If such written notification is not submitted and the Engineer is not afforded the
opportunity for keeping strict account of actual labor, material, equipment, and time, the
Contractor waives the claim for additional compensation or a time extension. Such notice by the
Contractor, and the fact that the Engineer has kept account of the labor, materials and equipment,
and time, shall not in any way be construed as establishing the validity of the claim or method
for computing any compensation or time extension for such claim. On projects with an original
Contract amount of $3,000,000 or less within 90 calendar days after fnal acceptance of the
project in accordance with 5-11, and on projects with an original Contract amount greater than
$3,000,000 within 180 calendar days after final acceptance of the project in accordance with
5-11, the Contractor shall submit full and complete claim documentation as described in 5-12.3
and duly certifed pursuant to 5-12.9. However, for any claim or part of a claim that pertains
solely to final estimate quantities disputes the Contractor shall submit full and complete claim
documentation as described in 5-12.3 and duly certified pursuant to 5-12.9, as to such fnal
estimate claim dispute issues, within 90 or 180 calendar days, respectively, of the Contractor's
receipt of the Department's final estimate.
If the Contractor fails to submit a certificate of claim as described in
5-12.9, the Department will so notify the Contractor in writing. The Contractor shall have ten
calendar days from receipt of the notice to resubmit the claim documentation, without change,
with a certificate of claim as described in 5-12.9, without regard to whether the resubmission is
within the applicable 90 or 180 calendar day deadline for submission of full and complete claim
• documentation. Failure by the Contractor to comply with the ten calendar day notice shall
constitute a waiver of the claim.
16 August 15, 2017
• 5-12.2.2 Claims For Delay: Where the Contractor deems that additional
compensation or a time extension is due on account of delay, differing site conditions, breach of
Contract, or any other cause other than for work or materials not expressly provided for in the
Contract (Extra Work) or which is by written directive of the Engineer expressly ordered by the
Engineer pursuant to 4-3, the Contractor shall submit a written notice of intent to the Engineer
within ten days after commencement of a delay to a controlling work item expressly notifying
the Engineer that the Contractor intends to seek additional compensation, and if seeking a time
extension, the Contractor shall also submit a preliminary request for time extension pursuant to
8-7.3.2 within ten calendar days after commencement of a delay to a controlling work item, as to
such delay and providing a reasonably complete description as to the cause and nature of the
delay and the possible impacts to the Contractor's work by such delay, and a request for Contract
Time extension pursuant to 8-7.3.2 within thirty calendar days after the elimination of the delay.
On projects with an original Contract amount of $3,000,000 or less within 90 calendar days after
final acceptance of the project in accordance with 5-11, and on projects with an original Contract
amount greater than $3,000,000 within 180 calendar days after final acceptance of the project in
accordance with 5-11, the Contractor shall submit full and complete documentation as described
in 5-12.3 and duly certifed pursuant to 5-12.9.
If the Contractor fails to submit a certificate of claim as described in
5-12.9, the Department will so notify the Contractor in writing. The Contractor shall have ten
calendar days from receipt of the notice to resubmit the claim documentation, without change,
with a certiiicate of claim as described in 5-12.9, without regard to whether the resubmission is
within the applicable 90 or 180 calendar day deadline for submission of full and complete claim
. documentation. Failure by the Contractor to comply with the ten calendar day notice shall
constitute a waiver of the claim.
There shall be no Contractor entitlement to any monetary compensation or
time extension for any delays or delay impacts, whatsoever, that are not to a controlling work
item, and then as to any such delay to a controlling work item entitlement to any monetary
compensation or time extension shall only be to the extent such is otherwise provided for
expressly under 4-3 or 5-12, except that in the instance of delay to a non-controlling item of
work the Contractor may be compensated for the direct costs of idle labor or equipment only, at
the rates set forth in 4-3.2.1(1) and (3), and then only to the extent the Contractor could not
reasonably mitigate such idleness.
5-12.3 Content of Written Claim: As a condition precedent to the Contractor being
entitled to additional compensation or a time extension under the Contract, for any claim, the
Contractor shall submit a certified written claim to the Department which will include for each
individual claim, at a minimum, the following information:
1. A detailed factual statement of the claim providing all necessary dates,
locations, and items of work affected and included in each claim;
2. The date or dates on which actions resulting in the claim occurred or conditions
resulting in the claim became evident;
3. Identification of all pertinent documents and the substance of any material oral
communications relating to such claim and the name of the persons making such material oral
communications;
4. Identification of the provisions of the Contract which support the claim and a
statement of the reasons why such provisions support the claim, or alternatively, the provisions
• of the Contract which allegedly have been breached and the actions constituting such breach;
17 August 15, 2017
• 5. A detailed compilation of the amount of additional compensation sought and a
breakdown of the amount sought as follows:
a. documented additional job site labor expenses;
b. documented additional cost of materials and supplies;
c. a list of additional equipment costs claimed, including each piece of
equipment and the rental rate claimed for each;
d. any other additional direct costs or damages and the documents in
support thereof;
e. any additional indirect costs or damages and all documentation in
support thereof.
6. A detailed compilation of the speciiic dates and the exact number of calendar
days sought for a time extension, the basis for entitlement to time for each day, all
documentation of the delay, and a breakout of the number of days claimed for each identified
event, circumstance or occurrence.
Further, the Contractor shall be prohibited from amending either the bases of
entitlement or the amount of any compensation or time stated for any and all issues claimed in
the Contractor's written claim submitted hereunder, and any circuit court, arbitration, or other
formal claims resolution proceeding shall be limited solely to the bases of entitlement and the
amount of any compensation or time stated for any and all issues claimed in the Contractor's
written claim submitted hereunder. This shall not, however, preclude a Contractor from
withdrawing or reducing any of the bases of entitlement and the amount of any compensation or
time stated for any and all issues claimed in the Contractor's written claim submitted hereunder
• at any time.
5-12.4 Action on Claim: The Engineer will respond in writing on projects with an
original Contract amount of $3,000,000 or less within 90 calendar days of receipt of a complete
claim submitted by a Contractor in compliance with 5-12.3, and on projects with an original
Contract amount greater than $3,000,000 within 120 calendar days of receipt of a complete claim
submitted by a Contractor in compliance with 5-12.3. Failure by the Engineer to respond to a
claim in writing within 90 or 120 days, respectively, after receipt of a complete claim submitted
by the Contractor in compliance with 5-12.3 constitutes a denial of the claim by the Engineer. If
the Engineer finds the claim or any part thereof to be valid, such partial or whole claim will be
allowed and paid for to the extent deemed valid and any time extension granted, if applicable, as
provided in the Contract. No circuit court or arbitration proceedings on any claim, or a part
thereof, may be filed until after final acceptance per 5-11 of all Contract work by the Department
or denial hereunder, whichever occurs last.
5-12.5 Pre-Settlement and Pre-Judgment Interest: Entitlement to any pre-settlement
or pre judgment interest on any claim amount determined to be valid subsequent to the
Department's receipt of a certified written claim in full compliance with 5-12.3, whether
determined by a settlement ar a final ruling in formal proceedings, the Department shall pay to
the Contractor simple interest calculated at the Prime Rate (as reported by the Wall Street
Journal as the base rate on corporate loans posted by at least 75% of the nations 30 largest banks)
as of the 60th calendar day following the Department's receipt of a certified written claim in full
compliance with 5-12.3, such interest to accrue beginning 60 calendar days following the
Department's receipt of a certified written claim in full compliance with 5-123 and ending on
the date of fnal settlement or formal ruling.
• 5-12.6 Compensation for Extra Work or Delay:
18 August 15, 2017
• 5-12.6.1 Compensation for Extra Work: Notwithstanding anything to the
contrary contained in the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall not be entitled to any
compensation beyond that provided for in 4-3.2.
5-12.6.2 Compensation for Delay: Notwithstanding anything to the contrary
contained in the Contract Documents, the additional compensation set forth in 5-12.6.2.1 shall be
the Contractor's sole monetary remedy for any delay other than to perform extra work caused by
the Department unless the delay shall have been caused by acts constituting willful or intentional
interference by the Department with the Contractor's performance of the work and then only
where such acts continue after Contractor's written notice to the Department of such
interference. The parties anticipate that delays may be caused by or arise from any number of
events during the term of the Contract, including, but not limited to, work performed, work
deleted, supplemental agreements, work orders, disruptions, differing site conditions, utility
conflicts, design changes or defects, time extensions, extra work, right-of-way issues, permitting
issues, actions of suppliers, subcontractors or other contractors, actions by third parties,
suspensions of work by the Engineer pursuant to 8-6.1, shop drawing approval process delays,
expansion of the physical limits of the project to make it functional, weather, weekends,
holidays, special events, suspension of Contract Time, or other events, forces or factors
sometimes experienced in construction work. Such delays or events and their potential impacts
on the performance by the Contractor are specifically contemplated and acknowledged by the
parties in entering into this Contract, and shall not be deemed to constitute willful or intentional
interference with the Contractor's performance of the work without clear and convincing proof
that they were the result of a deliberate act, without reasonable and good-faith basis, and
• specifically intended to disrupt the Contractor's performance.
5-12.6.2.1 Compensation for Direct Costs, Indirect Costs, Expenses,
and Profit thereon, of or from Delay: For any delay claim, the Contractor shall be entitled to
monetary compensation for the actual idle labor and equipment, and indirect costs, expenses, and
profit thereon, as provided for in 4-3.2.1(4) and solely for costs incurred beyond what reasonable
mitigation thereof the Contractor could have undertaken.
5-12.7 Mandatory Claim Records: After submitting to the Engineer a notice of intent to
file a claim for extra work or delay, the Contractor must keep daily records of all labor, material
and equipment costs incurred for operations affected by the extra work or delay. These daily
records must identify each operation affected by the extra work or delay and the specific
locations where work is affected by the extra work or delay, as nearly as possible. The Engineer
may also keep records of all labor, material and equipment used on the operations affected by the
extra work or delay. The Contractor shall, once a notice of intent to claim has been timely filed,
and not less than weekly thereafter as long as appropriate, submit the Contractor's daily records
to the Engineer and be likewise entitled to receive the Department's daily records. The daily
records to be submitted hereunder shall be done at no cost to the recipient.
5-12.8 Claims For Acceleration: The Department shall have no liability for any
constructive acceleration of the work, nor shall the Contractor have any right to make any claim
for constructive acceleration nor include the same as an element of any claim the Contractor may
otherwise submit under this Contract. If the Engineer gives express written direction for the
Contractor to accelerate its efforts, such written direction will set forth the prices and other
pertinent information and will be reduced to a written Contract Document promptly. No payment
will be made on a Supplemental Agreement for acceleration prior to the Department's approval
• of the documents.
19 August 15, 2017
• 5-12.9 Certificate of Claim: When submitting any claim, the Contractor shall certify
under oath and in writing, in accordance with the formalities required by Florida law, that the
claim is made in good faith, that the supportive data are accurate and complete to the
Contractor's best knowledge and belief, and that the amount of the claim accurately reflects what
the Contractor in good faith believes to be the Departraent's liability. Such certification must be
made by an offcer or director of the Contractor with the authority to bind the Contractor.
5-12.10 Non-Recoverable Items: The parties agree that for any claim the Department
will not have liability for the following items of damages or expense:
1. Loss of profit, incentives or bonuses;
2. Any claim for other than extra work or delay;
3. Consequential damages, including, but not limited to, loss of bonding capacity,
loss of bidding opportunities, loss of credit standing, cost of financing, interest paid, loss of other
work or insolvency;
4. Acceleration costs and expenses, except where the Department has expressly
and specifically directed the Contractor in writing "to accelerate at the Department's expense";
nor
5. Attorney fees, claims preparation expenses and costs of litigation.
5-12.11 Exclusive Remedies: Notwithstanding any other provision of this Contract, the
parties agree that the Department shall have no liability to the Contractor for expenses, costs, or
items of damages other than those which are specifically identified as payable under 5-12. In the
event any legal action for additional compensation, whether on account of delay, acceleration,
breach of contract, or otherwise, the Contractor agrees that the Department's liability will be
• limited to those items which are specifically identified as payable in 5-12.
5-12.12 Settlement Discussions: The content of any discussions or meetings held
between the Department and the Contractor to settle or resolve any claims submitted by the
Contractor against the Department shall be inadmissible in any legal, equitable, arbitration or
administrative proceedings brought by the Contractor against the Department for payment of
such claim. Dispute Resolution Board, State Arbitration Board and Claim Review Committee
proceedings are not settlement discussions, for purposes of this provision.
5-12.13 Personal Liability of Public Officials: In carrying out any of the provisions of
the Contract or in exercising any power or authority granted to the Secretary of Transportation,
Engineer or any of their respective employees or agents, there shall be no liability on behalf of
any employee, officer or official of the Department for which such individual is responsible,
either personally or as officials or representatives of the Department. It is understood that in all
such matters such individuals act solely as agents and representatives of the Department.
5-12.14 Auditing of Claims: All claims filed against the Department shall be subject to
audit at any time following the filing of the claim, whether or not such claim is part of a suit
pending in the Courts of this State. The audit may be performed, at the Department's sole
discretion, by employees of the Department or by any independent auditor appointed by the
Department, ar both. The audit may begin after ten days written notice to the Contractor,
subcontractor, or supplier. The Contractor, subcontractor, or supplier shall make a good faith
effort to cooperate with the auditors. As a condition precedent to recovery on any claim, the
Contractor, subcontractor, or supplier must retain sufficient records, and provide full and
reasonable access to such records, to allow the Department's auditors to verify the claim and
failure to retain sufficient records of the claim or failure to provide full and reasonable access to
• such records shall constitute a waiver of that portion of such claim that cannot be verified and
20 August 15, 2017
• shall bar recovery thereunder. Further, and in addition to such audit access, upon the Contractor
submitting a written claim, the Department shall have the right to request and receive, and the
Contractor shall have the affirmative obligation to submit to the Department any and all
documents in the possession of the Contractor or its subcontractors, materialmen or suppliers as
may be deemed relevant by the Department in its review of the basis, validity or value of the
Contractor's claim.
Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Contractor shall upon written
request of the Department make available to the Department's auditors, or upon the
Department's written request, submit at the Department's expense, any or all of the following
documents:
acquisition contracts;
1. Daily time sheets and foreman's daily reports and diaries;
2. Insurance, welfare and benefits records;
3. Payroll register;
4. Earnings records;
5. Payroll tax return;
6. Material invoices, purchase orders, and all material and supply
7. Material cost distribution worksheet;
8. Equipment records (list of company owned, rented or other equipment
used);
9. Vendor rental agreements and subcontractor invoices;
10. Subcontractor payment certificates;
� 11. Canceled checks for the project, including, payroll and vendors;
12. Job cost report;
13. Job payroll ledger;
14. General ledger, general journal, (if used) and all subsidiary ledgers and
journals together with all supporting documentation pertinent to entries made in these ledgers
and journals;
15. Cash disbursements journal;
16. Financial statements for all years reflecting the operations on this
project;
17. Income tax returns for all years reflecting the operations on this
project;
18. All documents which reflect the Contractor's actual profit and
overhead during the years this Contract was being performed and for each of the fve years prior
to the commencement of this Contract;
19. All documents related to the preparation of the Contractor's bid
including the final calculations on which the bid was based;
20. All documents which relate to each and every claim together with all
documents which support the amount of damages as to each claim;
21. Worksheets used to prepare the claim establishing the cost components
for items of the claim including, but not limited to, labor, benefits and insurance, materials,
equipment, subcontractors, and all documents that establish which time periods and individuals
were involved, and the hours and rates for such individuals.
21 August 15, 2017
• FROM SECTION 6— CONTROL OF MATERIALS (CONVICT LABOR AND BUY
AMERICA).
6-5 Products and Source of Supply.
6-5.1 Source of Supply—Convict Labor (Federal-Aid Contracts Only): Do not use
materials that were produced after July 1, 1991, by convict labor for Federal-aid highway
construction projects unless the prison facility has been producing convict-made materials for
Federal-aid highway construction projects before July 1, 1987.
Use materials that were produced prior to July 2, 1991, by convicts on Federal-aid
highway construction projects free from the restrictions placed on the use of these materials by
23 U.S.C. 114. The Department will limit the use of materials produced by convict labor for use
in Federal-aid highway construction projects to:
1. Materials produced by convicts on parole, supervised release, or
probation from a prison or,
2. Materials produced in a qualified prison facility.
The amount of such materials produced for Federal-aid highway construction
during any 12-month period shall not exceed the amount produced in such facility for use in such
construction during the 12-month period ending July 1, 1987.
6-5.2 Source of Supply-Steel: Use steel and iron manufactured in the United States, in
accordance with the Buy America provisions of 23 CFR 635.410, as amended. Ensure that all
manufacturing processes for this material occur in the United States. As used in this
specification, a manufacturing process is any process that modifies the chemical content,
• physical shape or size, or final fnish of a product, beginning with the initial melting and
continuing through the fnal shaping and coating. If a steel or iron product is taken outside the
United States for any manufacturing process, it becomes foreign source material. When using
steel or iron materials as a component of any manufactured product (e.g., concrete pipe,
prestressed beams, corrugated steel pipe, etc.), these same provisions apply. Foreign steel and
iron may be used when the total actual cost of such foreign materials does not exceed 0.1% of
the total Contract amount or $2,500, whichever is greater. These requirements are applicable to
all steel and iron materials incorporated into the finished work, but are not applicable to steel and
iron items that the Contractor uses but does not incorporate into the fnished work. Submit a
certifcation from the manufacturer of steel or iron, or any product containing steel or iron,
stating that all steel or iron furnished or incorporated into the furnished product was produced
and manufactured in the United States or a statement that the product was produced within the
United States except for minimal quantities of foreign steel and iron valued at $(actual cost).
Submit each such certification to the Engineer prior to incorporating the material or product into
the project. Prior to the use of foreign steel or iron materials on a project, submit invoices to
document the actual cost of such material, and obtain the Engineer's written approval prior to
incorporating the material into the project
22 August 15, 2017
� FROM SECTION 7— LEGAL REQUIREMENTS AND RESPONSIBILITIES TO THE
PUBLIC (FHWA 1273, WAGE RATES, E-VERIFY, TITLE VI, DBE, AND ON-THE-JOB
TRAINING).
Compliance with FHWA 1273: The FHWA-1273 Electronic version, dated May
1, 2012 is posted on the Department's website at the following URL address
http://www.dot.state.fl.us/pro�rammanagement/Implemented/LTRLinSpecs/Fi les/FHWA 1273.pdf
. Take responsibility to obtain this information and comply with all requirements posted on this
website up through five calendar days before the opening of bids.
Comply with the provisions contained in FHWA-1273.
If the Department's website cannot be accessed, contact the Department's
Specifications Office Web Coordinator at (850) 414-4101.
7-16 Wage Rates for Federal-Aid Projects.
For this Contract, payment of predetertnined minimum wages applies.
The U.S. Department of Labor (USDOL) Wage Rates applicable to this Contract are
listed in table below, as modified up through ten days prior to the opening of bids.
Wage Rate Associated Work
Decision Number
• Obtain the applicable General Decision(s) (Wage Tables) through the Department's
Office of Construction website and ensure that employees receive the minimum compensation
applicable. Review the General Decisions for all classifications necessary to complete the
project. Request additional classifications through the Engineer's office when needed.
For guidance on the requirements for the payment of wages and benefits and the
submittal of certified payrolls, and for general guidance and examples of multiple wage rates
when assigned to a Contract, refer to the Department's Office of Construction website. Questions
regarding wage rates and the applicability of wage tables should be submitted in accordance with
2-4.
Contact the Department's Prevailing Wage Rate Coordinator at (850) 414-4688 if the
Department's website cannot be accessed or there are questions.
7-24 Disadvantaged Business Enterprise Program.
7-24.1 Disadvantaged Business Enterprise Affirmative Action Plan: Prior to award of
the Contract, have an approved Disadvantaged Business Enterprise (DBE) Affirmative Action
Program Plan filed with the Equal Opportunity Office. Update and resubmit the plan every three
years. No Contract will be awarded until the Department approves the Plan. The DBE
Affirmative Action Program Plan is incorparated into and made a part of the Contract.
7-24.2 Required Contract and Subcontract DBE Assurance Language: In accordance
with 49 CFR 26.13 (b), the Contract FDOT signs with the Contractor (and each subcontract the
prime contractor signs with a subcontractor) must include the following assurance: "The
Contractor, sub-recipient or subcontractor shall not discriminate on the basis of race, color,
• national origin, or sex in the performance of this contract. The Contractor shall carry out
23 August 15, 2017
• applicable requirements of 49 CFR Part 26 in the award and administration of DOT-assisted
Contracts. Failure by the Contractor to carry out these requirements is a material breach of this
Contract, which may result in the termination of this Contract or such other remedy as the
recipient deems appropriate, which may include, but is not limited to,
1. Withholding monthly progress payments;
2. Assessing sanctions;
3. Liquidated damages; and/or
4. Disqualifying the Contractor from future bidding as non-responsible."
7-24.3 Plan Requirements: Include the following in the DBE Affirmative Action
Program Plan:
1. A policy statement, signed by an authorized representative (president, chief
executive officer, or chairman of the contractor), expressing a commitment to use DBEs in all
aspects of contracting to the maximum extent feasible, outlining the various levels of
responsibility, and stating the objectives of the program. Circulate the policy statement
throughout the Contractor's organization.
2. The designation of a Liaison Offcer within the Contractor's organization, as
well as support staff, necessary and proper to administer the program, and a description of the
authority, responsibility, and duties of the Liaison Officer and support staff. The Liaison Officer
and staff are responsible for developing, managing, and implementing the program on a day-to-
day basis for carrying out technical assistance activities for DBEs and for disseminating
infortnation on available business opportunities so that DBEs are provided an equitable
opportunity to participate in Contracts let by the Department.
• 3. Utilization of techniques to facilitate DBE participation in contracting activities
which include, but are not limited to:
a. Soliciting price quotations and arranging a time for the review of Plans,
quantities, specifications, and delivery schedules, and for the preparation and presentation of
quotations.
b. Providing assistance to DBEs in overcoming barriers such as the
inability to obtain bonding, financing, or technical assistance.
c. Carrying out information and communication programs or workshops
on contracting procedures and specific contracting opportunities in a timely manner, with such
programs being bilingual where appropriate.
d. Encouraging eligible DBEs to apply for certification with the
Department.
e. Contacting Minority Contractor Associations and city and county
agencies with programs for disadvantaged individuals for assistance in recruiting and
encouraging eligible DBE contractors to apply for certification with the Department.
7-24.4 DBE Records and Reports: Submit the following through the Equal Opportunity
Compliance System:
1. DBE Commitments - at or before the Pre-Construction Conference.
2. Report monthly, through the Equal Opportunity Compliance System on the
Department's Website, actual payments (including retainage) made to DBEs for work performed
with their own workforce and equipment in the area in which they are certified. Report payments
made to all DBE and Minority Business Enterprise (MBE) subcontractors and DBE and MBE
construction material and major suppliers.
• The Equal Opportunity Office will provide instructions on accessing this system.
24 August 15, 2017
• Develop a record keeping system to monitor DBE affirmative action efforts which include the
following:
1. the procedures adopted to comply with these Specifcations;
2. the number of subordinated Contracts on Department projects awarded
to DBEs;
3. the dollar value of the Contracts awarded to DBEs;
4. the percentage of the dollar value of all subordinated Contracts awarded
to DBEs as a percentage of the total Contract amount;
5. a description of the general categories of Contracts awarded to DBEs;
and
6. the specific efforts employed to identify and award Contracts to DBEs.
Upon request, provide the records to the Department for review.
Maintain all such records for a period of five years following acceptance of final
payment and have them available for inspection by the Department and the Federal Highway
Administration.
7-24.5 Counting DBE Participation and Commercially Useful Functions:
49 CFR Part 26.55 specifies when DBE credit shall be awarded for work performed by a DBE.
DBE credit can only be awarded for work actually performed by DBEs themselves for the types
of work for which they are certified. When reporting DBE Commitments, only include the
dollars that a DBE is expected to earn for work they perform with their own workforce and
equipment. Update DBE Commitments to reflect changes to the initial amount that was
previously reported or to add DBEs not initially reported.
• When a DBE participates in a contract, the value of the work is determined in
accordance with 49 CFR Part 26.55, for example:
1. The Deparhnent will count only the value of the work performed by the
DBE toward DBE goals. The entire amount of the contract that is performed by the DBE's own
forces (including the cost of supplies, equipment and materials obtained by the DBE for the
contract work) will be counted as DBE credit.
2. The Department will count the entire amount of fees or commissions
charged by the DBE firm for providing a bona fide service, such as professional, technical,
consultant, or managerial services or for providing bonds or insurance specifically required for
the performance of a Department-assisted contract, toward DBE goals, provided that the
Department determines the fees to be reasonable and not excessive as compared with fees
customarily followed for similar services.
3. When the DBE subcontracts part of the work of its contract to another
firm, the Department will count the value of the subcontracted work only if the DBE's
subcontractor is itself a DBE. Work that a DBE subcontracts to a non-DBE firm does not count
toward DBE goals.
4. When a DBE performs as a participant in a joint venture, the
Department will count the portion of the dollar value of the contract equal to the distinct, clearly
defined portion of the work the DBE performs with its own forces toward DBE goals.
5. The Contractors shall ensure that only expenditures to DBEs that
perform a commercially useful function (CUF) in the work of a contract may be counted toward
the voluntary DBE goal.
6. A DBE performs a commercially useful function when it is responsible
• for execution of the work of the contract and is carrying out its responsibilities by actually
25 August 15, 2017
• performing, managing, and supervising the work involved. To perform a commercially useful
function, the DBE must also be responsible, with respect to materials and supplies used on the
contract, for negotiating price, determining quality and quantity, ordering the material, and
installing (where applicable) and paying for the material itself.
7. Contractors wishing to use joint checks involving DBE credit must
provide written notice to the District Contract Compliance Office prior to issuance of the joint
check. The Contractor must also provide a copy of the notice to the DBE subcontractor and
maintain a copy with the project records.
8. To determine whether a DBE is performing a commercially useful
function, the Department will evaluate the amount of work subcontracted, industry practices,
whether the amount the firm is to be paid under the contract is commensurate with the work it is
actually performing and the DBE credit claimed far its performance of the work, and other
relevant factors.
•
•
9. A DBE does not perform a commercially useful function if its role is
limited to that of an extra participant in a transaction, contract, or project through which funds
are passed in order to obtain the appearance of DBE participation.
14. If a DBE does not perform or exercise responsibility for at least 30%
of the total cost of its contract with its own workforce, or if the DBE subcontracts a greater
portion of the work of a contract than would be expected on the basis of normal industry practice
for the type of work involved, the DBE has not performed a commercially useful function.
7-24.6 Prompt Payments: Meet the requirements of 9-5 far payments to all DBE
subcontractors.
7-25 On-The-Job Training Requirements.
As part of the Contractor's equal employment opportunity affirmative action program,
training shall be provided as follows:
The Contractor shall provide On-The-Job Training aimed at developing full
journeymen in the type of trade or job classification involved in the work. In the event the
Contractor subcontracts a portion of the contract work, it shall determine how many, if any, of
the trainees are to be trained by the subcontractor provided, that the Contractor shall retain the
primary responsibility for meeting the training requirements imposed by this Section. Ensure
that, when feasible, 25% of trainees in each occupation are in their first year of training. The
Contractor shall incorporate the requirements of this Section into such subcontract.
The number of trainees will be estimated on the number of calendar days of the
contract, the dollar value, and the scope of work to be performed. The trainee goal will be
fnalized at a Post-Preconstruction Trainee Evaluation Meeting and the goal will be distributed
among the work classifications based on the following criteria:
1. Determine the number of trainees on Federal Aid Contract:
a. No trainees will be required for contracts with a Contract Time
allowance of less than 275 calendar days.
b. If the Contract Time allowance is 275 calendar days or more, the
number of trainees shall be established in accordance with the following chart:
Estimated Contract Amount Trainees Re uired
$2,000,000 or less 0
26 August 15, 2017
•
�
Estimated Contract Amount Trainees Re uired
Over $2,000,000 to $4,000,000 2
Over $4,000,000 to $6,000,000 3
Over $6,000,000 to $12,000,000 5
Over $12,000,000 to $18,000,000 7
Over $18,000,000 to $24,000,000 9
Over $24,000,000 to $31,000,000 12
Over $31,000,000 to $37,000,000 13
Over $37,000,000 to $43,000,000 14
Over $43,000,000 to $49,000,000 15
Over $49,000,000 to $55,000,000 16
Over $55,000,000 to $62,000,000 17
Over $62,000,000 to $68,000,000 18
Over $68,000,000 to $74,000,000 19
Over $74,000,000 to $81,000,000 20
Over $81,000,000 to $87,000,000 21
Over $87,000,000 to $93,000,000 22
Over $93,000,000 to $99,000,000 23
Over $99,000,000 to $105,000,000 24
Over $105,000,000 to $112,000,000 25
Over $112,000,000 to $118,000,000 26
Over $118,000,000 to $124,000,000 27
Over $124,000,000 to $130,000,000 28
Over $130,000,000 to *
*One additional trainee per $6,000,000 of estimated Construction Contract amount over
$130,000,000
Further, if the Contractor or subcontractor requests to utilize banked trainees as discussed
later in this Section, a Banking Certificate will be validated at this meeting allowing credit to the
Contractor for previously banked trainees. Banked credits of prime Contractors working as
Subcontractors may be accepted for credit. The Contractor's Project Manager, the Construction
Project Engineer and the Department's District Contract Compliance Manager will attend this
meeting. Within ten days after the Post-Preconstruction Training Evaluation Meeting, the
Contractor shall submit to the Department for approval an On-The-Job Training Schedule
indicating the number of trainees to be trained in each selected classification and the portion of
the Contract Time during which training of each trainee is to take place. This schedule may be
subject to change if any of the following occur:
1. When a start date on the approved On-The-Job Training Schedule has been
missed by 14 or more days;
2. When there is a change in previously approved classifications;
3. When replacement trainees are added due to voluntary or involuntary
termination
The revised schedule will be resubmitted to and approved by the Department's District
Contract Compliance Manager.
The following criteria will be used in determining whether or not the Contractor has
� complied with this Section as it relates to the number of trainees to be trained:
27 August 15, 2017
• l. Credit will be allowed for each trainee that is both enrolled and satisfactorily
completes training on this Contract. Credit for trainees, over the established number for this
Contract, will be carried in a"bank" for the Contractor and credit will be allowed for those
surplus trainees in subsequent, applicable projects. A"banked" trainee is described as an
employee who has been trained on a project, over and above the established goal, and for which
the Contractor desires to preserve credit for utilization on a subsequent project.
2. Credit will be allowed for each trainee that has been previously enrolled in the
Department's approved training program on another contract and continues training in the same
job classifcation and completes their training on a different contract.
3. Credit will be allowed for each trainee who, due to the amount of work
available in their classification, is given the greatest practical amount of training on the contract
regardless of whether or not the trainee completes training.
4. Credit will be allowed for any training position indicated in the approved
On-The-Job Training Schedule, if the Contractor can demonstrate that made a good faith effort
to provide training in that classification was made.
5. No credit will be allowed for a trainee whose employment by the Contractor is
involuntarily terminated unless the Contractor can clearly demonstrate good cause for this action.
Training and upgrading of minorities, women and economically disadvantaged persons
toward journeyman status is a primary objective of this Section. Accordingly, the Contractor
shall make every effort to enroll minority trainees and women (e.g., by conducting systematic
and direct recruitment through public and private sources likely to yield minority and women
trainees) to the extent such persons are available within a reasonable area of recruitment. If a
• non-minority male is enrolled into the On-The-Job Training Program, the On-The-Job Training
Notification of Personnel Action Form notifying the District Contract Compliance Manager of
such action shall be accompanied by a disadvantaged certification or a justifcation for such
action acceptable to the Department's District Contract Compliance Manager. The Contractor
will be given an opportunity and will be responsible for demonstrating the steps that it has taken
in pursuance thereof, prior to a determination as to whether the Contractor is in compliance with
this Section. This training is not intended, and shall not be used, to discriminate against any
applicant for training, whether a minority, woman or disadvantaged person.
No employee shall be employed as a trainee in any classification in which they have
successfully completed a training course leading to journeyman status, or have been employed as
a journeyman. The Contractor may satisfy this requirement by including appropriate questions in
the employee application or by other suitable means. Regardless of the method used, the
Contractor's records should document the findings in each case.
The minimum length and type of training for each classification will be as established at
the Post-Preconstruction Trainee Evaluation Meeting and approved by the Department.
Graduation to journeyman status will be based upon satisfactory completion of a Proficiency
Demonstration set up at the completion of training and established for the specific training
classification, completion of the minimum hours in a training classification range, and the
employer's satisfaction that the trainee does meet journeyman status in the classifcation of
training. Upon reaching journeyman status, the following documentation must be forwarded to
the District Contract Compliance Office:
1. Trainee Enrollment and Personnel Action Form
28 August 15, 2017
• 2. Proficiency Demonstration Verification Form indicating completion of each
standard established for the classification signed by representatives of both the Contractor and
the Department.
The Department and the Contractor shall establish a program that is tied to the scope of
the work in the project and the length of operations providing it is reasonably calculated to meet
the equal employment opportunity obligations of the Contractor and to qualify the average
trainee for journeyman status in the classifications concerned, by at least, the minimum hours
prescribed for a training classification. Furthermore, apprenticeship programs registered with the
U.S. Department of Labor, Bureau of Apprenticeship and Training, or with a State
apprenticeship agency recognized by the Bureau and training programs approved but not
necessarily sponsored by the U.S. Department of Labor, Manpower Administration, Bureau of
Apprenticeship and Training shall also be considered acceptable provided it is being
administered in a manner consistent with the equal employment obligations of Federal Aid
highway construction contract. Approval or acceptance of a training schedule shall be obtained
from the Department prior to commencing work on the classifications covered by the program.
A voluntary On-The-Job Training Program is available to a Contractor which has been
awarded a state funded project. Through this program, the Contractor will have the option to
train employees on state funded projects for "banked credit" as discussed previously in this
provision, to be utilized on subsequent Federal Aid Projects where training is required. Those
Contractors availing themselves of this opportunity to train personnel on state funded projects
and bank trainee hours for credit shall comply with all training criteria set forth in this Section
for Federal Aid Projects; voluntary banking may be denied by the Department if staff is not
• available to monitor compliance with the training criteria.
It is the intention of these provisions that training is to be provided in the construction
crafts rather than clerk-typists or secretarial type positions. Training is permissible in lower level
management positions such as office engineers, estimators, etc., where the training is oriented
toward construction applications. Training in the laborer classiiications, except
Common/General Laborer, may be permitted provided that significant and meaningful training is
provided and approved by the District Contract Compliance Office.
When approved in advance by the District Contract Compliance Manager, credit will be
given for training of persons in excess of the number specified herein under the current contract
or a Contractor will be allowed to bank trainees who have successfully completed a training
program and may apply those trainees to a training requirement in subsequent project(s) upon
approval of the Department's District Contract Compliance Manager. This credit will be given
even though the Contractor may receive training program funds from other sources, provided
such other source do not specifically prohibit the Contractor from receiving other form of
compensation. Offsite training is permissible as long as the training is an integral part of an
approved training program and does not compromise a significant part of the overall training.
Credit for offsite training indicated above may only be made to the Contractor when it does one
or more of the following and the trainees are concurrently employed on a Federal Aid Project:
1. Contributes to the cost of the training,
2. Provides the instruction to the trainee,
3. Pays the trainee's wages during the offsite training period.
The Contractor shall compensate the trainee at no less than the laborer rate established in
the Contract at the onset of training. The compensation rate will be increased to the
�
29 August 15, 2017
• journeyman's wage upon graduation from the training program for the remainder of the time the
trainee works in the classification in which they were trained.
The Contractor shall furnish the trainee a copy of the program they will follow in
providing the training. The Contractor shall provide each trainee with a certification showing the
type and length of training satisfactorily completed. The Contractor shall enroll a trainee in one
training classification at a time to completion before the trainee can be enrolled in another
classifcation on the same project.
The Contractor shall maintain records to document the actual hours each trainee is
engaged in training on work being performed as a part of this Contract.
The Contractor shall submit to the District Contract Compliance Manager.a copy of an
On-The-Job Training Notiiication of Personnel Action form no later than seven days after the
effective date of the action when the following actions occur: a trainee is transferred on the
project, transferred from the project to continue training on another contract, completes training,
is upgraded to journeyman status or voluntary terminates or is involuntary terminated from the
project.
The Contractor shall furnish to the District Contract Compliance Manager a copy of a
Monthly Time Report for each trainee. The Monthly Time Report for each month shall be
submitted no later than the tenth day of the subsequent month. T'he Monthly Time Report shall
indicate the phases and sub-phases of the number of hours devoted to each proficiency.
Highway or Bridge Carpenter Helper, Mechanic Helper, Rodman/Chainman, and
Timekeeper classifications will not be approved for the On-The-Job Training Program.
The number of trainees may be distributed among the work classifications on the basis of
• the Contractor's needs and the availability of journeymen in the various classifications within a
reasonable area of recruitment.
The Contractor will have fulfilled the responsibilities of this Specification when
acceptable training has been provided to the trainee as specified above.
•
7-26 Cargo Preference Act — Use of United States-Flag Vessels.
Pursuant to Title 46 CFR 381, the Contractor agrees
1. To utilize privately owned United States-flag commercial vessels to ship at
least 50 percent of the gross tonnage (computed separately for dry bulk carriers, dry cargo liners,
and tankers) involved, whenever shipping any equipment, material, or commodities pursuant to
this Contract, to the extent such vessels are available at fair and reasonable rates for United
States-flag commercial vessels.
2. To furnish within 20 days following the date of loading for shipments
originating within the United States or within 30 working days following the date of loading for
shipments originating outside the United States, a legible copy of a rated, `on-board' commercial
ocean bill-of-lading in English for each shipment of cargo described in paragraph 1 of this
Article to both the Contracting Officer (through the prime contractor in the case of subcontractor
bills-of-lading) and to the Division of National Cargo, Office of Market Development, Maritime
Administration, Washington, DC 20590.
3. To insert the substance of the provisions of this clause in all subcontracts issued
pursuant to this Contract.
30 August 15, 2017
• 7-29 E-Verify.
The Contractar shall utilize the U.S. Department of Homeland Security's E-Verify
system to verify the employment eligibility of all new employees hired by the Contractor during
the term of the Contract and shall expressly require any subcontractors performing work or
providing services pursuant to the Contract to likewise utilize the U.S. Department of Homeland
Security's E-Verify system to verify the employment eligibility of all new employees hired by
the subcontractor during the Contract term.
�
•
31 August 15, 2017
�
LEGAL REQUIREMENTS AND RESPONSIBILITY TO THE PUBLIC — TITLE VI
ASSURANCE — DOT 1050.2A, APPENDIX A AND APPENDIX E.
(REV 5-27-16) (FA 6-2-16) (7-17)
SECTION 7 is expanded by the following new Article:
7-31 Title VI Assurance — DOT 1050.2A, Appendix A and Appendix E.
7-31.1 Appendix A: During the performance of this Contract, the Contractor, for itself,
its assignees and successors in interest (hereinafter re%rred to as the "Contractor") agrees as
follows:
1. Compliance with Regulations: The Contractor shall comply with the
Regulations relative to nondiscrimination in Federally-assisted programs of the US Department
of Transportation (hereinafter, "USDOT") Title 49, Code of Federal Regulations, Part 21, as they
may be amended from time to time, (hereinafter referred to as the Regulations), which are herein
incorporated by reference and made a part of this Contract.
2. Nondiscrimination: The Contractor, with regard to the work performed by it
during the Contract, shall not discriminate on the basis of race, color, national origin or sex in the
selection and retention of sub-contractors, including procurements of materials and leases of
equipment. The Contractor shall not participate either directly or indirectly in the discrimination
prohibited by Section 21.5 of the Regulations, including employment practices when the
Contract covers a program set forth in Appendix B of the Regulations.
• 3. Solicitations for subcontractors, including procurements of materials and
equipment: In all solicitations either by competitive bidding or negotiation made by the
Contractor for work to be performed under subcontract, including procurements of materials or
leases of equipment, each potential subcontractor or supplier shall be notified by the Contractor
of the Contractor's obligations under this contract and the Regulations relative to
nondiscrimination on the basis of race, color, national origin, or sex.
4. Information and Reports: The Contractor shall provide all information and
reports required by the Regulations or directives issued pursuant thereto, and shall permit access
to its books, records, accounts, other sources of information and its facilities as may be
determined by the Florida Department of Transportation or the Federal Highway Administration,
Federat Transit Administration, Federal Aviation Administration, and Federal Motar Carrier
Safety Administration to be pertinent to ascertain compliance with such Regulations, order and
instructions. Where any information required of a Contractor is in the exclusive possession of
another who fails or refuses to furnish this information the Contractor shall so certify to the
Florida Department of Transportation, or the Federal Highway Administration, Federal Transit
Administration, Federal Aviation Administration, or Federal Motor Carrier Safety
Administration as appropriate, and shall set forth what efforts it has made to obtain the
information.
5. Sanctions for Noncompliance: In the event of the Contractor's noncompliance
with the nondiscrimination provisions of this Contract, the Florida Department of Transportation
shall impose such Contract sanctions as it or the Federal Highway Administration, Federal
Transit Administration, Federal Aviation Administration, or Federal Motor Carrier Safety
Administration may determine to be appropriate, including, but not limited to:
• a. withholding of payments to the Contractor under the Contract until the
Contractor complies, or
32 August 15, 2017
C�
b. cancellation, termination or suspension of the Contract, in whole or in
part.
6. Incorporation of Provisions: The Contractor shall include the provisions of this
Appendix in every subcontract, including procurements of materials and leases of equipment,
unless exempt by the Regulations, or directives issued pursuant thereto. The Contractor shall
take such action with respect to any subcontract or procurement as the Florida Department of
Transportation or the Federal Highway Administration, Federal Transit Administration, Federal
Aviation Administration, or Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration may direct as a means
of enforcing such provisions including sanctions for noncompliance, provided, however, that, in
the event a Contractor becomes involved in, or is threatened with, litigation with a subcontractor
or supplier as a result of such direction, the Contractor may request the Florida Department of
Transportation to enter into such litigation to protect the interests of the Florida Department of
Transportation, and, in addition, the Contractor may request the United States to enter into such
litigation to protect the interests of the United States.
7-31.2 Appendix E: During the performance of this Contract, the Contractor, for itself,
its assignees, and successors in interest (hereinafter referred to as the "Contractor" agrees to
comply with the following non-discrimination statutes and authorities; including but not limited
to:
1. Title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964 (42 U.S.C. § 2000d et seq.,
78 stat. 252), (prohibits discrimination on the basis of race, color, national origin); and 49 CFR
Part 21;
2. The Uniform Relocation Assistance and Real Property Acquisition Policies Act
. of 1970, (42 U.S.C. § 4601), (prohibits unfair treatment of persons displaced or whose property
has been acquired of Federal or Federal-aid programs and projects);
3. Federal-Aid Highway Act of 1973, (23 U.S.0 § 324 et seq.), (prohibits
discrimination on the basis of sex);
4. Section 544 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 (29 U.S.C. § 794 et seq.), as
amended, (prohibits discrimination on the basis of disability); and 49 CFR Part 27;
5. The Age Discrimination Act of 1975, as amended, (42 U.S.C. § 6101 et seq.),
(prohibits discrimination on the basis of age);
6. Airport and Airway Improvement Act of 1982, (49 U.S.C. 471, Section 47123),
as amended, (prohibits discrimination based on race, creed, color national origins or sex);
7. The Civil Rights Restoration Act of 1987 (PL 100-209), (Broadened the scope,
coverage and applicability of Title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, The Age Discrimination
Act of 1975 and Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, by expanding the definition of
the terms "programs or activities" to include all of the programs or activities of the Federal-aid
recipients, sub-recipients and contractors, whether such programs or activities are Federally
funded or not);
8. Titles II and III of the Americans with Disabilities Act, which prohibits
discrimination on the basis of disability in the operation of public entities, public and private
transportation systems, places of public accommodation, and certain testing entities
(42 U.S.C. §§ 12131 — 12189) as implemented by Department of Transportation regulations at
49 C.F.R. parts 37 and 38;
9. The Federal Aviation Administration's Non-discrimination statute
(49 U.S.C. § 47123) (prohibits discrimination on the basis of race, color, national origin, and
• sex);
33 August 15, 2017
• 10. Executive Order 12898, Federal Actions to Address Environmental Justice in
Minority Populations and Low-Income Populations, which ensures non-discrimination against
minority populations by discouraging programs, policies, and activities with disproportionately
high and adverse human health or environmental effects on minority and low-income
populations;
11. Executive Order 13166, Improving Access to Services for Persons with
Limited English Proficiency, and resulting agency guidance, national origin discrimination
includes discrimination because of limited English proficiency (LEP). To ensure compliance
with Title VI, you must take reasonable steps to ensure that LEP persons have meaningful access
to your programs (70 Fed. Reg. at 74087 to 74100);
12. Title IX of the Education Amendments of 1972, as amended, which prohibits
discrimination based on sex in education programs, or activities (20 U.S.C. 1681 et seq.).
�
•
34 August 15, 2017
• FROM SECTION 8(SUBLETTING, CONTRACT TIME EXTENSIONS, AND
LIQUIDATED DAMAGES).
8-1 Subletting or Assigning of Contracts.
Do not, sell, transfer, assign or otherwise dispose of the Contract or Contracts or any
portion thereof, or of the right, title, or interest therein, without written consent of the
Department. If the Contractor chooses to sublet any portion of the Contract, the Contractor must
provide a written request to sublet work on the Certification of Sublet Work form developed by
the Department for this purpose. With the Engineer's acceptance of the request, the Contractor
may sublet a portion of the work, but shall perform with its own organization work amounting to
not less than 40% of the total Contract amount. The Certification of Sublet Work request will be
deemed acceptable by the Department, for purposes of the Department's consent, unless the
Engineer notifies the Contractor within 5 business days of receipt of the Certification of Sublet
Work that the Department is not consenting to the requested subletting.
Include in the total Contract amount the cost of materials and manufactured component
products, and their transportation to the project site. For the purpose of ineeting this requirement
the Department will not consider off-site commercial production of materials and manufactured
component products that the Contractor purchases, or their transportation to the project, as
subcontracted work.
If the Contractor sublets a part of a Contract item, the Department will use only the sublet
proportional cost in determining the percentage of subcontracted normal work.
Execute all agreements to sublet work in writing and include all pertinent provisions and
� requirements of the Contract. All other agreements must be in writing and reference all
applicable Contract provisions. Upon request, furnish the Department with a copy of the
subcontract and agreement. The subletting of work does not relieve the Contractor or the surety
of their respective liabilities under the Contract.
The Department recognizes a subcontractor only in the capacity of an employee or agent
of the Contractor, and the Engineer may require the Contractor to remove the subcontractor as in
the case of an employee.
8-7.3.2 Contract Time Extensions: The Department may grant an
extension of Contract Time when a controlling item of work is delayed by factors not reasonably
anticipated or foreseeable at the time of bid. The Department may allow such extension of time
only for delays occurring during the Contract Time period or authorized extensions of the
Contract Time period. When failure by the Department to fulfill an obligation under the Contract
results in delays to the controlling items of work, the Department will consider such delays as a
basis for granting a time extension to the Contract.
Whenever the Engineer suspends the Contractor's operations, as provided
in 8-6, for reasons other than the fault of the Contractor, the Engineer will grant a time extension
for any delay to a controlling item of work due to such suspension. The Department will not
grant time extensions to the Contract for delays due to the fault or negligence of the Contractor.
The Department does not include an allowance for delays caused by the
effects of inclement weather or suspension of Contractor's operations as defined in 8-6.4, in
establishing Contract Time. The Engineer will continually monitor the effects of weather and,
when found justified, grant time extensions on either a bimonthly or monthly basis. The Engineer
• will not require the Contractor to submit a request for additional time due to the effects of
weather.
35 August 15, 2017
• The Department will grant time extensions, on a day for day basis, for
delays caused by the effects of rains or other inclement weather conditions, related adverse soil
conditions or suspension of operations as defined in 8-6.4 that prevent the Contractor from
productively performing controlling items of work resulting in:
l. The Contractor being unable to work at least 50% of the normal
work day on pre-determined controlling work items; or
2. The Contractor must make major repairs to work damaged by
weather, provided that the damage is not attributable to the Contractor's failure to perform or
neglect; and provided that the Contractor was unable to work at least 50% of the normal workday
on pre-determined controlling work items.
No additional compensation will be made for delays caused by the effects
of inclement weather.
The Department will consider the delays in delivery of materials or
component equipment that affect progress on a controlling item of work as a basis for granting a
time extension if such delays are beyond the control of the Contractor or supplier. Such delays
may include an area-wide shortage, an industry-wide strike, or a natural disaster that affects all
feasible sources of supply. In such cases, the Contractor shall furnish substantiating letters from a
representative number of manufacturers of such materials or equipment clearly confirming that
the delays in delivery were the result of an area-wide shortage, an industry-wide strike, etc. No
additional compensation will be made for delays caused by delivery of materials or component
equipment.
The Department will not consider requests for time extension due to delay
• in the delivery of custom manufactured equipment such as traffic signal equipment, highway
lighting equipment, etc., unless the Contractor furnishes documentation that he placed the order
for such equipment in a timely manner, the delay was caused by factors beyond the
manufacturer's control, and the lack of such equipment caused a delay in progress on a
controlling item of work. No additional compensation will be paid for delays caused by delivery
of custom manufactured equipment.
The Department will consider the affect of utility relocation and
adjustment work on job progress as the basis for granting a time extension only if all the
following criteria are met:
1. Delays are the result of either utility work that was not detailed
in the Plans, or utility work that was detailed in the Plans but was not accomplished in
reasonably close accordance with the schedule included in the Contract Documents.
2. Utility work actually affected progress toward completion of
controlling work items.
3. The Contractor took all reasonable measures to minimize the
effect of utility work on job progress, including cooperative scheduling of the Contractor's
operations with the scheduled utility work at the preconstruction conference and providing
adequate advance notification to utility companies as to the dates to coordinate their operations
with the Contractor's operations to avoid delays.
As a condition precedent to an extension of Contract Time the Contractor
must submit to the Engineer:
A preliminary request for an extension of Contract Time must be
made in writing to the Engineer within ten calendar days after the commencement of a delay to a
• controlling item of work. If the Contractor fails to submit this required preliminary request for an
36 August 15, 2017
• extension of Contract Time, the Contractor fully, completely, absolutely and irrevocably waives
any entitlement to an extension of Contract Time for that delay. In the case of a continuing delay
only a single preliminary request for an extension of Contract Time will be required. Each such
preliminary request for an extension of Contract Time shall include as a minimum the
commencement date of the delay, the cause of the delay, and the controlling item of work
affected by the delay.
Furthermore, the Contractor must submit to the Engineer a request
for a Contract Time extension in writing within 30 days after the elimination of the delay to the
controlling item of work identified in the preliminary request for an extension of Contract Time.
Each request for a Contract Time extension shall include as a minimum all documentation that
the Contractor wishes the Department to consider related to the delay, and the exact number of
days requested to be added to Contract Time. If the Contractor contends that the delay is
compensable, then the Contractor shall also be required to submit with the request for a Contract
Time extension a detailed cost analysis of the requested additional compensation. If the
Contractor fails to submit this required request for a Contract Time extension, with or without a
detailed cost analysis, depriving the Engineer of the timely opportunity to verify the delay and
the costs of the delay, the Contractor waives any entitlement to an extension of Contract Time or
additional compensation for the delay.
Upon timely receipt of the preliminary request of Contract Time from the
Contractor, the Engineer will investigate the conditions, and if it is determined that a controlling
item of work is being delayed for reasons beyond the control of the Contractor the Engineer will
take appropriate action to mitigate the delay and the costs of the delay. Upon timely receipt of
• the request for a Contract Time extension the Engineer will further investigate the conditions,
and if it is determined that there was an increase in the time or the cost of performance of the
controlling item of work beyond the control of the Contractor, then an adjustment of Contract
Time will be made, and a monetary adjustment will be made, excluding loss of anticipated
profits, and the Contract will be modified in writing accordingly.
The existence of an accepted schedule, including any required update(s),
as stated in 8-3.2, is a condition precedent to the Contractor having any right to the granting of an
extension of Contract Time or any monetary compensation arising out of any delay. Contractor
failure to have an accepted schedule, including any required update(s), for the period of potential
impact, or in the event the cunently accepted schedule and applicable updates do not accurately
reflect the actual status of the project or fail to accurately show the true controlling or non-
controlling work activities for the period of potential impact, will result in any entitlement
determination as to time or money for such period of potential impact being limited solely to the
Department's analysis and identification of the actual controlling or non-controlling work
activities. Further, in such instances, the Department's determination as to entitlement as to
either time or compensability will be final, unless the Contractor can prove by clear and
convincing evidence to a Disputes Review Board that the Department's determination was
without any reasonable factual basis.
•
37 August 15, 2017
. 8-10 Liquidated Damages for Failure to Complete the Work.
8-10.2 Amount of Liquidated Damages: Applicable liquidated damages are the
amounts established in the following schedule:
Original Contract Amount Daily Charge Per Calendar Day
$50,000 and under ..........................................................$763
Over $50,000 but less than $250,000 .............................$958
$250,000 but less than $500,000 .................................$1,099
$500,000 but less than $2,500,000 ..............................$1,584
$2,500,000 but less than $5,000,000 ...........................$2,811
$5,000,000 but less than $10,000,000 .........................$3,645
$10,000,000 but less than $15,000,000 .......................$4,217
$15,000,000 but less than $20,000,000 .......................$4,698
$20,000,000 and over ................ $6,323 plus 0.00005 of any
amount over $20 million (Round to nearest whole dollar)
38 August 15, 2017
• FROM SECTION 9 (Partial Payments).
9-5 Partial Payments.
9-5.1 General: The Engineer will make partial payments on monthly estimates based on
the amount of work that the Contractor completes during the month (including delivery of certain
materials, as specified herein below). The Engineer will make approximate monthly payments,
and the Department will correct all partial estimates and payments in the subsequent estimates
and in the final estimate and payment.
The Department will base the amount of such payments on the total value of the
wark that the Contractor has performed to the date of the estimate, based on the quantities
completed and the Contract prices, less payments previously made and less any retainage
withheld.
Retainage will not be withheld until the percent of Contract Time used exceeds
75%. From that time forward, the Department will withhold retainage of 10°/a of the amount due
on the current estimate as retainage when the percent of Contract Time used exceeds the percent
of Contract amount earned by more than 15%.
Contract amount is defined as the original Contract amount adjusted by approved
supplemental agreements.
Retainage will be determined for each job on multiple job Contracts. The
Department will not accept Securities, Certificates of Deposit or letters of credit as a replacement
for retainage. Amounts withheld will not be released until payment of the final estimate.
9-5.2 Unsatisfactory Payment Record: In accordance with Sections 255.05 and 337.16
• of the Florida Statutes, and the rules of the Department, the Department may disqualify the
Contractor from bidding on future Department contracts if the Contractor's payment record in
connection with contract work becomes unsatisfactory.
9-5.3 Withholding Payment:
9-5.3.1 Withholding Payment for Defective Work: If the Department discovers
any defective wark or material prior to the final acceptance, or if the Department has a
reasonable doubt as to the integrity of any part of the completed work prior to final acceptance,
then the Department will not allow payment for such defective or questioned work until the
Contractor has remedied the defect and removed any causes of doubt.
9-5.3.2 Withholding Payment for Failure to Comply: The Department will
withhold progress payments from the Contractor if he fails to comply with any or all of the
following within 60 days after beginning work:
1. comply with and submit required paperwork relating to prevailing wage
rate provisions, Equal Employment Opportunity, On-The-Job Training, and Affirmative Action;
2. comply with the requirement to all necessary information, including
actual payments to DBEs, all other subcontractors and major suppliers, through the Internet
based Equal Opportunity Reporting System;
3. comply with or make a good faith effort to ensure employment
opportunity for minorities and females in accordance with the required contract provisions for
Federal Aid Construction Contracts, and
4. comply with or make a good faith effort to meet On-The-Job Training
goals.
The Deparlrnent will withhold progress payments until the Contractor has
• satisfed the above conditions.
39 August 15, 2017
• 9-5.4 Release of Retainage After Acceptance: When the Contractor has furnished the
Department with all submittals required by the Contract, such as invoices, EEO reports, materials
certifications, certification of materials procured, etc., (excluding Contractor's letter of
acceptance of final amount due and Form 21-A release) and the Engineer has determined that the
measurement and computation of pay quantities is correct, the Department may reduce the
retainage to $1,000 plus any amount that the Department elects to deduct for defective work as
provided in 9-5.3.
The Department will not allow a semifinal estimate under the provisions of the
above paragraphs unless the time elapsing between (1) acceptance of the project and receipt of
all test reports, invoices, etc., and (2) submission of the final estimate to the Contractor for
acceptance, exceeds or is expected to exceed ten days.
The Department may deduct from payment estimates any sums that the
Contractor owes to the Department on any account. Where more than one project or job (separate
job number) is included in the Contract, the Department will distribute the reduced retainage as
provided in the first paragraph of this Subarticle to each separate project or job in the ratio that
the Contract value of the work for the particular job bears to the total Contract amount.
9-5.5 Partial Payments for Delivery of Certain Materials:
9-5.5.1 General: The Department will allow partial payments for new materials
that will be permanently incorporated into the project and are stockpiled in approved locations in
the project vicinity. Stockpile materials so that they will not be damaged by the elements and in a
manner that identifies the project on which they are to be used.
The following conditions apply to all payments for stockpiled materials:
• 1. There must be reasonable assurance that the stockpiled material
will be incorporated into the speciiic project on which partial payment is made.
2. The stockpiled material must be approved as meeting applicable
specifications.
3. The total quantity for which partial payment is made shall not
exceed the estimated total quantity required to complete the project.
4. The Contractor shall furnish the Engineer with copies of
certifed invoices to document the value of the materials received. The amount of the partial
payment will be determined from invoices for the material up to the unit price in the Contract.
5. Delivery charges for materials delivered to the jobsite will be
included in partial payments if properly documented.
6. Partial payments will not be made for materials which were
stockpiled prior to award of the Contract for a project.
9-5.5.2 Partial Payment Amounts: The following partial payment restrictions
apply:
•
1. Partial payments less than $5,000 for any one month will not be
processed.
2. Partial payments for structural steel and precast prestressed items will
not exceed 85% of the bid price for the item. Partial payments for all other items will not exceed
75% of the bid price of the item in which the material is to be used.
3. Partial payment will not be made for aggregate and base course material
received after paving or base construction operations begin except when a construction sequence
designated by the Department requires suspension of paving and base construction after the
40 August 15, 2017
• initial paving operations, partial payments will be reinstated until the paving and base
construction resumes.
9-5.5.3 Off Site Storage: If the conditions of 9-5.5.1 are satisfied, partial
payments will be allowed for materials stockpiled in approved in-state locations. Additionally,
partial payments for materials stockpiled in approved out-of-state locations will be allowed if the
conditions of 9-5.5.1 and the following conditions are met:
1. Furnish the Department a Materials Bond stating the supplier
guarantees to furnish the material described in the Contract to the Contractor and Department.
Under this bond, the Obligor shall be the material supplier and the Obligees shall be the
Contractor and the Florida Department of Transportation. The bond shall be in the full dollar
amount of the bid price for the materials described in the contract.
2. The following clauses must be added to the construction Contract
between the Contractor and the supplier of the stockpiled materials:
"Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, <su�plier> will be
liable to the Contractor and the Florida Department of Transportation should <su�plier> default
in the performance of this agreement."
"Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, this agreement, and the
performance bond issued pursuant to this agreement, does not alter, modify, or otherwise change
the Contractor's obligation to furnish the materials described in this agreement to the Florida
Department of Transportation."
3. The agreement between the Contractor and the supplier of the
stockpiled materials must include provisions that the supplier will store the materials and that
• such materials are the property of the Contractor.
9-5.6 Certifcation of Payment to Subcontractors: The term "subcontractor," as used
herein, includes persons or firms furnishing materials or equipment incorporated into the work or
stockpiled for which the Department has made partial payment and firms working under
equipment-rental agreements. The Contractor is required to pay all subcontractors for
satisfactory performance of their Contracts before the Department will make a further progress
(partial) payment. The Contractor shall also return all retainage withheld to the subcontractors
within 30 days after the subcontractor's work is satisfactarily complete, as determined by the
Department. Prior to receipt of any progress (partial) payment, the prime contractor shall certify
that all subcontractors having an interest in the Contract were paid for satisfactory performance
of their Contracts and that the retainage is returned to subcontractors within 30 days after
satisfactory completion of the subcontractor's work. Provide this certification in the form
designated by the Department.
Within 30 days of the Contractor's receipt of the final progress payment or any
other payments thereafter, except the final payment, the Contractor shall pay all subcontractors
and suppliers having an interest in the Contract for all work completed and materials furnished.
The Department will honor an exception to the above when the Contractor demonstrates good
cause for not making any required payment and furnishes written notiiication of any such good
cause to both the Department and the affected subcontractors or suppliers within said 30 day
period.
The Contractor shall indemnify and provide defense for the Department when
called upon to do so for all claims or suits against the Department, by third parties, pertaining to
Contractor payment or performance issues arising out of the Contract. It is expressly understood
• that the monetary limitation on the extent of the indemnification shall be the approved Contract
41 August 15, 2017
• amount, which shall be the original Contract amount as may be increased by subsequent
Supplemental Agreements.
•
�
42 August 15, 2017
• SUPPLELENTAL SPECIFICATIONS
�
�
43 August 15, 2017
EARTHWORK AND RELATED OPERATION5 FOR LAP (OFF-SYSTEM).
(REV 1-23-12) (FA 2-27-12)
SECTION 120
EARTHWORK AND RELATED OPERATIONS FOR LAP (OFF-SYSTEM)
120-1 Description.
120-1.1 General: Perform earthwork and related operations based on the Type of work
specified in the Contract and the Earthwork Categories as defined below. Meet the applicable
reyuirements for materials, equipment and construction as specifed.
Earthwork and related operations consists of excavation for the construction of
the roadway, excavation for structures and pipe, constructing backfill around structures and pipe,
and constructing embankments as required for the roadway, ditches, and channel changes.
120-1.2 Earthwork Categories: Performance of Earthwork Operations will fall into one
of the following Earthwork Categories:
120-1.2.1 Earthwork Category 1: Includes the earthwork and related operations
associated with the construction of sidewalks and bike paths along with any drainage structures
associated with these facilities.
120-1.2.2 Earthwork Category 2: Includes the earthwork and related operations
associated with the construction of turn lanes and other non-mainline traffic lanes, widening,
roadway shoulders, concrete box culverts, retaining walls, and other drainage structures on the
• non-mainline pavement.
120-1.2.3 Earthwork Category 3: Includes the earthwork and related operations
associated with the construction of new mainline pavement, along with concrete box culverts,
retaining walls, and other drainage structures on the mainline pavement.
•
120-2 Classes of Excavation.
120-2.1 Excavation of Unsuitable Material: Excavation of unsuitable material consists
of the removal of muck, clay, rock or any other material that is unsuitable in its original position
and that is excavated below the finished grading template. For stabilized bases and sand
bituminous road mixes, the finished grading template is the top of the finished base, shoulders
and slopes. For all other bases and rigid pavement, the finished grading template is the finished
shoulder and slope lines and bottom of completed base or rigid pavement.
120-2.2 Lateral Ditch Excavation: Lateral ditch excavation consists of all excavation of
inlet and outlet ditches to structures and roadway, changes in channels of streams, and ditches
parallel to the roadway right-of-way. Dress lateral ditches to the grade and cross-section shown
in the plans.
120-2.3 Channel Excavation: Channel excavation consists of the excavation and
satisfactory disposal of all materials from the limits of the channel as shown in the plans.
120-2.4 Excavation for Structures and Pipe: Excavation for structures consists of the
excavation for bridge foundations, box culverts, pipe culverts, storm sewers and all other pipe
lines, retaining walls, headwalls for pipe culverts and drains, catch basins, drop inlets, manholes,
and similar structures.
44 August 15, 2017
• 120-3 Excavation Requirements.
120-3.1 Excavatioa and Replacement of Unsuitable Materials: Where rock, muck,
clay, or other material within the limits of the roadway is unsuitable in its original position,
excavate such material to the cross-sections shown in the plans or indicated by the Engineer, and
backfll with suitable material. Shape backfill materials to the required cross-sections. Where the
removal of plastic soils below the finished earthwork grade is required, meet a construction
tolerance of plus or minus 0.2 foot in depth and plus or minus 6 inches (each side) in width.
120-3.2 Lateral Ditch Excavation: Excavate inlet and outlet ditches to structures and
roadway, changes in channels of streams and ditches parallel to the roadway. Dress lateral
ditches to the grade and cross-section shown in the plans.
120-3.3 Channel Excavation: Excavate and dispose of all materials from the limits of
the channel as shown in the plans. Excavate for bridge foundations, box culverts, pipe culverts,
storm sewers and all other pipe lines, retaining walls, headwalls for pipe culverts and drains,
catch basins, drop inlets, manholes, and similar structures.
120-3.4 Excavation for Structures and Pipe.
120-3.4.1 Requirements for all Excavation: Excavate foundation pits to pertnit
the placing of the full widths and lengths of footings shown in the plans, with full horizontal
beds. Do not round or undercut corners or edges of footings. Perform all excavation to
foundation materials, satisfactory to the Engineer, regardless of the elevation shown on the plans.
Perform all excavation in stream beds to a depth at least 4 feet below the permanent bed of the
stream, unless a firm footing can be established on solid rock before such depth is reached, and
excavate to such additional depth as may be necessary to eliminate any danger of undermining.
• Wherever rock bottom is secured, excavate in such manner as to allow the solid rock to be
exposed and prepared in horizontal beds for receiving the masonry. Remove all loose and
disintegrated rock or thin strata. Have the Engineer inspect and approve all foundation
excavations prior to placing masonry.
120-3.4.2 Earth Excavation:
120-3.4.2.1 Foundation Material other than the Rock: When masonry
is to rest on an excavated surface other than rock, take special care to avoid disturbing the bottom
of the excavation, and do not remove the final foundation material to grade until just before
placing the masonry. In case the foundation material is soft or mucky, the Engineer may require
excavation to a greater depth and to backfill to grade with approved material.
120-3.4.2.2 Foundation Piles: Where foundation piles are used, complete
the excavation of each pit before driving the piles. After the driving is completed, remove all
loose and displaced material, leaving a smooth, solid, and level bed to receive the masonry.
120-3.4.2.3 Removal of Obstructions: Remove boulders, logs, or any
unforeseen obstacles encountered in excavating.
120-3.4.3 Rock Excavation: Clean all rock and other hard foundation material,
remove all loose material, and cut all rock to a firm surface. Either level, step vertically and
horizontally, or serrate the rock, as may be directed by the Engineer. Clean out all seams, and fill
them with concrete or mortar.
120-3.4.4 Pipe Trench Excavation: Excavate trenches for pipe culverts and
storm sewers to the elevation of the bottom of the pipe and to a width sufficient to provide
adequate working room. Remove soil not meeting the classification specified as suitable backfill
material in 120-8.3.22 to a depth of 4 inches below the bottom of the pipe elevation. Remove
• rock, boulders or other hard lumpy or unyielding material to a depth of 12 inches below the
45 August 15, 2017
• bottom of the pipe elevation. Remove muck or other soft material to a depth necessary to
establish a firm foundation. Where the soils permit, ensure that the trench sides are vertical up to
at least the mid-point of the pipe.
For pipe lines placed above the natural ground line, place and compact the
embankment, prior to excavation of the trench, to an elevation at least 2 feet above the top of the
pipe and to a width equal to four pipe diameters, and then excavate the trench to the required
grade.
120-4 Disposal of Surplus and Unsuitable Material.
120-4.1 Ownership of Excavated Materials: Dispose of surplus and excavated
materials as shown in the plans or, if the plans do not indicate the method of disposal, take
ownership of the materials and dispose of them outside the right-of-way.
120-4.2 Disposal of Muck on Side Slopes: As an exception to the provisions of
120-4.1, when approved by the Engineer, muck (A-8 material) may be placed on the slopes, or
stored alongside the roadway, provided there is a clear distance of at least 6 feet between the
roadway grading limits and the muck, and the muck is dressed to present a neat appearance. In
addition, this material may also be disposed of by placing it on the slopes where, in the opinion
of the Engineer, this will result in an aesthetically pleasing appearance and will have no
detrimental effect on the adjacent developments. Where the Engineer permits the disposal of
muck or other unsuitable material inside the right-of-way limits, do not place such material in a
manner which will impede the inflow or outfall of any channel or of side ditches. The Engineer
will determine the limits adjacent to channels within which such materials may be disposed.
• 120-4.3 Disposal of Paving Materials: Unless otherwise noted, take ownership of
paving materials, such as paving brick, asphalt block, concrete slab, sidewalk, curb and gutter,
etc., excavated in the removal of existing pavements, and dispose of them outside the right-of-
way. If the materials are to remain the property of the Agency, place them in neat piles as
directed. Existing limerock base that is removed may be incorporated in the stabilized portion of
the subgrade. If the construction sequence will allow, incorporate all existing limerock base into
the project as allowed by the Contract Documents.
120-4.4 Disposal Areas: Where the Contract Documents require disposal of excavated
materials outside the right-of-way, and the disposal area is not indicated in the Contract
Documents, furnish the disposal area without additional compensation.
Provide areas for disposal of removed paving materials out of sight of the project
and at least 300 feet from the nearest roadway right-of-way line of any road. If the materials are
buried, disregard the 300 foot limitation.
120-5 Materials for Embankment.
120-5.1 General Requirements for Embankment Materials: Construct embankments
using suitable materials excavated from the roadway or delivered to the jobsite from authorized
borrow pits.
Construct the embankment using maximum particle sizes as follows:
In top 12 inches: 3 1/2 inches (in any dimension).
12 to 24 inches: 6 inches (in any dimension).
In the depth below 24 inches: not to exceed 12 inches (in any dimension)
or the compacted thickness of the layer being placed, whichever is less.
46 August 15, 2017
• Spread all material so that the larger particles are separated from each other to
minimize voids between them during compaction. Compact around these rocks in accordance
with 120-7.2.
When and where approved by the Engineer, larger rocks (not to exceed 18 inches
in any dimension) may be placed outside the one to two slope and at least 4 feet or more below
the bottom of the base. Compact around these rocks to a firmness equal to that of the supporting
soil. Where constructing embankments adjacent to bridge end bents or abutments, do not place
rock larger than 3 1/2 inches in diameter within 3 feet of the location of any end-bent piling.
120-5.2 Use of Materials Excavated From the Roadway and Appurtenances: Assume
responsibility for determining the suitability of excavated material for use on the project in
accordance with the applicable Contract Documents. Consider the sequence of work and
maintenance of traffic phasing in the determination of the availability of this material.
120-5.3 Authorization for Use of Borrow: Use borrow only when sufficient quantities
of suitable material are not available from roadway and drainage excavation, to properly
construct the embankment, subgrade, and shoulders, and to complete the backfilling of structures
and pipe. Do not use borrow material until so ordered by the Engineer, and then only use
material from approved borrow pits.
120-5.3.1 Haul Routes for Borrow Pits: Provide and maintain, at no expense to
the Agency, all necessary roads for hauling the borrow material. Where borrow area haul roads
or trails are used by others, do not cause such roads or trails to deteriorate in condition.
Arrange for the use of all non-public haul routes crossing the property of
any railroad. Incur any expense for the use of such haul routes. Establish haul routes which will
• direct construction vehicles away from developed areas when feasible, and keep noise from
hauling operations to a minimum. Advise the Engineer in writing of all proposed haul routes.
120-5.3.2 Borrow Material for Shoulder Build-up: When so indicated in the
plans, furnish borrow material with a specifc minimum bearing value, for building up of existing
shoulders. Blend materials as necessary to achieve this specified minimum bearing value prior to
placing the materials on the shoulders. Take samples of this borrow material at the pit or blended
stockpile.
120-5.4 Materials Used at Pipes, Culverts, etc.: Construct embankments over and
around pipes, culverts, and bridge foundations with selected materials.
120-6 Embankment Construction.
120-6.1 General: Construct embankments in sections of not less than 300 feet in length
or for the full length of the embankment.
120-6.2 Dry Fill Method:
120-6.2.1 General: Construct embankments to meet compaction requirements in
120-7 and in accordance with the acceptance program requirements in 120-9. Restrict the
compacted thickness of the last embankment lift to 6 inches maximum.
As far as practicable, distribute traffic over the work during the
construction of embankments so as to cover the maximum area of the surface of each layer.
Construct embankment in the dry whenever normal dewatering equipment
and methods can accomplish the needed dewatering.
120-6.2.1.1 For A-3 and A-2-4 Materials with up to 15% fines:
Construct the embankment in successive layers with lifts up to a maximum compacted thickness
• of 12 inches. Ensure the percentage of fines passing the No. 200 US Standard sieve in the A-2-4
material does not exceed 15%.
47 August 15, 2017
• 120-6.2.1.2 For A-1 Plastic materials (As designated in FDOT Design
Standard Index 505) and A-2-4 Materials with greater than 15% fines: Construct the
embankment in successive layers with lifts up to a maximum compacted thickness of 6 inches.
120-6.2.1.3 Equipment and Methods: Provide normal dewatering
equipment including, but not limited to, surface pumps, sump pumps and trenching/digging
machinery. Provide normal dewatering methods including, but not limited to, constructing
shallow surface drainage trenches/ditches, using sand blankets, sumps and siphons.
When normal dewatering does not adequately remove the water,
the Engineer may require the embankment material to be placed in the water or in low swampy
ground in accordance with 120-7.2.4.
120-6.2.2 Placing in Unstable Areas: Where depositing the material in water, or
in low swampy ground that will not support the weight of hauling equipment, construct the
embankment by dumping successive loads in a uniformly distributed layer of a thickness not
greater than necessary to support the hauling equipment while placing subsequent layers. Once
sufficient material has been placed so that the hauling equipment can be supported, construct the
remaining portion of the embankment in layers in accordance with the applicable provisions of
120-7.2.4 and 120-7.2.6.
120-6.2.3 Placing on Steep Slopes: When constructing an embankment on a
hillside sloping more than 20 degrees from the horizontal, before starting the fill, deeply plow or
cut into steps the surface of the original ground on which the embankment is to be placed.
120-6.2.4 Placing Outside Standard Minimum Slope: Where material that is
unsuitable for normal embankment construction is to be used in the embankment outside the
• standard minimum slope (approximately one to two), place such material in layers of not more
than 18 inches in thickness, measured loose. The Contractor may also place material which is
suitable for normal embankment, outside such standard minimum slope, in 18 inch layers.
Maintain a constant thickness for suitable material placed within and outside the standard
minimum slope, unless placing in a separate operation.
120-6.3 Hydraulic Method:
120-6.3.1 Method of Placing: When the hydraulic method is used, as far as
practicable, place all dredged material in its final position in the embankment by such method.
Place and compact any dredged material that is re-handled, or moved and placed in its final
position by any other method, as specifed in 120-7.2. The Contractor may use baffles or any
form of construction he may select, provided the slopes of the embankments are not steeper than
indicated in the plans. Remove all timber used for temporary bulkheads or baffles from the
embankment, and fill and thoroughly compact the holes thus formed. When placing fill on
submerged land, construct dikes prior to beginning of dredging, and maintain the dikes
throughout the dredging operation.
120-6.3.2 Excess Material: Do not use excess material placed outside the
prescribed slopes, below the normal high-water level, to raise the fill. Remove only the portion
of this material required for dressing the slopes.
120-6.3.3 Protection of Openings in Embankment: Leave openings in the
embankments at the bridge sites. Remove any material which invades these openings or existing
channels without additional compensation to provide the same depth of channel as existed before
the construction of the embankment. Do not excavate or dredge any material within 200 feet of
the toe of the proposed embankment.
•
48 August 15, 2017
• 120-7 Compaction Requirements.
120-7.1 Moisture Content: Compact the materials at a moisture content such that the
specified density can be attained. If necessary to attain the specified density, add water to the
material, or lower the moisture content by manipulating the material or allowing it to dry, as is
appropriate.
120-7.2 Compaction of Embankments:
120-7.2.1 Earthwork Category 1 and 2 Density Requirements: The Engineer
will accept a minimum density of 95% of the maximum density as determined by AASHTO T-
99 Method C for all earthwork items requiring densities.
120-7.2.2 Earthwork Category 3 Density Requirements: The Engineer will
accept a minimum of 100% of the maximum density as determined by AASHTO T-99 Method C
for all densities required under category 3.
Except for embankments constructed by the hydraulic method as specified in 120-63, and for the
material placed outside the standard minimum slope as specified in 120-6.2.4, and for other areas
specifically excluded herein, compact each layer of the material used in the formation of
embankments to the required density stated above. Uniformly compact each layer using
equipment that will achieve the required density, and as compaction operations progress, shape
and manipulate each layer as necessary to ensure uniform density throughout the embankment.
120-7.2.3 Compaction Over Unstable Foundations: Where the embankment
material is deposited in water or on low swampy ground, and in a layer thicker than 12 inches (as
provided in 120-6.2.2), compact the top 6 inches (compacted thickness) of such layer to the
density as specified in 120-9.5.
� 120-7.2.4 Compaction Where Plastic Material Has Been Removed: Where
unsuitable material is removed and the remaining surface is of the A-4, A-5, A-6, or A-7 Soil
Groups, as determined by the Engineer, compact the surface of the excavated area by rolling
with a sheepsfoot roller exerting a compression of at least 250 psi on the tamper feet, for the full
width of the roadbed (subgrade and shoulders). Perform rolling before beginning any backfill,
and continue until the roller feet do not penetrate the surface more than 1 inch. Do not perform
such rolling where the remaining surface is below the normal water table and covered with
water. Vary the procedure and equipment required for this operation at the discretion of the
Engineer.
120-7.2.5 Compaction of Material To Be Used In Base, Pavement, or
Stabilized Areas: Do not compact embankment material which will be incorporated into a
pavement, base course, or stabilized subgrade, to be constructed as a part of the same Contract.
120-7.2.6 Compaction of Grassed Shoulder Areas: For the upper 6 inch layer
of all shoulders which are to be grassed, since no specific density is required, compact only to
the extent directed.
120-7.2.7 Compaction of Grassed Embankment Areas: For the outer layer of
all embankments where plant growth will be established, do not compact. Leave this layer in a
loose condition to a minimum depth of 6 inches for the subsequent seeding or planting
operations.
120-7.3 Compaction of Subgrade: If the plans do not provide for stabilizing, compact
the subgrade in both cuts and fills to the density specified in 120-9.5. For undisturbed soils, do
not apply density requirements where constructing narrow widening strips or paved shoulders
5 feet or less in width.
49 August 15, 2017
• Where trenches for widening strips are not of sufficient width to permit the use of
standard compaction equipment, perform compaction using vibratory rollers, trench rollers, or
other type compaction equipment approved by the Engineer.
Maintain the required density until the base or pavement is placed on the
subgrade.
120-8 Backfilling Around Structures and Pipe.
120-8.1 Requirements for all Structures:
120-8-1.1 General: Backfill around structures and pipe in the dry whenever
normal dewatering equipment and methods can accomplish the needed dewatering.
129-8.1.2 Equipment and Methods: Provide normal dewatering equipment
including, but not limited to, surface pumps, sump pumps, wellpoints and header pipe and
trenching/digging machinery. Provide normal dewatering methods including, but not limited to,
constructing shallow surface drainage trenches/ditches, using sand blankets, perforated pipe
drains, sumps and siphons.
120-8.1.3 Backfill Materials: Backfill to the original ground surface or subgrade
surface of openings made for structures, with a sufficient allowance for settlement. The Engineer
may require that the material used for this backfill be obtained from a source entirely apart from
the structure.
Do not allow heavy construction equipment to cross over culvert or storm
sewer pipes until placing and compacting backfill material to the finished earthwork grade or to
an elevation at least 4 feet above the crown of the pipe.
• 120-8.1.4 Use of A-7 Material: In the backfilling of trenches, A-7 material may
be used from a point 12 inches above the top of the pipe up to the elevation shown on the FDOT
Design Standards as the elevation for undercutting of A-? material.
120-8.1.5 Time of Placing Backfill: Do not place backfill against any masonry or
concrete abutment, wingwall, or culvert until the Engineer has given permission to do so, and in
no case until the masonry or concrete has been in place seven days or until the specified 28-day
compressive strength occurs.
120-8.1.6 Placement and Compaction: When the backfill material is deposited
in water, compact per 120-8.2.5 and 120-83.4. Place the material in horizontal layers not
exceeding 6 inches compacted thickness, in depth above water level, behind abutments,
wingwalls and end bents or end rest piers, and around box culverts and all structures including
pipe culverts. The Engineer may approve placing material in thicker lifts of no more than
12 inches compacted thickness above the soil envelope if a test section demonstrates the required
density can be achieved. Approval will be based on five passing density tests over the test
section consisting of a lift of backfill from structure to structure. The Engineer will identify the
test section with the compaction effort and soil classification in the Agency Logbook. In case of
a change in compaction effort or soil classification, construct a new test section. The Engineer
reserves the right to terminate the Contractor's use of thick lift construction and have him revert
to the 6 inch compacted lifts whenever it is determined that satisfactory results are not being
obtained.
120-8.2 Additional Requirements for Structures Other than Pipe:
120-8.2.1 Density: Where the backfill material is deposited in water, obtain a
12 inch layer of comparatively dry material, thoroughly compacted by tamping, before the
• Engineer verifies layer and density requirements. Meet the requirements of the density
Acceptance Criteria.
50 August 15, 2017
• 120-8.2.2 Box Culverts: For box culverts over which pavement is to be
constructed, compact around the structure to an elevation not less than 12 inches above the top of
the structure, using rapid-striking mechanical tampers.
120-8.2.3 Other Limited Areas: Compact in other limited areas using
mechanical tampers or approved hand tampers, until the cover over the structure is at least
12 inches thick. When hand tampers are used, deposit the materials in layers not more than
4 inches thick using hand tampers suitable for this purpose with a face area of not more than
100 inZ. Take special precautions to prevent any wedging action against the masonry, and step or
terrace the slope bounding the excavation for abutments and wingwalls if required by the
Engineer.
120-8.2.4 Culverts and Piers: Backfill around culverts and piers on both sides
simultaneously to approximately the same elevation.
120-8.2.5 Compaction Under Wet Conditions: Where wet conditions do not
permit the use of inechanical tampers, compact using hand tampers. Use only A-3 material for
the hand tamped portions of the backfill. When the backfill has reached an elevation and
condition such as to make the use of the mechanical tampers practical, perform mechanical
tamping in such manner and to such extent as to transfer the compaction force into the sections
previously tamped by hand.
120-8.3 Additional Requirements for Pipe 15 Inches Inside Diameter or Greater:
120-8.3.1 GeneraL• Trenches for pipe may have up to four zones that must be
backfilled.
Lowest Zone: The lowest zone is backfilled for deep undercuts up to
• within 4 inches of the bottom of the pipe.
Bedding Zone: The zone above the Lowest Zone is the Bedding Zone.
Usually it will be the backfll which is the 4 inches of soil below the bottom of the pipe. When
rock or other hard material has been removed to place the pipe, the Bedding Zone will be the
12 inches of soil below the bottom of the pipe.
Cover Zone: The next zone is backfll that is placed after the pipe has been
laid and will be called the Cover Zone. This zone extends to 12 inches above the top of the pipe.
The Cover Zone and the Bedding Zone are considered the Soil Envelope for the pipe.
Top Zone: The Top Zone extends from 12 inches above the top of the pipe
to the base or final grade.
120-8.3.2 Material:
120-8.3.2.1 Lowest Zone: Backfill areas undercut below the Bedding
Zone of a pipe with coarse sand, or other suitable granular material, obtained from the grading
operations on the project, or a commercial material if no suitable material is available.
120-8.3.2.2 Soil Envelope: In both the Bedding Zone and the Cover Zone
of the pipe, backfill with materials classified as A-1, A-2, or A-3. Material classified as A-4 may
be used if the pipe is concrete pipe.
120-8.3.2.3 Top Zone: Backfill the area of the trench above the soil
envelope of the pipe with materials allowed on Design Standard, Index No. 505.
120-8.3.3 Compaction:
120-8.3.3.1 Lowest Zone: Compact the soil in the Lowest Zone to
approximately match the density of the soil in which the trench was cut.
•
51 August 15, 2017
• 120-8.3.3.2 Bedding Zone: If the trench was not undercut below the
bottom of the pipe, loosen the soil in the bottom of the trench immediately below the
approximate middle third of the outside diameter of the pipe.
If the trench was undercut, place the bedding material and leave it
in a loose condition below the middle third of the outside diameter of the pipe. Compact the
outer portions to meet the density requirements of the Acceptance Criteria. Place the material in
lifts no greater than 6 inches (compacted thickness).
120-8.3.3.3 Cover Zone: Place the material in 6 inches layers (compacted
thickness), evenly deposited on both sides of the pipe, and compact with mechanical tampers
suitable for this purpose. Hand tamp material below the pipe haunch that cannot be reached by
mechanical tampers. Meet the requirements of the density Acceptance Criteria.
120-8.3.3.4 Top Zone: Place the material in layers not to exceed
12 inches in compacted thickness. Meet the requirements of the density Acceptance Criteria.
120-8.3.4 Backfill Under Wet Conditions: Where wet conditions are such that
dewatering by normal pumping methods would not be effective, the procedure outlined below
may be used when specifically authorized by the Engineer in writing.
Granular material may be used below the elevation at which mechanical
tampers would be effective, but only material classified as A-3. Place and compact the material
using timbers or hand tampers until the backfill reaches an elevation such that it's moisture
content will permit the use of inechanical tampers. When the backfill has reached such elevation,
use normally acceptable backfill material. Compact the material using mechanical tampers in
such manner and to such extent as to transfer the compacting force into the material previously
• tamped by hand.
120-9 Acceptance Program.
120-9.1 Density over 105%: When a computed dry density results in a value greater
than 105% of the applicable Proctor maximum dry density, the Engineer will perform a second
density test within 5 feet. If the second density results in a value greater than 105%, investigate
the compaction methods, examine the applicable Maximum Density and material description. If
necessary, the Engineer will test an additional sample for acceptance in accordance with
AASHTO T 99, Method C.
120-9.2 Maximum Density Determination: The Engineer will determine the maximum
density and optimum moisture content by sampling and testing the material in accordance with
the specified test method listed in 120-9.3.
120-9.3 Density Testing Requirements: Compliance with the requirements of 120-9.5
will be determined in accordance FM 1-T 238. The in-place moisture content will be determined
for each density in accordance with FM 5-507 (Determination of Moisture Content by Means of
a Calcium Carbide Gas Pressure Moisture Tester), or ASTM D 4643 (Laboratory Determination
of Moisture Content of Granular Soils By Use of a Microwave Oven).
120-9.4 Soil Classification: The Engineer will perform soil classification tests in
accordance with AASHTO T-88, and classify soils in accordance with AASHTO M-145
(Standard Specification for Classification of Soils and Soil-Aggregate Mixtures for Highway
Construction Purposes) in order to determine compliance with embankment utilization
requirements.
• 120-9.5 Acceptance Criteria: The Engineer will accept a minimum density in
accordance with 120-7.2 with the following exceptions:
52 August 15, 2017
• 1) embankment constructed by the hydraulic method as specified in 120-6.3;
2) material placed outside the standard minimum slope as specified in 120-6.2.4;
3) other areas specifically excluded herein.
120-9.6 Frequency: The Engineer will conduct sampling and testing at a minimum
frequency listed in the table below.
Test Name Fre uency
Maximum Densit One er soil t e
Densit 1 er 500' RDWY (Alt Lift)
Soil Classification One er Maximum Density
120-10 Maintenance and Protection of Work.
While construction is in progress, maintain adequate drainage for the roadbed at all times.
Maintain a shoulder at least 3 feet wide adjacent to all pavement or base construction in order to
provide support for the edges.
Maintain and protect all earthwork construction throughout the life of the Contract, and
take all reasonable precautions to prevent loss of material from the roadway due to the action of
wind or water. Repair any slides, washouts, settlement, subsidence, or other mishap which may
occur prior to final acceptance of the work. Maintain all channels excavated as a part of the
Contract work against natural shoaling or other encroachments to the lines, grades, and cross-
sections shown in the plans, until final acceptance of the project.
• 120-11 Construction.
120-11.1 Construction Tolerances: Shape the surface of the earthwork to conform to
the lines, grades, and cross-sections shown in the plans. In final shaping of the surface of
earthwork, maintain a tolerance of 0.3 foot above or below the plan cross-section with the
following exceptions:
1. Shape the surface of shoulders to within 0.1 foot of the plan cross-section.
2. Shape the earthwork to match adjacent pavement, curb, sidewalk, structures,
etc.
3. Shape the bottom of ditches so that the ditch impounds no water.
4. When the work does not include construction of base or pavement, shape the
entire roadbed (shoulder point to shoulder point) to within 0.1 foot above or below the plan
cross-section.
Ensure that the shoulder lines do not vary horizontally more than 0.3 foot from
the true lines shown in the plans.
120-11.2 Operations Adjacent to Pavement: Carefully dress areas adjacent to
pavement areas to avoid damage to such pavement. Complete grassing of shoulder areas prior to
placing the final wearing course. Do not manipulate any embankment material on a pavement
surface.
When shoulder dressing is underway adjacent to a pavement lane being used to
maintain traffic, exercise extreme care to avoid interference with the safe movement of traffic.
120-12 Method of Measurement.
120-12.1 Excavation: Excavation will be paid for by volume, in cubic yards, calculated
by the method of average end areas, unless the Engineer determines that another method of
• calculation will provide a more accurate result. The material will be measured in its original
53 August 15, 2017
• position by field survey or by photogrammetric means as designated by the Engineer.
Measurement for payment will include the excavation of unsuitable material, lateral ditch
excavation, channel excavation, and excavation far structures and pipe. Payment will not be
made for excavation or embankment beyond the limits shown in the plans or authorized by the
Engineer.
120-12.2 Embankment: Measurement will be made on a loose volume basis, as
measured in trucks or other hauling equipment at the point of dumping on the road. Payment will
not be made for embankment beyond the limits shown in the plans or authorized by the
Engineer.
120-13 Basis of Payment.
120-13.1 General: Prices and payments for the work items included in this Section will
be full compensation for all work described herein, including excavating, dredging, hauling,
placing, and compacting; dressing the surface of the earthwork; and maintaining and protecting
the complete earthwork.
120-13.2 Excavation: The total quantity of all excavation specifed under this Section
will be paid for at the Contract unit price for Excavation. No payment will be made for the
excavation of any materials which are used for purposes other than those shown in the plans or
designated by the Engineer. No payment will be made for materials excavated outside the lines
and grades given by the Engineer, unless specifically authorized by the Engineer.
120-13.3 Embankment: The total quantity of embankment specified in this Section will
be paid for at the Contract unit price for embankment. No payment will be made for materials
• which are used for purposes other than those shown in the plans or designated by the Engineer.
No payment will be made for materials placed outside the lines and grades given by the
Engineer.
•
54 August 15, 2017
• STABILIZING (LOCAL AGENCY USE — FDOT ARCHIVE SPECIFICATION).
(REV 01-00) (1-13)
SECTION 160
STABILIZING
160-1 Description.
Stabilize designated portions of the roadbed to provide a firm and unyielding subgrade, having the
required bearing value specified in the plans. When specified in the plans, provide additional strengthening
of the subbase by additional stabilizing of the upper portion of the previously stabilized subgrade, within
the limits specified.
160-2 Stabilized Subgrade.
For stabilized subgrade, the Contractor may choose the type of material, Commercial or Local.
When the stabilizing is designated as Type B, the Engineer will determine compliance with the bearing
value requirements by the Limerock Bearing Ratio (LBR) Method. If approved by the Engineer and only
for materials requiring an LBR value of 40, the Engineer may omit Sections 6.0 and 6.1 of Florida Method
of Test for Limerock Bearing Ratio (FM 5-515) and perform an Unsoaked LBR Test. The Engineer or the
Contractor may request to use this method. If the Unsoaked LBR Test results in a failing test, then the
Engineer will perform a standard Soaked LBR Test. When the stabilizing is designated as Type C, the
Engineer will determine compliance by the Florida Soil Bearing Test.
The Contractor is responsible to make the finished roadbed section meet the bearing value
requirements, regardless of the quantity of stabilizing materials necessary to be added. Also, the Department
• will make full payment for any areas where the existing subgrade materials meet the design bearing value
requirements without the addition of stabilizing additives, as well as areas where the Contractor may elect
to place select high-bearing materials from other sources within the limits of the stabilizing.
After substantially completing the roadbed grading operations, determine the type and quantity (if any)
of stabilizing material necessary for compliance with the bearing value requirements. Notify the Engineer
of the approximate quantity to be added. Obtain the Engineer's approval for spreading and mixing-in of
such quantity of materials to achieve uniformity and effectiveness.
The Engineer may allow, at no additional cost to the Department, the substitution of 6 inches [ 150 mm]
of Granular Subbase meeting the requirements of Section 290, when 12 inches [300 mm] of Type B
Stabilization requiring an LBR value of 40 is specified.
160-3 Stabilized Subbase.
When Stabilized Subbase is required, after the mixing operations for the stabilization of the entire
subgrade limits, strengthen the upper portion of the subgrade, within the limits shown, by adding and
mixing-in a loose depth of commercial stabilizing material as designated in the plans or as may be otherwise
designated by the Engineer. Provide a minimum depth of spread 3 inches [75 mm] (loose measurement).
160-4 Materials.
160-4.1 Commercial and Local Materials: Meet the requirements of Section 914 for the particular
type of stabilizing material to be used.
160-4.2 Use of Materials from Existing Base: When the use of materials from an existing base is
required as all, or a portion, of the stabilizing additives, the Engineer will direct the location, placement,
and distribution of such materials. Perform this work prior to the spreading of any additional commercial
or local materials. Do not remove any section of existing base until the need for it in maintaining traffic is
fulfilled.
• The Engineer may direct the Contractor to use materials from an existing base in combination with
either of the designated types of stabilizing.
55 August 15, 2017
•
160-5 Construction Methods.
160-5.1 General: Prior to the beginning of stabilizing operations, construct the area to be stabilized to
an elevation such that, upon completion of stabilizing operations, the completed stabilized subgrade will
conform to the lines, grades, and cross-section shown in the plans. Prior to spreading any additive stabilizing
material, bring the surface of the roadbed to a plane approximately parallel to the plane of the proposed
finished surface.
The Contractor may process the subgade to be stabilized in one course, unless the equipment and
methods being used do not provide the required uniformity, particle size limitation, compaction, and other
desired results, in which case, the Engineer will direct that the processing be done in more than one course.
160-5.2 Application of Stabilizing Material: When additive stabilizing materials are required,
spread the designated quantity uniformly over the area to be stabilized.
When materials from an existing base are to be used in the stabilizing at a particular location, place
and spread all of such materials prior to the addition of other stabilizing additives.
Spread commercial stabilizing material by the use of inechanical material spreaders, except that
where use of such equipment is not practicable, use other means of spreading, but only upon written
approval of the proposed alternate method.
160-5.3 Mixing: Perform mixing using rotary tillers or other equipment meeting the approval of the
Engineer. The Contractor may mix the materials in a plant of an approved type suitable for this work.
Thoroughly mix the area to be stabilized throughout the entire depth and width of the stabilizing limits.
Perform the mixing operations, as specified, (either in place or in a plant) regardless of whether the
existing soil, or any select soils placed within the limits of the stabilized sections, have the required bearing
value without the addition of stabilizing materials.
As an exception to the above mixing requirements, where the subgrade is of rock, the Engineer
• may waive the mixing operations (and the work of stabilizing), and the Department wi11 not pay for
stabilization for such sections of the roadway.
160-5.4 Maximum Particle Size of Mixed Materials: At the completion of the mixing, ensure that
the gradation of the material within the limits of the area being stabilized is such that 97% will pass a 3❑
inch [90 mm] sieve and that the material does not have a plasticity index greater than eight or liquid limit
greater than 30. Note that clay balls or lumps of clay size particles (2 microns or less) [(2 µm or less)] and
therefore cannot be considered as individual particle sizes. Remove any materials not meeting the plasticity
requirements from the stabilized area. The Contractor may break down or remove from the stabilized area
materials not meeting the gradation requirements.
160-5.5 Compaction: Except where a stabilized subbase is also to be constructed (as specified in
160-6), after completing the mixing operations and satisfying the requirements for bearing value,
uniformity, and particle size, compact the stabilized area in accordance with 160-8. Compact the materials
at a moisture content permitting the specified compaction. Ifthe moisture content ofthe material is improper
for attaining the specified density, either add water or allow the material to dry until reaching the proper
moisture content for the specified compaction.
160-5.6 Finish Grading: Shape the completed stabilized subgrade to conform with the finished lines,
grades, and cross-section indicated in the plans. Check the subgrade using elevation stakes or other means
approved by the Engineer.
160-5.7 Requirements for Condition of Completed Subgrade: After completing the stabilizing and
compacting operations, ensure that the subgrade is firm and substantially unyielding to the extent that it
will support construction equipment and will have the bearing value required by the plans.
Remove all soft and yielding material, and any other portions of the subgrade which will not
compact readily, and replace it with suitable material so that the whole subgrade is brought to line and
grade, with proper allowance for subsequent compaction.
160-5.8 Maintenance of Completed Subgrade: After completing the subgrade as specified above,
• maintain it free from ruts, depressions, and any damage resulting from the hauling or handling of materials,
56 August 15, 2017
•
equipment, tools, etc. The Contractor is responsible for maintaining the required density until the
subsequent base or pavement is in place including any repairs, replacement, etc., of cwb and gutter,
sidewalk, etc., which might become necessary in order to recompact the subgrade in the event of underwash
or other damage occurring to the previously compacted subgrade. Perform any such recompaction at no
expense to the Department. Construct and maintain ditches and drains along the completed subgrade
section.
160-6 Stabilized Subbase (Additional Strengthening of Upper Portion).
When a stabilized subbase is to be constructed in conjunction with the stabilization operations, after
the mixing of the stabilization area as specified in 160-53, and determination that the bearing value
requirements specified in 160-7 have been met, shape the area over which the stabilized subbase is to be
constructed as provided in 160-5.1, and compact it sufficiently to provide a firm surface for the operations
to follow. Spread the amount of commercial stabilizing material specified in 160-3 for this operation, in
accordance with 160-5.2, and mix it to the depth indicated in the plans, in accordance with 160-5.3. Allow
a tolerance of 1 inch [25 mm] in excess of the plan depth in this mixing. The Engineer will not perform any
additional tests for bearing value after the mixing of materials for the Stabilized Subbase.
Compact and finish grading, as specified in 160-5.5 and 160-5.6, and meet the provisions of 160-5.4,
160-5.7, and 160-5.8 for this work.
When commercial materials are used as the stabilizing additives for the initial subgrade stabilization,
the Engineer may eliminate the work of Stabilized Subbase, either entirely or in designated sections of the
overall limits for this work as may be specified in the plans.
160-7 Bearing Value Requirements.
160-7.1 General: The Engineer will obtain and test bearing value samples at completion of satisfactory
• mixing of the stabilized area. For any area where the bearing value obtained is deficient from the value
indicated in the plans, in excess of the tolerances established herein, spread and mix additional stabilizing
material in accordance with 160-5.3. Perform this reprocessing for the full width of the roadway being
stabilized and longitudinally for a distance of 50 feet [15 m] beyond the limits of the area in which the
bearing value is deficient.
The Contractor shall make his own determination of the quantity of additional stabilizing material
to be used in reprocessing.
160-7.2 Tolerances in Bearing Value Requirements: Use the following undertolerances from the
specified bearing value, as based on tests performed on samples obtained after completing mixing
operations:
�
Specified Bearing Value
LBR 40
LBR 35
LBR 30 (and under)
All Florida Bearing Values
Undertolerance
5.0
4.0
2.5
5.0
The following unsoaked bearing value requirement is based on tests performed on samples obtained
after completing mixing operations:
Specified Bearing Value
LBR 40
Unsoaked Bearing Value
Required
LBR 43
Undertolerance
57 August 15, 2017
• 160-8 Density Requirements.
160-8.1 General: Within the entire limits of the width and depth of the areas to be stabilized, other
than as provided in 160-8.2, obtain a minimum density at any location of 98% of the ma�cimum density as
determined by AASHTO T 180. When bearing value determinations aze made by the Florida Soil Bearing
Test, the Engineer will use Test Method C of AASHTO T 180, and, when bearing value determinations are
made by the Limerock Bearing Ratio Method, the Engineer will use Test Method D of AASHTO T 180 (as
modified by the Department's Reseazch Bulletin 22-B, Revised April, 1972).
160-8.2 Exceptions to Density Requirements: The Contractor need not obtain the minimum density
specified in 160-8.1 if within the following limits:
(a) The width and depth of areas which are to be subsequently incorporated into a base course
under the same contract.
(b) The upper 6 inches [ 150 mm] of areas to be grassed under the same contract.
Compact these areas to a reasonably firm condition as directed by the Engineer.
160-9 Method of Measurement.
160-9.1 Type B Stabilization and Type C Stabilization: The quantity to be paid for will be the plan
quantity, in square yards [square meters], completed and accepted.
160-9.2 Stabilized Subbase: The quantity to be paid for will be the area, in square yards [square
meters], completed and accepted.
160-9.3 Commercial Stabilizing Material: The quantity to be paid for separately will be determined
by measurement, loose volumes, in truck bodies, at the point of unloading.
160-10 Basis of Payment.
• 160-10.1 Type B Stabilization and Type C Stabilization: Price and payment will constitute full
compensation for all work specified in this Section applicable to these types of Stabilization, including
furnishing and spreading of all stabilizing material required and any reprocessing of stabilization areas
necessary to attain the specified bearing value.
160-10.2 Stabilized Subbase: Price and payment will constitute full compensation for the work of
incorporating the additional commercial stabilizing material into the designated subbase area.
160-10.3 Commercial Stabilizing Material: Price and payment will be full compensation for
furnishing and spreading commercial stabilizing material.
No separate payment will be made for any commercial stabilizing material which the Contractor
may elect to use in Type B or Type C Stabilization.
No separate payment will be made for the work of using materials from an existing base, in the
stabilizing section.
160-10.4 General: The above prices and payments will constitute full compensation for all work and
materials specified in this Section, specifically including all costs of the processing and incorporation of
existing base materials into the proposed stabilization area when such work is required by the plans.
If the item of Borrow Excavation is included in the Contract, any stabilizing materials obtained
from designated borrow areas will be included in the pay quantity for Borrow Excavation.
160-10.5 Payment Items: Payment will be made under:
Item No. 160- 3- Commercial Stabilizing Material - per cubic yard.
Item No. 2160- 3- Commercial Stabilizing Material - per cubic meter.
Item No. 160- 4- Type B Stabilization - per square yard.
Item No. 2160- 4- Type B Stabilization - per square meter.
Item No. 160- 5- Type C Stabilization - per square yard.
Item No. 2160- 5- Type C Stabilization - per square meter.
Item No. 160- 6- Stabilized Subbase - per square yard.
� Item No. 2160- 6- Stabilized Subbase - per square meter.
58 August 15, 2017
• LIMEROCK BASE (FOR LOCAL AGENCY USE — FDOT ARCHIVE
5PECIFICATI01�.
(REV 01-00) (1-13)
SECTION 200
LIMEROCK BASE
200-1 Description.
Construct a base composed of limerock.
200-2 Materials.
Meet the requirements of Section 911. The Contractor may use more than one source of limerock on a
single Contract provided that a single source is used throughout the entire width and depth of a section of
base. Obtain approval from the Engineer before placing material from more than one source. Place material
to ensure total thickness single source integrity at any station location of the base. Intermittent placement
or ❑Blending❑ of sources is not permitted. Limerock may be referred to hereinafter as "rock".
Do not use any of the existing limerock base that is removed to construct the new limerock base.
200-3 Equipment.
Use mechanical rock spreaders, equipped with a device that strikes off the rock uniformly to laying
thickness, capable of producing even distribution. For crossovers, intersections and ramp areas; roadway
widths of 20 feet [6 m] or less; the main roadway area when forms are used and any other areas where the
use of a mechanical spreader is not practicable; the Contractor may spread the rock using bulldozers or
• blade graders.
200-4 Transporting Limerock.
Transport the limerock to its point of use, over rock previously placed, if practicable, and dump it on
the end of the preceding spread. Hauling and dumping on the subgrade will be permitted only when, in the
Engineer's opinion, these operations will not be detrimental to the subgrade.
200-5 Spreading Limerock.
200-5.1 Method of Spreading: Spread the rock uniformly. Remove all segregated areas of fine ar
coarse rock and replace them with properly graded rock.
200-5.2 Number of Courses: When the specified compacted thickness of the base is greater than 6
inches [150 mm], construct the base in multiple courses of equal thickness. Individual courses shall not be
less than 3 inches [75 mmJ. The thickness of the first course may be increased to bear the weight of the
construction equipment without disturbing the subgrade.
If, through field tests, the Contractor can demonstrate that the compaction equipment can achieve
density for the full depth of a thicker lift, and if approved by the Engineer, the base may be constructed in
successive courses of not more than 8 inches [200 mm] compacted thickness.
The Engineer's approval will be based on results of a test section constructed using the Contractor's
specified compactive effort. Approval requires the compactive effort pass a minimum of five density tests
with no failing tests. Construct a test section between 300 feet [90 m] and 1,000 feet [300 m] in length, full
width. At each test site, the bottom 6 inches [ 150 mm] must be tested and pass. Remove the materials above
the bottom 6 inches [ 150 mm], at no expense to the Department. The minimum density required on the
thicker lift will be the average of the five results obtained on the thick lift in the passing test section.
Maintain the exposed surface as close to ❑undisturbed❑ as possible; no further compaction will be
permitted during the test preparation. If unable to achieve the required density, remove and replace or repair
• the test section to comply with the specifications at no additional expense to the Department.
59 August 15, 2017
• Once approved, a change in the source of base material will require the construction of a new test
section. The compactive effort will not be allowed to change once the test section is approved. The Engineer
will periodically verify the density of the bottom 6 inches [150 mm] during thick lift operations.
The Department may terminate the use of thick lift construction and have the Contractor revert to
the 6 inch [150 mm] maximum lift thickness if satisfactory results are not being achieved.
200-53 Limerock Base for Shoulder Pavement: Unless otherwise permitted, complete all limerock
base shoulder construction at any particular location before placing the final course of pavement on the
traveled roadway. When dumping material for the construction of a limerock base on the shoulders, do not
allow material capable of scarring or contaminating the pavement surface on the adjacent pavement.
Immediately sweep off any limerock material that is deposited on the surface course.
200-6 Compacting and Finishing Base.
200-6.1 General:
200-6.1.1 Single Course Base: After spreading, scarify the entire surface, then shape the base to
produce the required grade and cross-section after compaction.
240-6.1.2 Multiple Course Base: Clean the first course of foreign material, then blade and bring
it to a surface cross-section approximately parallel to the finished base. Before spreading any material for
the upper courses, allow the Engineer to make density tests for the lower courses to determine that the
required compaction has been obtained. After spreading the material for the top course, finish and shape its
surface to produce the required grade and cross-section, free of scabs and laminations, after compaction.
200-6.2 Moisture Content: When the material does not have the proper moisture content to ensure
the required density, wet or dry it as required. When adding water, uniformly mix it in by disking to the full
depth of the course that is being compacted. During wetting or drying operations, manipulate, as a unit, the
• entire width and depth of the course that is being compacted.
200-6.3 Density Requirements: When proper moisture conditions are attained, compact the material
to not less than 98% of m�imum density determined by AASHTO T 180.
Compact the limerock base for shoulder pavement to not less than 95% of the maximum density
determined under AASHTO T 180.
200-6.4 Density Tests: The Engineer will perform at least three density determinations on each day's
final compaction operations on each course, and at more frequent intervals, if deemed necessary.
During final compacting operations, blade any areas necessary to obtain the true grade and cross-
section before making the Engineer the density tests on the finished base.
200-6.5 Correction of Defects:
200-6.5.1 Contamination of Base Material: If, at any time, the subgrade material becomes
mixed with the base course material, dig out and remove the mixture, and reshape and compact the
subgrade. Then replace the materials removed with clean base material, and shape and compact as specified
above. Perform this wark at no expense to the Department.
200-6.5.2 Cracks and Checks: If cracks or checks appear in the base, either befare ar after
priming, which, in the opinion of the Engineer, would impair the structural efficiency of the base, remove
the cracks or checks by rescarifying, reshaping, adding base material where necessary, and recompacting.
200-6.6 Compaction of Widening Strips: Where base construction consists of widening strips and
the trench width is not sufficient to permit use of standard base compaction equipment, compact the base
using vibratory compactors, trench rollers or other special equipment which will achieve the density
requirements specified herein.
When multiple course base construction is required, compact each course prior to spreading
material for the overlaying course.
200-7 Testing Surface.
• Check the finished surface of the base course with a template cut to the required crown and with a 15
foot [4.572 m] straightedge laid parallel to the centerline of the road. Correct all irregularities greater than
60 August 15, 2017
• ❑ inch [6 mm] to the satisfaction of the Engineer by scarifying and removing or adding rock as required,
and recompact the entire area as specified hereinbefore.
200-8 Priming and Maintaining.
200-8.1 Priming: Apply the prime coat only when the base meets the specified density requirements
and when the moisture content in the top half of the base does not exceed 90% of the optimum moisture of
the base material. At the time of priming, ensure that the base is firm, unyielding and in such condition that
no undue distortion will occur.
200-8.2 Maintaining: Maintain the true crown and template, with no rutting or other distortion, while
applying the surface course.
200-9 Thickness Requirements.
Meet the requirements of 285-6.
200-10 Calculations for Average Thickness of Base.
Calculations for determining the average thickness of base will be made in accordance with 285-7.
200-11 Method of Measurement.
200-1 l.l General: The quantity to be paid for will be the plan quantity, adjusted as specified below.
200-11.2 Authorized Normal Thickness Base: The surface area of authorized normal thickness base
to be adjusted will be the plan quantity as specified above, omitting any areas not allowed for payment
under the provisions of 200-9 and omitting areas which are to be included for payment under 200-113. The
adjustment shall be made by adding or deducting, as appropriate, the area of base represented by the
• difference between the calculated average thickness, determined as provided in 200-10, and the specifted
normal thickness, converted to equivalent square yards [square meters] of normal thickness base.
200-113 Authorized Variable Thickness Base: Where the base is constructed to a compacted
thickness other than the normal thickness as shown on the typical section in the plans, as specified on the
plans or ordered by the Engineer for providing additional depths at culverts or bridges, or for providing
transitions to connecting pavements, the volume of such authorized variable thickness compacted base will
be calculated from authorized lines and grades, or by other methods selected by the Engineer, converted to
equivalent square yards [square meters] of normal thickness base for payment.
•
200-12 Basis of Payment.
Price and payment will be full compensation for all the work specified in this Section, including
correcting all defective surface and deficient thickness, removing cracks and checks as provided in
200-6.5.2, and the additional limerock required for crack elimination.
Prime coat will be paid for under Section 300.
Payment shall be made under:
Item No. 285-7- Optional Base - per square yard.
Item No. 2285-7- Optional Base - per square meter.
61 August 15, 2017
•
GRADED AGREGATE BASE (FOR LOCAL AGENCY USE — FDOT ARCHIVE
SPECIFICATION).
(REV 1-13)
GRADED AGGREGATE BASE
204-1 Description.
Construct a base course composed of graded aggregate.
204-2 Materials.
Use graded aggregate material, produced from Department approved sources, which yields a
satisfactory mixture meeting all the requirements of these Specifications after it has been crushed and
processed as a part of the mining operations.
The Contractor may furnish the material in two sizes of such gradation that, when combined in a central
mix plant pugmill, the resultant mixture meets the required specifications.
Use graded aggregate base material of uniform quality throughout, substantially free from vegetable
matter, shale, lumps and clay balls, and having a Limerock Bearing Ratio value of not less than 100. Use
material retained on the No. 10 [2.00 mm] sieve composed of aggregate meeting the following
requirements:
Soundness Loss, Sodium, Sulfate: AASHTO T 104 ..................................15%
Percent Wear: AASHTO T 96 (Grading A)
Group1 Aggregates .............................................................................45%
Group2 Aggegates .............................................................................65%
Group 1: This group of aggregates is composed of limestone, marble, or dolomite.
Group 2: This group of aggregates is composed of granite, gneiss, or quartzite.
Use graded aggregate base material meeting the following gradation:
Sieve Size
2 inch [50 mm]
1 ❑ inch [37.5 mm]
❑ inch [ 19.0 mm]
❑ inch [9.5 mm]
No. 4 [4.75 mm]
No. 10 [2.00 mm]
Percent by Weight Passing
100
95 to 100
65 to 90
45 to 75
35 to 60
25 to 45
No. 50 [300 µm] 5 to 25
No. 200 [75 µm] 0 to 10
For Group 1 aggregates, ensure that the fraction passing the No. 40 [425 µm] sieve has a Plasticity
Index (AASHTO T 90) of not more than 4.0 and a Liquid Limit (AASHTO T 89) of not more than 25, and
contains not more than 67% of the weight passing the No. 200 [75 µm] sieve.
For Group 2 aggegates, ensure that the material passing the No. 10 [2.00 mm] sieve has a sand
equivalent (AASHTO T 176) value of not less than 28.
The Contractor may use gaded aggregate of either Group 1 or Group 2, but only use one group on any
Contract. (Graded aggregate may be referred to hereinafter as"aggregate".)
204-3 Equipment.
Provide equipment meeting the requirements of 200-3.
62
August 15, 2017
• 204-4 Transporting Aggregate.
Transport aggregate as specified in 200-4.
204-5 Spreading Aggregate.
Spread aggregate as specified in 200-5.
204-6 Compacting and Finishing Base.
204-6.1 General:
204-6.1.1 Single-Course Base: Construct as specified 200-6.1.1.
204-6.1.2 Multiple-Course Base: Construct as specified 200-6.1.2.
204-6.2 Moisture Content: Meet the requirements of 200-6.2.
204-6.3 Density Requirements: After attaining the proper moisture conditions, uniformly compact
the material to a density of not less than 100% of the maximum density as determined by AASHTO T 180.
Ensure that the minimum density that will be acceptable at any location outside the traveled roadway (such
as intersections, crossovers, turnouts, etc.) is 98% of the maximum density.
204-6.4 Density Tests: Meet the requirements of 200-6.4.
204-6.5 Correction of Defects: Meet the requirements of 200-6.5.
204-6.6 Dust Abatement: Minimize the dispersion of dust from the base material during construction
and maintenance operations by applying water or other dust control materials.
204-7 Testing Surface.
Test the surface in accordance with the requirements of 200-7.
• 204-8 Priming and Maintaining.
Meet the requirements of 200-8.
204-9 Thickness Requirements.
Meet the requirements of 285-6.
204-10 Calculations for Average Thickness of Base.
Calculations for determining the average thickness of base will be made in accordance with 285-7.
204-11 Method of Measurement.
204-11.1 General: The quantity to be paid for will be the area, in square yards [square meters],
completed and accepted.
204-11.2 Autharized Normal Thickness Base: The surface area of authorized normal thickness base
will be calculated as specified in 9-13, omitting any areas not allowed for payment under the provisions of
204-9 and omitting areas which are to be included for payment under 204-11.3. The area for payment, of
authorized normal thickness base, will be the surface area determined as provided above, adjusted by adding
or deducting, as appropriate, the area of base represented by the difference between the calculated average
thickness, determined as provided in
204-10, and the specified normal thickness, converted to equivalent square yards [square meters] of normal
thickness base.
204-11.3 Authorized Variable Thickness Base: As specified in 200-113.
204-12 Basis of Payment.
Price and payment will be full compensation for all work specified in this Section, including dust
• abatement, correcting all defective surface and deficient thickness, removing cracks and checks and the
additional aggregate required for such crack elimination.
63 August 15, 2017
• Prime coat will be paid for under Section 300.
Payment will be made under:
Item No. 285- 7- Optional Base - per square yard.
Item No. 2285- 7- Optional Base - per square meter.
•
64 August 15, 2017
• 320 HOT MIX ASPHALT — PLANT METHODS AND EQUIPMENT.
(REV 3-24-16) (FA 3-30-16) (7-16)
SUBARTICLE 320-3.3.2 is deleted and the following substituted:
320-3.3.2 Storage: Equip asphalt binder storage tanks to heat the liquid asphalt
binder to the temperatures required for the various mixtures. Heat the material in such a manner
that no flame comes in contact with the binder. Heat or insulate all pipe lines and fittings. Use a
circulating system of adequate size to ensure proper and continuous circulation during the entire
operating period. Locate a thermometer, reading from 200 to 400°F, either in the storage tank or
in the asphalt binder feed line. Maintain the asphalt binder in storage within a range of 230 to
370°F in advance of mixing operations. Locate a sampling device on the discharge piping exiting
the storage tank or at a location as approved by the Engineer. Provide a metal can of one quart
capacity for binder sampling at the request of the Engineer.
SUBARTICLE 320-6.1 is deleted and the following substituted:
320-6.1 Mixing: After the aggregate is dried and properly proportioned, mix the
aggregate, along with any other components, with the asphalt binder to produce a thoroughly and
uniformly coated mixture. Do not produce the mix by altering the component blend percentage
of the RAP or sand by more than plus or minus 5.0% from the job mix formula on the approved
• mix design. For mix designs using fractionated RAP, the combined blend change for all RAP
components must not exceed plus or minus 5.0%. The plus or minus 5.0% maximum component
change does not apply to crushed virgin aggregate components during production.
�
65 August 15, 2017
• TYPE S ASPHALT CONCRETE, QUALITY ASSURANCE AND ACCEPTANCE
PROCEDURES (FOR LOCAL AGENCY USE - FDOT ARCHIVE SPECIFICATIOI�.
(REV Ol-01-00) (1-13)
SECTION 331
TYPE S ASPHALT CONCRETE, QUALITY
ASSURANCE AND ACCEPTANCE PROCEDURES
331-1 Description.
331-1.1 General: Construct a Type S Asphalt Concrete course (using the Quality
Assurance acceptance system) using the type of mixture specified in the Contract, or when
offered as alternates, as selected. If offered as alternates, meet the layer thickness criteria
specified in 331-1.2. Type S mixes are identified as Type S-I, Type S-II, or Type S-III. The
composition and physical test properties for all mixes including Type S Asphalt Concrete are
shown in Tables 331-1 and 331-2. This Section establishes Acceptance Procedures for materials
and work performed under Sections 280, 290, 331, 332, 333, 335, and 337.
Where Type S Asphalt Concrete is specified in the Contract, if approved by the
Engineer, the equivalent fine Type SP Asphalt Concrete mixture (Traffic Level C) meeting the
requirements of Section 334 may be selected as an alternate at no additional cost to the
Department. The equivalent mixes are as follows:
Type S-I ...............................................Type SP-12.5
Type S-II ..............................................Type SP-19.0
Type S-III ...............................................Type SP-9.5
• Meet the requirements for plant and equipment specified in Section 320. Meet the
general construction requirements specified in Section 330.
�
Table 331-1
Bituminous Concrete Mixtures
(Gradation Design Range)
Type Total A re ate Passin 5ieves�
3/4 inch 1/2 inch 3/8 inch No. 4 No. 10 No. 40 No. 80 No. 200
[ 19.0 mm] [ 12.5 mm] [9.5 mm] [4.75 [2.0 mm] [425 µm] [ 180 µm] [75 µm]
mm]
S-IS 100 88-98 75-93 47-75 31-53 19-35 7-21 2-6
S-IIZ 83-98 71-87 62-78 47-63 33-49 19-35 9-18 2-6
S-IIIS 100 88-98 60-90 40-70 20-45 10-30 2-6
Type II 100 90-100 80-100 55-90 2-12
Ty e III 100 80-100 65-100 40-75 20-45 10-30 2-10
SAHM 100 0-12
ABC-1 100 0-12
ABC-2 100 55-90 0-12
ABC-33 70-100 30-70 20-60 10-40 2-10
FC-24 100 85-100 10-40 4-12 2-5
FC-35 100 88-98 60-90 40-70 20-45 10-30 2-6
' In inches [mm] or sieves [µmj.
100% passing 1 1/4 inch [31.5 mm] sieve and 94 to 100% passing 1 inch [25.0 mm] sieve.
100%passing 1 1/2 inch [37.5 mm] sieve.
66 August 15, 2017
•
•
•
Table 331-1
Bituminous Concrete Mixtures
(Gradation Desi Range)
Type Total Ag regate Passing Sievesl
3/4 inch 1/2 inch 3/8 inch No. 4 No. 10 No. 40 No. 80 No. 200
[ 19.0 mm] [ 12.5 mm] [9.5 mm] [4.75 [2.0 mm] [425 µm] [ 180 µm] [75 µm]
mm]
The Engineer may increase the design range for the No. 10 [2.00 mm] sieve for lightweight aggregates.
The En ineer ma retain u to 1% on the ma�cimum sieve size.
Table 331-2 Non SI Units
Marshall Design Pro erties For Bituminous Concrete Mixes
Minimum *,�
Mix Marshall 1ow Minimum Air Minimum Effective VFA Voids Filled with
Type Stability �� �l VMA (%) � j�s Asphalt Content (%) Asphalt (%)
(lbs.)
S-I 1,500* 8-13 14.5 4-5 *** 65-75
S-II 1,500* 8-13 13.5 4-5 *** 65-75
S-III 1,500* 8-13 15.5 4-6 *** 65-75
Type 500-750 7-15 18 5-16 6.0 -
II
Type �50-1,000 7-15 15 5-12 5.5 -
III
SAH 300-500 7-15 15 5-16 6.0 -
BC-1 500 7-15 15 5-16 6.0 -
BC-2 750 7-15 15 5-14 5.5 -
BC-3 1,000 8-13 14 4-7 *** 65-78
FC-2 - - - - - -
FC-3 1,500 8-13 15.5 4-6 *** 65-75
*The minimum Marshall Stability for Type S mixes used on limited access facilities (Interstate, Turnpike, and Expressways)
hall be 1,8001bs.
**T'he maximum Flow value during production shall not exceed one point more than shown in the Table.
***The ratio of the percentage by weight of total aggregate passing the No. 200 sieve to the effective asphalt content expressed
s a ercenta e b wei ht of total mix shall be in the ran e of 0.6 to 1.2.
67 August 15, 2017
•
Table 331-2 SI Units
Marshall Desi Pro erties For Bituminous Concrete Mixes
Minimum Minimum
Marshall Air Effective
Stability Flow** Minimum Voids Asphalt VFA Voids Filled with Asphalt
Mix T e (kN) (mm) VMA (%) (%) Content (%) (%)
S-I 6.7* 2.0-3.3 14.5 4-5 *** 65-75
S-II 6.7* 2.0-3.3 13.5 4-5 *** 65-75
S-III 6.7* 2.0-3.3 15.5 4-6 *** 65-75
T e II 2.2-3.3 1.8-3.8 18 5-16 6.0 -
Type III 3.3-4.4 1.8-3.8 15 5-12 5.5 -
SAHM 1.3-2.2 1.8-3.8 15 5-16 6.0 -
ABGI 2.2 1.8-3.8 15 5-16 6.0 -
ABC-2 33 1.8-3.8 15 5-14 5.5 -
ABC-3 4.4 2.0-3.3 14 4-7 *** 65-78
FC-2 - - - - - -
FC-3 6.7 2.0-3.3 15.5 4-6 *** 65-75
�`T'he minimum Marshall Stability for Type S mixes used on limited access facilities (Interstate, Turnpike, and Expressways)
hall be 8.0 kN.
**The maximum Flow value during production shall not exceed 0.25 mm more than shown in the Table.
***The ratio of the percentage by weight of total aggregate passing the 75µm sieve to the effective asphalt content expressed as
a rcenta e b wei ht of total mix shall be in the ran e of 0.6 to 1.2.
• The Engineer will accept the work on a LOT to LOT basis in accordance with the
applicable requirements of Sections 5, 6, and 9. The size of the LOT will be as specified in 331-6
for the bituminous mixture produced at the plant and as stipulated in 331-7 for the material
placed on the roadway.
331-1.2 Layer Thicknesses:
331-1.2.1 Structural Layers: The allowable layer thicknesses for Type S Asphalt
Concrete mixtures used in structural and overbuild applications is as follows:
Type S-III... 3/4 — 1 1/4 inches [20 — 30 mm]
Type S-I ..1 1/4 — 2 1/2 inches [30 — 60 mm]
Type S-II ....... 2— 2 3/4 inches [50 — 70 mm]
In addition to the minimum and maximum thickness requirements, the
following restrictions are placed on Type S mixtures when used as a structural course:
Type S-III — Limited to the final (top) structural layer, one layer
only.
Type S-I — May not be used in the first layer of courses over 3 1/2
inches [90 mm] thick, nor in the first layer of courses over 2 3/4 inches [70 mm] thick on limited
access facilities.
�
Type S-II — May not be used in the final (top) structural layer.
331-1.2.2 Additional Requirements: The following requirements also apply to
Type S Asphalt Concrete mixtures:
1. A minimum 1 1/2 inch [40 mm] initial lift is required over an Asphalt
Rubber Membrane Interlayer (ARMI).
68 August 15, 2017
• 2. When construction includes the paving of adjacent shoulders (❑5 feet
[� 1.5 m] wide), the layer thickness for the upper pavement layer and shoulder shall be the same
and paved in a single pass, unless shown differently in the plans.
3. All overbuild layers shall be Type S asphalt concrete. Use the minimum
and maximum layer thicknesses as specified in 331-1.2.1 unless shown differently in the plans.
On variable thickness overbuild layers, the minimum allowable thickness may be reduced by 1/2
inch [13 mm], and the maximum allowable thickness may be increased 1/2 inch [13 mm], unless
shown differently in the plans. Other variations from these thicknesses must be approved by the
Engineer.
331-2 Materials.
331-2.1 General Requirements: Meet the material requirements specified in Division
III. Specific references are as follows:
Superpave PG Asphalt Binder or Recycling Agent916-1, 916-2
Mineral Filler .......................................................917-1, 917-2
Coarse Aggregate, Stone, Slag or Crushed Gravel Section 901
Fine Aggregate .......................................................Section 902
Asphalt concrete mixes containing crushed gravel as coarse aggregate component
must show no potential for stripping during laboratory testing for mix design verification.
Crushed Reclaimed Portland Cement Concrete Pavement may be used as a coarse
. aggregate or screenings component subject to meeting all applicable specifications.
331-2.2 Speciiic Requirements:
331-2.2.1 Condition of Aggregate: Use clean aggregate containing no
deleterious substances. Do not use coarse or fine aggregate which contains more than 0.5% of
phosphate.
331-2.2.2 Fine Aggregate and Mineral Filler: In laboratory tests, and for the
purpose of proportioning the paving mixture, consider all material passing the No. 10 [2.00 mm]
sieve and retained on the No. 200 [75 µm] sieve as fine aggregate, and the material passing the
No. 200 [75 µm] sieve as mineral filler.
331-2.2.3 Screenings: Do not use any screenings in the combination of
aggregates containing more than 15% of material passing the No. 200 [75 µm] sieve. When two
screenings are blended to produce the screening component of the aggregate, one of such
screenings may contain up to 18% of material passing the No. 200 [75 µm] sieve, as long as the
combination of the two does not contain over 15% material passing the No. 200 [75 µm] sieve.
Screenings may be washed to meet these requirements.
331-2.2.4 Use of Reclaimed Asphalt Pavement (RAP): Subject to certain
requirements, Reclaimed Asphalt Pavement (RAP) may be used as a component material of the
asphalt mixture. Where the material is recovered from a FDOT project, the Composition of
Existing pavement may be available on the Department's web site. The URL for obtaining this
information, if available, is:
www 11.myflorida.comJstatematerialsofficeJBituminous/CentralB itLab/AsphaltCompositions/Co
mpositions.htm
RAP may be used as a component material of the bituminous mixture
• subject to the following:
69 August 15, 2017
. 1. Assume responsibility for the design of asphalt mixes which
incorporate RAP as a component part.
2. Do not allow RAP to exceed 60% by weight of total aggregates
for Asphalt Base Courses nor more than 50% by weight of total aggregates for Structural and
Leveling Courses. Do not use RAP in Friction Courses.
3. Mount a grizzly or grid with openings of a sufficient size to
prevent clogging of the cold feed over the RAP cold bin.
Use a grizzly or grid over the RAP cold bin, in-line roller
crusher, screen, or other suitable means to prevent oversized RAP material from showing up in
the completed recycled mixture.
If oversized RAP material appears in the completed
recycled mix, cease plant operations and take appropriate corrective action.
4. Ensure that the RAP material as stockpiled is reasonably
uniform in characteristics and contains no aggregate particles which are soft or conglomerates of
fines.
5. Ensure that the RAP has a minimum average asphalt content of
4% by weight of total mix. The Department reserves the right to sample the stockpile in order
that this requirement is met.
When material milled from the project is used as a component of the
asphalt mixture and a Composition of Existing Pavement is known, use the following procedures
for obtaining representative samples for the mix design:
l. Cut ten 6-inch [150 mm] cores in area(s) approved by the
• Engineer. Fill the core holes immediately prior to opening to traffic.
2. Representative samples may also be obtained by milling the
existing pavement to the full depth shown on the plans for pavement removal for a length of
approximately 200 feet [60 m]. Immediately replace the pavement removed with the specified
mix in the Contract.
3. Submit a request in writing to the Engineer for any variance
from the above outlined methods of obtaining samples for mix designs.
When the RAP to be used as a component in a mix design is stockpiled
from a previous DOT project and the Composition of Existing Pavement is known, design the
mix and submit to the Department for verification.
When the composition of stockpiled RAP to be used as a component in a
mix design is not known, design the mix as follows:
l. Submit a bag of RAP, composed of samples from several
locations in the stockpile(s), to the Department at least four weeks prior to the planned start of
mix design. The Engineer will run viscosities on the reclaimed asphalt pavement and furnish the
information to the Contractor.
2. Run a minimum of six extraction gradation analyses of the RAP.
Take the samples at random locations around the stockpile(s).
3. Request the Engineer to make a visual inspection of the
stockpile(s) of RAP. Based on visual inspection, the Engineer will determine the suitability of
the stockpiled materials.
4. When the proposed mix design is submitted to the Department
for verification, submit the data from the extraction gradation analyses required above.
�
70 August 15, 2017
• 331-2.2.5 Binder for Mixes with RAP: Use a PG 67-22 where RAP is less than
20% by weight of total aggregate; use a PG 64-22 where RAP is 20% or greater but less than
30% by weight of total aggregate; use appropriate recycle agent where RAP is 30% or greater.
The Engineer reserves the right to change binder type and grade at design
based on the characteristics of the RAP binder, and reserves the right to request reasonable
changes during the production based on the requirements of 331-4.4.4.
331-2.2.6 Use of Recycled Crushed Glass: Recycled crushed glass may be used
as a component of the bituminous mixture subject to the following:
1. Consider the recycled crushed glass a local material and meet all
requirements specified in 902-6.
2. The percentage of recycled crushed glass in any bituminous mixture
does not exceed 15% of the total aggregate weight.
3. The asphalt binder used with mixtures containing recycled crushed
glass contains 0.5% anti-stripping agent from an approved source. The addition of the specified
amount of anti-stripping agent must be certified by the supplier.
4. Test bituminous mixtures containing recycled crushed glass in
accordance with AASHTO T 283 as part of the mix design approval. The minimum tensile
strength ratio must not be less than 80%. An increase in the amount of anti-stripping agent may
be necessary in order to meet this requirement.
5. Recycled crushed glass must not be used in friction course mixtures nor
in structural course mixtures which are to be used as the final wearing course.
• 331-3 Permissible Variation for the Coarse Aggregate.
Size and uniformly grade or combine the aggregate or aggregates shipped to the job in
such proportions that the resulting mixture meets the grading requirements of the mix design.
331-4 General Composition of Mixture.
331-4.1 General: Use a bituminous mixture composed of a combination of aggregate
(coarse, fine or mixtures thereo�, mineral filler, if required, and bituminous material. Ensure that
not more than 20% by weight of the total aggregate used is silica sand or local materials as
defined in Section 902. Consider the silica sand and local materials contained in any RAP
material, if used in the mix, in this limitation. Size, grade and combine the several aggregate
fractions in such proportions that the resulting mixture meets the grading and physical properties
of the verified mix design.
RAP meeting the requirements of 331-2.2.4 may be approved as a substitution for
a portion of the combination of aggregates, subject to all applicable specification requirements
being met.
331-4.2 Grading Requirements: In all cases, use a mix design within the design ranges
specified in Table 331-1.
331-4.3 Mix Design:
331-4.3.1 General: Prior to the production of any asphalt paving mixture, submit
a mix design and representative samples of all component materials to the Department at least
two weeks before the scheduled start of production. The Engineer will verify the mix design
before use. Send a copy of the proposed mix design to the Engineer at the same time. (Open-
• graded mixes will be designed by the Engineer.) Furnish the following information:
71 August 15, 2017
•
1. The specific project on which the mixture will be used.
2. The source and description of the materials to be used.
3. The gradation and approximate proportions of the raw materials as
intended to be combined in the paving mixture. The gradation of the component materials shall
be representative of the material at the time of use.
4. A single percentage of the combined mineral aggregate passing each
specified sieve. Degradation of the aggregate due to processing (particularly No. 200 [75 µm])
should be accounted for and identified for the applicable sieves.
5. A single percentage of asphalt by weight of total mix intended to be
incorporated in the completed mixture, shown to the nearest 0.1%. For structural mixes (S-I, S-II
and S-III) establish the optimum asphalt content at a level corresponding to a minimum of 4.5%
air voids. For FC-3 mixes, establish optimum asphalt content at a level corresponding to a
minimum of 5.0% air voids.
6. A single temperature at which the mixture is intended to be discharged
from the plant.
7. The laboratory density of the asphalt mixture for all mixes except Open-
Graded Friction Courses.
8. Evidence that the completed mixture will meet all specified physical
requirements.
9. The name of the individual responsible for the Quality Control of the
mixture during production.
331-4.3.2 Revision of Mix Design: Submit all requests for revisions to approved
• mix designs, along with supporting documentation, in writing to the Engineer. In order to
expedite the revision process, a verbal revision request or discussion of the possibility of a
revision request may be made, but must be followed up with a written request. The verified mix
design will remain in effect until a change is authorized by the Engineer. In no case will the
effective date of the revision be established earlier than the date of the first communication with
the Engineer regarding the revision.
Provide a new mix design for any change in source of aggregate.
331-4.3.3 Resistance to Plastic Flow: Include with the submitted mix design test
data showing that the material as produced will meet the requirements specified in Table 331-2
when tested in accordance with FM 1-T 245. Further, determine the bulk specific gravity of the
laboratory compacted bituminous mixture in accordance with FM 1-T 166.
Determine the percent of unfilled voids and the percent of aggregate voids
filled with asphalt using the maximum specific gravity of the bituminous mixture and on the
asphalt content of each group of specimens prepared from the same sample. Determine
maximum specific gravity of the bituminous mixture by FM 1-T 209.
331-4.3.4 Revocation of Mix Design: The Engineer will consider any marked
variations from original test data for a mix design or any evidence of inadequate field
performance of a mix design as sufficient evidence that the properties of the mix design have
changed, and the Engineer will no longer allow the use of the mix design.
331-4.4 Contractor's Quality Control:
331-4.4.1 Personnel: In accordance with the requirements of 331-5.2 provide the
necessary quality control personnel. Ensure that the Quality Control Technician is certified by
the Department and possesses a valid certificate of qualification. When it becomes evident to the
• Department that the Quality Control Technician cannot perform as required by the position, the
Department will revoke the certification and require replacement with a certified technician.
72 August 15, 2017
. 331-4.4.2 Extraction Gradation Analysis: Sample the bituminous mixture at the
plant in accordance with FM 1-T 168. Determine the percent bitumen content of the mixture in
accordance with FM 5-563, and determine the percent passing the standard sieves in accordance
with FM 1-T 030. In the event the calibration factor for the mix exceeds 0.50%, conduct the
extraction and gradation analysis in accordance with FM 5-544 and FM 5-545, respectively.
Show all test results to the nearest 0.01. Carry all calculations to the nearest 0.001 and rounded to
the nearest 0.01, in accordance with the Department's rules of rounding.
Run a minimum of one extraction gradation analysis of the mixture for
each day's or part of a day's production and immediately following any change in the production
process. Take the quality control sample of mixture for the extraction gradation analysis each
day as soon as the plant operations have stabilized. Obtain the results in a timely manner (no
later than the end of the day) so that adjustments can be made if necessary.
On initial use of a Type S or FC-3 mix design at a particular plant, as a
minimum, run an additional extraction gradation analysis if more than 500 tons [450 metric tons]
of mixture are produced on the first day of production.
Extraction gradation analysis will not be required on the days when mix
production is less than 100 tons [90 metric tons]. However, when mix production is less than 100
tons [90 metric tons] per day on successive days, run the test when the accumulative tonnage on
such days exceeds 100 tons [90 metric tons].
Use the target gradation and asphalt content as shown on the mix design.
Any changes in target will require a change in the mix design in accordance with 331-4.3.2.
If the percentage of bitumen deviates from the optimum asphalt content by
• more than 0.55% or the percentage passing any sieve falls outside the limits shown in Table 331-
3, make the necessary correction. If the results for two consecutive tests deviate from the
optimum asphalt content by more than 0.55% or exceeds the limits as shown in Table 331-3 for
any sieve, stop the plant operations until the problem has been corrected. In addition, if the
results of two consecutive tests show an amount greater than 99.0% passing the 1/2 inch [12.5
mm] sieve for Type S-I, an amount greater than 99.0% passing the 3/4 inch [ 19.0 mm] sieve for
Type S-II, or an amount greater than 99.0% passing the 3/8 inch [9.5 mm] sieve for Types S-III
or FC-3, stop the plant operation until the problem has been corrected.
Maintain control charts showing the results of the extraction gradation
analysis (bitumen content and sieve analysis).
•
Table 331-3
Tolerances for Quality Control Tests (Extraction Gradation Analysis)
Sieve Size Percent Passin
1 inch [25.0 mm] 7
3/4 inch [ 19.0 mm] 7
1/2 inch [ 12.5 mm] 7
3/8 inch [9.5 mm] 7
No. 4 [4.75 mm] 7
No. 10 [2.00 mm] 5.5
No. 40* [*425 µm] 4.5
No. 80* [* 180 ] 3
No. 200 [75 ] 2
*Does not a I to SAHM, ABG1 or T e II.
73 August 15, 2017
•
331-4.4.3 Plant Calibration: At or before the start of mix production, perform a
wash gradation on a set of hot bin samples for batch or continuous mix plants or belt cut for
drum mix plants to verify calibration of the plant. When approved by the Engineer, extraction
gradation analysis of the mix may be used to verify calibration of the plant. This extraction
gradation analysis may also be used to fulfill the quality control requirements for the first day's
production.
331-4.4.4 Viscosity of Asphalt in Mixes Containing RAP: When RAP is a
component material, the viscosity of the asphalt material in the bituminous mixture, determined
by the Engineer in accordance with ASTM D 2171, shall be 6,000 � 2,000 poises [600 � 200
Pa•s]. This determination will be made on samples obtained by the Department on a random
basis at a frequency of approximately one per 2,000 tons [1,800 metric tons] of mix.
If the viscosity determined by the Engineer is out of the specified range,
adjust the binder formulation or blend of RAP in the mix to bring the viscosity within tolerance.
331-5 Acceptance Procedures.
The Department will approve all materials for acceptance through the Department's
Acceptance Procedures specifed herein. The Engineer is responsible for determining the
acceptability of the construction and materials incorporated therein. The Contractor is
responsible for the quality of construction and materials incorporated therein. Accomplish all
quality control sampling and testing on a random basis in accordance with the approved Quality
• Control Plan. The Department will perform all necessary sampling and testing for acceptance
purposes on a random basis as specified herein, in addition to monitoring and observing the
Contractor's quality control test procedures and results. Maintain effective quality control until
final project acceptance.
A LOT is defined as an isolated quantity of a specified material produced from a single
source or operation, or it is a measured amount of specified construction produced by the same
process. In order to change the process, thereby necessitating the termination of the current LOT
and starting a new LOT, submit a written request, with justifcation, to the Engineer for approval.
Obtain the Engineer's approval prior to making the process change.
Perform all quality control sampling and testing of materials in strict conformance with
the Florida Method of Sampling and Testing as found in the Field Sampling and Testing Manual.
The Department will perform all acceptance sampling and testing of materials in strict
conformance with the Florida Method of Sampling and Testing as found in the Field Sampling
and Testing Manual. This manual, developed and distributed by the FDOT Materials Office,
contains the detailed sampling and testing procedures from AASHTO and ASTM as modified by
the Department.
331-5.1 Acceptance Plans:
331-5.1.1 Payment Based on Acceptance Results: The Department will adjust
the payment for each LOT of material, product, item of construction or completed construction
on the basis of acceptance test results in accordance with the requirements specified hereinafter
in the applicable Sections.
331-5.1.2 Resampling of LOTs: The Department requires that LOTs of
materials, products, items of construction or completed construction meet the requirements of
• these Specifications at the time of submission. The Department will not take check samples for
acceptance purposes.
74 August 15, 2017
• 331-5.1.3 Referee System: The Department has established a referee system to
verify the validity of the acceptance test results on LOTs at the asphalt plant. The Department
will evaluate the acceptance test results with data from split samples run by the District and
Central Labs. The Engineer will make a final determination and disposition of the acceptance
test results. Acceptance results will be considered non-representative if the test results from the
Field and Referee samples differ by more than 0.44% for asphalt content when obtained by the
use of FM 5-563 or 0.56% for FM 5-544. Acceptance results for gradation will be considered
non-representative if the test results from the Field and Referee samples differ by more than the
precision values given in Figure 2 of FM 1-T 030 when using FM 5-563 or Figure 2 of FM 5-545
when using FM 5-544. When the referee analysis indicates that one or more test results are not
representative, the Engineer will discard the non-representative test value(s) and base payment
calculations for the LOT (including the sublot with the non-representative test values) on the
remaining sublot(s) test data as defined in 331-6.
331-5.2 Quality Control by the Contractor: Provide and maintain a quality control
system that provides reasonable assurance that all materials, products and completed
construction submitted for acceptance meet Contract requirements. Develop and maintain a
quality control system in conformance with the following requirements:
CONTRACTOR QUALITY CONTROL SYSTEM
I. SCOPE:
These Specifications establish minimum requirements and activities for a Contractor
quality control system. These requirements pertain to the inspections and tests necessary to
• substantiate material and product conformance to Contract requirements and to all inspections
and tests required by the Contract.
II. FUNCTIONS AND RESPONSIBILITIES:
1. The Department. The Department will verify the Contractor's design mixes, inspect
plants and monitor control of the operations to ensure conformance with these Specifications.
The Department will design all open-graded friction mixes (FG2 and FGS).
At no time will the Engineer issue instructions to the Contractor or producer as to
the setting of dials, gauges, scales and meters. However, the Department's representatives may
question and warn the Contractor against the continuance of any operations or sequence of
operations that obviously do not result in satisfactory compliance with the requirements of these
Specifications.
2. The Contractor. Submit in writing the proposed Quality Control Plan for each asphalt
plant for the Engineer's approval. Maintain the approved Quality Control Plan in effect for the
plant to which it is assigned until the Engineer rejects it in writing. Include in the plan the
sampling, testing, inspection and the anticipated frequencies of each to maintain process control.
A recommended series of sampling, testing and inspecting activities are shown in Table 331-4.
A. All Types of Plants
• 1. Stockpiles
Table 331-4
RECOMMENDATIONS FOR A CONTRACTOR
QUALITY CONTROL PLAN
75 August 15, 2017
• a. Place materials in the correct stockpile.
b. Use good stockpiling techniques.
c. Inspect stockpiles for separation, contamination, segregation, etc.
2. Incoming Aggregate
a. Obtain gradations and bulk specific gravity (BSG) values from the aggregate
supplier.
b. Determine gradation of all component materials.
c. Compare gradations and BSG to mix design.
3. Cold Bins
a. Calibrate the cold gate/feeder belt settings.
b. Observe operation of cold feed for uniformity.
4. Dryer
a. Observe pyrometer for aggregate temperature control.
b. Observe efficiency of the burner.
5. Hot Bins
a. Determine gradation of aggregates in each bin.
b. Determine theoretical combined grading.
6. Bituminous Mixture
a. Determine asphalt content.
b. Determine mix gradation.
c. Check mix temperature.
d. Verify modifer addition.
• B. Batch Plants
1. For batch weights, determine percent used and weight to be pulled from each bin to
ensure compliance with the mix design.
2. Check mixing time.
3. Check operations of weigh bucket and scales.
C. Continuous Mix Plant
1. Determine gate calibration chart for each bin.
2. Determine gate settings for each bin to ensure compliance with the mix design.
3. Determine gallons [cubic meters] per revolution or gallons [cubic meters] per minute
to ensure compliance with the mix design.
D. Drum Mixer Plant
l. Calibrate the cold feed and prepare a calibration chart for each cold gate.
2. Develop information for the synchronization of the aggregate feed, reclaimed asphalt
pavement (RAP) feed and the bituminous material feed.
3. Calibrate the weigh bridge on the changing conveyor.
The activities shown in Table 331-4 are the normal activities necessary to control
the production of bituminous concrete at an acceptable quality level. The Department recognizes,
however, that depending on the type of process or materials, some of the activities listed may not
be necessary and, in other cases, additional activities may be required. The frequency of these
activities will also vary with the process and the materials. When the process varies from the
defined process average and variability targets, increase the frequency of these activities until the
proper conditions are restored. Take one sample and test for every 1,000 tons [900 metric tons]
of incoming aggregate (including RAP) as it is stockpiled. Test RAP material for extracted
• gradation and asphalt content.
76 August 15, 2017
• Plot and keep up-to-date control charts for all quality control sampling and
testing. Provide control charts for the following:
a. gradation of incoming aggregates
b. gradation and asphalt content of RAP
c. combined gradations of hot bins
d. extracted asphalt content
e. mix gradation
f. gradation of cold feed (drum mixers)
Post all current control charts in the asphalt lab where they can be seen.
Formulate all design mixes with the exception of open-graded friction mixes (FC-
2 and FC-5). Submit design mixes to the Engineer for verification prior to their use. Provide
process control of all materials during handling, blending, mixing and placing operations.
III. QUALITY CONTROL SYSTEM:
l. General Requirements. Furnish and maintain a quality control system that provides
reasonable assurance that all materials and products submitted to the Engineer for acceptance
meet the Contract requirements. Perform, or have performed, the inspection and tests required to
substantiate product conformance to Contract requirements, and also perform, or have
performed, all inspections and tests otherwise required by the Contract. Keep a quality control
technician, who has been certified by the Department as a Qualified Asphalt Plant Technician
(Plant Level II), available at the asphalt plant at all times when producing asphalt mix for the
Department. Place a person in responsible charge of the paving operations who is qualified by
� the Department as a Qualified Asphalt Paving Technician (Paving Level II). Document the
quality control procedures, inspection and tests, and make that information available for review
by the Engineer throughout the life of the Contract.
2. Documentation. Maintain adequate records of all inspections and tests. Record the
nature and number of tests made, the number and type of defciencies found, the quantities
approved and rejected, and the nature of corrective action taken, as appropriate. The Department
may review and approve all documentation procedures prior to the start of the work. The
Department will take ownership of all charts and records documenting the Contractor's quality
control tests and inspections upon completion of the work.
3. Charts and Forms. Record all conforming and nonconforming inspections and test
results on approved forms and charts, and keep them up to date and complete and make them
available at all times to the Engineer during the performance of the work. Prepare charts of test
properties for the various materials and mixtures on forms that are in accordance with the
applicable requirements of the Department. The Engineer will fumish a copy of each applicable
chart and form. Provide a supply of the charts and forms from the copy furnished. Obtain the
Engineer's approval of non-standard forms and charts prior to using them.
4. Corrective Actions. Take prompt action to correct any errors, equipment malfunctions,
process changes or other problems that result or could result in the submission of materials,
products or completed construction that do not meet the requirements of these Specifications.
When it becomes evident to the Department that the Contractor is not controlling his process and
is making no effort to take corrective actions, the Department will require the Contractor to cease
plant operations until such time as the Contractor can demonstrate that he can and is willing to
control the process.
r�
U
77 August 15, 2017
• 5. Laboratories with Measuring and Testing Equipment. Furnish a fully equipped asphalt
laboratory (permanent or portable) at the production site, and meeting the following
requirements:
a. Area - Provide an effective working area for the laboratory that is a minimum
of 180 ftz [17 m2]. This area does not include the space for desks, chairs and file cabinets.
b. Lighting - Provide lighting in the lab adequate to illuminate all areas of work.
c. Temperature Control - Equip the lab with heating and air conditioning units that
provide a satisfactory working environment.
d. Ventilation - Equip the lab with fume hoods and exhaust fans that will remove
all hazardous fumes from within the laboratory in accordance with OSHA requirements.
e. Equipment and Supplies - Furnish the lab with the necessary sampling and
testing equipment, and supplies, for performing Contractor quality control and Department
acceptance sampling and testing. A detailed list of equipment and supplies required for each test
is included in the Field Sampling and Testing Manual.
When running plants at a high production rate, furnish additional testing
equipment as necessary to allow the completion of the Contractor's quality control tests and the
Department's Acceptance tests within the specified time frame.
6. Sampling and Testing. Use the sampling and testing methods and procedures that the
Department provides to determine quality conformance of the materials and products. The
Department will use these same methods and procedures for its acceptance tests. Include the
sampling for other material characteristics on a random basis and the plotting of the test results
on control charts in the Quality Control Plan.
• 7. Alternative Procedures. The Contractor may use alternative sampling methods,
procedures and inspection equipment when such procedures and equipment provide, as a
minimum, the quality assurance required by the Contract Documents. Prior to applying such
alternative procedures, describe them in a written proposal and demonstrate for the Engineer's
approval that their effectiveness is equal to or better than the Contract requirements. In case of
dispute as to whether certain proposed procedures provide equal assurance, use the procedures
stipulated by the Contract Documents.
8. Nonconforming Materials. Establish and maintain an effective and positive system for
controlling nonconforming materials, including procedures for identification, isolation and
disposition. Reclaim or rework nonconforming materials in accordance with procedures
acceptable to the Engineer. Discuss the details of this system at the preconstruction conference,
and make these details a part of the record of the conference.
9. Department Inspection at Subcontractor or Supplier Facilities. The Department
reserves the right to inspect materials not manufactured within the Contractor's facility. The
Department's inspection does not constitute acceptance and does not, in any way, replace the
Contractor's inspection or otherwise relieve the Contractor of his responsibility to furnish an
acceptable material or product. When the Department inspects the subcontractor's or supplier's
product, such inspection does not replace the Contractor's responsibility to inspect such
subcontractor's or supplier's product.
Inspect subcontracted or purchased materials when received, as necessary, to
ensure conformance to Contract requirements. Report to the Engineer any nonconformance
found on Department source-inspected material, and require the supplier to take necessary
corrective action.
• 331-5.3 Defective Materials:
78 August 15, 2017
• 331-5.3.1 Acceptance or Rejection: Following the application of the appropriate
acceptance plan, the Engineer will make the fnal decision as to the acceptance, rejection or
acceptance at an adjusted payment of the LOTs.
331-5.3.2 Disposition of LOTs: For nonconforming LOTs of materials, products,
items of construction or complete construction that are not adaptable to correction by reworking,
either remove and replace the nonconforming work, or accept no payment or an adjusted
payment as stated in these Specifications, or, if not stated, as directed by the Engineer.
331-5.4 General Basis of Adjusted Payment For Deficiencies: When the Engineer
determines that a deficiency exists, the Engineer will apply the applicable payment factor as
shown in these Specifications to the entire LOT. When the Engineer determines that multiple
deficiencies exist, the Engineer will apply an adjustment to the LOT of material that is identifed
by each deficiency. The Engineer will apply the adjustment for each deficiency separately as it
occurs. The Engineer will not allow an adjustment to be affected by any other adjustment
occurring for the same LOT. As an exception to the foregoing requirements, when there are two
or more deficiencies in the gradation acceptance tests (% pass No. 4[4.75 mm] sieve, % pass
No. 10 [2.0 mm] sieve, % pass No. 40 [425 µm sieve], % pass No. 200 [75 µm] sieve) the
Engineer will only apply the greater adjustment. The Engineer will express all reductions in
payment in terms of equivalent pay items at no pay. When the item is measured by the ton
[metric ton], the Engineer will convert the LOT in the field, which is measured in feet [meters],
to equivalent tons [metric tons] and by using the average calculated spread for that LOT. When
the pay item is measured by the square yard [square meter], the Engineer will convert the LOT at
the production point, which is measured in tons [metric tons], to equivalent square yards [square
• meters] at the design thickness and by using the laboratory density as a conversion factor.
331-6 Acceptance of the Mixture at the Plant.
331-6.1 General: The Engineer will accept the bituminous mixture at the plant, with
respect to gradation and asphalt content, on a LOT to LOT basis. The material will be tested for
acceptance in accordance with the provisions of 331-5 and the following requirements. However,
the Engineer will reject any load or loads of mixture which are unacceptable for reason of being
excessively segregated, aggregates improperly coated, or of excessively high or low temperature
for use in the work.
For initial use of a Type S or FC-3 mix design with a Florida limestone source
north of the 28th parallel at a particular plant, limit the frst day's production to a maximum of
300 tons [275 metric tons]. Resume production upon notification of acceptable Marshall
properties as determined in accordance with 331-6.4
A standard size LOT at the asphalt plant will consist of 4,000 tons [3,600 metric
tons] with four equal sublots of 1,000 tons [900 metric tons] each. As an exception, the first LOT
for the initial use of a Type S or FC-3 mix design with a particular plant will consist of four
sublots, the frst sublot of 500 tons [450 metric tons] or the first day's production (300 tons [275
metric tons] maximum for mix design with a Florida limestone source north of the 28th parallel),
the second sublot of 500 tons [450 metric tons], and the remaining two sublots of 1,000 tons [900
metric tons] each.
A partial LOT may occur due to the following:
(1) the completion of a given mix type on a project.
• (2) an approved LOT termination by the Engineer due to a change in
process, extended delay in production, or change in mix design.
79 August 15, 2017
• If the partial LOT contains one or two sublots with their appropriate test results,
then the previous full-size LOT will be redefined to include this partial LOT and the evaluation
of the LOT will be based on either five or six sublot determinations. If the partial LOT contains
three sublots with their appropriate test results, this partial LOT will be redefined to be a whole
LOT and the evaluation of it will be based on three sublot determinations.
When the total quantity of any mix is less than 3,000 tons [2,700 metric tons], the
partial LOT will be evaluated for the appropriate number of sublots from n=1 to n=3. When the
total quantity of any mix type is less than 500 tons [450 metric tons], the Department will accept
the mix on the basis of visual inspection. The Department may run extraction and gradation
analysis for information purposes; however, the provisions for partial payment will not apply.
On multiple project contracts, the LOT(s) at the asphalt plant will carry over from
project to project.
331-6.2 Acceptance Procedures: Control all operations in the handling, preparation, and
mixing of the asphalt mix so that the percent bitumen and the percents passing the No. 4, No. 10,
No. 40 and No. 200 [4.75 mm, 2.00 mm, 425 µm and 75 µm] sieves will meet the approved job
mix formula within the tolerance shown in Table 331-6.
Table 331-6
Tolerances for Acceptance Tests
Characteristic Tolerance*
As halt Content (Extraction) f0.55%
As halt Content (Printout) f0.15%
Passin No. 4[4.75 mm] sieve f7.00%
Passing No. 10 [2.00 mm] sieve f5.50%
Passing No. 40 [425 µm] sieve** f4.50%
Passing No. 200 [75 µm] sieve f2.00%
*Tolerances for sample size of n=1. See Table 331-7 for other sample sizes n=2 through n=6.
**A lies onl to T es S-I, S-II, S-III, and FC-3.
Acceptance of the mixture will be on the basis of test results on consecutive
random samples from each LOT. One random sample will be taken from each sublot. The
bituminous mixture will be sampled and tested at the plant as specified in 331-4.4.2.
Calculations for the acceptance test results for bitumen content and gradation
(percentages passing No. 4, No. 10, No. 40 and No. 200 [4.75 mm, 2.00 mm, 425 µm and 75 µm]
sieves) will be shown to the nearest 0.01. Calculations for arithmetic averages will be carried to
the nearest 0.001 and rounded to the nearest 0.01 in accordance with the Department's rules of
rounding.
Payment will be made on the basis of Table 331-7, "Acceptance Schedule of
Payment". The process will be considered out of control when the deviation of any individual
test result from the mix design falls in the 80% pay factor for the "one test" column of Table
331-7. When this happens, the LOT will be automatically terminated and production stopped.
The approval of the Engineer will be required prior to resuming production of the mix.
Acceptance of the LOT will then be determined in accordance with Table 331-7.
All acceptance tests will be completed on the same day the sample was taken,
when possible, and on no occasion will they be completed later than the following work day.
80 August 15, 2017
•
•
Table 331-7
Acce tance Schedule of Pa ment (As halt Plant Mix Characteristics)
Avera e of Accumulated Deviations of the Acce tance Tests from the Mix Desi .
Pay 1-Test 2-Tests 3-Tests 4-Tests 5-Tests 6-Tests
Factor
s halt Cement Content (Extraction - FM 5-544 or 5-563)
1.00 0.00-0.55 0.00-0.43 0.00-0.38 0.00-0.35 0.00-0.33 0.00-0.31
0.95 0.56-0.65 0.44-0.50 0.39-0.44 0.36-0.40 0.34-0.37 0.32-0.36
0.90 0.66-0.75 0.51-0.57 0.45-0.50 0.41-0.45 038-0.42 0.36-0.39
0.80* over 0.75 over 0.57 over 0.50 over 0.45 over 0.42 over 0.39
s halt Cement Content (Printout)
1.00 0.00-0.15 0.00-0.15 0.00-0.15 0.00-0.15 0.00-0.15 0.00-0.15
0.95 0.16-0.25 0.16-0.25 0.16-0.25 0.16-0.25 0.16-0.25 0.16-0.25
0.90 0.26-0.35 0.26-0.35 0.26-035 0.26-0.35 0.26-0.35 0.26-0.35
0.80* over 0.35 over 0.35 over 0.35 over 0.35 over 0.35 over 0.35
o. 4 [4.75 mm] sieve**
1.00 0.00-7.00 0.00-5.24 0.00-4.46 0.00-4.00 0.00-3.68 0.00-3.45
0.98 7.01-8.00 5.25-5.95 4.47-5.04 4.01-4.50 3.69-4.13 3.46-3.86
0.95 8.01-9.00 5.96-6.66 5.05-5.62 4.51-5.00 4.14-4.58 3.87-4.27
0.90 9.01-10.00 6.67-7.36 5.63-6.20 5.01-5.50 4.59-5.02 4.28-4.67
0.80* over 10.00 over 736 over 6.20 over 5.50 over 5.02 over 4.67
o. 10 [2.00 mm] sieve**
1.00 0.00-5.50 0.00-4.33 0.00-3.81 0.00-3.50 0.00-3.29 0.00-3.13
0.98 5.51-6.50 434-5.04 3.82-4.39 3.51-4.00 330-3.74 3.14-3.54
0.95 6.51-7.50 5.05-5.74 4.40-4.96 4.01-4.50 3.75-4.18 3.55-3.95
0.90 7.51-8.50 5.75-6.45 4.97-5.54 4.51-5.00 4.19-4.63 3.96-4.36
0.80* over 8.50 over 6.45 over 5.54 over 5.00 over 4.63 over 4.36
o. 40 [425 ] sieve**
1.00 0.00-4.50 0.00-3.91 0.00-3.65 0.00-3.50 0.00-3.39 0.00-3.32
0.98 4.51-5.50 3.92-4.62 3.66-4.23 3.51-4.00 3.40-3.84 3.33-3.72
0.95 5.51-6.50 4.63-533 4.24-4.81 4.01-4.50 3.85-4.29 3.73-4.13
0.90 6.51-7.50 5.34-6.04 4.82-5.39 4.51-5.00 4.30-4.74 4.14-4.54
0.80* over 7.50 over 6.04 over 5.39 over 5.00 over 4.74 over 4.54
o. 200 [75µm] sieve**
1.00 0.00-2.00 0.00-1.71 0.00-1.58 0.00-1.50 0.00-1.45 0.00-1.41
0.95 2.01-2.40 1.72-1.99 1.59-1.81 1.51-1.70 1.46-1.63 1.42-1.57
0.90 2.41-2.80 2.00-2.27 1.82-2.04 1.71-1.90 1.64-1.80 1.58-1.73
0.80* over 2.80 over 2.27 over 2.04 over 1.90 over 1.80 over 1.73
*If approved by the Engineer based on an engineering determination that the material is acceptable to remain in place, the
ontractor may accept the indicated partial pay. Otherwise, remove and replace the material at no cost to the Department at any
item.
**When there are two or more reduced payments for these items in one LOT of material, only the greatest reduction in payment
ill be applied. CAUTION: This rule applies only to these four gradation test results.
OTES:
1) The No. 40 [425 µm] sieve applies to Type S-I, S-II, S-III and FC-3.
2) Deviations aze absolute values with no lus or minus si s.
81 August 15, 2017
•
331-6.3 Automatic Batch Plant With Printout: Acceptance determinations for asphalt
content for mixtures produced by automatic batch plants with printout will be based on the
calculated bitumen content using the printout of the weights of asphalt actually used. Acceptance
determinations for gradations (No. 4, No. 10, No. 40 and No. 200 [4.75 mm, 2.00 mm, 425 µm
and 75 µm] sieves) will be based on the actual test results from extraction gradation analyses.
Payment will be made based on the provisions of Table 331-7.
331-6.4 Additional Tests: The Engineer reserves the right to run any test at any time for
informational purposes and for determining the effectiveness of the Contractor's quality control.
331-6.4.1 Determination of Marshall and Volumetric Properties: The
Engineer will determine the Marshall and Volumetric Properties of the mix at a minimum
frequency of one set per LOT, to determine whether or not the produced mix is meeting the
specification requirements. The Department will sample and prepare test specimens and test
them in accordance with FM 5-511 for Marshall stability and flow, FM 1-T 209 for maximum
specific gravity, and FM 1-T 166 for density. Volumetric properties will be determined for Type
S and FC-3 mixes only.
331-6.4.2 Failing Marshall Properties: When the average value of the
specimens fails to meet speciiication requirements for stability or flow, the Engineer may stop
the plant operations until all specification requirements can be met or until another verified mix
design has been approved. Make revisions to a mix design in accordance with 331-43.2. If the
Lab Density of the mix during production differs from the value shown on the verified mix
design by more than 2 lbs/ft3 [32 kg/m3] for two consecutive tests, the Engineer will revise the
• target value.
331-6.4.3 Failing Volumetric Properties (Type S and FC-3 mixes only): When
the Engineer determines the air void content to be less than 3.0%, or greater than 6.5%, make
appropriate adjustments to the mix. When the air void content is determined to be less than 2.5%
or greater than 7.0% on any one test, or less than 3.0% on two consecutive tests, cease operations
until the problem has been resolved.
331-6.4.4 Resuming Production: In the event that plant operations are stopped
due to a failure to meet specification requirements, obtain the Engineer's approval before
resuming production of the mix. Litnit production to a maximum of 300 tons [270 metric tons].
At this time, the Marshall and volumetric properties of the mix will be verified. After the
Marshall and volumetric properties are verified, full scale production of the mix may be
resumed.
331-6.5.5 Disposition of In-Place Material: Any material in-place that is
represented by the failing test results (low stability, high flow, or less than 2.5% air voids) will
be evaluated by the Engineer to determine if removal and replacement is necessary. Remove and
replace any in-place material, if required, at no cost to the Department.
331-7 Acceptance of the Mixture at the Roadway
331-7.1 Density Control Nuclear Method: Determine the in-place density of each
course of asphalt mix construction using the Nuclear Density Backscatter Method as specified by
FM 1-T 238 (Method B). For a completed course, obtain an average in-place LOT density of at
least 98% of the valid control strip density.
• Do not perform density testing on patching courses, leveling and intermediate
courses less than 1 inch [25 mm] thick (or a specifed spread rate less than 100 lb/ydZ [SSkg/mz]),
82 August 15, 2017
• overbuild courses where the minimum thickness is less than 1 inch [25 mm], projects less than
1,000 feet [300 m], sections with variable width, or open-graded friction courses. Compact these
courses, with the exception of open-graded friction courses in accordance with 330-10.1.2.
331-7.2 Control Strips: In order to determine the density of compacted asphalt mixtures
for the purpose of acceptance, first establish a control strip. Construct one or more control strips
for the purpose of determining the control strip density. Construct a control strip at the beginning
of asphalt construction and one thereafter for each successive course. Construct a new control
strip for any change in the composition of the mix design, underlying pavement structure,
compaction equipment, or procedures. The Engineer may require an additional control strip
when the Engineer deems it necessary to establish a new control strip density or confirm the
validity of the control strip density being used at that time. The Contractor may also request a
confirmation of the control strip density. Construct the control strip as a part of a normal day's
run.
Construct a control strip 300 feet (100 m] in length and of an adequately uniform
width to maintain a consistent compactive effort throughout the section. When constructing the
control strip, start it between 300 and 1,000 feet [100 and 300 m] from the beginning of the
paving operation. Construct a control strip of a thickness that is the same as that specified for the
course of which it is a part. Construct the control strip using the same mix, the same paving and
rolling equipment, and the same procedures as those used in laying the asphalt course of which
the control strip is to become a part. Leave every control strip in place to become a portion of the
completed roadway.
In order to determine the acceptability of the control strip, make ten nuclear
• density determinations at random locations within the control strip after completing the
compaction of the control strip. Do not make any determinations within 12 inches [300 mm] of
any unsupported edge. Use the average of these ten determinations for the Control Strip Density.
For purposes of determining the percent of laboratory density, as required in Table 331-8, the
Engineer will develop a correction factor at four nuclear density locations from 6 inch [150 mm]
diameter cores or by direct transmission nuclear determination where applicable. Cut the cores
prior to opening the roadway to traffic. The Engineer will calculate the percent of lab density to
the nearest 0.01% and round it to the nearest 0.1%. Should the percent of lab density in a control
strip exceed 99.0%, notify the Engineer immediately.
In the event that a control strip does not meet the minimum density requirements specified in
Table 331-8, take appropriate corrective actions and construct a new control strip. If three
consecutive control strips fail to meet specification requirements, the Engineer will limit
production and placement of the mix to 800 to 1,000 feet [250 to 300 m], regardless of the
thickness and width the Contractor is placing, until the Contractor obtains a passing control strip.
Once the Contractor has obtained a passing control strip after a failing control
strip (for the same mix, layer, and project), the Department will use the passing control strip to
accept all previously laid mix. In the event the Contractor does not obtain a passing control strip,
and this particular mix, layer, etc., is completed on the project, the Engineer will evaluate density
in accordance with FM 5-543.
•
Table 331-8
Roadwa Re uirements for Bituminous Concrete Mixes
Mix Type Density Minimum Cont*ol Strip Surface Tolerance
Density
83 August 15, 2017
•
(% of Lab Density)
S-I, S-II, S-III, Type II, per 331-7 96 per 330-12
T e III, SAHM
ABC-1, ABC-2, ABC-3 er 280-8.6 96 er 200-7
FC-2 No density N/A per 330-12
re uired
FC-3 er 331-7 9b er 330-12
* The minimum control stri density requirement for shoulders is 95% of lab densi .
331-7.3 LOTs: For the purpose of acceptance and partial payment, the Engineer will
divide each day's production into LOTs. The Engineer will close out all LOTs at the end of the
day. The standard size of a LOT is 5,000 feet [1,500 m] of any pass made by the paving train
regardless of the width of the pass or the thickness of the course. A sublot will be 1,000 feet [300
m] or less. The Engineer will consider pavers traveling in echelon as two separate passes. When
at the end of a production day, the completion of a given course, layer, or mix, or at the
completion of the project, and a LOT size is determined to be less than 5,000 feet [1,500 m], it
will be considered a partial LOT. Handle partial LOTs as follows:
If the length of the partial LOT is 2,000 feet [600 m] or less, and a previous full-
size LOT from the same day, mix, layer, and project is available, then the previous full-size LOT
will be redefined to include this partial LOT and the number of tests required for the combined
LOT will be as shown in Table 331-9.
If the partial LOT is 2,000 feet [600 m] or less, and a previous full-size LOT from
• the same day, mix, layer, and project is not available, the Engineer will evaluate the partial LOT
separately and perform the number of tests required for the partial LOT as shown in Table 331-9.
If the partial LOT is greater than 2,000 feet [600 m] long, the Engineer will evaluate the partial
LOT separately and perform the number of tests required for the partial LOT as shown in Table
331-9.
•
Table 331-9
Testing Requirements for Partial LOTs
LOT Size Number of Tests
Less than 3,000 feet [900 m] 3
3,001 to 4,000 feet [901 to 1,200 m] 4
4,001 to 5,000 feet [1,201 to 1,500 m] 5
5,001 to 6,000 feet [1,501 to 1,800 m] 6
6,001 to 7,000 feet [1,801 to 2,100 m] 7
Greater than 7,000 feet [2,100 m] 2 LOTs
For each LOT and partial LOT, the Engineer will make density determinations at
a frequency shown in Table 331-9 at random locations within the LOT, but will not take them
within 12 inches [300 mm] of any unsupported edge. The Engineer will determine the random
locations by the use of statistically derived stratified random number tables. For the Contractor to
receive full payment for density, the average density of a LOT shall be a minimum of 98.0% of
the control strip density. Once the Engineer determines the average density of a LOT, do not
84 August 15, 2017
• provide additional compaction to raise the average. Notify the Engineer should the average
density for two consecutive LOTs be greater than 102% of control strip density.
331-7.4 Acceptance: The Engineer will accept the completed pavement with respect to
density on a LOT basis. The Department will make partial payment for those LOTs that have an
average density less than 98.0% of the Control Strip Density based on Table 331-10:
Table 331-10
Payment Schedule For Density
Percent of Control Strip Density* Percent of Payment
98.0 and above 100
97.0 to less than 98.0 95
96.0 to less than 97.0 90
Less than 96.0** 75
* In calculating the percent of control strip density, do not round off the final percentage.
** If approved by the Engineer, based on an engineering determination that the material is acceptable to remain in place, the
Contractor may accept the indicated partial pay; otherwise, remove and replace the material at no expense to the Department.
The Contractor may remove and replace the material at no expense to the Departrnent at any time.
331-7.5 Density Requirements for Small Projects and Other Non-mainline Roadway
Areas: For projects less than 1,000 feet [300 m] in length and bridge projects with approaches
less than 1,000 feet [300 m] each side, do not apply the requirements for control strips and
nuclear density determination. Use the standard rolling procedures as specified in 330-10.1.2. Do
� not apply the provisions for partial payment to these small projects.
In other non-mainline roadway areas where it is not practical to establish a control
strip, such as parking areas, toll plazas, turn lanes, and acceleration/deceleration lanes, the
Contractor may use the standard rolling procedure to determine density requirements if so
authorized in writing by the Engineer.
331-7.6 Surface Tolerance: The bituminous mixture will be accepted on the roadway
with respect to surface tolerance in accordance with 330-12.
331-8 Method of Measurement.
The quantity to be paid for will be the weight of the mixture, in tons [metric tons],
completed and accepted. The weight will be determined as provided in 320-2 (including the
provisions for the automatic recordation system).
The bid price for the asphalt mix will include the cost of the liquid asphalt or the asphalt
recycling agent. There will be no separate payment or unit price adjustment for the bituminous
material in the asphalt mix.
331-9 Basis of Payment:
Price and payment will be full compensation for all the work specified under this Section,
including the applicable requirements of Sections 320 and 330.
Payment will be made under:
Item No. 331- 2- Type S Asphaltic Concrete - per ton.
Item No. 2331- 2- Type S Asphaltic Concrete - per metric ton.
•
85 August 15, 2017
• 334 SUPERPAVE ASPHALT CONCRETE.
(REV 2-12-16) (FA 3-30-16) (7-16)
SUBARTICLE 334-1.2 is deleted and the following substituted:
334-1.2 Traffic Levels: The requirements for Type SP Asphalt Concrete mixtures are
based on the design traffic level of the project, expressed in 18,000 pound Equivalent Single
Axle Loads (ESAL's). The five traffic levels are as shown in Table 334-1.
Table 334-1
Su e ave Traffic Levels
Traffic Level Traffic Level (1x106 ESAL's)
A <0.3
B 03to<3
C 3to<10
D 10 to <30
E >30
The traffic levels for the project are as specified in the Contract Documents. A
Type SP mix one traffic level higher than the traffic level specified in the Contract Documents
may be substituted, at no cost to the Department (i.e., Traffic Level B may be substituted for
• Traffic Level A, etc.). As an exception, the same traffic level and binder type that is used for the
mainline traffic lanes may be placed in the shoulder at no additional cost to the Department.
SUBARTICLE 334-5.1.2 is deleted and the following substituted:
334-5.1.2 Acceptance Testing Exceptions: When the total combined quantity of
hot mix asphalt for the project, as indicated in the Plans for Type SP and Type FC mixtures only,
is less than 2000 tons, the Engineer will accept the mix on the basis of visual inspection. The
Engineer may require the Contractor to run process control tests for informational purposes, as
defined in 334-4, or may run independent verification tests to determine the acceptability of the
material.
Density testing for acceptance will not be performed on widening strips or
shoulders with a width of 5 feet or less, open-graded friction courses, variable thickness
overbuild courses, leveling courses, any asphalt layer placed on subgrade (regardless of type),
miscellaneous asphalt pavement, shared use paths, crossovers, gore areas, or any course with a
specified thickness less than 1 inch or a specified spread rate that converts to less than 1 inch as
described in 334-1.4. Density testing for acceptance will not be performed on asphalt courses
placed on bridge decks or approach slabs; compact these courses in static mode only per the
requirements of 330-7.7. In addition, density testing for acceptance will not be performed on the
following areas when they are less than 1,000 feet (continuous) in length: turning lanes,
acceleration lanes, deceleration lanes, shoulders, parallel parking lanes or ramps. Do not perform
density testing for acceptance in situations where the areas requiring density testing is less than
• 50 tons within a sublot.
86 August 15, 2017
• Density testing for acceptance will not be performed in intersections. The
limits of the intersection will be from stop bar to stop bar for both the mainline and side streets.
A random core location that occurs within the intersection shall be moved forward or backward
from the intersection at the direction of the Engineer.
Where density testing for acceptance is not required, compact these
courses (with the exception of open-graded friction courses) in accordance with the rolling
procedure (equipment and pattern) as approved by the Engineer or with Standard Rolling
Procedure as specified in 330-7.2. In the event that the rolling procedure deviates from the
procedure approved by the Engineer, or the Standard Rolling Procedure, placement of the mix
shall be stopped.
The density pay factor (as defined in 334-8.2) for areas not requiring
density testing for acceptance will be paid at the same density pay factor as for the areas
requiring density testing within the same LOT. If the entire LOT does not require density testing
for acceptance, the LOT will be paid at a density pay factor of 1.00.
SUBARTICLE 334-5.4.1 is deleted and the following substituted:
334-5.4.1 Lost or Missing Verification/Resolution Sannples: In the event that
any of the Verification andlor Resolution asphalt mixture samples that are in the custody of the
Contractor are lost, damaged, destroyed, or are otherwise unavailable for testing, the minimum
possible pay factor for each quality characteristic as described in 334-8.2 will be applied to the
• entire LOT in question, unless called for otherwise by the Engineer. Specifically, if the LOT in
question has more than two sublots, the pay factor for each quality characteristic will be 0.55. If
the LOT has two or less sublots, the pay factor for each quality characteristic will be 0.80. If only
the roadway cores are lost, damaged, destroyed, or are otherwise unavailable for testing, then the
minimum possible pay factor for density will be applied to the entire LOT in question. In either
event, the material in question will also be evaluated in accordance with 334-5.9.5.
If any of the Verification and/or Resolution samples that are in the custody
of the Department are lost, damaged, destroyed or are otherwise unavailable for testing, the
corresponding QC test result will be considered verified, and payment will be based upon the
Contractor's data.
•
87 August 15, 2017
• CONCRETE FOR LAP (OFF-SYSTEM).
(REV 12-20-11) (FA 2-27-12)
SECTION 344
CONCRETE FOR LAP (OFF-SYSTEM)
344-1 Description.
344-1 General: Construct concrete based on the type of work as described in the
Contract and the concrete work categories as defined below.
344-1.2 Work Categories: Construction will fall into one of the following concrete work
categories:
344-1.2.1 Concrete Work Category 1: Includes the construction of sidewalks,
curb and gutter, ditch and slope pavement, or other non-reinforced cast-in- place elements.
344-1.2.2 Concrete Work Category 2: Includes the construction of precast
concrete including concrete barriers, traffic railing barriers, parapets, sound barriers, inlets,
manholes, junction boxes, pipe culverts, storm sewers, box culverts, prestressed concrete poles,
concrete bases for light poles, highway sign foundations, retaining wall systems, trafiic
separators or other structural precast elements.
344-1.2.3 Concrete Work Category 3: Includes the work associated with the
placement and/or construction of structural cast-in-place concrete meeting the requirements of
this section.
344-2 Materials.
• 344-2.1 General: Use concrete composed of a mixture of Portland cement, aggregates,
and water, with or without chemical or mineral admixtures that meet the following requirements:
344-2.1.1 Portland Cement: Portland cements meeting the requirements of
AASHTO M-85 or ASTM C-150 is required. Different brands of cement, cement of the same
brand from different facilities or different types of cement shall be stored separately and shall not
be mixed.
344-2.1.2 Coarse and Fine Aggregates: Aggregates shall meet ASTM C 33.
Source approval by the FDOT is not required.
344-2.1.3 Water: Water shall meet the requirements of ASTM C 1602.
344-2.1.4 Chemical Admixtures: Chemical admixtures shall be listed on the
FDOT Qualified Products List. Admixtures may be added at the dosage rates recommended by
the manufacturer.
344-2.1.5 Pozzolans and Slag: Pozzolans and Slag shall meet the requirements of
Table 344-1. Fly ash shall not include the residue resulting from the burning of municipal
garbage or any other refuse with coal, or the burning of industrial or municipal garbage in
incinerators.
•
Table 344-1
T e or Class Test Method Exce tions
Class C Fly Ash ASTM C 618 Not to be used with Ty es IP or IS cements.
Class F Fl Ash ASTM C 618 Not to be used with T es IP or IS cements.
Petroleum Coke Class ASTM C 618 Not to be used with Types IP or IS cements.
F
Bark Ash Class F ASTM C 618 Not to be used with T es IP or IS cements.
Silica Fume ASTM C 1240
88 August 15, 2017
• Metakaolin ASTM C 618
Slag ASTM C 989 Use only ground granulated blast-furnace slag grade 100 or
120.
Ultra Fine Fl Ash ASTM C 618 Not to be used with T es IP or IS cements.
344-3 Production, Mixing and Delivery of Concrete.
344-3.1 Concrete Production Requirements:
344-3.1.1 Category 1: Use a concrete production facility that is certified by the
National Ready Mixed Concrete Association (NRMCA) or listed on the FDOT list of non-
structural concrete producers. Concrete production facilities listed on the FDOT Producers with
Accepted QC Programs list for structural concrete may also be used for Category 1.
344-3.1.2 Category 2: Use a prestressed and or precast facility listed on the
FDOT Producers with Accepted QC Programs for precast or prestressed concrete.
344-3.1.3 Category 3: Use a structural concrete facility listed on the FDOT
Producers with Accepted QC Programs for structural concrete.
344-3.2 Classes of Concrete: Meet the requirements of Table 344-2.
Table 344-2
Minimum Target Target Minimum Total Maximum Water
Class Strength (28 Slump Range Air Conoent Cementitious to Cementitious
da si inches mches Range (/o) Materials Content Material Ratio
Y) �p ) �� ) �� ) (lb/ d3) (lb/Ib)
Cate o 1
Class NS 2,500 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
Cate o 3
I 3,000 3 f 1.5 1.0 to 6.0 470 0.53
I(Pavement) 3,000 2 t 1.5 1.0 to 6.0 470 0.50
II 3,400 3 t 1.5 1.0 to 6.0 470 0.53
II (Bridge 4,500 3 f 1.5 1.0 to 6.0 611 0.44
Deck
III 5,000 3 f 1.5 1.0 to 6.0 611 0.44
III (Seal) 3,000 8 f 1.5 1.0 to 6.0 611 0.53
IV 5,500 3 t 1.5 1.0 to 6A 658 0.41
IV (Drilled 4,000 8.5 f 1.5 0.0 to 6.0 658 0.41
Shaft)
V(S ecial) 6,000 3 f 1.5 1.0 to 6.0 752 037
V 6,500 3 f 1.5 1.0 to 6.0 752 037
VI 8,500 3 t 1.5 1.0 to 6.0 752 037
344-3.3 Contractors Quality Control: For Categories 1 and 2, assume full
responsibility for controlling all operations and processes such that the requirements of these
Specifications are met at all times.
For Category 3, furnish a Quality Control (QC) plan to identify to the Engineer
how quality will be ensured at the project site. During random inspections, the Engineer will use
this document to verify that the construction of the project is in agreement with the QC plan.
• 344-3.4 Concrete Mix Design: Before producing any Category 1 or Category 2, submit
the proposed mix designs to the Engineer on a form provided by the Engineer. For Category 3,
89 August 15, 2017
• submit to the Engineer for approval, FDOT approved mix designs. Do not use concrete mix
designs without prior approval of the Engineer.
Materials may be adjusted provided that the theoretical yield requirement of the
approved mix design is met. Show all required original approved design mix data and batch
adjustments on an Engineer approved concrete delivery ticket.
344-3.5 Delivery: For Category 3, the ma�cimum allowable transit time of concrete is
90 minutes.
Furnish a delivery ticket on a form approved by the Engineer with each batch of
concrete before unloading at the placement site. Record material quantities incozporated into the
mix on the delivery ticket. Ensure that the Batcher responsible for producing the concrete signs
the delivery ticket certifying that the batch was produced and delivered in accordance with these
requirements. Sign the delivery ticket certifying that the concrete was placed in accordance with
these requirements.
344-3.6 Placing Concrete:
344-3.6.1 Concreting in Cold Weather: Do not mix or place concrete when the
air temperature at placement is below 45°F.
During the curing period, if NOAA predicts the ambient temperature to
fall below 35°F for 12 hours or more or to fall below 30°F for more than 4 hours, enclose the
structure in such a way that the air temperature within the enclosure can be kept above 50°F for a
period of 3 days after placing the concrete or until the concrete reaches a minimum compressive
strength of 1,500 psi.
Assume all risks connected with the placing and curing of concrete.
• Although the Engineer may give permission to place concrete, the Contractor is responsible for
satisfactory results. If the placed concrete is determined to be unsatisfactory, remove, dispose of,
and replace the concrete at no expense to the Agency.
344-3.6.2 Concreting in Hot Weather: For Category 3, hot weather concreting is
defined as the production, placing and curing of concrete when the concrete temperature at
placing exceeds 86°F but is less than 100°F.
Unless the specified hot weather concreting measures are in effect, reject concrete
exceeding 86°F at the time of placement. Regardless of special measures taken, reject concrete
exceeding 100°F. Predict the concrete temperatures at placement time and implement hot
weather measures to avoid production shutdown.
344-3.7 Mixers: For Category 3 concrete, do not place concrete from a truck mixer that
does not have a current FDOT mixer identification card.
344-3.8 Small Quantities of Concrete: With approval of the Engineer, small quantities
of concrete, less than 3 cubic yards placed in one day and less than 0.5 cubic yards placed in a
single placement may be accepted using a pre-bagged mixture. The Engineer may verify that the
pre-bagged mixture is prepared in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and will
meet the requirements of this Specification.
344-3.9 Sampling and Testing:
344-3.9.1 Category 1: The Engineer may sample and test the concrete to verify
its quality. The minimum 28 day compressive strength requirement for this concrete is 2,500 psi.
344-3.9.2: Category 2: No sampling and testing is required for category 2.
344-3.9.3 Category 3: The Engineer will randomly select a sample from each 200 cubic
yards or one day's production to determine plastic properties and to make three 4 x 8 inch
90 August 15, 2017
• cylinders for testing by the Engineer at 28 days to ensure that the design compressive strength
has been met for the class of concrete as specified in Table 344-2.
344-3.10 Records: Ensure the following records are available for review for at least 3
years after final acceptance of the project:
1. Approved concrete mix designs.
2. Materials source (delivery tickets, certifications, certified mill test reports).
3. A copy of the scale company or testing agency report showing the observed
deviations from quantities checked during calibration of the scales and meters.
4. A copy of the documentation certifying the admixture weighing/measuring
devices.
344-4 Acceptance of the Work.
344-4.1 Category 1 Work: Category 1 work will be accepted based on certification by
the batcher and contractor on the delivery ticket.
344-4.2 Category 2 Work: Certify that the precast elements were produced by a
production facility on the FDOT's list of Producers with Accepted QC Programs for precast or
prestressed concrete. In addition, the producer's logo shall be stamped on the element. The
producer shall not use the Florida Department of Transportation QC stamp on elements used on
this project. Provide a statement of certifcation from the manufacturer of the precast element
that the element meets the requirements of this Specification.
344-4.3 Category 3 Work: Category 3 concrete will be accepted based on the Engineer's
test results for plastic properties and compressive strength requirements for the class of concrete
• as defned in Table 344-2. In addition, a Delivery Ticket as described in 344-3.5 will be required
for acceptance of the material at the project site.
344-4.4 Small Quantities of Concrete: Category 3 concrete meeting the definition of
344-3.8 will be accepted in accordance with 344-4.3 based on test results for plastic properties
and compressive strength.
•
344-5 Method of Measurement.
The quantities to be paid for will be the items shown in the plans, completed and
accepted.
344-6 Basis of Payment.
Prices and payments will be full compensation for all work and materials specified in this
Section.
91 August 15, 2017
• PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE (LOCAL AGENCY USE — FDOT ARCHIVE
SPECIFICATIOl�.
(REV 01-00) (1-13)
SECTION 346
PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE
346-1 Description.
Use concrete composed of a mixture of portland cement, aggregate, water, and, where specified,
admixtures and pozzolan. Deliver the portland cement concrete to the site of placement in a freshly mixed,
unhardened state.
Meet the production and quality control of concrete provisions of this Section and the Florida
Department of Transportation Standard Operating Procedures.
346-2 Materials.
346-2.1 General: Meet the following requirements:
Coarse Aggregate ............................................................Section 901
Fine Aggregate* ..............................................................Section 902
Portland Cement ..............................................................Section 921
Water...............................................................................Section 923
Admixtures ......................................................................Section 924
Fly Ash, Slag** and Microsilica (Pozzolanic Materials)Section 929
*The Engineer will allow only silica sand except as provided in 902-5.2.3.
**The Engineer will allow only granulated blast furnace slag.
• Use the materials containing no hardened lumps, crusts or frozen matter, and that
are not contaminated with dissimilar material.
346-2.2 Types of Cement: Unless a specific type of cement is designated elsewhere, use
Type I, Type IP, Type IS, Type IP(MS), Type II, or Type III cement in all classes of concrete.
Use only the types of cements designated for each environmental condition in structural
concrete.
TABLE 1
BRIDGE SUPERSTRUCTURES
Component Slightly Aggressive Moderately Aggressive Extremely Aggressive
Environment Environment Environment
Precast Superstructure Type I, Type II, Type Type I, Type II, and Type II with Fly Ash or
and Prestressed III, Type IP, Type IS, Type III all with Fly Type II with Slag
Elements or Type IP (MS) Ash or Slag; Type IP,
Type IS, or Type
IP(MS)
C.I.P. Superstructure Type I, Type II, Type Type I with Fly Ash or Type II with Fly Ash or
Slabs and Barriers IP, Type IS, or Type Slag, Type II, Type IP, Type II with Slag
IP(MS)
92 August 15, 2017
�
TABLE 1
BRIDGE SUPERSTRUCTURES
Type IS, or Type
IP(MS)
BRIDGE SUBSTRUCTURE, DRAINAGE STRUCTURES AND OTHER STRUCTURES
Component Slightly Aggressive Moderately Aggressive Extremely Aggressive
Environment Environment Environment
All Structure Type I, Type II, Type Type I with Fly Ash or Type II with Fly Ash or
Components III, Type IP, Type IS, Slag, Type II, Type IP, Type II with Siag
or Type IP (MS) Type IP(MS), or Type
IS
346-2.3 Use of Fly Ash, Slag, Microsilica, and Other Pozzolanic Materials: The
Contractor may use fly ash, slag, microsilica and other pozzolanic materials as a cement
replacement in all classes of concrete (when Type I, Type II, or Type III cement is used) with the
following limitations:
(1) When fly ash, slag or microsilica is used as a cement replacement, use it on a
• pound per pound [kilogram per kilogram] basis. Calculate cement replacement as shown in the
example.
Example - Assume a total cementitious content of 752 pounds [341 kg].
Calculate the required microsilica for a 7.6% replacement as 752 by .076 = 57 pounds [341 by
.076 = 26 kg]. Calculate the required fly ash for a 20% replacement as 752 by 0.20 = 151 pounds
[341 by 0.20 = 68 kg]. Cement required is 544 pounds [247 kg].
(2) Ensure that the quantity of cementitious material replaced with fly ash in mass
concrete is greater than 18% and less than 50% by weight of the total cementitious content. The
minimum cementitious content for each class of concrete is shown in the Master Proportion
Table (Table 3).
(3) Ensure that the quantity of cementitious material replaced with fly ash in
drilled shaft concrete is 35 ❑ 2% by weight of the total cementitious content.
(4) For all other concrete uses not covered in (2) and (3) above, ensure that the
quantity of cementitious material replaced with fly ash is greater than 18% and less than 22% by
weight of the total cementitious content.
(5) Ensure that the pozzolan constituent of Type IP(MS) is in the range of 15 to
40% by weight of the portland-pozzolan cementitious material.
(6) Obtain the Engineer's approval to use pozzolanic materials other than Class F
fly ash.
(7) Ensure that the quantity of cementitious material replaced with slag in drilled
shaft concrete is 60 ❑ 2% by weight of the total cementitious content.
(8) For all other concrete uses not covered in (7) above, ensure that the quantity of
cementitious material replaced with slag is not less than 25% or greater than 70% of the total
• cementitious content when used in Slightly and Moderately Aggressive environments, and not
93 August 15, 2017
• less than 50% or greater than 70% of the total cementitious content when used in Extremely
Aggressive environments. When used in combination with microsilica, ensure that the slag does
not replace less than 50% or more than 55% of the total cementitious content.
(9) Ensure that the quantity of cementitious material replaced with microsilica is
not less than 7% or greater than 9%. Use high range water reducing admixtures in concrete
mixes incorporating microsilica.
346-2.4 Coarse Aggregate Gradation: Produce all concrete using Size No. 57 or Size No.
67 coarse aggregate except as follows:
(1) With the Engineer's approval, the Contractor may use Size No. 8 or Size No.
89 either alone or blended with Size No. 57 or Size No. 67 for concrete construction that is
heavily reinforced or for barrier wall or curb construction using slip forms.
(2) The Engineer may approve other gradations of aggregates. The Engineer will
consider requests for approval of other gradations individually and will require the Contractor to
submit sufficient statistical data to establish production quality and uniformity of the subject
aggregates, and to establish the quality and uniformity of the resultant concrete. Furnish
aggregate gradations sized larger than nominal maximum size of 1.5 inch [37.5 mm] as two
components.
(3) Select the maximum coarse aggregate size so as not to violate the
reinforcement spacing provisions given for reinforced concrete in the AASHTO Standard
Specifications for Highway Bridges.
346-2.5 Admixture Requirements:
346-2.5.1 Chemical Admixtures: Use concrete containing a water-reducing
• admixture (Type A) or water-reducing and retarding admixture (Type D). Use a dosage rate that
is generally in accordance with the manufacturer's recommended dosage rate. When necessary,
adjust the dosage rate.
The Engineer may approve the use of other admixtures. The Engineer will
require the Contractor to submit statistical evidence supporting successful laboratory and field
trial mixes which demonstrate improved concrete quality or handling characteristics.
The Engineer will not allow chemical admixtures or additives containing
calcium chloride (either in the raw materials or introduced during the manufacturing process) in
reinforced concrete.
346-2.5.2 Air Entrainment Admixtures: Ensure that all concrete except
counterweight concrete contains an air entraining admixture. Establish dosage rates by trial
mixes, and adjust them to meet field conditions.
346-2.5.3 High Range Water Reducing Admixtures: Use high range water
reducing admixtures in concrete mixes incorporating microsilica. The Contractor may propose
the use of an approved High Range Water Reducer (HRWR) admixture, either Type F or
Type G. In a proposal to use HRWR for precast items, include a list of precast items for which it
is proposed. The Contractor may also propose the use of HRWR for cast-in-place concrete,
except for concrete used in drilled shafts. In a proposal to use HRWR for cast-in-place items,
include a detailed listing of the areas, locations, elements, etc. for which its use is proposed and
the anticipated benefits to be derived from the use of HRWR in each instance.
Perform all testing for plastic concrete properties after the HRWR has
been added to the concrete mix.
•
94 August 15, 2017
• The Department will not consider Value Engineering credits or other price
adjustments for proposals to utilize HRWR in order to reduce the specified minimum
cementitious requirements for the various classes of concrete.
In a proposal to use HRWR in concrete, include the following:
A certification from the HRWR supplier that the HRWR admixture
proposed meets the requirements of ASTM C 494, Type F or G. Ensure that the certificate states
that the one year tests representing the admixture to be supplied have been performed by an
independent laboratory approved by the Cement and Concrete Reference Laboratory (CCRL)
and that the records of such tests will be furnished to the Department on request. Ensure that the
certification also includes an additional statement from the HRWR supplier or an approved
independent testing laboratory that the proposed HRWR admixture is compatible with all other
admixtures to be included in the concrete design mix.
When a HRWR admixture is proposed for use in the design mix, propose a
target slump value. Ensure that the target slump does not exceed 7 inches [180 mm]. Meet the
other control requirements and ranges as specified herein.
Include with the confirming data all details of the design mix ingredients,
all required certificates from the supplier and independent testing labaratory, and a certificate
from the Witnessing Department Engineer. Ensure that the certifcate states that the Contractor
has demonstrated through production and placement of the required number of batches that
concrete containing HRWR has been produced meeting all test requirements, that the HRWR
concrete has been satisfactorily mixed in accordance with the Contractor's proposed methods and
sequences, and that the concrete was acceptably placed, consolidated and cured.
• Before the Engineer approves any design mix, demonstrate through
production of at least three batches (3 yd3 [23 m3] minimum size each) of concrete containing
the HRWR that the concrete plant can produce concrete consistently meeting specified slump, air
content, and compressive strength requirements. Also demonstrate to the Witnessing Department
Engineer that the concrete containing the HRWR admixture in accordance with the proposed
design mixes can be placed, consolidated and finished under conditions existing for the proposed
uses. Obtain the Engineer's approval before using HRWR concrete design mixes.
The Engineer may approve proposed HRWR mixes for concrete, centrally
mixed at the placement site, without the production of demonstration batches providing you meet
the requirements of 346-6.2, and:
(1) A previously approved HRWR mix of the same class has
demonstrated satisfactory performance under the proposed job placing conditions with a
minimum of 15 consecutive Department acceptance tests which met all plastic and hardened
concrete test requirements.
(2) The cement and water reducing admixtures used in the
proposed mix are the same materials from the same source used in the previously approved mix
(Item (1) above), and the other materials and mix proportions are approved as similar by the
Engineer.
Dispose of concrete produced for demonstration purposes at no expense to
the Department. Subject to the Engineer's approval, the Contractor may incorporate this concrete
into unreinforced concrete items.
Include with each design mix a description of inethods, sequences, times
and places that the HRWR will be introduced into the concrete mix for each proposed use.
• Adjust methods, sequences, times and places for introduction of the HRWR to suit the
95 August 15, 2017
• requirements for each proposed use and condition. The Contractor may transfer design mixes
including a HRWR based on demonstrated ability of the mix to perform its intended function.
The Engineer will consider design mixes submitted for approval upon
receiving certification from the Witnessing Department Engineer that the Contractor has
demonstrated the ability to produce concrete containing a HRWR admixture in accordance with
the proposed design mixes, meeting minimum strength requirements within specified ranges for
slump and air, and which can be placed, consolidated and finished under conditions existing for
the proposed uses. In addition, the Witnessing Department Engineer will include in the
certification the test values of the slump, air and 28-day strength tests for all demonstration
batches of concrete, and an evaluation and description of the Contractor's actual sequences,
methods and time required for the placement and consolidation of each batch of concrete. Also
include in the certification, the Witnessing Department Engineer's evaluation of the appearance,
apparent consolidation and finish texture after form removal of each item cast.
Except for casting unreinforced concrete items as approved by the
Engineer, do not produce or place demonstration concrete containing a HRWR admixture for
payment under Contract pay items until design mixes containing the HRWR have been
approved. To qualify for payment under Contract pay items, ensure that unreinforced
demonstration concrete, cast with the approval of the Engineer, meets minimum strength and
entrained air requirements contained in these Specifications, and that the slump is within 1.5 inch
[40 mm] of the target slump proposed by the Contractor.
346-2.5.4 Corrosion Inhibitor Admixture: Ensure that concrete containing a
corrosion inhibitor admixture also contains cementitious materials consisting of Type II cement
• and Class F fly ash. The Contractor may use ground granulated blast furnace slag in lieu of fly
ash.
�
Ensure that concrete containing a corrosion inhibitor admixture also
contains a water reducing retardant admixture (Type D). The Contractor may also need to use a
high range water reducer Type F(or Type G) to provide the required workability and to
normalize the setting time of concrete. Ensure that all admixtures are compatible with the
corrosion inhibitor admixture.
346-2.6 Mixing Different Coarse Aggregates: The Engineer may allow the
substitution of coarse aggregate of the same type from a different source in an approved concrete
mix when the aggregate to be substituted is also from an approved source and has similar
physical and chemical properties. If unsatisfactory results are obtained with the different source
aggregate, return to the aggregate from the originally approved aggregate source of supply.
346-3 Classification, Strength, Slump, and Air Content.
346-3.1 General: The separate classifications of concrete covered by this Section are
designated as Class I, Class II, Class III, Class IV, Class V, and Class VI. Strength, slump, and
air content of each class are specified in the following (Table 2):
96 August 15, 2017
�
TABLE 2
Specified Minimum Target Slump (inches) Air Content Range
Class of Concrete Strength (28-day) (psi)
��MPa)] ��mm)��d) �%)
STRUCTURAL CONCRETE
I(Pavement) (b) 3,000 [21] 2[50] 1 to 6
I(S ecial) (a) 3,000 [21] 3[75] 1 to 6
II (a) 3,400 [23] 3[75] (c) 1 to 6
II (Brid e Deck) 4,500 [31] 3[75] (c) 1 to 6
III 5,000 [35] 3[75] (c) 1 to 6
III (Seal) 3,000 [21] 8[200] 1 to 6
IV 5,500 [38] 3[75] (c) 1 to 6
IV (Drilled Shaft) 4,000 [28] 8[200] 0 to 6
V(Special) 6,000 [41] 3[75] (c) (e) 1 to 5
V 6,500 [45] 3[75] (c) 1 to 5
VI 8,500 [59] 3[75] (c) 1 to 5
a) The Contractor may use concrete meeting the requirements of ASTM C 478 (4,000 psi) [ASTM C 478M (30 MPa)] in lieu of
lass I or Class II concrete in precast items manufactured in plants which meet the Department's Standard Operating Procedures
or Precast Drainage products. Apply the chloride content limits specified in 346-4.2 to all precast or cast-in-place box culverts.
b) Ensure that consistency of the concrete is such that the edges of the pavement sudace consistently meet the surface
equirements in Section 350.
c) The Engineer may allow higher target slump, not to exceed 7 inches [180 mm], when a high range water reducer is used.
d) The Engineer may approve a reduction in the target slump for slipformed or prestressed elements.
e) When the use of microsilica is required as a pozzolan in Class V(Special) concrete, ensure that the concrete does not exceed
permeability of 1,000 coulombs at 28-days when tested per AASHTO T 277. Submit 2, 4-inch [102 mm] diameter by 8 inch
[203 mm] length cylindrical test specimens to the Engineer for permeability testing prior to mix design approval. The
ermeability of the concrete will be taken as the average of two tests. The Engineer may require permeability tests during
roduction.
346-3.2 Drilled Shaft Concrete: When drilled shaft concrete is specified or required in the
Contract Documents and is to be placed in any wet shaft, provide concrete in accordance with
the following specified slump loss requirements. When concrete is placed in a dry excavation, do
not test for slump loss, except where a temporary removable casing is required.
97 August 15, 2017
• Ensure that drilled shaft concrete has a slump between 7 inches and 9 inches
�
[ 180 mm and 230 mm] when placed and maintains a slump of 4 inches [ 100 mm] or more
throughout the drilled shaft concrete elapsed time. Ensure that the slump loss is gradual as
evidenced by slump loss tests described below. The concrete elapsed time is the sum of the
mixing and transit time, the placement time and the time required for removal of any temporary
casing that causes or could cause the concrete to flow into the space previously occupied by the
temporary casing.
Provide slump loss tests before drilled shaft concrete operations begin,
demonstrating that the drilled shaft concrete maintains a slump of at least 4 inches [100 mm]
throughout the concrete elapsed time. Inform the Engineer at least 48 hours prior to performing
such tests in order to allow arrangements to be made for a Department representative to witness
the mixing and testing required. Perform slump loss testing of the drilled shaft mix using a
laboratory acceptable to the Engineer. Use a laboratory that (1) has been inspected by the CCRL
on a regular basis, with all defciencies corrected, and under the supervision of a Specialty
Engineer, or (2) meets all the requirements of ASTM C 1077.
Perform the following procedures for slump loss tests:
(1) Perform a test for time of setting of concrete mixtures by penetration
resistance (FM 1-T 197).
(2) Prepare the mix for the slump loss test at a temperature consistent with
the highest ambient and concrete temperatures expected during actual concrete placement.
Obtain the Engineer's approval of the test temperature.
(3) Ensure that the mix is at least 3 yd3 [2.3 m3] and is mixed in a mixer
truck.
(4) After initial mixing, determine the slump, concrete temperature,
ambient temperature and air content. Ensure that the concrete properties are within the required
specification limits. Initiate the time of setting test (FM 1-T 197) at this time.
(5) Mix the concrete intermittently for 30 seconds every iive minutes at
the mixing speed of the mixer.
(6) Determine slump, concrete temperature, ambient temperature and air
content at 30 minute intervals until the slump is 2 inches [50 mm] or less. Remix the mix for one
minute at the mixing speed of the mixer before these tests are run.
(7) Begin all elapsed times when water is initially introduced into the mix.
(8) Ensure that the concrete maintains a slump of at least 4 inches
[100 mm] for the anticipated elapsed time.
(9) Obtain the Engineer's approval of slump loss test results in terms of
elapsed time prior to concrete placements.
346-3.3 Mass Concrete: When mass concrete is designated in the Contract Documents,
provide an analysis of the anticipated thermal developments in the mass concrete elements for all
expected project temperature ranges using the proposed mix design, casting procedures, and
materials. Additionally, describe the measures and procedures intended for use to maintain a
temperature differential of 35 ❑ F[20 ❑ C] or less between the interior and exterior portions of the
designated mass concrete elements during curing. Submit both the mass concrete mix design and
the proposed plan to monitor and control the temperature differential concurrently to the
Engineer for approval a minimum of ten working days prior to concrete placement. Provide
temperature monitoring devices approved by the Engineer to record temperature development
between the interior and exterior portions of the elements at points approved by the Engineer.
98 August 15, 2017
• Read the monitoring devices and record the readings at not greater than 6-hour intervals, as
approved by the Engineer, beginning when casting is complete and continuing until the
maximum temperature differential is reached and begins dropping. If monitoring indicates the
35 ❑ F[20 � C] differential has been exceeded, take immediate action to retard further growth in
the temperature differential and make the necessary revisions to the approved plan to maintain
the 35 ❑ F[20 0 C] or less differential on any remaining placements. Obtain the Engineer's
approval of revisions to the approved plan prior to implementation.
•
346-4 Composition of Concrete.
346-4.1 Master Proportion Table: Proportion the materials used to produce the various
classes of concrete in accordance with the following (Table 3):
TABLE 3
lass of Concrete Minimum Total Cementitious Content *Maximum Water Cement Ratio
lb/yd3 [kg/m3] lb/lb [kg/kg]
(Pavement) 508 [300] 0.50
(Special) 508 [300] 0.50
I 564 [335] 0.49
II (Bridge Deck) 611 [365] 0.44
II 611 [365] 0.44
III (Seal) 611 [365] 0.52
V 658 [390] 0.41
V (Drilled Shaft) 658 [390] 0.41
(Special) 752 [445] 0.37**
752 [445] 037**
I 752 [445] 0.37
*The Engineer will calculate water cement ratio (W/C) based on the total cementitious material including microsilica, fly ash or
slag.
**When the use of microsilica is required as a pozzolan, the Engineer will approve mix designs at a maximum water cement
atio of 035.
346-4.2 Chloride Content Limits for Concrete Construction:
346-4.2.1 General: Use the following maximum chloride content limits for the
concrete application shown:
Maximum Allowable
Application , Chloride Content lb/yd3 [kg/m3]
Production � Mix Design
99 August 15, 2017
•
Maximum Allowable
Application Chloride Content lb/yd3 [kg/m3]
Production Mix Design
on Reinforced Concrete N/A N/A
einforced Concrete that does not require Type II cement 0.70 [0.42J 0.64 [038]
lus slag or pozzolan(s)
11 applications that require Type II cement plus 0.40 [0.24] 0.34 [0.20]
ozzolan(s)
restressed Concrete 0.40 [0.24] 0.34 [0.20]
Determine the chloride content as the average of three tests on samples
taken from the concrete. Ensure that the range of results of the three tests does not exceed a
chloride content of 0.08 lb/yd3 [0.05 kg/m3] of concrete. When test results are outside of the
allowable range, run an additional three tests until the test results are within the allowable range.
The Contractor may obtain samples from representative concrete cylinders or cores tested for
compressive strength. If the cylinders or cores have been exposed to salt or aggressive
environment, discard the outer 1 inch [25 mm] surface of the sample.
346-4.2.2 Sampling and Testing: Determine chloride content in accordance with
FM 5-516.
• (1) For all concrete requiring Type II cement with pozzolan(s) or slag and
prestressed concrete, determine the chloride content on a frequency that is in accordance with
these Specifications and the following procedures:
(a) When the chloride content is 0.25 lb/yd3 [0.15 kg/m3] or less,
make subsequent tests on a frequency of not less than one for every four weeks of production as
long as the test results remain at or below 0.25 lb/yd3 [0.15 kg/m3]. As an exception to the
aforementioned testing frequency, when eight consecutive tests show chloride content below
0.25 lb/yd3 [0.15 kg/m3], the Engineer may reduce the frequency of testing.
(b) When the chloride content is greater than 0.25 [0.15] and less
than or equal to 033 lb/yd3 [0.20 kglm3], make subsequent tests at a frequency of not less than
one for every two weeks of production, as long as the values remain at or below 0.33 lb/yd3
[0.20 kg/m3].
(c) When the chloride content is greater than 0.33 lb/yd3
[0.20 kg/m3], make subsequent chloride content tests for each day's production.
(2) For all reinforced concrete other than concrete requiring Type II
cement with slag or pozzolan(s) and prestressed concrete, determine the chloride content on a
frequency of not less than one test every four weeks. As an exception to the aforementioned
testing frequency, when eight consecutive chloride content determinations are below 0.40 lb/yd3
[0.24 kg/m3] of concrete, the Engineer may reduce the frequency of testing.
For any case listed above, when the source of any concrete component
material, including admixtures, is changed, determine the chloride content immediately.
Test results obtained at the frequency provided above represent the chloride content of all
concrete placed subsequent to the preceding test for the determination of chloride content.
•
100 August 15, 2017
• 346-4.2.3 Certification: Determine the chloride content, and certify the test results
of chloride determinations to the Department. Include in the certification all pertinent data
required by the Department. The Department will require properly executed certifications
showing the chloride content within the required limits for acceptance of all concrete produced in
accordance with these Specifications.
346-4.2.4 Control Level for Corrective Action: If the test results indicate that the
chloride level is greater than the following limits, suspend concrete production until
implementing corrective measures.
(1) Chloride content of 0.65 lb/yd3 [039 kg/m3] or greater for reinforced
concrete that does not require Type II cement plus slag or pozzolan(s).
(2) Chloride content of 0.35 lb/yd3 [0.21 kg/m3] or greater for prestressed
concrete and all applications that require Type II cement with slag or pozzolan(s).
The Engineer will reject the concrete exceeding the maximum allowable chloride
content limits shown in 346-4.2.1, if an analysis by the Department indicates an unacceptable loss of
concrete durability considering the environmental classification of the site.
•
�
346-5 Sampling and Testing Methods.
Perform concrete sampling and testing in accordance with the following standard Florida
Test Methods:
Descri tion Method
Slum FM 1-T 119
Air Content*
Pressure Type meter FM 1-T 152
Volumetric Type meter FM 1-T 196
Chace FM 1-T 199
Makin and Curin Test C linders** FM 1-T 023
Testin C linders* * FM 1-T 022
Taking and Testing Drilled Core Sam les FM 1-T 024
Early sampling of fresh concrete from revolving drum truck mixers FM 5-501
or a itators
Low Levels of Chloride in Concrete and Raw Materials FM 5-516
Yield Test FM 1-T 121
Temperature ASTM C 1064
Sam lin Fresh Cement Concrete FM 1-T 141
Time of Settin of Concrete Mixtures by Penetration Resistance FM 1-T 197
*Use the same type of ineter for Quality Control tests as the Deparhnent uses for Quality Assurance testing. Where selecting
ressure type meters, use an aggregate correction factor determined by the concrete producer for each mix design to be tested.
ecord and certify test results for correction factors for each type of aggregate at the plant. Use the Chace Air Indicator method
for estimates only, and not for acceptance measurements.
**To determine when a precast member or a structure may be put into service, when a prestress force may be transferred, or
hen forms may be removed, use the results of a strength test which is the average of the compressive strengths of two test
ylinders cast from concrete sampled from the LOT representing that member or structure. Cure the cylinders by methods
identical to those used in curin the concrete member or structure.
101 August 15, 2017
• 346-6 Control of Quality.
346-6.1 General: Use a concrete plant approved by the Department for all concrete
produced for incorporation into the work. Control Concrete production to meet the following
criteria:
(1) Ensure that the average of any three consecutive strength test results does not
fall below the specified minimum strength.
(2) Ensure that no strength test result falls more than 500 psi [3 MPa] below the
specified minimum strength.
If the Contractor fails to meet the above specified criteria, the Department will
automatically void plant approval. To obtain plant re-approval, implement corrective actions as
approved by the Engineer. The Engineer may allow the Contractor to continue any ongoing
concrete placement being supplied from a plant for which approval is voided during the progress
of that placement; but the Engineer will not accept concrete from an unapproved plant for any
new placement.
If the Department withdraws plant approval during production for a construction
project, the Contractor is solely responsible to (a) obtain another approved concrete plant to
produce the concrete, or (b) await re-approval of the concrete plant, prior to any further
production and placement of concrete on the construction project. The Engineer will not allow
changes in Contract Time or completion dates. The Contractor shall bear all delay costs or other
costs associated with plant approval or disapproval.
In addition to plant approval, the Contractor and the concrete supplier shall
exercise two levels of concrete quality control.
• Exercise the first level of quality control in accordance with the approved Level I
Quality Control Plan requirements in the Standard Operating Procedures. Include in the Level I
Quality Control Plan all control activities for the production of concrete and its transport to the
point of delivery at the site.
Exercise the second level of concrete quality control in accordance with the
approved Level II Quality Control Plan requirements in the Standard Operating Procedures.
Include in the Level II Quality Control Plan the necessary requirements to control the quality of
the concrete between the point of delivery at the site and the final placement location, and other
requirements contained in the Standard Operating Procedures.
Produce all concrete in accordance with an approved Quality Control Plan
(including Level I and Level II) that has been developed and implemented by the Contractor and
the concrete supplier in accordance with the Department's Standard Operating Procedures. These
procedures require, in addition to a written Quality Control Plan, certified personnel and
assurances that materials, plant, production, delivery and use of concrete comply with this
Section.
346-6.2 Concrete Design Mix: Furnish concrete in accordance with the following
requirements or order the concrete from a plant approved by the Department which has approved
mix designs.
Prior to production of any concrete, submit a proposed mix design to the
Engineer. Make a separate submittal for each class of concrete and each particular combination
of component materials to be used at trial mix temperatures of 70 to 85�F [20 to 300C], and for
hot weather mixes as described in 346-6.2(5) at a minimum temperature of 94 ❑ F[35 ❑ C]. Use
only design mixes approved by the State Materials Office. The approved concrete mix design
• will remain in effect until a change is authorized in writing by the Engineer.
102 August 15, 2017
• Include the following with the mix design submittal:
(1) The Department approved source identification number for coarse and
fine aggregates, along with the size of coarse aggregate and target Fineness Modulus for fine
aggregate. Identify other component materials by manufacturer, brand name, and type.
(2) The actual proportions of raw materials intended to be combined to
produce the concrete.
(3) The following mix data:
(a) Historical data from a minimum of 15 consecutive Department
acceptance tests of production concrete made in accordance with the proposed mix design that
demonstrates that the proposed mix has met all applicable plastic and hardened concrete
specification criteria herein without failure. For drilled shaft concrete to be placed in (1) a wet
shaft, or (2) a dry shaft requiring a temporary removable casing, provide acceptable slump loss
test results. The Engineer will not approve hot weather mixes based on historical data. When
required, establish the plant standard deviation and overdesign requirements as described below.
(b) Alternatively, test data from a single trial mix which
demonstrates that concrete produced using the proposed mix, designated ingredients
and designated water-cement ratio will have a slump within ❑ 0.5 inch [❑ 15 mm] of the target
value (or for mixes utilizing HRWR, within ❑ 1 inch [025 mm] of the target value), air content
of 2.5% to 5% and strength required to meet an overdesign which is the minimum required
strength plus 1.6 standard deviations.
(4) The chloride content of the proposed design mix. The Engineer will
not approve mix designs when the chloride content of the trial mix exceeds the limits shown in
. 346-4.2.1.
(5) For design mixes developed for use under hot weather concreting
conditions:
(a) Hold the trial mix prepared at a minimum temperature of 94❑F
[340C] in the mixer for 90 minutes after completion of initial mixing. The Engineer will not
require extended mixing for precast/prestressed concrete when centrally mixed at the placement
site.
On completion of the extended mixing period, ensure that
the trial mix concrete has a slump within ❑ 0.75 inch [❑ 20 mm] of the target value (❑ 1 inch
[❑25 mm] for mixes utilizing HRWR), and an air content between 2% and 5%.
Ensure that the mix temperature at the end of the extended
mixing period is not less than 94❑F [35�C].
During the extended mixing period, turn the drum
intermittently for 30 seconds every five minutes. Cover the drum with wet burlap or an
impermeable cover material during the rest periods.
At the end of the 90-minute period, remix the trial mix for a
minimum of one minute and make a slump test to verify that the concrete is within the specifed
range for slump. If below the target range, the Contractor may adjust the slump by a water
addition. After the water addition, remix the concrete for a minimum of two minutes.
The total water used in initial mixing and the final slump
adjustment constitutes the design mix water content. Ensure that the total water content does not
exceed the maximum water cement ratio of Table 346-3 for the respective class of concrete.
103 August 15, 2017
• (b) Ensure that the heat of hydration of the cement does not exceed
80 cal/g [335 kJ/kg] at seven days measured as the average of three samples, and that no
individual measurement exceeds 90 cal/g [375 kJ/kg].
Where fly ash is 18% or greater or slag is 50% or greater of
the total cementitious material, ensue that the heat of hydration of the cement does not exceed
88 caUg [370 kJ/kg] at seven days measured as the average of three samples, and ensure that no
individual measurement exceeds 96 cal/g [400 kJ/kg].
Do not apply these requirements to Type III cement, as
allowed in 346-2.2, when used for precast and prestressed superstructures; do not apply these
requirements to cements used for steam cured concrete.
(c) Supplement standard curing practices with additional methods,
supplies or equipment which further reduce moisture loss from exposed surfaces during the
required 72-hour curing period. These methods may include but are not limited to the following
examples:
(1) Continuous or intermittent regular water fogging.
(2) Insulated curing blankets approved by the Engineer.
(3) Curing compound applied at a rate of 1.25 times the
minimum rate required in 400-16.1.2.
(6) For design mixes proposed for use in wet drilled shafts, demonstrate
the additional requirements in 346-3.2.
Ensure that strength test data for establishing the standard deviation of the plant
proposed for use represents concrete produced to meet the specified strength of the mix
� submitted for approval within 1,000 psi [7 MPa]. Ensure that the strength test data represents
either a group of at least 30 consecutive tests or a statistical average for two groups totaling 30 or
more tests. When the Engineer cannot determine the plant standard deviation from historical
data, apply an overdesign requirement, based on a singular trial mix, that is the minimum
required strength plus 1,200 psi [8 MPa] for minimum required concrete strengths of 5,000 psi
[35 MPa] or less. For minimum required concrete strengths above 5,000 psi [35 MPa], apply an
overdesign requirement that is the minimum required strength plus 1,400 psi [10 MPa].
Demonstrate the production and testing of the trial mix concrete in the presence of
the Engineer. The Contractor may also demonstrate a proposed mix design at a water-cement
ratio exceeding that proposed to meet the slump, air and strength requirements above (but not to
exceed the maximum water-cement ratio in Table 3). The Engineer will allow the highest
water-cement ratio so demonstrated to provide the required overdesign strength requirements as
an adjustment during production to maintain both plastic property and strength requirements of
delivered concrete.
Ensure that preparation and testing of the trial mixes is performed by a laboratory
acceptable to the Engineer which (1) has been inspected by the CCRL on a regular basis, with all
deficiencies corrected, and under the supervision of a Specialty Engineer, or (2) meets all the
requirements of ASTM C 1077. The Engineer may give consideration to approval of laboratories
operating under other independent inspection programs demonstrated to be equivalent to the
programs recognized in (1) and (2) above. Ensure that the 28-day strength (or strength at any
other designated age) of trial mixes meets the above stated overdesign requirements to ensure
that concrete sampled and tested at the point of placement has a strength exceeding the specified
minimum strength in Table 2.
�
104 August 15, 2017
• Do not place concretes of different compositions such that the plastic concretes
may combine, except where the plans require concrete both with and without microsilica or
calcium nitrite in a continuous placement. Produce these concretes using two separate design
mixes. Designate the mix with microsilica or calcium nitrite as the original mix, and the mix
without microsilica or calcium nitrite as the redesigned mix. Ensure that both mixes contain the
same cement, fly ash or slag, coarse and fne aggregates and compatible admixtures. Submit both
mixes for approval as separate mix designs, both meeting all requirements of this Section. Ensure
that the redesigned mix exhibits plastic and hardened qualities which are additionally approved
by the Engineer as suitable for placement with the original mix. The Engineer will approve the
redesigned mix for commingling with the original mix and for a specific project application only.
Alternately, place a construction joint at the location of the change in concretes.
346-63 Delivery Certification: Furnish certification to the Department with each batch of
concrete delivered before unloading at the site. Certification shall be in the form of a delivery
ticket on which is printed, stamped or written the information required in the Standard Operating
Procedures, Attachment E.
346-6.4 Tolerances: Meet the following tolerances from target values for plastic concrete
properties specified in 346-3.1:
LJ
•
Pro erty Tolerance
Slump (Non-Drilled Shaft Concrete) f 1.5 inch [f40 mm]
Slump (Drilled Shaft Concrete) � 1 inch [t25 mm]
Air Content As shown in the ran e in Table 2
The Engineer will reject concrete with slump exceeding the above tolerances or
air content exceeding the ranges in Table 2. The Engineer will not allow concrete to remain in a
transporting vehicle to reduce slump. Do not add water to concrete delivered to the site which is
within the target range for slump (target value f0.75 inch [�20 mm] for non-drilled shaft
concrete and f 1 inch [f25 mm] for drilled shaft concrete), except in accordance with the
approved Level II Quality Control Plan as allowed in the Standard Operating Procedures.
If the slump of non-drilled shaft concrete varies from the target value in excess of
0.75 inch [20 mm] (1 inch [25 mmJ for concrete containing HRWR), immediately adjust the
concrete mixture to correct the slump of succeeding batches. For concrete used in slipforms,
make adjustments when the slump exceeds the target value by 0.75 inch [20 mm] or is 1.5 inch
[40 mm] below the target value. The Engineer will allow a reasonable time for adjustment,
considering trucks already in route from the concrete plant. If the Contractor does not implement
adjustments at the earliest possible time, the Engineer will reject the concrete and terminate
further production until the Contractor makes corrections.
346-7 Concrete Plant Requirements.
346-7.1 General: Produce concrete at plants that qualify as approved sources in
accordance with the Standard Operating Procedures for Quality Control of Concrete.
105 August 15, 2017
• Use equipment for handling elements, mixing concrete, handling the mixed concrete,
transporting and depositing the mixed concrete that has no detrimental effect on the hardened
concrete. Do not use equipment with aluminum surfaces in physicai contact with the etements of
concrete or mixed product.
346-7.2 Measuring Materials:
346-7.2.1 Water: Measure water by volume or weight. Whichever method is used,
construct the equipment so that the accuracy of ineasurement is not affected by variations in
pressure in the water supply line. Use a meter or weighing device capable of being set to deliver
the required quantity and to automatically cut off the flow when the required quantity has been
discharged. Ensure that the measuring equipment has an accuracy, under all operating
conditions, within 1% of the quantity of water required for the batch. Verify the accuracy of
measuring devices at the request of the Department, or at least quarterly.
The Contractor may exceed design mix water-cement ratios at the job site
only if the Engineer has verified each mix to meet the minimum overdesign compressive strength
requirements specified herein at the higher water-cement ratio. Adjust the mix consistency at the
job site, within the allowable limit for the addition of water, only upon initial arrival of the
concrete to the job site, as shown in the Level II Quality Control Plan requirements in the
Standard Operating Procedures, and not thereafter.
Adjust the weight of mixing water for a concrete mix containing the
corrosion inhibitor admixture calcium nitrite to account for water in the calcium nitrite solution.
For each gallon [liter] of calcium nitrite solution added to the concrete, deduct 0.84 gallon
[0.84 liter] or 7.0 pounds [3.2 kg] of water from the weight of the mixing water.
• 346-7.2.2 Admixtures: Measure admixtures by weight or volume. Use measuring
equipment that has an accuracy, under all operating conditions, within 3% of the quantity of
admixture required for the batch. Measure microsilica slurry to an accuracy of 1%. Ensure that
the admixture supplier certifies the accuracy of ineasuring devices. Measure each admixture
separately, and add it to the mixing water in a separate sequence as the mixing water is
introduced into the mix.
For the dispensing equipment for a corrosion inhibitor admixture calcium
nitrite solution, meet the requirements for measuring water as stated in 346-7.2.1. Store the
calcium nitrite solution (neutral set version) in a dark container to protect against photo
degradation.
The Engineer may make exceptions to the above method of admixture
addition if the Contractor achieves the desired goals of each admixture and does not sacrifice the
accuracy of ineasurement.
346-7.23 Cement, Fly Ash, Slag, and Microsilica: Measure cement, fly ash, slag,
and microsilica (excluding slurries) by weight within an accuracy of 1% of the required total
amount, except that for concrete batches of 3 yd3 [3 m3] or less, the Engineer will allow accuracy
of 2%. Weigh cement, fly ash, slag and microsilica separately from other materials. When
weighing cement, fly ash, slag, and microsilica in a cumulative weigh hopper, weigh the cement
first. Measure microsilica slurry as an admixture.
If bag cement is permitted, proportion the batch to use only whole bags.
346-7.2.4 Fine and Coarse Aggregates: Measure aggregates by weight or volume
within an accuracy of 1% of the required amount. Apply aggregate surface moisture corrections.
346-7.3 Batching Plants:
•
106 August 15, 2017
• 346-73.1 Bins: Provide bins of adequate capacity for the required concrete
production. Support the bins upon a rigid framework founded upon a stable foundation capable
of holding them in a safe and secure position. Design each compartment to discharge efficiently
and freely into the weigh hopper. Provide positive means of control so that as the quantity
desired in the weigh hopper is approached, the material can be added slowly and the addition of
further material can be stopped precisely. Use a discharging mechanism that prevents loss of
material when it is closed. Construct aggregate storage bins sufficiently tight to prevent leakage
of material, and divide them into at least one compartment for the fine aggregate and one
compartment for each size of coarse aggregate to be used. Provide compartment partitions that
are sufficiently tight and high enough to prevent intermingling of the several materials. Construct
leak-proof and moisture-proof cement bins, and provide them with vibrators or other means to
aid the flow of cement from the bin.
346-7.3.2 Weigh Hoppers: Provide weigh hoppers consisting of suitable
containers freely suspended from scales and protected from the elements so that accuracy is not
adversely affected. Equip the hoppers with a discharge mechanism which prevents leakage or
loss of material when closed. Vent hoppers to permit air to escape and equip them with vibrators
or other equipment that ensures complete and efficient discharge of materials.
346-733 Scales: Provide either beam type or springless dial type scales, or
electronic devices such as load cells, manufactured by a recognized scale manufacturer. Where
using beam type scales, provide suitable means to hold poises securely in position after they are
set. Keep scales clean and in good operating condition. Where necessary, provide the scale
operator with an unobstructed view of all indicating devices and convenient access to all
• controls. Use graduated weigh beam or dials to permit reading to 0.1% of the capacity of the
scales.
Prior to beginning any work, ensure that all scales and other weighing
devices used in batching are checked for accuracy by a qualified representative of a scale
company registered with the Bureau of Weights and Measures of the Florida Department of
Agriculture.
Recheck scales once every three months or more often if deemed
necessary by the Engineer. Check scales up to at least the maximum load normally handled on
each respective scale.
Maintain cement scales, pozzolan scales, and coarse and fine aggregate
scales to an accuracy of 0.5% of the maximum load normally handled.
Affix a certificate of inspection bearing the date of the certification and
signed by the scale company representative to each weighing device. Make available at the plant
a copy of the scale company's report corresponding with the current certificate of inspection
showing the date of inspection, signature of the scale company representative, the observed scale
deviations for the loads checked, and a statement that the scale meets the requirements of
Chapter 531 of the Florida Statutes pertaining to specifcations, tolerances and regulations, as
administered by the Bureau of Weights and Measures of the Flarida Department of Agriculture.
Calibrate the dispensing equipment for calcium nitrite quarterly.
346-7.4 Mixers:
346-7.4.1 General Requirements: Provide mixers of an approved type that are
capable of combining the components of the concrete into a thoroughly mixed and uniform mass,
free from balls or lumps of cementitious material, and that are capable of discharging the
• concrete with a satisfactory degree of uniformity.
107 August 15, 2017
• 346-7.4.2 Design: Use truck mixers of the inclined axis revolving drum type, or
concrete plant central mixers of the non-tilting, tilting, vertical shaft or horizontal shaft types.
Make available at the batching plant at all times a copy of the manufacturer's design, showing
dimensions and arrangement of blades. The Contractor may use mixers that have been altered
from such design in respect to blade design and arrangement, or to drum volume, when
recommended by the manufacturer and approved by the Engineer.
Ensure that metal rating plates are attached to each mixer specifying its mixing speed, agitating
speed, rated capacity and unit serial number.
346-7.43 Truck Mixers: Use truck mixers with a drum that is actuated by a power
source independent of the truck engine or by a suitable power take-off. Ensure that either system
used provides control of the rotation of the drum within the limits specified on the manufacturer's
rating plate, regardless of the speed of the truck. Use truck mixers of the revolving drum type
that are equipped with a hatch in the periphery of the drum shell which permits access to the
inside of the drum for inspection, cleaning and repair of the blades.
Use truck mixers equipped with revolution counters of an approved type
and mounting, by which the number of revolutions of the drum may be readily verified.
Ensure that the water supply system mounted on truck mixers is equipped
with a volumetric water gauge or approved water meter in operating condition. Calibrate water
measuring devices on truck mixers or other water sources used for concrete water adjustments
annually.
Where job site water additions are controlled by a truck mixer volumetric
gauge, park truck mixers in a level condition during on-site water adjustments so that the gauge
• is indicating a specific tank volume before and after the concrete adjustment. When water
additions exceed 4 gal/yd3 [20 L/m3] of concrete, ensure that the water measuring equipment has
an accuracy of within 3% of the indicated quantity.
346-7.4.4 Timers: Use stationary type mixers equipped with an approved timing
device which will automatically lock the discharge lever when the drum is charged and release it
at the end of the mixing period. In the event of failure of the timing device, the Engineer may
allow operations to continue. Do not extend such operations beyond the end of that working day.
346-7.4.5 Cleaning and Maintenance of Mixers: Repair ar replace mixer blades of
revolving drum type mixers when the radial height of the blade at the point of maximum drum
diameter is less than 90% of the design radial height. Repair or adjust mixers of other designs per
manufacturer's instructions. Resolve questions of performance through mixer uniformity tests as
described in ASTM C 94.
346-7.5 Trucks for Transporting Wet Batches: The Contractor may transport wet batches
of concrete in either agitating or nonagitating trucks. Provide nonagitating trucks with bodies that
are smooth, mortar tight containers with round internal corners, and capable of discharging the
concrete at a satisfactorily controlled rate without segregation. Provide covers for nonagitating
trucks for protection from the elements.
346-8 Mixing and Delivering Concrete.
346-8.1 General Requirements: Operate truck mixers at mixing speeds of 6 to 18 rpm and
agitating speeds of 2 to 6 rpm (of the drum). Operate concrete plant mixers at speeds per the
manufacturer's design or recommendation. Do not allow the volume of material mixed per batch
to exceed the manufacturer's rated mixing capacity.
• 346-8.2 Central Mixing: After all materials are in the mixer, mix the concrete a minimum
of two minutes or the manufacturer's recommended minimum, whichever is longer, unless a
108 August 15, 2017
• reduced mixing time is authorized by the Department. Mix concrete containing microsilica in
accordance with the microsilica supplier's recommendations.
346-8.3 Transit Mixing: Initially mix each batch between 70 and 100 revolutions of the
drum at mixing speed. When water is added at the job site, mix the concrete 30 additional mixing
revolutions. When mixing for the purpose of adjusting consistency, do not allow the total number
of revolutions at mixing speed to exceed 160. Discharge all concrete from truck mixers before
total drum revolutions exceed 300.
Do not haul concrete in mixer trucks loaded with more than the rated capacity
shown on their attached plates.
346-8.4 Mixing at the Site: For mixing concrete at the job site, use a mixer of sufficient
capacity to prevent delays that may be detrimental to the quality of the work. Ensure that the
accuracy of batching equipment is in accordance with requirements of this Section.
346-8.5 Charging the Mixer; Charge each batch into the drum so that some water enters
both in advance of and after the cementitious material and aggregates. If using fly ash in the mix,
charge it into the drum over approximately the same interval as the cement. Introduce microsilica
into the mixer in accordance with the microsilica supplier's recommendations. The Contractor
may use other time intervals for the introduction of fly ash into the mix when the Contractor
demonstrates, using test requirements specified in ASTM C 94, that he can achieve uniformity of
the concrete mix.
For concrete mixes containing the corrosion inhibitor calcium nitrite, charge the
batch materials into the mixer in a sequence recommended by the calcium nitrite supplier.
346-8.6 Concreting in Cold Weather: Do not mix concrete when the air temperature is
• below 45 � F[7 � C] and falling. The Contractor may mix and place concrete when the air
temperature in the shade, and away from artificial heat, is above 40 ❑ F[4 ❑ C] and rising. Do not
heat aggregates or use salts to reduce the freezing temperature. Protect the fresh concrete from
freezing until the concrete reaches a minimum compressive strength of 1,500 psi [10 MPa]. Do
not apply this requirement where concrete is to be heat cured.
346-8.7 Concreting in Hot Weather: Hot weather concreting is defined as the production,
placing and curing of concrete when the concrete temperature at placing exceeds 85 ❑ F[30 ❑ C]
but is less than 100 ❑ F[40 ❑ C].
Unless the specified hot weather concreting special measures are in effect, including a design
mix complying with 346-6.2, the Engineer will reject concrete exceeding 85 ❑ F[30 ❑ C] at the
time of placement. Regardless of special measures taken, the Engineer will reject concrete
exceeding 100 ❑ F[40 ❑ C] . Predict the concrete temperatures at placement time and implement
hot weather measures to avoid production shutdown.
When the corrosion inhibitor calcium nitrite is used in a hot weather concrete mix, use a water
reducing retardant admixture (Type D) and a high range water reducing admixture (Type F), and
place the concrete in the early morning or at night.
346-8.8 Transit Time: Ensure compliance with the following maximum allowable time
between the initial introduction of water into the mix and depositing the concrete in place:
�
Non-A itator Trucks A itator Trucks
45 minutes 60 minutes
75 minutes* 90 minutes*
* When a water reducin and retardin admixture (T e D or T e G) is used.
109 August 15, 2017
. Non-A itator Trucks A itator Trucks
11 time limits aze subject to the ability of the Contractor to properly place and consolidate the concrete. When unable to place
d consolidate the concrete within the time limits specified above, reduce the time limits to those limits which will result in
cceptable placement and consolidation.
346-9 Plastic Concrete Verification Sampling and Testing.
The Department will make initial verification tests on a sample from the initial delivery
of each class of concrete to the job site each day to ensure compliance with the requirements in
this Section for air content, temperature and slump. Furnish the Engineer suffcient concrete of
each design mix as required by the Engineer for verification testing. Do not proceed with the
placement operation until the delivered concrete complies with the specified tolerances in this
Section for the plastic concrete. The Engineer will reject non-complying loads which cannot be
adjusted at the job site in accordance with 346-6.4 and the Standard Operating Procedures.
Ensure that corrections are made by the concrete producer on subsequent loads.
After the Contractor begins concrete placement, the Department will make intermediate
verification tests, as determined necessary by the Engineer, to ensure compliance with
specification requirements for concrete plastic properties. The Engineer will reject
non-complying loads which cannot be adjusted at the job site in accordance with 346-6.4 and the
Standard Operating Procedures.
If the Engineer obtains an intermediate verification test failure of a load of concrete
before any concrete from that load is placed, the Engineer will reject the load. Continue
placement operations with the next load that is in compliance with requirements for air content,
. temperature and slump. The Engineer will not terminate the LOT.
If the Engineer obtains an intermediate verification test failure of a load of concrete that
has been partially placed, The Engineer will reject the remainder of that load and terminate the
LOT. The Engineer will make acceptance cylinders representing that LOT from the same sample
of concrete unless acceptance cylinders have previously been made representing that LOT.
Following termination of a LOT, the Engineer will re-initiate initial verification tests
until such time as the air content, temperature and slump comply with specification
requirements. The Engineer will initiate a new LOT once the testing indicates compliance with
specification requirements.
When three consecutive LOTs, or when fve LOTs in two days of production of the same
design mix are outside the specified tolerances, suspend production. Make the necessary
revisions to concrete operations or the Quality Control Plan to bring the concrete within
allowable tolerances. Obtain the Engineer's approval of the revisions prior to resuming
production.
346-10 Acceptance Sampling and Testing.
346-10.1 General: The Department will make acceptance testing on samples of the
concrete delivered to the job site. Furnish the Engineer sufficient concrete of each design mix as
required by the Engineer for acceptance testing.
Furnish and maintain, throughout the required curing period, facilities suitable for
curing concrete test cylinders in accordance with the requirements of FM 1-T 023 including
power supply, equipment and materials necessary for proper operation.
346-10.2 Sampling Frequency for Acceptance Tests: The Engineer will randomly sample
• and test concrete for each design mix for air content, temperature, slump and compressive
110 August 15, 2017
• strength in accordance with the following schedules as a minimum. The Engineer will select
acceptance samples from each LOT on a random basis to represent the entire LOT of concrete.
The Engineer may perform additional sampling and testing to satisfy the Department's Material
Sampling, Testing and Reporting Guide requirements. If the Contractor stops concrete placement
for more than 90 minutes, the Engineer will initiate a new LOT when the Contractor restarts
concrete placement. The Engineer will terminate a LOT when any acceptance test fails.
Class Concrete Maximum LOT Size
I(Pavement) 1 mile [1.5 km] or ❑ day0s production,
whichever is less
I(Special) 150 yd3 [125 m3] or one day❑s production,
whichever is less
II, II (Bridge Deck), III, N, N(Drilled Shaft), 50 yd3 [40 m3], or one day�s production,
V(S ecial), V, VI whichever is less
III (Seal) Each Seal placement
346-10.3 Strength Test Definition: The Department will determine a strength test for a LOT as
the average of the compressive strengths of two test cylinders cast from a sample of concrete from the
LOT, except that if one test cylinder shows evidence of improper sampling, molding, handling, curing or
testing, the Engineer will disregard that cylinder and the Department will determine the compressive
strength value for the LOT as the test result of the remaining cylinder.
• 346-10.4 Acceptance of Hardened Concrete: The Engineer will accept (or reject) hardened
concrete on the basis of strength test results as defined in 346-103. The Engineer will not discard a
cylinder strength test result based on low strength (strength below the specified minimum strength as per
the provisions of 346-3 and 346-10). The Engineer will accept at full pay only LOTs of concrete
represented by strength test results which equal or exceed the respective specified minimum strength. The
Department will obtain strength test results at the frequency specified in 346-10.2.
346-11 Investigation of Low Strength Concrete for Structural Adequacy.
346-11.1 General: When a concrete acceptance strength test result falls more than 10% or
500 psi [3.5 MPa] below the specified minimum strength, whichever is the lesser deviation from
the specified minimum strength, and when the Department determines that an investigation is
necessary, the Department will make an investigation into the structural adequacy of the LOT of
concrete represented by that strength test result.
346-11.2 Determination of Structural Adequacy: When the Department determines a
need to investigate structural adequacy, perform a structural analysis as shown in (b) below or
take drilled core samples to determine the in-place strength of the LOT of concrete in question. If
the Contractor takes cores, both the Contractor and the Department shall accept the core strength
test results obtained as the in-place strength of the LOT of concrete in question. These core
strength test results will be final and used in lieu of the cylinder strength test results for
determination of structural adequacy.
If drilled cores are taken and the core strength test results are less than 10% below
the specified minimum strength, and this deviation from the specified minimum strength does
not exceed 500 psi [3.5 MPa], consider the concrete represented by the cores structurally
adequate. If the core strength test results are more than 10% or 500 psi [3.5 MPa] below the
• specified minimum strength, whichever is the lesser deviation from the specified minimum
111 August 15, 2017
• strength, the Department will consider the concrete represented by the cores structurally
questionable. Then the Contractor may either:
(a) Remove and replace the LOT of concrete in question at no additional
expense to the Department, or
(b) Submit a structural analysis performed by a Specialty Engineer. If the
results of the analysis, approved by the Department, indicate adequate strength to serve its
intended purpose with adequate durability, the Contractor may leave the concrete in place.
Otherwise, remove and replace the LOT of concrete in question at no additional expense to the
Department.
The Engineer may accept low strength concrete at reduced payment in accordance
with the provisions of 346-12.
346-11.3 Coring for Determination of Structural Adequacy: If the Contractor uses core
samples from the hardened concrete to determine structural adequacy, the Contractor shall obtain
the cores and repair the core holes. Drill the cores at the same approximate locations from which
the test cylinder concrete was obtained, as approved by the Engineer. Select the location of the
drilled cores so that the structure is not impaired and does not sustain permanent damage after
repairing the core holes. When the Contractor supplies drilled core samples, the Engineer will
require three undamaged samples. The Engineer will not accept cores taken without Department
approval.
346-11.4 Core Conditioning and Testing: If the Contractor provides drilled core samples
for determination of structural adequacy, the Department will test the cores in accordance with
FM 1-T 024. The Department will immerse the cores in water for at least 40 hours, and test the
• cores wet.
346-11.5 Core Strength Representing In-Place Concrete Strength: The Department will
consider the core strength obtained as the in-place concrete strength for structural determinations
of the LOT of concrete in question. The Department will calculate the strength value to be the
average of the compressive strengths of the three individual cores. The Department will accept
this strength at its actual measured value, as determined by FM 1-T 024.
346-12 Pay Adjustments for Low Strength Concrete.
346-12.1 General: The Engineer may accept any LOT of concrete failing to meet the specified
minimum strength as defined in 346-3, 346-10 and 346-11 when the Department determines that the
concrete has been adequately consolidated, cured, and satisfactorily meets all other requirements of the
Contract Documents, including structural adequacy. The Engineer will individually reduce in price, in
accordance with 346-12, any LOT of low strength concrete accepted.
346-12.2 Basis for Pay Adjustments: When a concrete acceptance strength test result falls
more than 10% ar 500 psi [3.5 MPa] below the specified minimum strength, whichever is the lesser
deviation from the specified minimum strength, the Contractor may elect to drill core samples from the
respective LOT of concrete represented by the low acceptance strength test result for determining pay
adjustments.
When cores are not taken, the Engineer will determine payment reductions based upon
the results of strength tests performed on acceptance sample cylinders required in accordance with
346-10.
When the Contractor elects to supply drilled cores and submits acceptable drilled core
samples to the Engineer for testing, the Engineer will determine payment reductions based upon the
results of strength tests performed on those cores. Both the Contractor and the Department shall accept
the results of strength tests of the drilled cores, subject to 346-12.5 and 346-12.6, as final and in lieu of
• the cylinder strength test results for determining pay adjustments.
112 August 15, 2017
•
�
•
Do not core hardened concrete for determining pay adjustments when the 28-day
acceptance cylinder strength test results are less than 10% below the specified minimum strength, and this
deviation from the specified minimum strength does not exceed 500 psi [3.5 MPa].
346-12.3 Coring for Determination of Pay Adjustments: If the Contractor elects to drill
core samples from the hardened concrete for determination of pay adjustments, obtain the cores
in accordance with 346-11.3.
346-12.4 Core Conditioning and Testing: If the Contractor elects to provide drilled core
samples for determination of pay adjustments, the Department will test the cores in accordance
with 346-11.4.
346-12.5 Core Strength Representing Equivalent 28-Day Strength: For cores tested no
later than 42 days after the concrete was cast, the Engineer will accept the core strengths
obtained as representing the equivalent 28-day strength of the LOT of concrete in question. The
Department will calculate the strength value to be the average of the compressive strengths of the
three individual cores. The Department will accept this strength at its actual measured value, as
determined by FM 1-T 024.
346-12.6 Core Strength Adjustments: For cores tested later than 42 days after the
concrete was cast, the Department will establish the equivalency between 28-day strength and
strength at ages after 42 days based on test data developed by a Department approved testing
laboratory to relate strength at the actual test age to 28-day strength for the particular class of
concrete and design mix represented by the cores. Obtain such data at no additional expense to
the Department. When such data is not available and cannot be produced, as determined by the
Department, the Department will determine the equivalent 28-day strength by adjusting the
tested core strengths according to the following relationship:
where:
Equivalent 28-Day Strength = Avera�e Core Stren ht X�100_
F
F= 4.4 + 39.1 (ln x) -3.1 (ln x)❑
F = -17.8 + 46.3 (ln x) -3.3 (ln x)❑
F= 48.5 + 19.4 (ln x) -1.4 (ln x)❑
x= number of days since the concrete was placed
ln = natural log
(Type I Cement)
(Type II Cement)
(Type III Cement)
346-12.7 Calculating Pay Adjustments: The Engineer will determine payment reductions
for low strength concrete, accepted by the Department and represented by either cylinder or core
strength test results below the specified minimum strength, in accordance with the following:
Reduction in Pay = $0.80/yd 3[$1.05/m3] for each 10 psi [70 kPa] of strength test
value below the specified minimum strength.
The Engineer will denominate low strength concrete paid on a per foot [meter]
basis in cubic yards [cubic meters] by multiplying the plan cross-section of the element
incorporating the low strength concrete by the full length of that element, or by 150 feet [45 m],
whichever is less.
113
August 15, 2017
• The Engineer will apply a reduction in pay to the entire LOT of concrete
represented by the low strength test results except as noted above for concrete paid on a per foot
[meter] basis, where the amount might exceed one LOT.
114 August 15, 2017
•
•
711 THERMOPLASTIC PAVEMENT MARKINGS.
(REV 2-24-15) (FA 3-13-15) (7-15)
SECTION 711 is deleted and the following substituted:
SECTION 711
THERMOPLASTIC PAVEMENT MARKINGS
711-1 Description.
Apply new thermoplastic pavement markings, or refurbish existing thermoplastic
pavement markings, in accordance with the Contract Documents.
711-2 Materials.
Use only materials listed on the Department's Approved Product List (APL) meeting the
following requirements.
Standard and Refurbishment Thermoplastic
.........................................
Preformed Thermoplastic
Glass Spheres ..................
�
�
..........................
971-1 and 971-5
971-1 and 971-6
971-1 and 971-2
Use sand materials meeting the requirements of 971-5.4.
The Engineer will take random samples of all material in accordance with the
Department's Sampling, Testing and Reporting Guide schedule.
711-3 Equipment.
Use equipment capable of providing continuous, uniform heating of the pavement
marking material to temperatures exceeding 390°F, mixing and agitation of the material in the
reservoir to provide a homogeneous mixture without segregation. Use equipment that will
maintain the pavement marking material in a plastic state, in all mixing and conveying parts,
including the line dispensing device until applied. Use equipment which can produce varying
width lines and which meets the following requirements:
1. Capable of traveling at a uniform, predetermined rate of speed, both uphill and
downhill, to produce a uniform application of pavement marking material and capable of
following straight lines and making normal curves in a true arc.
2. Capable of applying glass spheres to the surface of the completed pavement
marking by a double drop application for standard thermoplastic pavement markings and a single
drop application for recapping and refurbishment thermoplastic pavement markings. The bead
dispenser for the first bead drop shall be attached to the pavement marking machine in such a
manner that the beads are dispensed closely behind the installed line. The second bead dispenser
bead shall be attached to the pavement marking machine in such a manner that the beads are
dispensed immediately after the first bead drop application. Use glass spheres dispensers
equipped with an automatic cut-off control that is synchronized with the cut-off of the
thermoplastic material and applies the glass spheres uniformly on the entire pavement markings
surface with 50 to 60% embedment.
3. Equipped with a special kettle for uniformly heating and melting the pavement
marking material. The kettle must be equipped with an automatic temperature control device and
115 August 15, 2017
� material thermometer for positive temperature control and to prevent overheating or scorching of
the thermoplastic material.
4. Meet the requirements of the National Fire Protection Association, state, and
local authorities.
711-4 Application.
711-4.1 General: Remove existing pavement markings such that scars or traces of
removed markings will not conflict with new pavement markings by a method approved by the
Engineer. Cost for removing conflicting pavement markings during maintenance of traffic
operations to be included in Maintenance of Traffic, Lump Sum.
Before applying pavement markings, remove any material that would adversely
affect the bond of the pavement markings by a method approved by the Engineer.
Before applying pavement markings to any portland cement concrete surface,
apply a primer, sealer, or surface preparation adhesive of the type recommended by the
manufacturer. Offset longitudinal lines at least 2 inches from any longitudinal joints of portland
cement concrete pavement.
Apply pavement markings to dry surfaces only, and when the ambient air and
surface temperature is at least 50°F and rising for asphalt surfaces and 60°F and rising for
concrete surfaces.
Apply pavement markings to the same tolerances in dimensions and in alignment
specified in 710-5. When applying pavement markings over existing markings, ensure that no
more than 2 inches on either end and not more than 1 inch on either side of the existing line is
• visible.
Apply thermoplastic material to the pavement by extrusion or other means
approved by the Engineer.
Conduct field tests in accordance with FM 5-541.Take test readings representative
of the pavement marking performance. Remove and replace pavement markings not meeting the
requirements of this Section at no additional cost to the Department.
Wait at least 14 days after constructing the final asphalt surface course to place
thermoplastic pavement markings. Provide temporary pavement markings during the interim
period prior to opening the road to traffic.
711-4.1.1 Preformed Thermoplastic: Apply markings to dry surfaces only and
when ambient air temperature is at least 32°F. Prior to installation, follow the manufacturer's
recommendations for pre-heating.
711-4.2 Thickness:
711-4.2.1 Standard Thermoplastic Markings: Apply or recap standard
thermoplastic pavement markings for longitudinal lines to attain a minimum thickness of
0.10 inch or 100 mils and a maximum thickness 0.15 inch or 150 mils maximum thickness, when
measured above the pavement surface.
All chevrons, diagonal and transverse lines, messages, symbols, and
arrows, wherever located, will have a thickness of 0.09 inch or 90 mils to 0.12 inch or 120 mils
when measured above the pavement surface.
Measure, record and certify on Department approved form and submit to
the Engineer, the thickness of white and yellow pavement markings in accordance with FM 5-
541.
• The Engineer will verify the thickness of the pavement markings in
accordance with FM 5-541 within 30 days of receipt of the Contractor's certification.
116 August 15, 2017
• 711-4.2.2 Refurbishment Thermoplastic Markings: Apply a minimum of
0.06 inch or 60 mils of thermoplastic material. Ensure that the combination of the existing
marking and the overlay after application of glass spheres does not exceed the maximum
thickness of 0.150 inch or 150 mils for all lines.
Measure, record and certify on Department approved form and submit to
the Engineer, the thickness of white and yellow pavement markings in accordance with FM 5-
541.
The Engineer will verify the thickness of the pavement markings in
accordance with FM 5-541 within 30 days of receipt of the Contractor's certification.
711-4.2.3 Preformed Thermoplastic: Apply 0.125 inch or 125 mils of
preformed thermoplastic material.
Measure, record and certify on Department approved form and submit to
the Engineer, the thickness of the pavement markings in accordance with FM 5-541.
711-4.3 Retroreflectivity: Apply white and yellow pavement markings that will attain an
initial retroreflectivity of not less than 450 mcd/lx•m2 and not less than 350 mcd/lx•m2,
respectively for all longitudinal lines. All chevrons, diagonal lines, stop lines, messages,
symbols, and arrows will attain an initial retroreflectivity of not less than 300 mcd/lx•m2 and
250 mcd/lx•mZ for white and yellow respectively. All crosswalks and bicycle markings shall
attain an initial retroreflectivity of not less than 275 mcd/lx•m2.
Measure, record and certify on Department approved form and submit to the
Engineer, the retroreflectivity of white and yellow pavement markings in accordance with FM 5-
541.
• 711-4.4 Glass Spheres:
711-4.4.1 Longitudinal Lines: For standard thermoplastic markings, apply the
first drop of Type 4 or larger glass spheres immediately followed by the second drop of Type 1
glass spheres. For refurbishment thermoplastic markings, apply a single drop of Type 3 glass
spheres. Apply reflective glass spheres to all markings at the rates determined by the
manufacturer's recommendations.
•
711-4.4.2 Chevrons, Diagonal and Transverse Lines, Messages, Symbols, and
Arrows: For standard or refurbishment thermoplastic markings, apply a single drop of Type 1
glass spheres. Apply retroreflective glass spheres to all markings at the rates determined by the
manufacturer's recommendations.
Apply a mixture consisting of 50% glass spheres and 50% sharp silica
sand to all standard thermoplastic crosswalk lines at the rates determined by the manufacturer's
recommendations.
711-4.4.3 Preformed Markings: These markings are factory supplied with glass
spheres and skid resistant material. No additional glass spheres or skid resistant material should
be applied during installation.
711-5 Contractor's Responsibility for Notification.
Notify the Engineer prior to the placement of the materials. Furnish the Engineer with the
manufacturer's name and batch numbers of the thermoplastic materials and glass spheres to be
used. Ensure that the approved batch numbers appear on the thermoplastic materials and glass
spheres packages.
117 August 15, 2017
• 711-6 Protection of Newly Applied Thermoplastic Pavement Markings.
Do not allow traffic onto or permit vehicles to cross newly applied pavement markings
until they are sufficiently dry. Remove and replace any portion of the pavement markings
damaged by passing traffic or from any other cause, at no additional cost to the Department.
711-7 Observation Period.
Longitudinal pavement markings are subject to a 180 day observation period under
normal traffic. The observation period shall begin with the satisfactory completion and
acceptance of the work.
The longitudinal pavement markings shall show no signs of failure due to blistering,
excessive cracking, chipping, discoloration, poor adhesion to the pavement, loss of
retroreflectivity or vehicular damage. The retroreflectivity shall meet the initial requirements of
711-4.3. The Department reserves the right to check the retroreflectivity any time prior to the end
of the observation period.
Replace, at no additional expense to the Department, any longitudinal pavement
markings that do not perform satisfactorily under traffic during the 180 day observation period.
711-8 Corrections for Deficiencies.
Recapping applies to conditions where additional pavement marking material is applied
to new or refurbished pavement markings to correct a thickness deficiency. Correct deficiencies
by recapping or removal and reapplication of a 1 mile section centered around the deficiency, as
determined by the Engineer, at no additional cost to the Department.
• 711-9 Submittals.
711-9.1 Submittal Instructions: Prepare a certification of quantities, using the
Department's current approved form, for each project in the Contract. Submit the certification of
quantities and daily worksheets to the Engineer. The Department will not pay for any disputed
items until the Engineer approves the certification of quantities.
711-9.2 Contractor's Certification of Quantities: Request payment by submitting a
certification of quantities no later than Twelve O clock noon Monday after the estimate cut-off
date or as directed by the Engineer, based on the amount of work done or completed. Ensure the
certification of quantities consists of the following:
1. Contract Number, FPID Number, Certification Number, Certification Date and
the period that the certification represents.
2. The basis for arriving at the amount of the progress certification, less payments
previously made and less any amount previously retained or withheld. The basis will include a
detailed breakdown provided on the certification of items of payment.
711-10 Method of Measurement.
The quantities, authorized and acceptably applied, under this Section will be paid as
follows:
1. The length, in gross miles, of solid, 10'-30' skip, 3'-9' dotted, 6'-10' dotted,
and 2'-4' dotted lines.
2. The length, in linear feet, of transverse lines, diagonal lines, chevrons, and
parking spaces.
•
118 August 15, 2017
• 3. The number of pavement messages, symbols, and arrows. Each arrow is paid as
a complete marking, regardless of the number of "points" or directions.
4. The area, in square feet, for removal of existing markings acceptably removed.
Payment for removal of conflicting markings will be in accordance with 102-5.8. Payment for
removal of non-conflicting markings will be paid separately.
The gross mile measurement will be taken as the distance from the beginning of the
thermoplastic line to the end of the thermoplastic line and will include the unmarked gaps for
skip and dotted lines. The gross mile measurement will not include designated unmarked lengths
at intersections, turn lanes, etc. Final measurement will be determined by plan dimensions or
stations, subject to 9-1.3.1.
711-11 Basis of Payment.
Prices and payments will be full compensation for all work specified in this Section,
including, all cleaning and preparing of surfaces, furnishing of all materials, application, curing
and protection of all items, protection of traffic, furnishing of all tools, machines and equipment,
and all incidentals necessary to complete the work. Final payment will be withheld until all
deficiencies are corrected.
Payment will be made under:
Item No. 711 Thermoplastic Pavement Markings
Solid - per gross mile.
Solid - per linear foot.
Skip - per gross mile.
• Dotted - per gross mile.
Message or Symbol - each.
Arrows - each.
Yield Line - per linear foot.
•
Remove - per square foot.
119 August 15, 2017
• 916 BITUMINOUS MATERIALS.
(REV 2-16-16) (FA 3-30-16) (7-16)
•
•
SECTION 916 is deleted and the following substituted:
SECTION 916
BITUMINOUS MATERIALS
916-1 General.
All products supplied under this Specification shall be one of the products included on
the Approved Product List (APL). Producers seeking evaluation of a product for inclusion on the
APL shall submit an application in accordance with Section 6.
For liquid anti-strip agents, in addition to the above, producers shall include a report of
test results from an independent laboratory confirming the material meets the requirements of
this section. In lieu of submitting test results from an independent laboratory, the Department
will evaluate the material. For each liquid anti-strip agent, the producer will submit one pint of a
representative sample of liquid anti-strip agent to the State Materials Office when submitting the
APL application to the Department's Product Evaluation Section.
Any marked variation from the original test values for a material below the established
limits or evidence of inadequate quality control or field performance of a material will be
considered sufficient evidence that the properties of the material have changed, and the material
will be removed from the APL.
916-2 Superpave PG Asphalt Binder:
916-2.1 Requirements: Superpave Performance Graded (PG) asphalt binders, identifed
as PG 52-28, PG 58-22, PG 67-22, polymer modifed asphalt (PMA) binders, PG 76-22 (PMA)
and PG 82-22 (PMA), and asphalt rubber binders (ARB), PG 76-22 (ARB), shall meet the
requirements of 916-2 and AASHTO M 332-14. All PG asphalt binders shall meet the following
additional requirements:
1. The intermediate test temperature at 10 rad/sec. for the Dynamic Shear
Rheometer (DSR) test (AASHTO T 315-12) shall be 26.5°C for PG grades PG 67 and higher.
2. An additional high temperature grade of PG 67 is added for which the high test
temperature at 10 rad/sec for the DSR test (AASHTO T 315-12) shall be 67°C.
3. All PG asphalt binders having a high temperature designation of PG 67 or
lower shall be prepared without modification.
4. All PMA binders having a high temperature designation higher than PG 67
shall only be produced with a styrene-butadiene-styrene (SBS) or styrene-butadiene (SB)
elastomeric polymer modifier and the resultant binder shall meet all requirements of this Section.
5. Polyphosphoric acid may be used as a modifier not exceeding 0.75% by weight
of asphalt hinder for PG 76-22 (PMA), PG 76-22 (ARB), and PG 82-22 (PMA) binders.
6. PG 76-22 (ARB) shall meet the additional requirements of 916-2.1.1.
7. All PG asphalt binders having a high temperature designation of PG 67 or
lower shall not have a high temperature true grade more than 5.9°C higher than the specified PG
grade, (for example, if a PG 58-22 is specified, do not supply a PG 64-22 or higher).
For all PG binder used in all hot mix asphalt, silicone may be added to the PG
binder at the rate of 25 cubic centimeters of silicone mixed to each 5,000 gallons of PG binder. If
120 August 15, 2017
• a disbursing fluid is used in conjunction with the silicone, the resultant mixture containing the
full 25 cubic centimeters of silicone shall be added in accordance with the manufacturer's
recommendation. The blending of the silicone with the PG binder shall be done by the supplier
prior to the shipment. When the asphalt binder will be used with a foaming warm mix
technology, refer to the technology supplier's guidance on the addition of silicone.
Where an anti-strip additive is required, per the requirements of Sections 334 and
337, the amount shalI be from 0.25% to 0.75% by weight of asphalt binder. The anti-strip
additive shall meet the requirements of 916-4. The anti-strip additive shall be introduced into the
PG binder by the supplier during loading.
916-2.1.1 Additional Requirements for PG 76-22 (ARB): The following
additional requirements apply only to PG 76-22 (ARB):
1. The asphalt binder shall contain a minimum of 7.0% ground tire rubber
(GTR) by weight of asphalt binder.
2. The GTR shall meet the requirements of Section 919.,
3. Polymer modification is optional for PG 76-22 (ARB).
4. Use of excess PG 76-22 (ARB): The Contractor may use excess PG 76-
22 (ARB) in other asphalt concrete mixes requiring the use of a PG 67-22 binder by blending
with straight PG 67-22 binder so that the total amount of ground tire rubber in the binder is less
than 2.0%. The Contractor may use excess PG 76-22 (ARB) in asphalt concrete mixtures
requiring the use of a PG 52-28 or PG 58-22 by blending with the designated binder in such
proportions that the total amount of ground tire rubber in the binder is less than 1.0%.
916-2.2 Compliance with Materials Manual: Producers of Superpave PG binders shall
• meet the requirements of Section 3.5, Volume II of the Department's Material Manual, which
may be viewed at the following URL:
http://www.dot. state. fl.us/pro grammanagement/Implemented/URLinS,pecs/files/Section3.5 -
100915.pdf
916-2.3 Reporting: Specification compliance testing results shall be reported for the tests
in the table below, unless noted otherwise. Quality control (QC) testing results shall be reported
for original binder DSR (G/sin 8 and phase angle, as applicable).
•
121 August 15, 2017
•
•
•
SUPERPAVE PG ASPHALT BINDER
Specification
Test and Method Conditions Minimum/Maximum
Value
Superpave PG Asphalt Report
Binder Grade
APL Number Re ort
Polymer, Ground Tire Rubber with
Modifier (name and type) Approved Product List (APL) number, Report
Sulfur, PPA, REOB, and any
Rejuvenating Agents
Original Binder
Solubility, Minimum 99.0%
AASHTO T 44-14 in Trichloroethylene (Not applicable for PG
76-22 (ARB))
Flash Point, Cleveland Open Cup Minimum 450°F
AASHTO T 48-06 (2015)
Rotational Viscosity, 2�5°F Maximum 3 Pa•s�a�
AASHTO T 316-13
Dynamic Shear G'/sin S Minimum 1.00 kPa
Rheometer �b�, Phase Angle, 5���
AASHTO T 315-12 PG 76-22 (PMA) and PG 76-22 (ARB)�d� Maximum 75 degrees
PG 82-22 (PMA) Maximum 65 de rees
Separation Test,
ASTM D 7173-14 and 163f5°C
Softening Point, Maximum 15°F
AASHTO T 53-09 (2013) 48 hours (PG 76-22 (ARB) onl )
Rollin Thin Film Oven Test Residue (AASHTO T 240-09)
Rolling Thin Film Oven, Mass Change % Maximum 1.00
AASHTO T 240-13
Multiple Stress Creep Grade Temperature
Recovery, J�r, 3.z (Unmodified binders only) "S" = 4.SOkPa � max
AASHTO M 332-14
Multiple Stress Creep o "V" = 1.0 kPa 1 max
Recovery, Jnr, 3.z�d° e° � 67 C "E" = 0.5 kPa I max
AASHTO M 332-14 (Modified binders only) Maximum J„�,a;�= 75%
Multiple Stress Creep o %R3.2 > 29.37
Recovery, %Recovery�a, e� 67 C �Jnr 3 2�-02633
AASHTO M 332-14 (Modified binders only)
�
Pressure Aging Vessel Residue (AASHTO R 28-12)
Dynamic Shear Rheometer, G`sin S, Maximum 5000 kPa�f g
AASHTO T 315-12 10 rad/sec.
122 August 15, 2017
• Creep Stiffness, S(Stiffness), @ 60 sec. Maxitr�um 300 MPa
AASHTO T 313-12 m-value, (a� 60 sec. Minimum 0.300
a) Binders with values higher than 3 Pa•s should be used with caution and only after consulting with the su.pplier as to any
;pecial handling procedures, including pumping capabilities.
b) Dynamic Shear Rheometer (AASHTO T 315) shall be performed on original binders for the purposes of QC testing only.
c) T'he original binder phase angle (AASHTO T 315-12) shall be performed at grade temperature.
d) AASHTO T 315-12 and AASHTO T 350-14 will be performed at a 2 mm gap for PG 76-22 (ARB)
e) All binders with a high temperature designation >67 will be tested at 67°C. PG 76-22 (PMA) and PG 7fi-22 (ARB) sha11 pass
i"V" graded and PG 82-22 (PMA) shall pass an"E" grade per AASHTO M 332-14.
� A maximum Jnr diff= 75% does not apply for any Jnr value < 0.5 kPa-1.
Q) For all PG grades of a PG 67 or higher, perform the PAV residue testinQ at 26.5°C with a maximum of :5000 kPa.
916-3 Asphalt Emulsions.
916-3.1 Compliance with Materials Manual: Producers of asphalt emulsions shall meet
the requirements of Section 3.4, Volume II of the Department's Material Manual, which may be
viewed at the following URL:
http://www.dot. state.fl.us/pro�rammanagement/Im�lemented/URLinSpecs/fi les/Section3.4-
100915.pdf
916-3.2 Requirements: Use a prime coat meeting the requirements of AASHTO M 140-
13 for anionic emulsions, AASHTO M 208-01 (2013) or AASHTO M 316-13 for cationic
emulsions, or as specified in the Producer's QC Plan. For anionic emulsions, the cement mixing
test will be waived. For tack products the minimum testing requirements shall include percent
residue, naphtha content (as needed), one-day storage stability, sieve test, Saybol�t Furol
• viscosity, original DSR, and solubility (on an annual basis). Residue testing shalll be performed
on residue obtained from distillation (AASHTO T 59-15) or low- temperature e��aporation
(AASHTO PP 72-11(2013) Method B).
•
916-4 Liquid Anti-strip Agents.
916-4.1 Requirements: Liquid anti-strip agents shall be tested in accord;�nce with FM 1-
T 283. A minimum tensile strength ratio of 0.80 must be obtained when testing �the liquid anti-
strip with various aggregate sources and two nominal maximum aggregate size n�ixtures.
Specific requirements are contained in the APL process.
916-4.2 Mix Design Verification: Inclusion of a liquid anti-strip agent on the APL does
not guarantee that the anti-strip will be approved for use in an asphalt mixture. Particular
aggregate sources may require moisture susceptibility testing per FM 1-T 283 for each mix
design. Results from this testing may meet the Department's requirement of mir�imum tensile
strength ratio of 0.80 or may indicate the need for a larger dosage rate of anti-striip agent (up to
0.75% maximum) or a different anti-strip agent to meet the specifcation require�nents.
123 A,ugust 15, 2017
• 971 PAVEMENT MARKING MATERIALS.
(REV 3-3-15) (FA 3-19-15) (7-15)
SECTION 971 is deleted and the following substituted:
SECTION 971
PAVEMENT MARHING MATERIALS
971-1 General Requirements.
971-1.1 Packaging and Labeling: The name and address of the manufacturer shall be
shown on the label. The label must also show the color, date of manufacturer, lot number and
APL number. The label shall warn the user of any special handling or precautions of the
material, as recommended by the manufacturer. Any packaging and labeling not so marked will
not be accepted.
971-L2 Storage: All materials must have a container storage life of one year from date
of manufacture. Any pavement marking materials, which although inspected and approved at the
point of manufacture, hardens or livers in the containers will be rejected even though it conforms
to these Specifications in all other respects.
971-1.3 Mixing: All paints shall be delivered to the project completely m.ixed, and ready
to be used without additional oil or thinner. Thinners shall not be used under any circumstances.
971-1.4 Approved Product List (APL): All pavement marking materials shall be one of
• the products listed on the Department's Approved Product List (APL). Manufacturers seeking
evaluation of their product shall submit an application in accordance with Sectio�l6 accompanied
by a copy of the infrared identification curve (2.5 to 15 µm) for the vehicle com��onent. The
Department will test all pavement marking materials in accordance with FMS-541, Part B. A
notation of the number of coats and the thickness of each coat at which the product passes testing
may be placed on the APL. When listed, this will be the minimum criteria for application of the
pavement marking material.
971-1. 5 Samples: Field samples will be obtained in accordance with the Department's
Sampling, Testing and Reporting Guide Schedule.
971-1. 6 Color: Materials other than white and yellow shall meet the color requirements
as identifed in 23 CFR 665 Table 5 Appendix to Part 655, Subpart F. White colored materials
will only be required to meet the initial daytime chromaticity requirements.
Yellow materials for pavement markings shall meet the following performance
requirements. The initial daytime chromaticity for yellow materials shall fall witllin the box
created by the following coordinates:
•
Initial Daytime Chromaticity Coordinates (Corner Points)
1 2 3 4
x 0.530 0.510 0.455 0.472
y 0.456 0.485 0.444 0.400
The nighttime chromaticity for yellow materials shall fall within the box created
by the following coordinates:
124 August 15, 2017
• Ni httime Chromaticity Coordinates (Corner Points)
1 2 3 4
x 0.575 0.508 0.473 0.510
y 0.425 0.415 0.453 0.490
•
•
971-1.7 Additional Requirements: Pavement marking materials shall be characterized
as non-hazardous as defined by Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA) 40 CFR 261.
Provide supporting independent analytical data or product material safety data sheets (MSDS)
identifying any components listed in Table 1 of 40 CFR 261.24.
Additionally, retroreflective elements shall contain no more than 200 ppm by
weight of lead or arsenic when tested in accordance with the Environmental Protection Agency
(EPA) Testing Methods 3052, 6010B, and 6010C.
971-2 Glass Spheres.
971-2.1 General Requirements: Glass spheres shall be of a composition designed to be
highly resistant to traffic wear and to the effects of weathering for the production of a reflective
surface, without altering day visibility of the marking. The general requirements of 971-1 apply
to glass spheres.
971-2.2 Specific Properties: The large (Type 3 or larger) glass spheres used for drop on
beads shall have an adhesion coating. Type 1 glass spheres used for drop on beads shall have a
dual coating. Beads used in the intermix of materials are not required to be coated.
The following physical requirements apply:
Property Test Method Specification
Roundness* ASTM D1155 Min: 70 % by weight
Roundness** ASTM Dl 155 Min: 80% b wei ht
Refractive Index* Becke Line Method (25+/-SC) 1.5 minimum
Refractive Index** ecke Line Method (25+/-SC) 1.9 minimum
*Type 1, 3, 4 and 5 beads
**Hi h Index beads
Percent by Mass Passing Designated Sieve (ASTM D1214)
Sieve Size Gradin Desi nation
Type 1 Type 3(FP 96) Type 4(FP 96) Type 5(FP 96) High Index
(AASHTO)
No. 8 100
No. 10 100 95 - 100
No. 12 100 95 - 100 80 - 95
No. 14 95 - 100 80 - 95 10 - 40
No. 16 100 80 - 95 10 - 40 0- 5 100
No.18 10-40 0-5 0-2
No. 20 95 - 100 0- 5 0- 2 95 - 100
No. 25 0 - 2
No. 30 75 - 95 55 - 85
125 August 15, 2017
C�
Percent by Mass Passin Desi ated Sieve (ASTM D1214)
Sieve Size Gradin Desi ation
Type 1 Type 3(FP 96) Type 4(FP 96) Type 5(FP 96) High Index
(AASHTO)
No. 40 15 - 45
No.50 15-35 0-5
No. 80
No. 100 0 - 5
971-2.3 Sampling: A random 50 pound sample of glass spheres shall be obtained for
each 50,000 pound shipped. Send each 50 pound sample to the State Materials Office.
971-2.4 Containers: The spheres shall be furnished in new 50 pound moisture-proof
bags or 2000 pound triwall boxes. All containers shall meet Interstate Commerce Commission
requirements for strength and type.
971-3 Standard Paint.
971-3.1 General: Standard paints shall include water reducible products that are single
packaged and ready mixed. The paint shall have the capability of being cleaned and flushed from
the pavement marking machines using regular tap water and any required rust inhibitors. The
manufacturer shall have the option of formulating the paint according to his own specifications.
However, the requirements delineated in this Specification and Section 710 shall apply
regardless of the type of formulation used. The paint shall be free from all skins, dirt and foreign
• objects.
971-3.2 Composition:
Com onent Test Method Criteria
Total Solids, by weight ASTM D2369 minimum 75%
Pigments, by wei ht ASTM D3723 minimum 57%
Vehicle Solids % of Vehicle* minimum 40%
Ti02, Type II Rutile (white aint only) ASTM D476 minimum 1.01b/ al
Volatile Or anic Content, (VOC) ASTM D3960 maximum 150
*Vehicte Solids % of Vehicle =% total solids -% niement
100 - % pigment
971-3.3 Physical Requirements: Test laboratory samples in accordance with ASTM
E811 and E1349 and also meet the following criteria:
126 August 15, 2017
•
Property Test Method Minimum Maximum
Densit ASTM D1475 13.5 � 1.41b/gal -
Viscosit at 77°F ASTM D562 80 KU 100 KU
Fineness of Grind ASTM D1210 3(HS)
Dry Opacity at ASTM D2805 0.92 -
5 mils WFT
Bleed Ratio ASTM D969 0.95 -
Flexibility ASTM D522 pass -
Method B
Abrasion Resistance ASTM D4060 Pass -
971-3.3.1 Set To Bear Traffic Time: The paint shall set to bear traffic in not
more than two minutes.
971-3.3.2 Abrasion Resistance: Test four samples using a Taber Abrader. The
paint shall be applied to specimen plates using a drawdown blade having a clearance of 20 mils.
Clean with a soft brush and weigh each sample. Abrade samples for 1,000 cycles with a
combined load of 500 g(arm plus auxiliary weight) on each arm and CS-10 wheels. Clean the
samples with a soft brush and weigh again. The average weight loss for the four plates shall not
exceed 75 mg per plate.
971-3.3.3 Retroreflectivity: The white and yellow pavement markings shall
attain an initial retroreflectance of not less than 300 mcd/lx•m2 and 250 mcd/lx•m2, respectively.
� The retroreflectance of the white and yellow pavement markings at the end of the six month
period shall not be less than 150 mcd/lx•m2.
971-3.4 Application Properties: Meet the requirements of Section 710 for application
properties.
971-3.5 Packaging and Labeling: The paint shall be placed in 55 gallon open-end steel
drums with a re-usable multi-seal sponge gasket or 275 gallon Intermediate Bulk Container
(IBC). No more than 50 gallons of paint shall be placed in any drum or 250 gallons in any IBC to
allow for expansion during transport and storage. Clearly mark the containers with the weight in
pounds per gallon, the volume of materials in units of gallons.
•
971-4 Durable Paint.
971-4.1 General: Durable paints shall include water reducible products that are single
packaged and ready mixed. The paint shall have the capability of being cleaned and flushed from
the pavement marking machines using regular tap water and any required rust inhibitors. The
manufacturer shall have the option of formulating the material according to his own
specifications. However, the requirements delineated in this Specification and Section 710 shall
apply regardless of the type of formulation used. The paint shall be free from all skins, dirt and
foreign objects. The manufacturer shall provide the recommended thickness prior to installation.
971-4.2 Composition:
Com onent Test Method Criteria
Total Solids, b wei ht ASTM D2369 75% minimum
Pi ments, b wei ht ASTM D3723 5?% minimum
Vehicle Solids, % on Vehicle' 40% minimum
Ti02, Type II Rutile (white paint only) ASTM D476 1.O lb/gal minimum
127 August 15, 2017
. Component Test Method Criteria
Volatile Or�anic Content, (VOC) ASTM D3960 150 ¢/L maximum
•
✓ehicle Solids % of Vehicle =% total solids -% ni�ment
100 - % pigment
ehicle solids shall be 100% acrvlic emulsion nolymer.
971-4.3 Physical Requirements: Test laboratory samples in accordance with
ASTM E811 and E1349 and also meet the following criteria:
Pro ert Test Method Minimum Maximum
Densit ASTM D 1475 13.5 � 1.4 lb/ al N/A
Viscosity at 77°F ASTM D562 80 KU 100 KU
Fineness of Grind ASTM D1210 3(HS)
Dry Opacity at 0.92 -
5 mils WFT ASTM D2805
Bleed Ratio ASTM D969 0.95 -
Flexibility ASTM D522 Pass -
Method B
Abrasion Resistance ASTM D4060 Pass -
971-4.3.1 Set To Bear Traf�c Time: The paint shall set to bear traffic in not
more than ten minutes.
971-4.3.2 Abrasion Resistance: Test four samples using a Taber Abrader. The
paint shall be applied to specimen plates using a drawdown blade having a clearance of 20 mils.
Air dry each sample until fully cured based on the manufacturers product recommendation.
Clean with a soft brush and weigh each sample. Abrade samples for 1,000 cycles with a
combined load of 500 g(arm plus auxiliary weight) on each arm and CS-10 wheels. Clean the
samples with a soft brush and weigh again. The average weight loss for the four plates shall not
exceed 75 mg per plate.
971-4.3.3 Retroreflectivity: The white and yellow pavement markings shall
attain an initial retroreflectance of not less than 450 mcd/lx•m2 and 300 mcd/1x�m2, respectively.
The retroreflectance of the white and yellow pavement markings at the end of the l 8 month
period shall not be less than 150 mcd/1x�m2.
971-4.4 Application Properties: Application properties shall meet the requirements of
Section 710.
971-4.5 Packaging and Labeling: The paint shall be placed in 55 gallon open-end steel
drums with a re-usable multi-seal sponge gasket or 275 gallon Intermediate Bulk Container
(IBC). No more than 50 gallons of paint shall be placed in any drum or 250 gallons in any IBC to
allow for expansion during transport and storage. Clearly mark the containers with the weight in
pounds per gallon, the volume of materials in units of gallons.
128 August 15, 2017
• 971-5 Standard Thermoplastic Material.
971-5.1 General: The manufacturer shall utilize alkyd based materials only and shall
have the option of formulating the material according to his own specifications. However, the
requirements delineated in this Specification and Section 711 shall apply regardless of the type
of formulation used. The pigment, glass spheres, and filler shall be well dispersed in the resin.
971-5.2 Composition:
Com onent Test Method White Yellow
Binder 20.0% minimum 20.0% minimum
TiOz, T e II Rutile ASTM D476 10.0% minimum -
Glass Spheres AASHTO T250 40.0% minimum 40.0% minimum
Yellow Pigrnent _ % minimum per
manufacturer
Calcium Carbonate and Inert Filler (- 30.0% maximum 37.5% maximum
200 mesh sieve)
ercenta es are b wei ht.
The alkyd/maleic binder must consist of a mixture of synthetic resins (at least one
synthetic resin must be solid at room temperature) and high boiling point plasticizers. At least
one-half of the binder composition must be 100% maleic-modified glycerol of rosin and be no
less than 15% by weight of the entire material formulation.
971-5.3 Glass Spheres: The glass spheres in the intermix shall consist of 50% Type 1
• and 50% Type 3 and meeting the requirements of this Section.
971-5.4 Sharp Silica Sand: Sharp silica sand used for bicycle markings and pedestrian
crosswalk lines shall meet the following gradation requirements:
Sieve Size Percent by Mass Passing Designated Sieve (ASTM D1214)
20 100
50 0 to 10
971-5.5 Physical Requirements: Laboratory samples shall be tested in accordance with
ASTM D4960 and shall meet the following criteria:
Pro ert Test Method Minimum Maximum
Water Abso tion ASTM D570 - 0.5%
Softenin Point ASTM D36 195°F -
Low Temperature AASHTO T250 Pass -
Stress Resistance
S ecific Gravit Water dis lacement 1.9 2.3
Indentation Resistance ASTM D7735* 40 75
Ty e A Durometer
Im act Resistance ASTM D256, Method A 1.0 N•m -
Flash Point ASTM D92 475°F -
* The durometer and anel shall be at ll 5°F with a 1000 load a lied. Instrument measurement shall be taken after 15 seconds.
129 August 15, 2017
❑
971-5.5.1 Set To Bear Traffc Time: The thermoplastic shall set to bear traffic in
not more than two minutes.
971-5.5.2 Retroreflectivity: The white and yellow pavement markings shall
attain an initial retroreflectance of not less than 450 mcd/lx•mZ and not less than 350 mcdllx•m2,
respectively. The retroreflectance of the white and yellow pavement markings at the end of the
three year APL testing period shall not be less than 250 mcd/lx•m2.
971-5.6 Application Properties: Application properties shall meet the requirements of
Section 711.
971-5.7 Packing and Labeling: The thermoplastic material shall be packaged in suitable
biodegradable or thermo-degradable containers which will not adhere to the product during
shipment and storage. The container of thermoplastic material shall weigh approximately
50 pounds. The label shall also warn the user that the material shall be heated in the range as
recommended by the manufacturer.
971-6 Preformed Thermoplastic Material.
971-6.1 General: The manufacturer shall have the option of formulating the material
according to his own specifications. However, the requirements delineated in this Specification
and Section 711 shall apply regardless of the type of formulation used. The pigment, glass
spheres, and filler shall be well dispersed in the resin.
971-6.2 Composition: The preformed thermoplastic shall consist of high quality
materials, pigments and glass spheres or other reflective material uniformly distributed
• throughout their cross-sectional area, with a reflective layer of spheres or other reflective
material embedded in the top surface.
971-6.3 Glass Spheres: Material shall contain no less than 30% glass spheres by weight.
971-6.4 Color: Materials shall meet the performance requirements specified in 971-1.6
and the following additional requirements. The initial luminance factor, Cap Y, shall not be less
than 55.
971-6.5 Physical Requirements: Laboratory samples shall be tested in accordance with
ASTM D4960 and shall meet the following criteria:
Pro erty Test Method Minimum Maximum
Softenin Point ASTM D36 195°F -
Low Temperature Ap,SHTO T250 Pass -
Stress Resistance
Indentation Resistance ASTM D7735* 40 75
Ty e A Durometer
Impact Resistance ASTM D256, Method A** 1.0 N•m -
*The durometer and panel shall be at 115°F with a 1000 g load applied. Instrument measurement shall be taken after 15 seconds.
**The test s ecimen for ASTM D256 shall be 1 in. x 1 in. x 6 in. and shall not be notched.
971-6.5.1 Retroreflectivity: The white pavement markings other than crosswalks
and bicycle markings shall attain an initial retroreflectance of not less than 300 mcd/lx•m2.
Crosswalks and bicycle markings shall attain initial retroreflectivity of not less than
275 mcd/lx•m2. The retroreflectance of the white pavement markings at the end of the three year
• period shall not be less than 150 mcd/lx•m2.
130 August 15, 2017
• 971-6.5.2 Skid Resistance: The surface of the pavement markings shall provide a
minimum skid resistance value of 35 BPN (British Pendulum Number) when tested according to
ASTM E303. Bicycle markings and pedestrian crosswalks shall provide a minimum skid
resistance value of 55 BPN.
971-6.6 Application Properties: Application properties shall meet the requirements of
Section 711.
971-6.7 Packing and Labeling: The thermoplastic material shall be packaged in suitable
biodegradable or thermo-degradable containers which will not adhere to the product during
shipment and storage. Clearly mark each container with the thickness of the preformed material
in units of inches.
971-7 Permanent Tape Materials.
971-7.1 General: The materials for permanent tape pavement markings shall consist of
white or yellow weather-resistant reflective film as specified herein. The pigment, glass spheres,
and filler shall be well dispersed in the resin. However; the requirements delineated in this
Specification and Section 713 shall apply.
971-7.2 Composition: Permanent tape pavement markings shall consist of high-quality
plastic materials, pigments, and glass spheres uniformly distributed throughout their cross-
sectional area, with a reflective layer of spheres embedded in the top surface.
971-7.3 Skid Resistance: The surface of the pavement markings shall provide a
minimum skid resistance value of 35 BPN when tested according to ASTM E303. Bicycle
markings and pedestrian crosswalks shall provide a minimum skid resistance value of 55 BPN.
• 971-7.4 Thickness: The APL will list the specified thickness of each approved product.
971-7.5 Durability and Wear Resistance: The film shall be weather resistant and,
through normal wear, shall show no significant tearing, rollback or other signs of poor adhesion.
971-7.6 Conformability and Resealing: The pavement markings shall be capable of
conforming to pavement contours, breaks and faults under traffic at pavement temperatures
recommended by the manufacturer. The film shall be capable of use for patching worn areas of
the same types of film in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations.
971-7.7 Tensile Strength: The pavement markings shall have a minimum tensile
strength of 40 psi when tested according to ASTM D638. A rectangular test specimen 6 inches
by 1 inch by 0.05 inches minimum thickness shall be tested at a temperature range of 40 to 80°F
using a jaw speed of 0.25 inch/min.
971-7.8 Pigmentation: The pigment shall be selected and blended to provide a
material which is white or yellow conforming to standard highway colors through the expected
life of the pavement markings. Test laboratory samples in accordance with ASTM E811 and
E1349.
971-7.9 Glass Spheres: The pavement markings shall have glass retention qualities such
that, when at room temperature a 2 inches by 6 inches specimen is bent over a 0.5 inch diameter
mandrel axis, a microscopic examination of the area on the mandrel shall show no more than
10% of the spheres with entrapment by the material of less than 40%. The bead adhesion shall be
such that spheres are not easily removed when the film surface is scratched firmly with a
thumbnail.
971-7.10 Retroreflectivity: The materials shall attain an initial retroreflectance of not
less than 450 mcd/Ix•m2 for white markings and not less than 350 mcd/lx•m2 for yellow
� markings. The pavement markings shall retain a minimum retroreflectance for two years of not
less than 300 mcd/lx•mZ for white markings and not less than 250 mcd/lx•mz for yellow
131 August 15, 2017
• markings. The retroreflectance of the white, yellow and contrast pavement markings at the end of
the five year APL testing period shall not be less than 150 mcd/Ix•mz.
971-7.11 Packaging and Labeling: Ship all permanent tape materials in containers
which will not adhere to the product during shipment and storage. Clearly mark each container
with the thickness of the preformed material in units of inches.
•
971-8 Two Reactive Component Material.
971-8.1 General: Two reactive component materials intended for use under this
Specification shall include, but not be limited to, epoxies, polyesters and urethanes. The
manufacturer shall have the option of formulating the material according to his own
specifications. However, the criteria outlined in this Specification and Section 709 shall apply
regardless of the type of formulation used. The material shall be free from all skins, dirt and
foreign objects.
971-8.2 Composition:
Component Test Method Criteria
Ti02, Type II Rutile ASTM D476 minimum 10% by weight
(white material only)
Volatile Organic Content, (VOC) ASTM D3960 maximum 150 g/L
971-8.3 Physical Requirements: Test laboratory samples in accordance with ASTM and
also meet the following criteria:
Property Test Method Minimum Maximum
Adhesion to Concrete ASTM D4541, ASTM D7234 Concrete Failure -
or ACI 503
Hardness ASTM D7�735 75 _
Abrasion Resistance ASTM D4060 Pass -
971-8.3.1 Set To Bear Traffic Time: The material shall set to bear traffic in not
more than two minutes.
971-8.3.2 Abrasion Resistance: Test four samples using a Taber Abrader. The
material shall be applied to specimen plates using a drawdown blade having a clearance of
15 mils. Clean with a soft brush and weigh each sample. Abrade samples for 1,000 cycles with a
combined load of 500 g(arm plus auxiliary weight) on each arm and CS-10 wheels. Clean the
samples with a soft brush and weigh again. The average weight loss for the four plates shall not
exceed 60 mg per plate.
971-8.3.3 Retroreflectivity: The white and yellow pavement markings shall
attain an initial retroreflectance of not less than 450 mcd/lx•m2 and not less than 350 mcd/lx•m2,
respectively. The retroreflectance of the white and yellow pavement markings at the end of the
three year period shall not be less than 150 mcd/lx�mz.
971-8.4 Application Properties: Application properties shall meet the requirements of
Section 709.
971-8.5 Packaging and Labeling: The two reactive component material shall be placed
• in 55 gallon open-end steel drums with a re-usable multi-seal sponge gasket or 275 gallon
132 August 15, 2017
• Intermediate Bulk Container (IBC). No more than 50 gallons of material shall be placed in any
drum or 250 gallons in any IBC to allow for expansion during transport and storage. Clearly
mark the containers with the volume of materials in units of gallons and the product name.
971-9 Profiled Thermoplastic Material.
971-9.1 General: The manufacturer shall utilize alkyd based materials only and shall
have the option of formulating the material according to his own specifications. However, the
requirements delineated in this Specification shall apply regardless of the type of formulation
used. The pigment, reflective elements, and fller shall be well dispersed in the resin.
971-9.2 Composition:
Com onent Test Method White Yellow
Binder 20.0% minimum 20.0% minimum
Ti02, T e II Rutile ASTM D476 10.0% minimum -
Reflective Elements AASHTO T250 % minimum per % minimum per
manufacturer manufacturer
Yellow Pigment _ % minimum per
manufacturer
Calcium Carbonate and Inert Filler (- % minimum per % minimum per
200 mesh sieve) manufacturer manufacturer
ote: Percenta es are b wei ht.
. The alkyd/maleic binder must consist of a mixture of synthetic resins (at least one
synthetic resin must be solid at room temperature) and high boiling point plasticizers. At least
one-half of the binder composition must be 100% maleic-modified glycerol of rosin and be no
less than 15% by weight of the entire material formulation.
971-9.3 Retroreflective Elements: The reflective elements in the intermix shall be
determined by the manufacturer and identified for the APL.
971-9.4 Physical Requirements: Laboratory samples shall be tested in accordance with
ASTM D4960 and shall meet the following criteria:
Pro ert Test Method Minimum Maximum
Water Absorption ASTM D570 - 0.5%
Softenin Point ASTM D36 210°F -
Low Temperature �,�,SHTO T250 Pass -
Stress Resistance
Specific Gravity Water displacement 1.9 2.3
Indentation Resistance ASTM D7735* 65 -
T e A Durometer
Im act Resistance ASTM D256, Method A 1.0 N•m -
Flash Point ASTM D92 475°F -
*The durometer and anel shall be at 80°F, with a 1000 load a lied. Instrument measurement shall be taken after 15 seconds.
971-9.4.1 Set To Bear Traffic Time: When applied at the temperatures and
� thickness specified by Section 701, the baseline material shall set to bear traffic in not more than
two minutes. The bumps shall set to bear traffic in not more than 10 minutes at ambient air
133 August 15, 2017
• temperatures of 80°F or less and in not more than 15 minutes for ambient air temperatures
exceeding 80°F.
971-9.4.2 Retroreflectivity: The white and yellow pavement markings shall
attain an initial retroreflectance of not less than 300 mcd/lx•mz and not less than 250 mcd/lx•m=,
respectively. The retroreflectance of the white and yellow pavement markings at the end of the
three year period shall not be less than 150 mcd/lx•mZ.
971-9.4.3 Durability: Durability shall include flattening of the profile or raised
portions of the line. The flattening of the profile or raised portion of the line shall not exceed
25% at the end of the three year period.
�
•
971-9.5 Application Properties: Application properties shall meet the requirements of
Section 701.
971-9.6 Packing and Labeling: The thermoplastic material shall be packaged in suitable
biodegradable or thermo-degradable containers which will not adhere to the product during
shipment and storage. The container of thermoplastic material shall weigh approximately
50 pounds. The label shall warn the user that the material shall be heated in the range as
recommended by the manufacturer.
134 August 15, 2017
�
•
REQUIRED CONTRACT PROVISIONS
FEDERAL-AID CONSTRUCTION CONTRACTS
I. General
II. Nondiscrimination
III. Nonsegregated Facilities
IV. Davis-Bacon and Related Act Provisions
V. Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act
Provisions
VI. Subletting or Assigning the Contract
VII. Safety: Accident Prevention
VIII. False Statements Concerning Highway Projects
IX. Implementation of Clean Air Act and Federal Water
Pollution Control Act
X. Compliance with Governmentwide Suspension and
Debarment Requirements
XI. Certification Regarding Use of Contract Funds for
Lobbying
ATTACHMENTS
A. Employment and Materials Preference for Appalachian
Development Highway System or Appalachian Local Access
Road Contracts (included in Appalachian contracts only)
I. GENERAL
1. Form FHWA-1273 must be physically incorporated in each
construction contract funded under Title 23 (excluding
emergency contracts solely intended for debris removal). The
contractor (or subcontractor) must insert this form in each
subcontract and further require its inclusion in all lower tier
subcontracts (excluding purchase orders, rental agreements
and other agreements for supplies or services).
The applicable requirements of Form FHWA-1273 are
incorporated by reference for work done under any purchase
order, rental agreement or agreement for other services. The
prime contractor shall be responsible for compliance by any
subcontractor, lower-tier subcontractor or service provider.
Form FHWA-1273 must be included in all Federal-aid design-
build contracts, in all subcontracts and in Iower tier
subcontracts (excluding subcontracts for design services,
purchase orders, rental agreements and other agreements for
supplies or services). The design-builder shall be responsible
for compliance by any subcontractor, lower-tier subcontractor
or service provider.
Contracting agencies may reference Form FHWA-1273 in bid
proposal or request for proposal documents, however, the
Form FHWA-1273 must be physically incorporated (not
referenced) in all contracts, subcontracts and lower-tier
subcontracts (excluding purchase orders, rental agreements
and other agreements for supplies or services related to a
construction contract).
2. Subject to the applicability criteria noted in the following
sections, these contract provisions shall apply to all work
performed on the contract by the contractor's own organization
and with the assistance of workers under the contractor's
immediate superintendence and to all work performed on the
contract by piecework, station work, or by subcontract.
135
FHWA-1273 -- Revised May 1, 2012
3. A breach of any of the stipulations contained in these
Required Contract Provisions may be sufficient grounds for
withholding of progress payments, withholding of final
payment, termination of the contract, suspension / debarment
or any other action determined to be appropriate by the
contracting agency and FHWA.
4. Selection of Labor: During the performance of this contract,
the contractor shall not use convict labor for any purpose
within the �imits of a construction project on a Federal-aid
highway unless it is labor pertormed by convicts who are on
parole, supervised release, or probation. The term Federal-aid
highway does not inGude roadways functionally classified as
local roads or rural minor collectors.
II. NONDISCRIMINAT{ON
The provisions of this section related to 23 CFR Part 230 are
applicable to all Federal-aid construction contracts and to all
related construction subcontracts of $10,000 or more. The
provisions of 23 CFR Part 230 are not applicable to material
supply, engineering, or architectural service contracts.
In addition, the contractor and all subcontractors must comply
with the following policies: Executive Order 11246, 41 CFR 60,
29 CFR 1625-1627, Title 23 USC Section 140, the
Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended (29 USC 794), Title VI
of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, as amended, and related
regulations including 49 CFR Parts 21, 26 and 27; and 23 CFR
Parts 200, 230, and 633.
The contractor and all subcontractors must comply with: the
requirements of the Equal Opportunity Clause in 41 CFR 60-
1.4(b) and, for all construction contracts exceeding $10,000,
the Standard Federal Equal Employment Opportunity
Construction Contract Specifications in 41 CFR 60-4.3.
Note: The U.S. Department of Labor has exclusive authority to
determine compliance with Executive Order 11246 and the
policies of the Secretary of Labor including 41 CFR 60, and 29
CFR 1625-1627. The contracting agency and the FHWA have
the authority and the responsibility to ensure compliance with
Title 23 USC Section 140, the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as
amended (29 USC 794), and Title VI of the Civil Rights Act of
1964, as amended, and related regulations including 49 CFR
Parts 21, 26 and 27; and 23 CFR Parts 20�, 230, and 633.
The following provision is adopted from 23 CFR 230, Appendix
A, with appropriate revisions to conform to the U.S.
Department of Labor (US DOL) and FHWA requirements.
1. Equal Employment Opportunity: Equal employment
opportunity (EEO) requirements not to discriminate and to take
affirmative action to assure equal opportunity as set forth
under laws, executive orders, rules, regulations (28 CFR 35,
29 CFR 1630, 29 CFR 1625-1627, 41 CFR 60 and 49 CFR 27)
and orders of the Secretary of Labor as modified by the
provisions prescribed herein, and imposed pursuant to 23
U.S.C. 140 shall constitute the EEO and specific affirmative
action standards for the contractor's project activities under
August 15, 2017
•
•
this contract. The provisions of the Americans with Disabilities
Act of 1990 (42 U.S.C. 12101 et seq.) set forth under 28 CFR
35 and 29 CFR 1630 are incorporated by reference in this
contract. In the execution of this contract, the contractor
agrees to comply with the following minimum specific
requirement adivities of EEO:
a. The contractor will work with the contracting agency and
the Federal Government to ensure that it has made every
good faith effort to provide equal opportunity with respect to all
of its terms and conditions of employment and in their review
of activities under the contract.
b. The contractor will accept as its operating policy the
following statement:
"It is the policy of this Company to assure that applicants
are employed, and that employees are treated during
employment, without regard to their race, religion, sex, color,
national origin, age or disability. Such action shall include:
employment, upgrading, demotion, or transfer; recruitment or
recruitment advertising; layoff or termination; rates of pay or
other forms of compensation; and selection for training,
including apprenticeship, pre-apprenticeship, andlor on-the-
job training."
2. EEO Officer: The contractor will designate and make
known to the contracting officers an EEO Officer who will have
the responsibility for and must be capable of effectively
administering and promoting an active EEO program and who
must be assigned adequate authority and responsibility to do
so.
3. Dissemination of Policy: All members of the contractor's
staff who are authorized to hire, supervise, promote, and
discharge employees, or who recommend such action, or who
are substantially involved in such action, will be made fully
cognizant of, and will implement, the contractor's EEO policy
and contractual responsibilities to provide EEO in each grade
and classification of employment. To ensure that the above
agreement will be met, the following actions will be taken as a
minimum:
a. Periodic meetings of supervisory and personnel office
employees will be conducted before the start of work and then
not less often than once every six months, at which time the
contractor's EEO policy and its implementation will be
reviewed and explained. The meetings will be conducted by
the EEO Officer.
b. All new supervisory or personnel office employees will be
given a thorough indoctrination by the EEO Officer, covering
all major aspects of the contractor's EEO obligations within
thirty days following their reporting for duty with the contractor.
c. All personnel who are engaged in direct recruitment for
the project will be instructed by the EEO Officer in the
contractor's procedures for locating and hiring minorities and
women.
d. Notices and posters setting forth the contractor's EEO
policy will be placed in areas readily accessible to employees,
applicants for employment and potential employees.
e. The contractor's EEO policy and 1he procedures to
implement such policy will be brought to the attention of
employees by means of ineetings, employee handbooks, or
other appropriate means.
136
4. Recruitment: When advertising for employees, the
contractor will include in all advertisements for employees the
notation: "An Equal Opportunity Employer." All such
advertisements will be piaced in publications having a large
circulation among minorities and women in the area from
which the project work force would normally be derived.
a. The contractor will, unless precluded by a valid
bargaining agreement, conduct systematic and direct
recruitment through public and private employee referral
sources likely to yield qualified minorities and women. To
meet this requirement, the contractor will identify sources of
potential minority group employees, and establish with such
identified sources procedures whereby minority and women
applicants may be referred to the coniractor for employment
consideration.
b. In the event the contractor has a valid bargaining
agreement providing for exclusive hiring hall referrals, the
contractor is expected to observe the provisions of that
agreement to the extent that the system meets the contractor's
compliance with EEO contract provisions. Where
implementation of such an agreement has the effect of
discriminating against minorities or women, or obligates the
contractor to do the same, such implementation violates
Federal nondiscrimination provisions.
c. The contractor will encourage its present employees to
refer minorities and women as applicants for employment.
Information and procedures with regard to referring such
applicants will be discussed with employees.
5. Personnel Actions: Wages, working conditions, and
employee benefits shall be established and administered, and
personnel actions of every type, including hiring, upgrading,
promotion, transfer, demotion, layoff, and termination, shall be
taken without regard to race, color, religion, sex, national
origin, age or disability. The following procedures shall be
followed:
a. The contractor will conduct periodic inspections of project
sites to insure that working conditions and employee facilities
do not indicate discriminatory treatment of project site
personnel.
b. The contractor will periodically evaluate the spread of
wages paid within each classification to determine any
evidence of discriminatory wage practices.
c. The contractor will periodically review selected personnel
actions in depth to determine whether there is evidence of
discrimination. Where evidence is found, the contractor will
promptly take corrective action. If the review indicates that the
discrimination may extend beyond the actions reviewed, such
corrective action shall include all affected persons.
d. The contractor will promptly investigate all complaints of
alleged discrimination made to the contractor in connection
with its obligations under this contract, will attempt to resolve
such complaints, and will take appropriate corrective action
within a reasonable time. If the investigation indicates that the
discrimination may affect persons other than the complainant,
such corrective action shall include such other persons. Upon
completion of each investigation, the contractor will inform
every complainant of all of their avenues of appeal.
6. Training and Promotion:
a. The contractor will assist in locating, qualifying, and
increasing the skills of minorities and women who are
August 15, 2017
•
i
applicants for employment or current employees. Such efforts
should be aimed at developing full joumey level status
employees in the type of trade or job classification involved.
b. Consistent with the contractor's work force requirements
and as permissible under Federal and State reguiations, the
contractor shall make full use of training programs, i.e.,
apprenticeship, and on-the-job training programs for the
geographical area of contract performance. In the event a
special provision for training is provided under this contract,
this subparagraph wiil be superseded as indicated in the
special provision. The contracting agency may reserve
training positions for persons who receive welfare assistance
in accordance with 23 U.S.C. 140(a).
c. The contractor will advise employees and applicants for
employment of available training programs and entrance
requirements for each.
d. The contractor will periodically review the training and
promotion potential of employees who are minorities and
women and will encourage eligible employees to apply for
such training and promotion.
7. Unions: If the contractor relies in whole or in part upon
unions as a source of employees, the contractor will use good
faith efforts to obtain the cooperation of such unions to
increase opportunities for minorities and women. Actions by
the contractor, either directly or through a contractor's
association acting as agent, will include the procedures set
forth below:
a. The contractor will use good faith efforts to develop, in
cooperation with the unions, joint training programs aimed
toward qualifying more minorities and women for membership
in the unions and increasing the skills of minorities and women
so that they may qualify for higher paying employment.
b. The contractor will use good faith efforts to incorporate an
EEO clause into each union agreement to the end that such
union will be contractually bound to refer applicants without
regard to their race, color, religion, sex, national origin, age or
disability.
c. The contractor is to obtain inforrnation as to the referral
practices and policies of the labor union except that to the
extent such information is within the exclusive possession of
the labor union and such labor union refuses to furnish such
information to the contractor, the contractor shall so certity to
the contracting agency and shall set forth what efforts have
been made to obtain such information.
d. In the event the union is unable to provide the contractor
with a reasonable flow of referrals within the time limit set forth
in the coliective bargaining agreement, the contractor will,
through independent recruitment efforts, fill the employment
vacancies without regard to race, color, religion, sex, national
origin, age or disability; making full efforts to obtain qualified
and/or qualifiable minorities and women. The failure of a union
to provide sufficient referrals (even though it is obligated to
provide exclusive referrals under the terms of a collective
bargaining agreement) does not relieve the contractor from the
requirements of this paragraph. In the event the union referral
practice prevents the contractor from meeting the obligations
pursuant to Executive Order 11246, as amended, and these
special provisions, such contractor shall immediately notify the
contracting agency.
8. Reasonable Accommodation for Applicants /
Employees with Disabilities: The contractor must be familiar
137
with the requirements for and comply with the Americans with
Disabilities Act and all rules and regulations established there
under. Employers must provide reasonable accommodation in
all employment activities unless to do so would cause an
undue hardship.
9. Selection of Subcontractors, Procurement of Materials
and Leasing of Equipment: The contractor shall not
discriminate on the grounds of race, color, religion, sex,
national origin, age or disability in the selection and retention
of subcontractors, including procurement of materials and
leases of equipment. The contractor shall take all necessary
and reasonable steps to ensure nondiscrimination in the
administration of this contract.
a. The contractor shall notiiy all potential subcontractors and
suppliers and lessors of their EEO obligations under this
contract.
b. The contractor will use good faith efforts to ensure
subcontractor compliance with their EEO obligations.
10. Assurance Required by 49 CFR 26.13(b):
a. The requirements of 49 CFR Part 26 and the State
DOT's U.S. DOT-approved DBE program are incorporated by
reference.
b. The contractor or subcontractor shall not discriminate on
the basis of race, color, national origin, or sex in the
pertormance of this contract. The contractor shall carry out
applicable requirements of 49 CFR Part 26 in the award and
administration of DOT-assisted contracts. Failure by the
contractor to carry out these requirements is a material breach
of this contract, which may result in the termination of this
contract or such other remedy as the contracting agency
deems appropriate.
11. Records and Reports: The contractor shall keep such
records as necessary to document compliance with the EEO
requirements. Such records shall be retained for a period of
three years following the date of the final payment to the
contractor for all contract work and shall be available at
reasonable times and places for inspection by authorized
representatives of the contracting agency and the FHWA.
a. The records kept by the contractor shall document the
following:
(1) The number and work hours of minority and non-
minority group members and women employed in each work
classification on the project;
(2) The progress and efforts being made in cooperation
with unions, when applicable, to increase employment
opportunities for minorities and women; and
(3) The progress and efforts being made in locating, hiring,
training, qualifying, and upgrading minorities and women;
b. The contractors and subcontractors will submit an annual
report to the contracting agency each July for the duration of
the project, indicating the number of minority, women, and
non-minority group employees currently engaged in each work
classification required by the contract work. This information is
to be reported on Form FHWA-1391. The staffing data should
represent the project work force on board in all or any part of
the last payroll period preceding the end of Juiy. If on-the job
training is being required by special provision, the contractor
August 15, 2017
C�
•
•
will be required to collect and report training data. The
employment data should reflect the work force on board during
all or any part of the last payroll period preceding the end of
July.
III. NONSEGREGATED FACILITIES
This provision is applicable to all Federal-aid construction
contracts and to all related construction subcontracls of
$10,000 or more.
The contractor must ensure that facilities provided for
employees are provided in such a manner that segregation on
the basis of race, color, religion, sex, or national origin cannot
result. The contractor may neither require such segregated
use by written or oral policies nor tolerate such use by
employee custom. The contractor's obligation extends further
to ensure that its employees are not assigned to pertorm their
services at any location, under the contractors control, where
the facilities are segregated. The term "facilities" includes
waiting rooms, work areas, restaurants and other eating areas,
time clocks, restrooms, washrooms, locker rooms, and other
storage or dressing areas, parking lots, drinking fountains,
recreation or entertainment areas, transportation, and housing
provided for employees. The contractor sha11 provide separate
or single-user restrooms and necessary dressing or sleeping
areas to assure privacy between sexes.
IV. DAVIS-BACON AND RELATED ACT PROVISIONS
This section is applicable to all Federal-aid construction
projects exceeding $2,000 and to all related subcontracts and
Iower-tier subcontracts (regardless of subcontract size). The
requirements apply to all projects located within the right-of-
way of a roadway that is functionally classified as Federal-aid
highway. This excludes roadways functionally classified as
local roads or rural minor collectors, which are exempt.
Contracting agencies may elect to apply these requirements to
other projects.
The following provisions are from the U.S. Department of
Labor regulations in 29 CFR 5.5 "Contract provisions and
related matters" with minor revisions to conform to the FHWA-
1273 fortnat and FHWA program requirements.
1. Minimum wages
a. All laborers and mechanics employed or working upon
the site of the work, will be paid unconditionally and not less
often than once a week, and without subsequent deduction or
rebate on any account (except such payroll deductions as are
permitted by regulations issued by the Secretary of Labor
under the Copeland Act (29 CFR part 3)), the full amount of
wages and bona tide fringe benefits (or cash equivalents
thereo� due at time of payment computed at rates not less
than those contained in the wage determination of the
Secretary of Labor which is attached hereto and made a part
hereof, regardless of any contractual relationship which may
be alleged to exist between the contractor and such laborers
and mechanics.
Contributions made or costs reasonably anticipated for bona
fide fringe benefits under section 1(b)(2) of the Davis-Bacon
Act on behalf of laborers or mechanics are considered wages
paid to such laborers or mechanics, subject to the provisions
138
of paragraph 1.d. of this section; also, regular contributions
made or costs incurred for more than a weekly period (but not
less often than quarterly) under plans, funds, or programs
which cover the particular weekly period, are deemed to be
constructively made or incurred during such weekly period.
Such laborers and mechanics shall be paid the appropriate
wage rate and fringe benefits on the wage determination for
the classification of work actually performed, without regard to
skill, except as provided in 29 CFR 5.5(a)(4). Laborers or
mechanics pertorming work in more than one classification
may be compensated at the rate specified for each
classification for the time actually worked therein: Provided,
That the employer's payroll records accurately set forth the
time spent in each classification in which work is pertormed.
The wage determination (including any additional classification
and wage rates conformed under paragraph 1.b. of this
section) and the Davis-Bacon poster (WH-1321) shall be
posted at all times by the contractor and its subcontractors at
the site of the work in a prominent and accessible place where
it can be easily seen by the workers.
b.(1) The contracting officer shall require that any class of
laborers or mechanics, including helpers, which is not listed in
the wage determination and which is to be employed under the
contract shall be classified in conformance wiih the wage
determination. The contracting officer shall approve an
additional classification and wage rate and fringe benefits
therefore only when the following criteria have been met:
(i) The work to be pertormed by the classification
requested is not performed by a classification in the wage
determination; and
(ii) The classification is utilized in the area by the
construction industry; and
(iii) The proposed wage rate, inciuding any bona fide
fringe benefits, bears a reasonable relationship to the
wage rates contained in the wage determination.
(2) If the contractor and the laborers and mechanics to be
employed in the classification (if known), or their
representatives, and the contracting officer agree on the
classification and wage rate (including the amount
designated for fringe benefits where appropriate), a report of
the action taken shall be sent by the contracting officer to the
Administrator of the Wage and Hour Division, Employment
Standards Administration, U.S. Department of Labor,
Washington, DC 20210. The Administrator, or an authorized
representative, will approve, modify, or disapprove every
additional classification action within 30 days of receipt and
so advise the contracting o�cer or will notify the contracting
officer within the 30-day period that additional time is
necessary.
(3) In the event the contractor, the laborers or mechanics
to be employed in the classification or their representatives,
and the contracting o�cer do not agree on the proposed
classification and wage rate (including the amount
designated for fringe benefits, where appropriate), the
contracting officer shall refer the questions, including the
views of all interested parties and the recommendation of the
contracting officer, to the Wage and Hour Administrator for
determination. The Wage and Hour Administrator, or an
authorized representative, will issue a determination within
30 days of receipt and so advise the contracting o�cer or
August 15, 2017
•
\ J
will notiiy the contracting officer within the 30-day period that
additional time is necessary.
(4) The wage rate (including fringe benefits where
appropriate) determined pursuant to paragraphs 1.b.(2) or
1.b.(3) of this section, shall be paid to all workers pertorming
work in the classification under this contract from the first
day on which work is performed in the classification.
c. Whenever the minimum wage rate prescribed in the
contract for a class of laborers or mechanics includes a fringe
benefit which is not expressed as an hourly rate, the contractor
shall either pay the benefit as stated in the wage determination
or shall pay another bona fide fringe benefit or an hourly cash
equivalent thereof.
d. If the contractor does not make payments to a trustee or
other third person, the contractor may consider as part of the
wages of any laborer or mechanic the amount of any costs
reasonably anticipated in providing bona fide fringe benefits
under a plan or program, Provided, That the Secretary of
Labor has found, upon the written request of the contractor,
that the applicable standards of the Davis-Bacon Act have
been met. The Secretary of Labor may require the contractor
to set aside in a separate account assets for the meeting of
obligations under the plan or program.
2. Withholding
The contracting agency shall upon its own action or upon
written request of an authorized representative of the
Department of Labor, withhold or cause to be withheld from
the contractor under this contract, or any other Federal
contract with the same prime contractor, or any other federally-
assisted contract subject to Davis-Bacon prevailing wage
requirements, which is held by the same prime contractor, so
much of the accrued payments or advances as may be
considered necessary to pay laborers and mechanics,
including apprentices, trainees, and helpers, employed by the
contractor or any subcontractor the full amount of wages
required by the contract. In the event of failure to pay any
laborer or mechanic, including any apprentice, trainee, or
helper, employed or working on the site of the work, all or part
of the wages required by the contract, the contracting agency
may, after written notice to the contractor, take such action as
may be necessary to cause the suspension of any further
payment, advance, or guarantee of funds until such violations
have ceased.
3. Payrolls and basic records
a. Payrolls and basic records relating thereto shall be
maintained by the contractor during the course of the work and
preserved for a period of three years thereafter for all laborers
and mechanics working at the site of the work. Such records
shall contain the name, address, and social security number of
each such worker, his or her correct classification, hourly rates
of wages paid (including rates of contributions or costs
anticipated for bona fide fringe benefits or cash equivalents
thereof of the types described in section 1(b)(2)(B) of the
Davis-Bacon Act), daily and weekly number of hours worked,
deductions made and actual wages paid. Whenever the
Secretary of Labor has found under 29 CFR 5.5(a)(1)(iv) that
the wages of any laborer or mechanic include the amount of
any costs reasonably anticipated in providing benefits under a
plan or program described in section 1(b)(2)(B) of the Davis-
139
Bacon Act, the contractor shall maintain records which show
that the commitment to provide such benefits is enforceable,
that the plan or program is financially responsible, and that the
plan or program has been communicated in writing to the
laborers or mechanics affected, and records which show the
costs anticipated or the actual cost incurred in providing such
benefits. Contractors employing apprentices or trainees under
approved programs shall maintain written evidence of the
registration of apprenticeship programs and certification of
trainee programs, the registration of the apprentices and
trainees, and the ratios and wage rates prescribed in the
applicable programs.
b.(1) The contractor shall submit weekly for each week in
which any contract work is performed a copy of all payrolls to
the contracting agency. The payrolls submitted shall set out
accurately and completely all of the information required to be
maintained under 29 CFR 5.5(a)(3)(i), except that tull social
security numbers and home addresses shall not be included
on weekly transmittals. Instead the payrolls shall only need to
include an individually identifying number for each employee (
e.g. , the last four digits of the employee's social security
number). The required weekly payroll information may be
submitted in any form desired. Optional Form WH-347 is
available for this purpose from the Wage and Hour Division
Web site at http://www.dol.gov/esa/whd/forms/wh347instr.htm
or its successor site. The prime contractor is responsible for
the submission of copies of payrolls by al{ subcontractors.
Contractors and subcontractors shall maintain the full social
security number and current address of each covered worker,
and shall provide them upon request to the contracting agency
for transmission to the State DOT, the FHWA or the Wage and
Hour Division of the Department of Labor for purposes of an
investigation or audit of compliance with prevailing wage
requirements. It is not a violation of this section for a prime
contractor to require a subcontractor to provide addresses and
social security numbers to the prime contractor for its own
records, without weekly submission to the contracting agency..
(2) Each payroll submitted shall be accompanied by a
"Statement of Compiiance," signed by the contractor or
subcontractor or his or her agent who pays or supervises the
payment of the persons employed under the contract and shall
certify the following:
(i) That the payroll for the payroll period contains the
infortnation required to be provided under §5.5 (a)(3)(ii) of
Regulations, 29 CFR part 5, the appropriate information is
being maintained under §5.5 (a)(3)(i) of Regulations, 29
CFR part 5, and that such information is correct and
complete;
(ii) That each laborer or mechanic (including each
helper, apprentice, and trainee) employed on the contract
during the payroll period has been paid the full weekly
wages earned, without rebate, either directly or indirectly,
and that no deductions have been made either directly or
indirectly from the full wages earned, other than
permissible deductions as set forth in Regulations, 29 CFR
part 3;
(iii) That each laborer or mechanic has been paid not
less than the applicable wage rates and fringe benefits or
cash equivalents for the classification of work performed,
as specified in the applicable wage determination
incorporated into the contract.
August 15, 2017
�
•
•
(3) The weekly submission of a properly executed
certification set forth on the reverse side of Optional Form
WH-347 shall satisfy the requirement for submission of the
"Statement of Compliance" required by paragraph 3.b.(2) of
this section.
(4) The falsification of any of the above certifications may
subject the contractor or subcontractor to civil or criminal
prosecution under section 1001 of title 18 and section 231 of
title 31 of the United States Code.
c. The contractor or subcontractor shall make the records
required under paragraph 3.a. of this section available for
inspection, copying, or transcription by authorized
representatives of the contracting agency, the State DOT, the
FHWA, or the Department of Labor, and shall permit such
representatives to interview employees during working hours
on the job. If the contractor or subcontractor fails to submit the
required records or to make them available, the FHWA may,
after written notice to the contractor, the contracting agency or
the State DOT,1ake such action as may be necessary to
cause the suspension of any further payment, advance, or
guarantee of funds. Furthermore, failure to submit the required
records upon request or to make such records available may
be grounds for debarment action pursuant to 29 CFR 5.12.
4. Apprentices and trainees
a. Apprentices (programs of the USDOL).
Apprentices will be permitted to work at less than the
predetermined rate for the work they pertormed when they are
employed pursuant to and individually registered in a bona fide
apprenticeship program registered with the U.S. Department of
Labor, Employment and Training Administration, Office of
Apprenticeship Training, Employer and Labor Services, or with
a State Apprenticeship Agency recognized by the O�ce, or if a
person is employed in his or her first 90 days of probationary
employment as an apprentice in such an apprenticeship
program, who is not individually registered in the program, but
who has been certified by the Office of Apprenticeship
Training, Employer and Labor Services or a State
Apprenticeship Agency (where appropriate) to be eligible for
probaiionary employment as an apprentice.
The allowable ratio of apprentices to journeymen on the job
site in any craft classification shall not be greater than the ratio
permitted to the contractor as to the entire work force under
the registered program. Any worker listed on a payroll at an
apprentice wage rate, who is not registered or othervvise
employed as stated above, shall be paid not less than the
applicable wage rate on the wage determination for the
classification of work actually performed. In addition, any
apprentice performing work on the job site in excess of the
ratio permitted under the registered program shall be paid not
less than the applicable wage rate on the wage determination
for the work actually performed. Where a contractor is
performing construction on a project in a locality other than
that in which its program is registered, the ratios and wage
rates (expressed in percentages of the journeyman's hourly
rate) specified in the contractor's or subcontractor's registered
program shall be observed.
Every apprentice must be paid at not less than the rate
specified in the registered program for the apprentice's level of
progress, expressed as a percentage of the journeymen hourly
140
rate specified in the applicable wage determination.
Apprentices shall be paid fringe benefits in accordance with
the provisions of the apprenticeship program. If the
apprenticeship program does not specify fringe benefits,
apprentices must be paid the full amount of fringe benefits
listed on the wage determination for the applicable
classification. If the Administrator determines that a different
practice prevails for the applicable apprentice classification,
fringes shall be paid in accordance with that determination.
In the event the O�ce of Apprenticeship Training, Employer
and Labor Services, or a State Apprenticeship Agency
recognized by the Office, withdraws approval of an
apprenticeship program, the contractor will no longer be
permitted to utilize apprentices at less than the applicable
predetermined rate for the work performed until an acceptable
program is approved.
b. Trainees (programs of the USDOL).
Except as provided in 29 CFR 5.16, trainees will not be
permitted to work at less than the predetermined rate for the
work pertormed unless they are employed pursuant to and
individually registered in a program which has received prior
approval, evidenced by formal certification by the U.S.
Department of Labor, Employment and Training
Administration.
The ratio of trainees to journeymen on the job site shall not be
greater than permitted under the plan approved by the
Employment and Training Administration.
Every trainee must be paid at not less than the rate specified
in the approved program for the trainee's level of progress,
expressed as a percentage of the journeyman hourly rate
specified in the applicable wage determination. Trainees shall
be paid fringe benefits in accordance with the provisions of the
trainee program. If the trainee program does not mention
fringe benefits, trainees shall be paid the full amount of fringe
benefits listed on the wage determination unless the
Administrator of the Wage and Hour Division determines that
there is an apprenticeship program associated with the
corresponding journeyman wage rate on the wage
determination which provides for less than full fringe benefits
for apprentices. Any employee listed on the payroll at a trainee
rate who is not registered and participating in a training plan
approved by the Employment and Training Administration shall
be paid not less than the applicable wage rate on the wage
determination for the classification of work actually performed.
In addition, any trainee perForming work on the job site in
excess of the ratio permitted under the registered program
shall be paid not less than the applicable wage rate on the
wage determination for the work actually performed.
In the event the Employment and Training Administration
withdraws approval of a training program, the contractor will no
longer be permitted to utilize trainees at less than the
applicable predetermined rate for the work pertormed until an
acceptable program is approved.
c. Equal employment opportunity. The utilization of
apprentices, trainees and journeymen under this part shall
in confortnity with the equal employment opportunity
requirements of Executive Order 11246, as amended, and
CFR part 30.
be
29
August 15, 2017
•
•
\ J
d. Apprentices and Trainees (programs of the U.S. DOT).
Apprentices and trainees working under apprenticeship and
skill training programs which have been certified by the
Secretary of Transportation as promoting EEO in connection
with Federal-aid highway construction programs are not
subject to the requirements of paragraph 4 of this Section IV
The straight time hourly wage rates for apprentices and
trainees under such programs will be established by the
particular programs. The ratio of apprentices and trainees to
journeymen shall not be greater than permitted by the terms
the particular program.
5. Compliance with Copeland Act requirements. The
contractor shall comply with the requirements of 29 CFR part
3, which are incorporated by reference in this contract.
6. Subcontracts. The contractor or subcontractor shall insert
Form FHWA-1273 in any subcontracts and also require the
subcontractors to include Form FHWA-1273 in any lower tier
subcontracts. The prime contractor shall be responsib{e for the
compliance by any subcontractor or lower tier subcontractor
with all the contract clauses in 29 CFR 5.5.
7. Contract termination: debarment. A breach of the
contract clauses in 29 CFR 5.5 may be grounds for termination
of the contract, and for debarment as a contractor and a
subcontractor as provided in 29 CFR 5.12.
8. Compliance with Davis-Bacon and Related Act
requirements. All rulings and interpretations of the Davis-
Bacon and Related Acts contained in 29 CFR parts 1, 3, and 5
are herein incorporated by reference in this contract.
9. Disputes concerning labor standards. Disputes arising
out of the labor standards provisions of this contract shall not
be subject to the general disputes clause of this contract. Such
disputes shall be resolved in accordance with the procedures
of the Department of Labor set forth in 29 CFR parts 5, 6, and
7. Disputes within the meaning of this clause include disputes
between the contractor (or any of its subcontractors) and the
contracting agency, the U.S. Department of Labor, or the
employees or their representatives.
10. Certification of eligibility.
a. By entering into this contract, the contractor certifies that
neither it (nor he or she) nor any person or firm who has an
interest in the contractor's firm is a person or firm ineligible to
be awarded Government contracts by virtue of section 3(a) of
the Davis-Bacon Act or 29 CFR 5.12(a)(1).
b. No part of this contract shall be subcontracted to any person
or firm ineligible for award of a Government contract by virtue
of section 3(a) of the Davis-Bacon Act or 29 CFR 5.12(a)(1).
c. The penalty for making false statements is prescribed in the
U.S. Criminal Code, 18 U.S.C. 1001.
141
V. CONTRACT WORK HOURS AND SAFETY
STANDARDS ACT
The following clauses apply to any Federal-aid construction
contract in an amount in excess of $100,000 and subject to the
overtime provisions of the Contract Work Hours and Safety
Standards Act. These clauses shall be inserted in addition to
the Gauses required by 29 CFR 5.5(a) or 29 CFR 4.6. As
used in this paragraph, the terms laborers and mechanics
include watchmen and guards.
1. Overtime requirements. No contractor or subcontractor
contracting for any part of the contract work which may require
or involve the employment of laborers or mechanics shall
require or permit any such laborer or mechanic in any
workweek in which he or she is employed on such work to
work in excess of forty hours in such workweek unless such
laborer or mechanic receives compensation at a rate not less
than one and one-half times the basic rate of pay for all hours
worked in excess of forty hours in such workweek.
2. Violation; liability for unpaid wages; liquidated
damages. In the event of any violation of the clause set forth
in paragraph (1.) of this section, the contractor and any
subcontractor responsible therefor shall be liable for the
unpaid wages. In addition, such contractor and subcontractor
shall be liable to the United States (in the case of work done
under contract for the District of Columbia or a territory, to such
District or to such territory), for liquidated damages. Such
liquidated damages shall be computed with respect to each
individual laborer or mechanic, including watchmen and
guards, employed in violation of the clause set forth in
paragraph (1.) of this section, in the sum of $10 for each
calendar day on which such individual was required or
permitted to work in excess of the standard workweek of forty
hours without payment of the overtime wages required by the
clause set forth in paragraph (1.) of this section.
3. Withholding for unpaid wages and liquidated damages.
The FHWA or the contacting agency shall upon its own action
or upon writien request of an authorized representative of the
Department of Labor withhold or cause to be withheld, from
any moneys payable on account of work pertormed by the
contractor or subcontractor under any such contract or any
other Federal contract with the same prime contractor, or any
other federally-assisted contract subject to the Contract Work
Hours and Safety Standards Act, which is held by the same
prime contractor, such sums as may be determined to be
necessary to satisfy any liabilities of such contractor or
subcontractor for unpaid wages and liquidated damages as
provided in the clause set forth in paragraph (2.) of this
section.
4. Subcontracts. The contractor or subcontractor shall insert
in any subcontracts the clauses set forth in paragraph (1.)
through (4.) of this section and also a clause requiring the
subcontractors to include these clauses in any lower tier
subcontracts. The prime contractor shall be responsible for
compliance by any subcontractor or lower tier subcontractor
with the clauses set forth in paragraphs (1.) through (4.) of this
section.
August 15, 2017
• evidenced in writing and that it contains all pertinent provisions
VI. SUBLETTING OR ASSIGNING THE CONTRACT and requirements of the prime contract.
•
•
7his provision is applicable to all Federal-aid construction
contracts on the National Highway System.
1. The contractor shall perform with its own organization
contract work amounting to not less than 30 percent (or a
greater percentage if specified elsewhere in the contract) of
the total original contract price, excluding any specialty items
designated by the contracting agency. Specialty items may be
pertormed by subcontract and the amount of any such
specialty items performed may be deducted from the total
original contract price before computing the amount of work
required to be performed by the contractor's own organization
(23 CFR 635.116).
a. The term "perform work with its own organization" refers
to workers employed or leased by the prime contractor, and
equipment owned or rented by the prime contractor, with or
without operators. Such term does not include employees or
equipment of a subcontractor or lower tier subcontractor,
agents of the prime contractor, or any other assignees. The
term may include payments for the costs of hiring leased
employees from an employee leasing firm meeting all relevant
Federal and State regulatory requirements. Leased
employees may only be included in this term if the prime
contractor meets all of the following conditions:
(1) the prime contractor maintains control over the
supervision of the day-to-day activities of the leased
employees;
(2) the prime contractor remains responsible for the quality
of the work of the leased employees;
(3) the prime contractor retains all power to accept or
exclude individual employees from work on the project; and
(4) the prime contractor remains ultimately responsible for
the payment of predetermined minimum wages, the
submission of payrolls, statements of compliance and all
other Federal regulatory requirements.
b. "Specialty Items" shall be construed to be Iimited to work
that requires highly specialized knowledge, abilities, or
equipment not ordinarily available in the type of contracting
organizations qualified and expected to bid or propose on the
contract as a whole and in general are to be limited to minor
components of the overall contract.
2. The contract amount upon which the requirements set forth
in paragraph (1) of Section VI is computed includes the cost of
material and manufactured products which are to be
purchased or produced by the contractor under the contract
provisions.
3. The contractor shall furnish (a) a competent superintendent
or supervisor who is employed by the firm, has full authority to
direct performance of the work in accordance with the contract
requirements, and is in charge of all construction operations
(regardless of who pertorms the work) and (b) such other of its
own organizational resources (supervision, management, and
engineering services) as the contracting officer determines is
necessary to assure the performance of the contract.
4. No portion of the contract shall be sublet, assigned or
othervvise disposed of except with the written consent of the
contracting officer, or authorized representative, and such
consent when given shall not be construed to relieve the
contractor of any responsibility for the fuifillment of the
contract. Written consent will be given only after the
contracting agency has assured that each subcontract is
142
5. The 30% self-pertormance requirement of paragraph (1) is
not applicable to design-build contracts; however, contracting
agencies may establish their own self-performance
requirements.
VII. SAFETY: ACCIDENT PREVENTION
T h i s p r o v i s i o n i s applicable to all Federal-aid
construction contracts and to all related subcontracts.
1. In the performance of this contract the contractor shall
comply with all applicable Federa{, State, and local laws
governing safety, health, and sanitation (23 CFR 635). The
contractor shall provide all safeguards, safety devices and
protective equipment and take any other needed actions as it
determines, or as the contracting officer may determine, to be
reasonably necessary to protect the life and health of
employees on the job and the safety of the public and to
protect property in connection with the perEormance of the
work covered by the contract.
2. It is a condition of this contract, and shall be made a
condition of each subcontract, which the contractor enters into
pursuant to this contract, that the contractor and any
subcontractor shall not permit any employee, in performance
of the contract, to work in surroundings or under conditions
which are unsanitary, hazardous or dangerous to his/her
health or safety, as determined under construction safety and
health standards (29 CFR 1926) promulgated by the Secretary
of Labor, in accordance with Section 107 of the Contract Work
Hours and Safety Standards Act (40 U.S.C. 3704).
3. Pursuant to 29 CFR 1926.3, it is a condition of this contract
that the Secretary of Labor or authorized representative
thereof, shall have right of entry to any site of contract
performance to inspect or investigate the matter of compliance
with the construction safety and health standards and to carry
out the duties of the Secretary under Section 107 of the
Contract Wor1c Hours and Safety Standards Act (40
U.S.C.37Q4).
VIII. FALSE STATEMENTS CONCERNING HIGHWAY
PROJECTS
T h i s p r o v i s i o n i s applicable to all Federal-aid
construction contracts and to all related subcontracts.
In order to assure high quality and durable construction in
conformity with approved plans and specifications and a high
degree of reliability on statements and representations made
by engineers, contractors, suppliers, and workers on Federal-
aid highway projects, it is essential that all persons concerned
with the project perform their functions as carefully, thoroughly,
and honestly as possible. Willful falsification, distortion, or
misrepresentation with respect to any facts related to the
project is a violation of Federal law. To prevent any
misunderstanding regarding the seriousness of these and
similar acts, Form FHWA-1022 shall be posted on each
Federal-aid highway project (23 CFR 635) in one or more
places where it is readily avai{able to all persons concerned
with the project:
18 U.S.C. 1020 reads as follows:
August 15, 2017
•
•
•
"Whoever, being an officer, agent, or employee of the United
States, or of any State or Territory, or whoever, whether a
person, association, firm, or corporation, knowingly makes any
false statement, false representation, or false report as to the
character, quality, quantity, or cost of the material used or to
be used, or the quantity or quality of the work perFormed or to
be pertormed, or the cost thereof in connection with the
submission of plans, maps, specifications, contracts, or costs
of construction on any highway or related project submitted for
approval to the Secretary of Transportation; or
Whoever knowingly makes any false statement, false
representation, false report or false claim with respect to the
character, quality, quantity, or cost of any work pertormed or to
be pertormed, or materials furnished or to be furnished, in
connection with the construction of any highway or related
project approved by the Secretary of Transportation; or
Whoever knowingly makes any false statement or false
representation as to material fact in any statement, certificate,
or report submitted pursuant to provisions of the Federal-aid
Roads Act approved July a, 1916, (39 Stat. 355), as amendec
and supplemented;
Shall be fined under this title or imprisoned not more than 5
years or both."
IX. IMPLEMENTATION OF CLEAN AIR ACT AND FEDERAL
WATER POLLUTION CONTROL ACT
This provision is applicable to all Federal-aid construction
contracts and to all related subcontracts.
By submission of this bid/proposal or the execution of this
contract, or subcontract, as appropriate, the bidder, proposer,
Federal-aid construction contractor, or subcontractor, as
appropriate, will be deemed to have stipulated as foflows:
1. That any person who is or will be utilized in the
performance of this contract is not prohibited from receiving an
award due to a violation of Section 508 of the Clean Water Act
or Section 306 of the Clean Air Act.
2. That the contractor agrees to include or cause to be
included the requirements of paragraph (1) of this Section X in
every subcontract, and further agrees to take such action as
the contracting agency may direct as a means of enforcing
such requirements.
X. CERTIFICATION REGARDING DEBARMENT,
SUSPENSION, INELIGIBILITY AND VOLUNTARY
EXCLUSION
This provision is applicable to all Federal-aid construction
contracts, design-build contracts, subcontracts, lower-tier
subcontracts, purchase orders, lease agreements, consultant
contracts or any other covered transaction requiring FHWA
approval or that is estimated to cost $25,000 or more — as
defined in 2 CFR Parts 180 and 1200.
1. Instructions for Certification — First Tier Participants:
a. By signing and submitting this proposal, the prospective
first tier participant is providing the certification set out below.
b. The inability of a person to provide the certification set out
below will not necessarily result in denial of participation in this
143
covered transaction. The prospective first tier participant shall
submit an explanation of why it cannot provide the certification
set out below. The ceRification or explanation will be
considered in connection with the department or agency's
determination whether to enter into this transaction. However,
failure of the prospective first tier participant to furnish a
certiflcation or an explanation shall disqualify such a person
from participation in this transaction.
c. The certification in this clause is a material representation
of fact upon which reliance was placed when the contracting
agency determined to enter into this transaction. If it is later
determined that the prospective participant knowingly rendered
an erroneous certification, in addition to other remedies
available to the Federal Government, the contracting agency
may terminate this transaction for cause of default.
d. The prospective first tier participant shall provide
immediate written notice to the contracting agency to whom
this proposal is submitted if any time the prospective first tier
participant learns that its certification was erroneous when
submitted or has become erroneous by reason of changed
circumstances.
e. The terms "covered transaction," "debarred,"
"suspended," "ineligible," "participant," "person," "principal,"
and "voluntarily excluded," as used in this clause, are defined
in 2 CFR Parts 180 and 1200. "First Tier Covered
Transactions" refers to any covered transaction between a
grantee or subgrantee of Federal funds and a participant (such
as the prime or generai contract). "Lo�r Tier Covered
Transactions" refers to any covered transaction under a First
Tier Covered Transaction (such as subcontracts). "First Tier
ParticipanY' refers to the participant who has entered into a
covered transaction with a grantee or subgrantee of Federal
funds (such as the prime or general contractor). "Lower Tier
Participant" refers any participant who has entered into a
covered transaction with a First Tier Participant or other Lower
Tier Participants (such as subcontractors and suppliers).
f. The prospective first tier participant agrees by submitting
this proposal that, should the proposed covered transaction be
entered into, it shall not knowingly enter into any lower tier
covered transaction with a person who is debarred,
suspended, declared ineligible, or voluntarily excluded from
participation in this covered transaction, unless authorized by
the department or agency entering into this transaction.
g. The prospective first tier participant further agrees by
submitting this proposal that it will include the clause titled
"Certification Regarding Debarment, Suspension, Ineligibility
and Voluntary Exclusion-Lower Tier Covered Transactions,"
provided by the depaRment or contracting agency, entering
into this covered transaction, without modification, in all lower
tier covered transactions and in all solicitations for lower tier
covered transactions exceeding the $25,000 threshold.
h. A participant in a covered transaction may rely upon a
certification of a prospective participant in a lower tier covered
transaction that is not debarred, suspended, ineligible, or
voluntarily excluded from the covered transaction, unless it
knows that the certification is erroneous. A participant is
responsible for ensuring that its principals are not suspended,
debarred, or othervvise ineligible to participate in covered
transactions. To veriTy the eligibility of its principals, as well as
the eligibility of any lower tier prospective participants, each
participant may, but is not required to, check the Excluded
Parties List System website (https:!/www.epls.qovn, which is
compiled by the General Services Administration.
August 15, 2017
•
i. Nothing contained in the foregoing shall be construed to
require the establishment of a system of records in order to
render in good faith the ceRification required by this clause.
The knowledge and information of the prospective participant
is not required to exceed that which is normally possessed by
a prudent person in the ordinary course of business dealings.
j. Except for transactions authorized under paragraph (� of
these instructions, if a participant in a covered transaction
knowingly enters into a Iower tier covered transaction with a
person who is suspended, debarred, ineligible, or voluntarily
excluded from participation in this transaction, in addition to
other remedies available to the Federal Government, the
department or agency may terminate this transaction for cause
or default.
2. Certification Regarding Debarment, Suspension,
Ineligibitity and Voluntary Exclusion — First Tier
Participants:
a. The prospective first tier participant certifies to the best ot
its knowledge and belief, that it and its principals:
(1) Are not presently debarred, suspended, proposed for
debarment, declared ineligible, or voluntarily excluded from
participating in covered transactions by any Federal
department or agency;
(2) Have not within a three-year period preceding this
proposal been Convicted of or had a civil judgment rendered
against them for commission of fraud or a criminal offense in
connection with obtaining, attempting to obtain, or performing
a public (Federal, State or local) transaction or contract under
a public transaction; violation of Federal or State antitrust
statutes or commission of embezzlement, theft, forgery,
bribery, falsification or destruction of records, making false
statements, or receiving stolen property;
(3) Are not presently indicted for or otherwise criminaliy or
civilly charged by a governmental entity (Federal, State or
local) with commission of any of the offenses enumerated in
paragraph (a)(2) of this certification; and
(4) Have not within a three-year period preceding this
applicatioNproposal had one or more public transactions
(Federal, State or local) terminated for cause or default.
b. Where the prospective participant is unable to certify to
any of the statements in this certification, such prospective
participant shall attach an explanation to this proposal.
2. Instructions for Certification - Lower Tier Participants:
(Applicable to all subcontracts, purchase orders and other
tower tier transactions requiring prior FNWA approval or
estimated to cost $25,000 or more - 2 CFR Parts 180 and
1200)
a. By signing and submitting this proposal, the prospective
lower tier is providing the certification set out below.
b. The certification in this clause is a material representation
of fact upon which reliance was placed when this transaction
was entered into. If it is later determined that the prospective
lower tier participant knowingly �endered an erroneous
certification, in addition to other remedies available to the
Federal Government, the department, or agency with which
this transaction originated may pursue available remedies,
including suspension andior debarment.
c. The prospective lower tier participant shall provide
immediate written notice to the person to which this proposal is
submitted if at any time the prospective lower tier participant
learns that its certification was erroneous by reason of
changed circumstances.
d. The terms "covered transaction," "debarred,"
"suspended," "ineligible," "participant," "person," "principal,"
and "voluntarily excluded," as used in this clause, are defined
in 2 CFR Parts 180 and 1200. You may contact the person to
which this proposal is submitted for assistance in obtaining a
copy of those regulations. "First Tier Covered Transactions"
refers to any covered transaction between a grantee or
subgrantee of Federal funds and a participant (such as the
prime or general contract). "Lower Tier Covered Transactions"
refers to any covered transaction under a First Tier Covered
Transaction (such as subcontracts). "First Tier ParticipanY'
refers to the participant who has entered into a covered
transaction with a grantee or subgrantee of Federal funds
(such as the prime or general contractor). "Lower Tier
ParticipanY' refers any participant who has entered into a
covered transaction with a First Tier Participant or other Lower
Tier Participants (such as subcontractors and suppliers).
e. The prospective lower tier participant agrees by
submitting this proposal that, should the proposed covered
transaction be entered into, it shall not knowingly enter into
any lower tier covered transaction with a person who is
debarred, suspended, declared ineligible, or voluntarily
excluded from participation in this covered transaction, unless
authorized by the department or agency with which this
transaction originated.
f. The prospective lower tier participant further agrees by
submitting this proposal that it will include this clause titled
"Certification Regarding Debarment, Suspension, Ineligibility
and Voluntary Exclusion-Lower Tier Covered Transaction,"
without modification, in all lower tier covered transactions and
in all solicitations for lower tier covered transactions exceeding
the $25,000 threshold.
144
�o
g. A participant in a covered transaction may rely upon a
certification of a prospective participant in a lower tier covered
transaction that is not debarred, suspended, ineligible, or
voluntarily excluded from the covered transaction, unless it
knows that the certification is erroneous. A participant is
responsible for ensuring that its principals are not suspended,
debarred, or othervvise ineligible to participate in covered
transactions. To verify the eligibility of its principals, as well as
the eligibility of any lower tier prospective participants, each
participant may, but is not required to, check the Excluded
Parties List System website (https:/lwww.eols.gov/), which is
compiled by the General Services Administration.
h. Nothing contained in the foregoing shall be construed to
require establishment of a system of records in order to render
in good faith the certification required by this clause. The
knowledge and information of participant is not required to
exceed that which is normally possessed by a prudent person
in the ordinary course of business dealings.
i. Except for transactions authorized under paragraph e of
these instructions, if a participant in a covered transaction
knowingly enters into a lower tier covered transaction with a
person who is suspended, debarred, ineligible, or voluntarily
excluded from participation in this transaction, in addition to
other remedies available to 1he Federal Governmenl, the
August 15, 2017
• department or agency with which this transaction originated
may pursue available remedies, including suspension and/or
debarment.
Certlfication Regarding Debartnent, Suspension,
Ineligibility and Voluntary Exclusion--Lower Tier
Participants:
1. The prospective lower tier participant certifies, by
submission of this proposal, that neither it nor its principals is
presently debarred, suspended, proposed for debarment,
declared ineligible, or voluntarily excluded from participating in
covered transactions by any Federal department or agency.
2. Where the prospective lower tier participant is unable to
certify to any of the statements in this certification, such
prospective participant sha�l attach an explanation to this
proposal.
XI. CERTIFICATION REGARDING USE OF CONTRACT
FUNDS FOR LOBBYING
This provision is applicable to all Federal-aid construction
contracts and to all related subcontracts which exceed
$100,000 (49 CFR 20).
1. The prospective participant certifies, by signing and
submitting this bid or proposal, to the best of his or her
knowledge and belief, that:
• a. No Federal appropriated funds have been paid or will be
paid, by or on behalf of the undersigned, to any person for
influencing or attempting to influence an officer or employee of
any Federal agency, a Member of Congress, an officer or
employee of Congress, or an employee of a Member of
Congress in connection with the awarding of any Federal
contract, the making of any Federal grant, the making of any
Federal loan, the entering into of any cooperative agreement,
and the extension, continuation, renewal, amendment, or
modification of any Federal contract, grant, loan, or
cooperative agreement.
b. If any funds other than Federal appropriated funds have
been paid or will be paid to any person for influencing or
attempting to influence an officer or employee of any Federal
agency, a Member of Congress, an officer or employee of
Congress, or an employee of a Member of Congress in
connection with this Federal contract, grant, loan, or
cooperative agreement, the undersigned shall complete and
submit Standard Form-LLL, "Disclosure Form to Report
Lobbying," in accordance with its instructions.
2. This certification is a material representation of fact upon
which reliance was placed when this transaction was made or
entered into. Submission of this certification is a prerequisite
for making or entering into this transaction imposed by 31
U.S.C. 1352. Any person who fails to file the required
certification shall be subject to a civil penalty of not less than
$10,000 and not more than $100,000 for each such failure.
3. The prospective participant also agrees by submitting its
bid or proposal that the participant sha{I require that the
language of this certification be included in all lower tier
subcontracts, which exceed $100,000 and that all such
• recipients shall certify and disclose accordingly.
145 August 15, 2017
11
ATTACHMENT A- EMPLOYMENT AND MATERIALS
PREFERENCE FOR APPALACHIAN DEVELOPMENT
HIGHWAY SYSTEM OR APPALACHIAN LOCAL ACCESS
ROAD CONTRACTS
This provision is applicable to all Federal-aid projects funded
under the Appalachian Regional Development Act of 1965.
1. During the pertormance of this contract, the contractor
undeRaking to do work which is, or reasonably may be, done
as on-site work, shall give preference to qualified persons who
regularly reside in the iabor area as designated by the DOL
wherein the contract work is situated, or the subregion, or the
Appalachian counties of the State wherein the contract work is
situated, except:
a. To the extent that qualified persons regularly residing in
the area are not available.
b. For the reasonable needs of the cont�actor to employ
supervisory or specially experienced personnel necessary to
assure an efficient execution of the contract work.
c. For the obligation of the contractor to offer employment to
present or former employees as the result of a lawFul collective
bargaining contract, provided that the number of nonresident
persons employed under this subparagraph (1 c) shall not
exceed 20 percent of the total number of employees employed
by the contractor on the contract work, except as provided in
subparagraph (4) below.
2. The contractor shall place a job order with the State
Empioyment Service indicating (a) the classifications of the
laborers, mechanics and other employees required to perform
• the contract work, (b) the number of employees required in
each classification, (c) the date on which the participant
estimates such employees wilf be required, and (d) any other
pertinent information required by the State Employment
Service to complete the job order form. The job order may be
placed with the State Employment Service in writing or by
telephone. 1f during the course of the contract work, the
information submitted by the contractor in the original job order
is substantially modified, the participant shall promptly notify
the State Employment Service.
3. The contractor shall give full consideration to all qualified
job applicants referred to him by the State Employment
Service. The contractor is not required to grant employment to
any job applicants who, in his opinion, are not qualified to
perform the classification of work required.
4. If, within one week following the placing of a job order by
the contractor with the State Employment Service, the State
Employment Service is unab�e to refer any qualified job
applicants to the contractor, or less than the number
requested, the State Employment Service will forward a
certificate to the contractor indicating the unavailability of
applicants. Such certificate shall be made a part of the
contractor's permanent project records. Upon receipt of this
certificate, the contractor may employ persons who do not
normally reside in the labor area to fill positions covered by the
certificate, notwithstanding the provisions of subparagraph (1c)
above.
5. The provisions of 23 CFR 633.207(e) allow the
contracting agency to provide a contractual preference for the
use of mineral resource materials native to the Appalachian
region.
6. The contractor shall include the provisions of Sections 1
through 4 of this Attachment A in every subcontract for work
which is, or reasonabty may be, done as on-site work.
146
12
August 15, 2017
�
CITY OF CLEARWATER
SECTION III
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Table of Contents:
1. DEFINITIONS .................................................................................................1
2. PRELIMINARY MATTERS ..........................................................................5
2.1. DELIVERY OF BONDS AND CERTIFICATES OF INSURANCE ................................5
2.2. COPIES OF DOCUMENTS ............................................•---................................................5
2.3. COMMENCEMENT OF CONTRACT TIME/NOTICE TO PROCEED; STARTING
THEPR03ECT ....................................................................................................................5
2.4. BEFORE STARTING CONSTRUCTION .........................................................................6
2.5. PRECONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE ............................................................................6
2.6. PROGRESS MEETINGS ....................................................................................................6
3. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, INTENT ........................................................6
3.1. INTENT ...............................................................................................................................6
. 3.2. REPORTING AND RESOLVING DISCREPANCIES ......................................................7
4. AVAILABILITY OF LANDS; SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL
CONDITIONS; REFERENCE POINTS .......................................................7
4.1. AVAILABILITY OF LANDS .............................................................................................7
4.2. INVESTIGATIONS AND REPORTS ................................................................................8
43. PHYSICAL CONDITIONS, UNDERGROLJND FACILITIES .........................................8
4.4. REFERENCE POINTS ........................................................................................................8
5. BONDS AND INSURANCE ...........................................................................9
5.1. PERFORMANCE AND PAYMENT BOND/CONTRACT BOND ...................................9
5.2. INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS .......................................................................................9
5.2.1. COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY INSURANCE ...............................................9
5.2.2. CONIMERCIAL AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY INSURANCE .....................................10
5.2.3. WORKERS' COMPENSATION AND EMPLOYER'S LIABILITY INSURANCE...10
5.2.4. PROFESSIONAL LIABILITY/MALPRACTICE/ERRORS OR OMISSIONS
INSURANCE..................................................................................................................10
5.2.5. CONTRACTOR' S EQUIPMENT/INLAND MARINE/PROPERTY INSURANCE ...10
5.2.6. BUILDER'S RISK INSURANCE ..................................................................................10
5.3. OTHER INSURANCE PROVISIONS ..............................................................................10
5.4. WAIVER OF RIGHTS ......................................................................................................11
6. CONTRACTORS RESPONSIBILITIES ....................................................12
• 6.1. SUPERVISION AND SUPERINTENDENCE .................................................................12
6.2. LABOR, MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT ...................................................................12
147 August 15, 2017
•
6.3.
6.4.
6.5.
6.5.1.
6.5.2.
6.6.
6.7.
6.8.
6.9.
6.10.
6.11.
6.11.1.
6.11.2.
6.11.3.
6.11.4.
6.12.
6.13.
6.14.
6.15.
6.16.
SUBSTITUTES AND "OR EQUAL" ITEMS ..................................................................13
SUBCONTRACTORS, SUPPLIERS AND OTHERS ......................................................14
USEOF PREMISES ..........................................................................................................14
STAGINGAREAS .........................................................................................................15
RESTORATION TIME LIMITS ....................................................................................15
LICENSE AND PATENT FEES, ROYALTIES AND TAXES .......................................15
LAWS AND REGULATIONS ..........................................................................................16
PERMITS...........................................................................................................................16
SAFETY AND PROTECTION .........................................................................................16
EMERGENCIES................................................................................................................17
DRAWINGS......................................................................................................................18
SHOP DRAWINGS, SAMPLES, RFIs, AND SUBMITTAL REVIEW .......................18
AS-BUILT DRAWINGS ................................................................................................19
CADSTANDARDS .......................................................................................................21
DELIVERABLES ...........................................................................................................22
CONTRACTOR'S GENERAL WARRANTY AND GUARANTEE ...............................23
CONTINUING THE WORK ............................................................................................23
INDEMNIFICATION........................................................................................................23
CHANGES IN COMPANY CONTACT INFORMATION .............................................23
PUBLICRECORDS ..........................................................................................................23
• 7. OTHER WORK .............................................................................................25
7.1. RELATED WORK AT SITE .......................................•---•................................................25
7.2. COORDINATION .............................................................................................................25
S. OWNERS RESPONSIBILITY .....................................................................25
9. OWNER REPRESENTATIVE'S STATUS DURING
CONSTRUCTION.........................................................................................26
9.1. OWNERS REPRESENTATIVE .......................................................................................26
9.2. CLARIFICATIONS AND INTERPRETATIONS ............................................................26
9.3. REJECTING OF DEFECTIVE WORK ............................................................................26
9.4. SHOP DRAWINGS, CHANGE ORDERS, AND PAYMENTS ......................................26
9.5. DECISIONS ON DISPUTES ............................................................................................26
9.6. LIMITATIONS ON OWNER REPRESENTATIVE'S RESPONSIBILITIES .................27
10. CHANGES IN THE WORK .........................................................................28
11. CHANGES IN THE CONTRACT PRICE ..................................................28
12. CHANGES IN THE CONTRACT TIME ...................................................28
13. TESTS AND INSPECTIONS, CORRECTION, REMOVAL OR
ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK .................................................29
• 14. PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR AND COMPLETION ........................29
148 August 15, 2017
•
�
•
14.1.
14.2.
14.3.
14.4.
14.5.
14.6.
14.7.
14.8.
APPLICATION FOR PROGRESS PAYMENT .....................................................
CONTRACTOR'S WARRANTY OF TITLE .........................................................
REVIEW OF APPLICATIONS FOR PROGRESS PAYMENTS ..........................
PARTIAL UTILIZATION ......................................................................................
FINAL INSPECTION .............................................................................................
FINAL APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT .............................................................
FINAL PAYMENT AND ACCEPTANCE .............................................................
WAIVEROF CLAIMS ...........................................................................................
15. SUSPENSION OF WORK AND TERMINATION ...................................33
15.1. OWNER MAY SUSPEND THE WORK ..........................................................................33
15.2. OWNER MAY TERMINATE ..........................................................................................33
15.3. CONTRACTOR MAY STOP WORK OR TERMINATE ...............................................34
16. DISPUTE RESOLUTION .............................................................................34
17.
17.1.
17.2.
17.3.
17.4.
17.5.
17.6.
17.7.
MISCELLANEOUS .......................................................................................35
SUBMITTAL AND DOCUMENT FORMS .....................................................................35
GIVINGNOTICE ..............................................................................................................35
NOTICEOF CLAIM .........................................................................................................35
PROFESSIONAL FEES AND COURT COSTS INCLUDED .........................................35
ASSIGNMENT OF CONTRA.CT ....................................... ..............35
RENEWAL OPTION .......................................................................................................35
ROLL-OFF CONTAINERS AND/OR DUMPSTERS ....................................................36
18. ORDER AND LOCATION OF THE WORK .............................................36
19. MATERIAL USED ........................................................................................36
20. CONFLICT BETWEEN PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS ....................36
21. OWNER DIRECT PURCHASE (ODP) ......................................................36
22. RESIDENT NOTIFICATION OF START OF CONSTRUCTION.........36
22.1. GENERAL .........................................................................................................................36
23. PROJECT INFORMATION SIGNS ...........................................................36
24. AWARD OF CONTRACT, WORK SCHEDULE AND GUARANTEE.36
25. SCRUTINIZED COMPANIES AND BUSINESS OPERATIONS WITH
CUBA AND SYRIA CERTIFICATION FORM ........................................37
149
August 15, 2017
• 1. DEFINITIONS
Addenda
Written or graphic instruments issued prior to the opening of Bids which clarify, correct or
change the Bidding Requirements or the contract documents.
Agent
Architect, engineer or other outside agency, consultant or person acting on behalf of the
City.
Agreement
The written contract between Owner and Contractor covering the Work to be performed;
other Contract Documents are attached to the Agreement and made a part thereof as
provided therein.
Application for Payment
The form accepted by Engineer which is to be used by Contractor in requesting progress
or final payments and which is to be accompanied by such supporting documentation as is
required by the Contract Documents.
Approve
The word approve is defined to mean satisfactory review of the material, equipment or
methods for general compliance with the design concepts and with the information given
in the Contract Documents. It does not imply a responsibility on the part of the Engineer
to verify in every detail conformance with the Drawings and Specifications.
• Bid
The offer or proposal of the bidder submitted on the prescribed form setting forth the prices
for the work to be performed.
Bidding Documents
The advertisement or invitation to Bid, instructions to bidders, the Bid form, and the
proposed Contact Documents (including all Addenda issued prior to receipt of Bids).
Bonds
Performance and payment bonds and other instruments of security.
Change Order
A written order to Contractor signed by Owner and Contractor authorizing an addition,
deletion or revision in the Work, or an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract
Time issued on or after the effective date of the Agreement.
City
The City of Clearwater, Pinellas County, Florida.
Construction Inspector
A person who is the authorized representative of the Construction Manager and inspects
City construction projects in order to insure the Contractor's work complies with the intent
of the Contract Documents.
Construction Manager
The person who is typically in responsible charge of City construction projects. The
• Construction Manager assumes responsibility for the management of construction
contracts at the Preconstruction Conference. The Construction Manager chairs the
150 August 15, 2017
• Preconstruction Conference and is the authority on any disputes or decisions regarding
contract administration and performance. The Construction Manager typically acts as the
Owner's Representative during construction.
Contract Documents
The Agreement, Addenda (which pertain to the Contract Documents), Contractor's Bid
(including documentation accompanying the bid and any post-Bid documentation
submitted prior to the execution of the Agreement) when attached as an exhibit to the
Agreement, the Bonds, Instructions to Bidders, these General Conditions, any
Supplementary Conditions, the Specifications and the Drawings, any other exhibits
identified in the Agreement, together with all Modifications issued after the execution of
the Agreement.
Contract Price
The Contract price constitutes the total compensation (subject to authorized adjustments)
payable by Owner to Contractor for performing the Work.
Contract Time
The number of days or the date stated in the Agreement for the completion of the Work.
Contractor
The Person with whom the Owner has entered into the Agreement. For the purposes of this
contract, the person, firm or corporation with whom this contract or agreement has been
made by the City of Clearwater or its duly authorized representative.
Critical Path Method Construction Schedule—CPM
• A graphic format construction schedule that displays construction activities as they relate
to one another for the purpose of identifying the most efficient way to perform the work in
a timely manner. The critical path identifies which activity is critical to the execution of
the schedule.
Day
A calendar day of twenty-four (24) hours measured from midnight to the next midnight.
Defective
An adjective which when modifying the word Work refers to Work that is unsatisfactory,
faulty or defcient, or does not conform to the Contract Documents or does not meet the
requirements of any inspection, reference standard, test or approval referred to in the
Contract Documents, or has been damaged prior to Engineers recommendation of fnal
payment.
Drawings
The drawings, which will be identified in Technical Specifications or the Agreement,
which show the character and scope of the Work to be performed and which have been
prepared or approved by Engineer and are referred to in the contract documents. Shop
drawings are not Drawings as so defned.
Engineer
The duly appointed representative of the City Manager of the City of Clearwater. For the
purposes of this contract, the City Engineer of the City of Clearwater, Pinellas County,
Florida, or his authorized representative. For certain projects, the Engineer may serve as
• the Owner's Representative during construction.
151 August 15, 2017
• Engineer's Consultant
A Person having a contract with Engineer to furnish services as Engineer's independent
professional associate or consultant with respect to the Project and who is identified as such
in the Supplementary Conditions.
F.D.O.T Specifications
The Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction as issued by the Florida
Department of Transportation (latest English edition).
Furnish
The words "furnish", "furnish and install", "install", and "provide" or words of similar
meaning shall be interpreted, unless otherwise specifically stated, to mean "furnish and
install complete in place and ready for service".
Inspection
The term "inspection" and the act of inspecting means examination of construction to
ensure that it conforms to the design concept expressed in the Drawings and Specifications.
These terms shall not be construed to mean supervision, superintending or overseeing.
Laws and Regulations
Any and all applicable laws, rules, regulations, ordinances, codes and orders of any kind
of governmental bodies, agencies, authorities and courts having jurisdiction.
Liens
Liens, charges, security interests or encumbrances upon real property or personal property.
• Milestone
A principal event specified in the contract Documents relating to an intermediate
completion date or time prior to the final completion date.
Notice to Proceed (NTP)
A written notice given by the Owner to the Contractor fixing the date on which the Contract
Time will commence to run and on which Contractor shall start to perform his obligations
under the Contract Documents.
Owner
The City of Clearwater, Florida. For the purposes of this contract, the person who is the
City's authorized representative from the City's Department with whom will be responsible
for the maintenance and operation of the Work once the Work is completed. For certain
projects, a designee of the Owner may serve as the Owner's Representative during
construction.
Owner's Representative
Designee of the Owner with authority to act on behalf of the Owner during construction.
Person
A natural person, or a corporation, partnership, firm, organization, or other artificial entity.
Project
The total construction of which the Work to be provided under the Contract Documents
may be the whole or a part as indicated elsewhere in the Contract Documents.
Partial Utilization
• Use by Owner of a substantially completed part of the Work for the purpose for which is
intended (or a related purpose) prior to Final Completion of all the Work.
152 August 15, 2017
• Representative of Contractor
The Contractor shall assign a responsible person or persons, one of whom shall be at the
construction site at all times that work is progressing. The names and positions of these
persons shall be submitted to the City Engineer at the time of the pre-construction
conference. This person or persons shall not be changed without written approval of City
Engineer.
Request for Information (RFI)
An official written request for clarification of the intent of the contract documents from the
Contractor to the Engineer.
Shop Drawing
All drawings, diagrams, illustrations, schedules and other data which are specifically
prepared by or for Contractor to illustrate some portion of the Work and all illustrations,
brochures, standard schedules, performance charts, instructions, diagrams and other
information prepared by a supplier and submitted by Contractor to illustrate material or
equipment for some portion of the Work.
Specifrcations
Those portions of the Contract Documents consisting of written technical descriptions of
materials, equipment, construction systems, standards and workmanship as applied to the
Work and certain administrative details applicable thereto.
Subcontractor
A person having a direct contract with Contractor or with any other Subcontractor for the
• performance of a part of the Work at the site.
Substantial Completion
The Work (or a specified part thereo� which has progressed to the point where, in the
opinion of Engineer, as evidenced by Engineer's definitive certificate of Substantial
Completion, it is sufficiently complete, in accordance with the Contract documents, so that
the Work (or specified part) can be utilized far the purposes for which it is intended; or if
no such certificate is issued, when the Work is complete and ready for final payment as
evidenced by the Engineer's recommendation of final payment. The terms "substantially
complete" and "substantially completed" as applied to all or part of the Work refer to
Substantial Completion thereof.
Supplementary Conditions
The part of the Contract which amends or supplements these General Conditions.
Supplier
A manufacturer, fabricator, supplier, distributor, material man or vendor having a direct
contract with Contractor or with any Subcontractor to furnish materials or equipment to be
incorporated in the Work by the Contractor.
Surety
Any person, firm or corporation which is bound with Contractor and which engages to be
responsible for Contractor and his acceptable performance of the Work by a Bid,
Performance or Payment Bond.
Underground Facilities
• All pipelines, conduits, ducts, cables, wires manholes, vaults, tanks, tunnels or other such
facilities or attachments, and any encasements containing such facilities which have been
153 August 15, 2017
• installed underground to furnish any of the following services or materials: electricity,
gases, steam, liquid petroleum products, telephone or other communications, cable
television, sewage and drainage removal or treatment, traffic or other control systems or
water.
Unit Price Work
Work to be paid for on the basis of unit prices.
Work
The entire completed construction or the various separately identifiable parts thereof
required to be furnished under the Contract Documents. Work includes and is the result of
performing or furnishing labor and incorporating materials and equipment into the
construction, and performing or furnishing services and furnishing documents, all as
required by the Contract Documents.
Work Change Directive
A written directive to Contractor, issued on or after the Effective Date of the Agreement
and signed by the Engineer, ordering an addition, deletion, or revision in the Work, or
responding to differing or unforeseen physical conditions under which the Work is to be
performed or emergencies. Work Change Directive will not change the Contract Price or
Contract Time, but is evidence that the parties expect that the change directed or
documented by a Work Change Directive will be incorporated in a subsequently issued
Change Order following negotiations by the parties as to its effect, if any, on the Contract
Price or Contract Times.
• 2. PRELIMINARY MATTERS
•
2.1. DELIVERY OF BONDS AND CERTIFICATES OF
INSURANCE
When Contractor delivers the executed Agreements to the Owner, Contractor shall also deliver to
the Owner such Bonds and Certificates of Insurance as Contractor may be required to furnish by
this contract.
2.2. COPIES OF DOCUMENTS
Engineer shall furnish to Contractor one (1) copy of Contract Documents for execution. Additional
copies will be furnished, upon request, at the cost of reproduction.
2.3. COMMENCEMENT OF CONTRACT TIME/NOTICE TO
PROCEED; STARTING THE PROJECT
The Contract Time will commence on the day indicated in the Notice to Proceed. Contractor shall
start to perform the work on the date the Contract Time commences to run. No wark shall be done
at the site prior to the date that the Contract Time commences to run. Pursuant to Section
255.05(1)(b), Florida Statutes, the Notice to Proceed cannot be issued until Contractor provides
City with a certified copy of the recorded bond issued by the Pinellas County Clerk of Court.
154 August 15, 2017
• 2.4. BEFORE STARTING CONSTRUCTION
Before undertaking each part of the Work, Contractor shall carefully study and compare the
Contract Documents and check and verify pertinent figures shown thereon and all applicable field
measurements. Contractor shall promptly report in writing to Engineer any conflict, errar or
discrepancy which Contractor may discover; and shall obtain a written interpretation or
clarification from Engineer before proceeding with any work effected thereby; however,
Contractor shall not be liable to the Owner for failure to report any conflict, enor or discrepancy
in the Drawings or Specifications, unless Contractor had actual knowledge thereof or should
reasonably have known thereof.
No verbal agreement or conversation with any officer, Agent or employee of the Owner or
Engineer's Consultant, either before or after the execution of this Contract, shall affect or modify
any of the terms or obligations herein contained. Contractor shall not commence any work at any
time without approved insurance required by these General Conditions. Failure to obtain this
insurance will be the sole responsibility of the Contractor.
2.5. PRECONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE
After Contract has been fully executed and before the start of the Work, the Owner's
Representative shall schedule a preconstruction conference to be attended by Contractor, Engineer,
Owner and others as appropriate to establish a working understanding among the parties as to the
Work and to discuss the schedule of the Work and general Contract procedures.
The Contractor shall submit to the Owner's Representative prior to the Notice to Proceed, a color
• Critical Path Method (CPM) Construction Schedule. This is to be a sequence of events including
submittal review and procurement. Notice to Proceed is usually established at the preconstruction
conference and such date can be inserted into the schedule at that time. The Contractor shall also
submit a Submittal Schedule for review by the Engineer. This is to make sure that the list is
complete and this schedule shall be the basis of a Submittal Log.
The Contractor shall submit to the Owner's Representative prior to the Notice to Proceed, a
completed Emergency Call List, a completed Authorized Signature List, and Verification of Illegal
Discharge Construction Site Training.
2.6. PROGRESS MEETINGS
The Contractor is required to attend Progress Meetings. These meetings will be scheduled on a
weekly, bi-weekly, or monthly basis depending on the needs of the project. The Contractor shall
bring to each meeting an updated submittal log, an updated request for information (RFI) log, a
look-ahead schedule to cover the project activity from the current meeting to the next meeting, and
all material test reports generated in the same time period.
3. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, INTENT
3.1. INTENT
The Contract Documents comprise the entire Agreement between Owner and the Contractor
concerning the Work. They may be altered only by written agreement. The Contract Documents
. are complementary; what is called for by one is as binding as if called for by all. It is the intent of
the Contract Documents to describe a functionally complete project (or part thereo fl to be
155 August 15, 2017
• constructed in accordance with the Contract Documents. Any Work, materials or equipment which
may reasonably be inferred from the Contract Documents or from prevailing custom or from trade
usage as being required to produce the intended result will be furnished and performed whether or
not specifically called for. When words or phrases, which have a well-known technical or
construction industry or trade meaning, are used to describe Work, materials or equipment, such
words or phrases shall be interpreted in accordance with that meaning. Clarifications and
interpretations of the Contract Documents shall be issued by the Owner's Representative.
Reference to standards, specifications, manuals or codes of any technical society, organization or
association, or to the code, Laws or Regulation of any governmental authority, whether such
reference be specifc or by implication, shall mean the latest standard specification, manual or
code, or Laws or Regulations in effect at the time of opening of Bids except as may be otherwise
specifically stated in the Contract Documents. However, no provision of any referenced standard
specifcation, manual or code, whether or not specially incorporated by reference in the
responsibilities of Owner or Contractor as set forth in the Contract Documents, shall change the
duties and responsibilities of Owner, Contractor, Engineer or Owner's Representative, or any of
their Agents or employees from those set forth in the Contract Documents. Clarifications and
interpretations of the Contract shall be issued by the Owner's Representative. Each and every
provision of law and clause required by law to be inserted in these Contract documents shall be
deemed to be inserted herein, and they shall be read and enforced as through it were included
herein, and if through mistake or otherwise, any such provision is not inserted, or if not correctly
inserted, then upon the application of either party, the Contract Documents shall forthwith be
physically amended to make such insertion.
• 3.2. REPORTING AND RESOLVING DISCREPANCIES
If, during the performance of the Work, Contractar discovers any conflict, error, ambiguity or
discrepancy within the Contract Documents or between the Contract Documents and any provision
of any such Law or Regulation applicable to the performance of the Work or of any such standard,
specification, manual or code or of any instruction of any Supplier, Contractor shall report it to the
Owner's Representative in writing at once, and Contractor shall not proceed with the Work
affected thereby (except in an emergency) until an amendment or supplement to Contract
Documents has been issued by one of the methods provided in these General Specifications,
provided however, that Contractor shall not be liable to Owner, or Owner's Representative for
failure to report any such conflict, error, ambiguity or discrepancy unless Contractor knew or
reasonably should have known thereof.
4. AVAILABILITY OF LANDS; SUBSURFACE AND
PHYSICAL CONDITIONS; REFERENCE POINTS
4.1. AVAILABILITY OF LANDS
The Owner shall furnish, as indicated in the Contract Documents, the lands upon which the Work
is to be Performed, rights-of-way, easements, rights of entry for access thereto, and such other
lands which are designated for the use of contractor. The Owner shall identify any encumbrances
or restrictions not of general application but specifically related to use of lands so furnished with
which contractor will have to comply in performing the Work. Easements for permanent structures
• or permanent changes in existing facilities will be obtained and paid for by the Owner, unless
otherwise provided in the Contract Documents.
156 August 15, 2017
• 4.2. INVESTIGATIONS AND REPORTS
Reference is made to the Supplementary Conditions and Technical Specifications for identification
of those reports of investigations and tests of subsurface and latent physical conditions at the site
or otherwise affecting cost, progress or performance of the Work which have been relied upon by
Engineer in preparation of the Drawings and Specifications. Such reports are not guaranteed as to
accuracy or completeness and are not part of the Contract Documents. Contractor shall promptly
notify the Owner's Representative in writing of any subsurface or latent physical conditions at the
site, or in an existing structure, differing materially from those indicated or referred to in the
Contract Documents. Engineer will promptly review those conditions and advise if further
investigation or tests are necessary. Owner or Engineer shall obtain the necessary additional
investigations and tests and furnish copies to the Engineer and Contractor. If Engineer finds that
the results of such investigations or tests indicate that there are subsurface or latent physical
conditions, which differ materially from those, indicated in the contract Documents, and which
could not reasonably have been anticipated by Contractor, a work change or Change Order will be
issued incorporating the necessary revisions.
4.3. PHYSICAL CONDITIONS, UNDERGROUND FACILITIES
The information and data shown or indicated in the Contract Documents with respect to existing
Underground Facilities at or contiguous to the site is based on information and data furnished to
Owner or Engineer by the owners of such Underground Facilities or by others. Unless otherwise
expressly provided in the Contract Documents, Owner and Engineer shall not be responsible for
the accuracy or completeness of any such information or data; and the cost of all the following will
• be included in the Contract Price and contractor shall have full responsibility for: (i) reviewing and
checking all such information and data, (ii) locating all Underground Facilities shown or indicated
in the Contract Documents, (iii) coordination of the Work with the owners of such Underground
Facilities during construction, and (iv) the safety and protection of all such Underground Facilities
and repairing any damage thereto resulting from the Work. The Contractor is required to call the
Sunshine State One Call of Florida prior to any excavation per State regulations and to notify any
utility owners who are not a member of the Sunshine State One Call of Florida prior to any
excavation. The Sunshine State One Call of Florida is an agency for the protection and location of
utilities prior to any excavation and contact number is available in local telephone directory.
4.4. REFERENCE POINTS
Engineer shall provide engineering surveys to establish reference points for construction, which in
Engineer's judgment are necessary to enable Contractor to proceed with the Work. Contractor shall
be responsible for laying out the Work, unless otherwise noted in the Contract, shall protect and
preserve the established reference points and shall make no changes or relocations without the
prior written approval of the Owner and Engineer. Contractor shall report to Engineer whenever
any reference point is lost or destroyed or requires relocation because of necessary changes in
grades or locations, and shall be responsible for the accurate replacement or relocation of such
reference points by a surveyor licensed in the State of Florida. The Contractor is referred to the
Technical Specifications for more specific information regarding the provision of construction
surveys. If a City survey crew is assigned to the project and there is excessive stake replacement
caused by negligence of Contractor's forces after initial line and grade have been set, as determined
� by the Engineer, the Contractor will be charged at the rate of $100.00 per hour. Time shall be
computed for actual time on the project. All time shall be computed in one-hour increments with
a minimum charge of one hour.
157 August 15, 2017
• 5. BONDS AND INSURANCE
5.1. PERFORMANCE AND PAYMENT BOND/CONTRACT BOND
Contractor shall furnish a Performance and Payment Bond pursuant to Section 255.05, Florida
Statutes in an amount equal to the Contract Price as security for the faithful performance and
payment of all Contractor's obligations under the Contract Documents. This bond shall remain in
effect at least one year after the date when final payment becomes due, unless a longer period of
time is prescribed by laws and regulations or by the Contract Documents. Contractor shall also
furnish such other Bonds as are required by the Supplementary Conditions. All Bonds shall be in
the form prescribed by the Contract Documents in Section V and shall be executed by such sureties
as are named in the current list of "Companies Holding Certificates of Authority as Acceptable
Sureties on Federal Bonds and as Acceptable Reinsuring Companies" as published in Circular 570
(amended) by the Audit Staff, Bureau of Government Financial Operations, U.S. Treasury
Department. All bonds signed by an agent must be accompanied by a certified copy of such agents'
authority to act. All bonds shall be deemed to contain all of the Conditions of Section 255.05,
Florida Statutes, even if such language is not directly contained within the bond and the Surety
shall be licensed and qualified to do business in the State of Florida. Owner reserves the right to
reject any surety. If the Surety on any Bond furnished by the Contractor is declared bankrupt or
becomes insolvent ar its right to do business is terminated in any state where any part of the Project
is located or it ceases to meet the requirements of these Contract Documents, the Contractor shall
within five days after notice thereof substitute another Bond and surety, both of which must be
acceptable to Owner.
• 5.2. INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS
•
The Contractor shall, at its own cost and expense, acquire and maintain (and cause any sub-
contractors, representatives or agents to acquire and maintain) during the term with the City,
sufficient insurance to adequately protect the respective interest of the parties. Coverage shall be
obtained with a carrier having an AM Best Rating of A-VII or better. In addition, the City has the
right to review the Contractor's deductible or self-insured retention and to require that it be reduced
or eliminated.
Specifically the Contractor must carry the following minimum types and amounts of insurance on
an occurrence basis or in the case of coverage that cannot be obtained on an occurrence basis, then
coverage can be obtained on a claims-made basis with a minimum four (4) year tail following the
termination or expiration of this Agreement:
The following insurance limits may be achieved by a combination of primary and umbrellalexcess
liability policies.
5.2.1. COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY INSURANCE
Commercial General Liability Insurance coverage, including but not limited to, premises
operations, products/completed operations, products liability, contractual liability, advertising
injury, personal injury, death, and property damage in the minimum amount of $1,000,000 (one
million dollars) per occurrence and $2,000,000 (two million dollars) general aggregate.
158 August 15, 2017
�
•
5.2.2. COMMERCIAL AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY INSURANCE
Commercial Automot
borrowed automobile
combined single limit.
�ile Liability Insurance coverage for any owned, non-owned, hired or
is required in the minimum amount of $1,000,000 (one million dollars)
5.2.3. WORKERS' COMPENSATION AND EMPLOYER'S LIABILITY
INSURANCE
Statutory Workers' Compensation Insurance coverage in accordance with the laws of the State of
Florida, and Employer's Liability Insurance in the minimum amount of $100,000 (one hundred
thousand dollars) each employee each accident, $100,000 (one hundred thousand dollars) each
employee by disease and $500,000 (fve hundred thousand dollars) aggregate by disease with
benefits afforded under the laws of the State of Florida. Coverage should include Voluntary
Compensation, Jones Act, and U.S. Longshoremen's and Harbar Worker's Act coverage where
applicable. Coverage must be applicable to employees, contractors, subcontractors, and
volunteers, if any.
5.2.4. PROFESSIONAL LIABILITY/MALPRA,CTICE/ERRORS OR
OMISSIONS INSURANCE
Professional Liability/MalpracticeBrrors or Omissions Insurance coverage appropriate for the
type of business engaged in by the Contractor with minimum limits of $1,000,000 (one million
dollars) per occurrence. If a claims made form of coverage is provided, the retroactive date of
coverage shall be no later than the inception date of claims made coverage, unless prior policy was
extended indefinitely to cover prior acts. Coverage shall be extended beyond the policy year either
by a supplemental extended reporting period (ERP) of as great a duration as available, and with
no less coverage and with reinstated aggregate limits, or by requiring that any new policy provide
a retroactive date no later than the inception date of claims made coverage.
5.2.5. CONTRACTOR'S EQUIPMENT/INLAND MARINE/PROPERTY
INSURANCE
If Contractor is using its own property in connection with the performance of its obligations under
this Agreement, then Contractor's Equipment—Inland Marine Insurance and/or Property Insurance
on an "All Risks" basis with replacement cost coverage for property and equipment in the care,
custody and control of others is recommended. City is not responsible for Contractor's (or any
sub-contractors, representatives, or agents) equipment or property.
5.2.6, BUILDER'S RISK INSURANCE
The City will provide at its expense, Builder's Risk Insurance for the project to cover all risks of
loss in the complete and full value of the project. Contractor agrees to cooperate in a timely manner
with providing any information or documentation required for the application and by the carrier as
the project proceeds.
5.3. OTHER INSURANCE PROVISIONS
Upon approval of this Agreement by City Council, and then annually upon the anniversary date(s)
• of the insurance policy's renewal date(s) for as long as this Agreement remains in effect, the
Contractar will furnish the City with a Certificate of Insurance(s) (using appropriate ACORD
159 August 15, 2017
• certificate, SIGNED by the Issuer, and with applicable endorsements) evidencing all of the
coverage set forth above and naming the City as an "Additional Insured." In addition when
requested in writing from the City, Contractor will provide the City with certified copies of all
applicable policies. The address where such certiiicates and certified policies shall be sent or
delivered is as follows:
City of Clearwater
Engineering Department
Attn: Construction Office Specialist
P.O. Box 4748
Clearwater, FL 33758-4748
1. The Description (of Operations/LocationsNehicles) should specify Project Name and Project
Number.
2. Contractor shall provide thirty (30) days written notice of any cancellation, non-renewal,
termination, material change or reduction in coverage.
3. Contractor's insurance as outlined above shall be primary and non-contributory coverage for
Contractor's negligence.
4. Contractor reserves the right to appoint legal counsel to provide for the Contractor's defense,
for any and all claims that may arise related to Agreement, work performed under this
Agreement, or to Contractor's design, equipment, or service. Contractor agrees that the City
shall not be liable to reimburse Contractor for any legal fees or costs as a result of Contractor
providing its defense as contemplated herein.
The stipulated limits of coverage above shall not be construed as a limitation of any potential
. liability to the City, and the City's failure to request evidence of this insurance shall not be
construed as a waiver of Contractor's (or sub-contractors, representatives, or agents) obligation to
provide the insurance coverage specified.
5.4. WAIVER OF RIGHTS
The Owner and Contractor intend that all policies purchased in accordance with Article on
Insurance will protect the Owner, Contractor, Subcontractors, Engineer, Engineer's Consultants
and all other persons or entities identifed in the Supplementary Conditions to be listed as insured
or additional insured in such policies and will provide primary coverage for all losses and damages
caused by the perils covered thereby. All such policies shall contain provisions to the effect that in
the event of payment of any loss or damage the insurers will have no rights of recovery against
any of the insured or additional insured thereunder, the Owner and Contractor waive all rights
against each other and their respective officers, directors, employees and agents for all losses and
damages caused by, arising out of or resulting from any of the perils covered by such policies and
any other property insurance applicable to the work; and, in addition, waive all such rights against
Sub-contractors, Engineer, Engineer's Consultants and all other persons or entities identified in the
Supplementary Conditions to be listed as insured or additional insured under such policies for
losses and damages so caused. None of the above waivers shall extend to the rights that any party
making such waiver may have to the proceeds of insurance otherwise payable under any policy so
issued. In addition, the Owner waives all rights against Contractor, Subcontractors, Engineer,
Engineer's Consultant and the offcers, directors, employees and agents of any of them for: (i) loss
due to business interruption, loss of use or other consequential loss extending beyond direct
physical loss or damage to the Owner property or the Work caused by, arising out of or resulting
• from fire or other peril, whether or not insured by the Owner and; (ii) loss or damage to the
completed Project or part thereof caused by, arising out of or resulting from fire or other insured
160 August 15, 2017
• peril covered by any property insurance maintained on the completed Project or part thereof by the
Owner during partial utilization, after substantial completion or after final payment.
6. CONTRACTORS RESPONSIBILITIES
6.1. SUPERVISION AND SUPERINTENDENCE
Contractor shall supervise, inspect and direct the Work competently and effciently, devoting such
attention thereto and applying such skills and expertise as may be necessary to perform the Work
in accordance with the Contract Documents. Contractor shall be solely responsible for the means,
methods, techniques, sequences and procedures of construction. Contractor shall not be
responsible for the negligence of others in the design or specifcation of a specific means, method,
technique, sequence or procedure of construction which is shown or indicated in and expressly
required by the Contract Documents.
Contractor shall be responsible to see that the completed work complies accurately with the
Contract Documents. Contractor shall keep on the work at all times during its progress a competent
resident superintendent, who shall not be replaced without notice to the Owner's Representative
except under extraordinary circumstances. The superintendent will be Contractor's representative
at the site and shall have authority to act on behalf of Contractor. All communications to the
superintendent shall be as binding as if given to Contractor. The Contractor's superintendent shall
keep a mobile cell phone on his person so he can be contacted whenever necessary.
Contractor shall employ only competent persons to do the work and whenever the Owner's
• Representative shall notify Contractor, in writing, that any person on the work appears to be
incompetent, unfaithful, disorderly, disrespectful or otherwise unsatisfactory, such person shall be
removed from the project and shall not again be employed on it except with the written consent of
the Owner's Representative. Contractor represents the City of Clearwater and shall conduct
themselves in a professional manner to the public at all times.
Contractor shall reimburse Owner for additional engineering and inspection costs incurred as a
result of overtime work in excess of the regular working hours or on the Owner normally approved
holidays. At such times when Inspector overtime is required, the Contractor shall sign an overtime
slip documenting such hours and the Contractor shall be provided a copy for his records. At the
end of the project and prior to payment of withheld retainage funds, the Contractor shall deliver to
the Owner a check made out to the Owner of Clearwater for full reimbursement of all Inspector
overtime hours. Withheld retainage shall not be released until the Owner has received this check.
Minimum number of chargeable hours for inspection costs on weekends or holidays shall be four
hours. The cost of overtime inspection per hour shall be $80.00 per hour.
Contractor shall provide and maintain in a neat and sanitary condition, such sanitary
accommodations for the use of Contractor's employees as may be necessary to comply with the
requirements of Laws and Regulations and the Engineer.
6.2. LABOR, MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT
Contractor shall provide competent, suitably qualified personnel to survey, lay out and construct
the work as required by the Contract Documents. Contractor shall at all times maintain good
discipline and order at the site. Except as otherwise required for the safety or protection of persons
• or the work or property at the site or adjacent thereto, and except as otherwise indicated in the
Contract Documents, all work at the site shall be performed during regular working hours.
161 August 15, 2017
• Contractor shall adhere to the Community Development Code, Section 3-1508 regarding noise
restrictions from 6:00 p.m. to 7:00 a.m. any day and all day Sunday. Contractor will not permit
overtime work or the performance of work on Saturday, Sunday, or any legal holiday without
Owner consent given after prior notice to Engineer.
Unless otherwise specified in the General Requirements, Contractor shall furnish and assume full
responsibility for all materials, equipment, labor, transportation, construction equipment and
machinery, tools, appliances, fuel, power, light, heat, telephone, water, sanitary facilities,
temporary facilities, and all other facilities and incidentals necessary for the furnishing,
performance, testing, start-up and completion of the Work.
All materials and equipment installed in the Work shall be of good quality and new, except as
otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. If required by Engineer, Contractors shall furnish
satisfactory evidence (including reports of required tests) as to the quality of materials and
equipment. The Contractor shall provide suitable and secure storage for all materials to be used in
the Work so that their quality shall not be impaired or injured. Materials that are improperly stored,
may be rejected by the Engineer without testing.
All materials and equipment shall be applied, installed, connected, erected, used, cleaned and
conditioned in accordance with the instructions of the applicable manufacturer, fabricator,
supplier, or distributor, except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents.
The City of Clearwater, at its sole discretion, reserves the right to purchase major equipment or
materials to be incorporated into the Work under the Owner Direct Purchase (ODP) Option, per
Section III, Article 21. In such event, the Contractor shall cooperate and assist the Owner of
• Clearwater, at no additional cost, to imp,ement the ODP documents and procedures.
6.3. SUBSTITUTES AND OR EQUAL ITEMS
Whenever an item of material or equipment is specified or described in the Contract Documents
by using the name of a proprietary item or the name of a particular Supplier, the specification or
description is intended to establish the type, function and quality required. Unless the specification
or description contains or is followed by words reading that no like, equivalent or "or equal" item
or no substitution is permitted, other items of material or equipment or material or equipment of
other Suppliers may be accepted by Engineer. If in Engineer's sole discretion an item of material
or equipment proposed by Contractor is functionally equal to that named and sufficiently similar
so that no change in related Work will be required, it may be considered by Engineer for approval.
If in the Engineer's sole discretion an item of material or equipment proposed by Contractor does
not qualify as an "or equal" item, it may be considered as a proposed substitute item. Contractor
shall submit sufficient information as required by the Engineer to allow the Engineer to determine
that the item of material or equipment proposed is essentially equivalent to that named and is an
acceptable substitute therefore. Request for review of proposed substitute and "or equal" will be
not be accepted by Engineer from anyone other than Contractor.
Request for substitute and "or equal" items by Contractor must be submitted in writing to Owner's
Representative and will contain all information as Engineer deems necessary to make a
determination. Request for substitute shall identify why a substitute is submitted and include
advantages to the Owner. All data provided by Contractor in support of any proposed substitute or
"or equal" item will be at Contractor's expense. Engineer will be allowed a reasonable time to
• evaluate each proposal or submittal made per this paragraph. Engineer will be sole judge of
acceptability.
162 August 15, 2017
• 6.4. SUBCONTRACTORS, SUPPLIERS AND OTHERS
The Contractor shall deliver to the Owner's Representative before or at the preconstruction
conference a list of all Subcontractors, suppliers and other persons and organizations proposed by
the Contractor for Work to be performed on the Project. The Contractor shall include with this list
the qualifcations and references for each Subcontractor, supplier or other person and organization
for review and approval. Any changes to this list must be submitted to the Owner's Representative
for approval prior to the substitution of any Subcontractors, suppliers or other persons and
organizations before performing any Work on the Project for the Contractor.
Contractor shall be fully responsible to Owner and Engineer for all acts and omissions of the
Subcontractors, Suppliers and other persons performing or furnishing any of the work under a
direct or indirect contract with Contractor just as Contractor is responsible for Contractor's own
acts and omissions. Nothing in the Contract Documents shall create for the benefit of any such
Subcontractor, Supplier or other person any contractual relationship between Owner or Engineer
and any Subcontractor, Supplier or other person, nor shall it create any obligation on the part of
Owner or Engineer to pay or to see to the payment of any moneys due any such Subcontractor,
Supplier or other person. Contractor shall be solely responsible for scheduling and coordinating
the work of Subcontractors, Suppliers and other persons performing or furnishing any of the work
under a direct or indirect contract with Contractor. Contractor shall require all Subcontractors,
Suppliers and such other persons performing or furnishing any of the work to communicate with
the Engineer through Contractor.
The divisions and sections of the Specifications and the identifications of any Drawings shall not
control Contractor in dividing the work among Subcontractors or Suppliers or delineating the work
• to be performed by any specific trade.
All work performed for Contractor by a Subcontractor or Supplier will be pursuant to an
appropriate agreement between Contractor and the Subcontractor or Supplier which specifically
binds the Subcontractor or Supplier to the applicable terms and conditions of the Contract
Documents for the benefit of Owner and Engineer.
Contractor shall not pay or employ any Subcontractor, Supplier or other person or organization
whether initially or as a substitute, against whom Owner or Engineer may have reasonable
objection. Contractor shall not be required to employ any Subcontractor, Supplier or other person
or organization to furnish or perform any of the work against whom Contractor has reasonable
objection.
Owner or Engineer will not undertake to settle any differences between Contractor and his
Subcontractors or between Subcontractors.
6.5. USE OF PREMISES
Contractor shall confine construction equipment, the storage of materials and equipment and the
operations of works to the site and land areas identifed in and permitted by the Contract
Documents on other land areas permitted by Laws and Regulations, right-of-way, permits and
easements, and shall not unreasonably encumber the premises with construction equipment or
other materials or equipment. Contractor shall assume full responsibility for any damage to any
such land or area, or to the owner or occupant thereof or of any adjacent land or areas, resulting
from the performance of the Work. Should any claim be made by any such owner or occupant
• because of the performance of the Work, Contractor shall promptly settle with such other party by
negotiation or otherwise resolve the claim by arbitration or other dispute resolution proceed in or
163 August 15, 2017
. at law. Contractor shall, to the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, indemnify and
hold harmless Owner, Engineer, Engineer's Consultant and their officials, directors, employees
and agents from and against all claims, costs, losses and damages arising out of or resulting from
any claim or action, legal or equitable, brought by any such owner or occupant against Owner,
Engineer or any other party indemnified hereunder to the extent caused by or based upon
Contractor's performance of the Work.
During the progress of the Work, Contractor shall keep the premises free from accumulations of
waste materials, rubbish and other debris resulting from the Work. At the completion of the Work
or at intervals established by the Engineer, Contractor shall remove all waste materials, rubbish
and debris from and about the premises as well as all tools, appliances, construction equipment
and machinery and surplus materials. Contractor shall restore to original condition all property not
designated for alteration by the Contract Documents.
6.5.1. STAGING AREAS
The Contactor shall obtain and deliver to the City written permission for the use of all staging and
storage areas outside of the Limits of Construction. Use of right of way within the limits of
construction must be approved by the City. All applicable erosion control, tree barricade and
restoration, including time limits, specifcations, etc., must be followed.
6.5.2. RESTORATION TIME LIMITS
The timely restoration of all impacted areas, especially right-of-ways, is very important to the
Citizens of Clearwater; therefore these time limits are imposed:
• • Debris piles shall be removed within five (5) consecutive calendar days.
• Concrete driveways and sidewalks shall be replaced within ten (10) consecutive
calendar days of removal. Resident access shall be maintained at all times.
• All arterial and collector roadways shall be restored ASAP.
• Local streets and asphalt driveways shall be restored as soon as a sufficient quantity is
generated, however, this is never to exceed fifteen (15) consecutive calendar days.
Local and resident access shall be maintained at all times.
• Any irrigation systems or components damaged or impacted by construction activities
shall be repaired or replaced "in-kind" within forty-eight (48) hours to minimize the
loss of turfgrass or landscape plantings, particularly during periods of drought.
• Sod must be restored "in-kind" within fourteen (14) consecutive calendar days of a
successful pipe pressure test, removal of concrete forms, backfill of excavations,
replacement of driveways or sidewalks or other project specifc milestone. It must be
watered for a period of thirty (30) days after it is placed. Erosion control and dust
control of denuded areas must be maintained at all times.
If the project or a portion of it does not involve right-of ways, then a different schedule of sod
restoration may be considered.
6.6. LICENSE AND PATENT FEES, ROYALTIES AND TAXES
Contractor shall pay all license fees and royalties and assume all costs incident to the use in the
performance of the work or the incorporation in the Work of any invention, design, process,
• product or device which is the subject of patent rights or copyrights held by others. If a particular
invention, design, process, product or device is specified in the Contract Documents far use in the
164 August 15, 2017
• performance of the work and if to the actual knowledge of Owner or Engineer its use is subject to
patent rights or copyrights calling for the payment of any license fee or royalty to others, the
existence of such rights shall be disclosed by Owner or Engineer in the Contract Documents.
To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, Contractor shall indemnify and hold
harmless Owner, Engineer, Engineer's Consultants and the officers, directors, employees, agents
and other consultants of each and any of them from and against all claims, costs, losses and
damages arising out of or resulting from any infringement of patent rights or copyrights incident
to the use in the performance of the Work or resulting from the incorporation in the Work of any
invention, design, process, product or device not specified in the Contract Documents, and shall
defend all such claims in connection with any alleged infringement of such rights.
Contractor shall pay all sales, consumer, use and other taxes required to be paid by Contractor in
accordance with the Laws and Regulations of the State of Florida and other governmental agencies,
which are applicable during the performance of the work.
6.7. LAWS AND REGULATIONS
Contractor shall give all notices and comply with all Laws and Regulations applicable to furnishing
and performance of the Work. Except where otherwise expressly required by applicable Laws and
Regulations, neither Owner nor Owner's Representative shall be responsible for monitoring
Contractor's compliance with any Laws or Regulations. If Contractor performs any work knowing
or having reason to know that it is contrary to Laws or Regulations, Contractor shall bear all claims,
costs, losses and damages caused by or arising out of such work: however, it shall not be
Contractor's primary responsibility to make certain that the Specifications and Drawings are in
• accordance with Laws and Regulations, but this shall not relieve Contractor of Contractor's
obligations to the Owner to report and resolve discrepancies as described above.
When City projects include Federal or State funding, the requirements of Executive Order 11-02
shall be adhered to utilizing the Homeland Security E-Verify System to verify employment
eligibility.
. : � _ :� -� 1�1 � � �+'�
Unless otherwise provided in the Supplementary Conditions, Contractor shall obtain and pay for
all construction permits and licenses. The Owner shall assist Contractor, when necessary, in
obtaining such permits and licenses. Contractor shall pay all governmental charges and inspection
fees necessary for the prosecution of the Work, which are applicable at the time of opening of
Bids. Contractor shall pay all charges of utility owners for connections to the work, and the Owner
shall pay all charges of such utility owners for capital costs related thereto such as plant investment
fees.
Unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documents, Clearwater Building Permit Fees will be
waived.
6.9. SAFETY AND PROTECTION
Contractor shall be responsible for initiating, maintaining and supervising all safety precautions
and programs in connection with the Work. Contractor shall take all necessary precautions for the
safety of, and shall provide the necessary protection to prevent damage, injury or loss to: (i) all
• persons on the work site or who may be affected by the work, (ii) all the Work and materials and
equipment to be incorporated therein, whether in storage on or off the site; and (iii) other property
165 August 15, 2017
•
�
at the site or adjacent thereto, including trees, shrubs, lawns, walks, pavements, roadways,
structures, utilities and Underground Facilities not designated for removal, relocation or
replacement in the course of construction. In the event of temporary suspension of the work, or
during inclement weather, or whenever Owner's Representative may direct; Contractor shall, and
shall cause Subcontractors, to protect carefully the Work and materials against damage or injury
from the weather. If, in the opinion of the Owner's Representative, any portion of Work or
materials shall have been damaged or injured by reason of failure on the part of the Contractor or
any Subcontractors to so protect the Work, such Work and materials shall be removed and replaced
at the expense of Contractor. The Contractor shall initiate and maintain an accident prevention
program which shall include, but shall not be limited to the establishment and supervision of
programs for the education and training of employees in the recognition, avoidance and prevention
of unsafe conditions and acts. Contractor shall provide first aid services and medical care to his
employees. The Contractor shall develop and maintain an effective fire protection and prevention
program and good housekeeping practices at the site of contract performance throughout all phases
of construction, repair, alteration or demolition. Contractor shall require appropriate personal
protective equipment in all operations where there is exposure to hazardous conditions. The
Engineer may order that the work stop if a condition of immediate danger to the Owner's
employees, equipment or if property damage exists. This provision shall not shift responsibility or
risk of loss for injuries of damage sustained from the Contractor to Owner, and the Contractor shall
remain solely responsible for compliance with all safety requirements and for the safety of all
persons and property at the site of Contract performance. The Contractor shall instruct his
employees required to handle or use toxic materials or other harmful substances regarding their
safe handling and use. The Contractor shall take the necessary precautions to protect pedestrians
and motorists from harm, and to prevent disruptions of such traffic due to construction activity.
Contractor shall comply with all applicable Laws and Regulations of any public body having
jurisdiction for safety of persons or property and to protect them from damage, injury or loss; and
shall erect and maintain all necessary safeguards for such safety and protection. Contractor shall
notify owners of adjacent property and of Underground Facilities and utility owners when
execution of the work may affect them, and shall cooperate with them in the protection, removal,
relocation and replacement of their property. All damage, injury or loss to any property caused,
directly or indirectly, in whole or part, by Contractor, any Subcontractor, Supplier or any other
person or organization directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform or furnish any
of the work or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, shall be remedied by Contractor.
Contractor's duties and responsibilities for safety and for protection of the Work shall continue
until such time as all the Work is completed and Engineer has issued a notice to Owner and
Contractor that the Work is acceptable.
6.10. EMERGENCIES
In emergencies affecting the safety or protection of persons or the Work or property at the site or
adjacent thereto, Contractor, with or without special instruction or authorization from Owner or
the Owner's Representative, is obligated to act to prevent damage, injury or loss. Contractor shall
give Engineer prompt written notice if Contractor believes that any significant changes in the Work
or variations from the Contract Documents have been caused thereby. If the Owner's
Representative determines that a change in the Contract Documents is required because of the
action taken by Contractor in response to such an emergency, a Work Change Directive or Change
• Order will be issued to document the consequences of such action.
166 August 15, 2017
• 6.11. DRAWINGS
6.11.1. SHOP DRAWINGS, SAMPLES, RFIs, AND SUBMITTAL
REVIEW
Contractor shall submit Shop Drawings to Engineer for review and approval as called for in the
Technical Specifications or required by the Engineer. The data shown on the Shop Drawings will
be complete with respect to quantities, dimensions, specified performance and design criteria,
materials and similar data to show Engineer the materials and equipment Contractor proposes to
provide and to enable Engineer to review the information. Contractor shall also submit Samples to
Engineer for review and approval. Before submitting each Shop Drawing or Sample, Contractor
shall have determined and verified: (i) all field measurements, quantities, dimensions, speciiied
performance criteria, installation requirements, materials, catalog numbers and similar information
with respect thereto, (ii) all materials with respect to intended use, fabrication, shipping, handling,
storage, assembly and installation pertaining to the performance of the Work, and (iii) all
information relative to Contractor's sole responsibilities in respect to means, methods, techniques,
sequences and procedures of construction and safety precautions and programs incident thereto.
Contractor shall also have reviewed and coordinated each Shop Drawing or Sample with other
Shop Drawings and Samples with the requirements of the Work and the Contract Documents. Each
submittal will have a transmittal cover sheet identifying the shop drawing name, number, and
technical specification reference; will bear a stamp or specific written indication that Contractor
has satisiied Contractor's obligations under the Contract Documents with respect to Contractor's
review and approval of that submittal. At the time of submission, Contractor shall give Engineer
• specific written notice of such variations, if any, that the Shop Drawing or Sample submitted may
have from the requirements of the Contract Documents, such notice to be in a written
communication separate from the submittal; and, in addition, shall cause a specific notation to be
made on each Shop Drawing and Sample submitted to Engineer for review and approval of each
such variation.
The Contractor shall maintain a submittal log as mentioned in Article 2.5. The Engineer shall
receive updated copies at each progress meeting, and the Engineer shall respond to each submittal
within fourteen (14) consecutive calendar days. The Contractor shall maintain a request for
information (RFI) log as mentioned in Article 2.5. The Engineer shall receive updated copies at
each progress meeting, and the Engineer shall respond to each RFI within fourteen (14)
consecutive calendar days. The untimely submission of Submittal or RFIs shall not be grounds for
a delay claim from the Contractor.
Engineer's review and approval of Shop Drawings and Samples will be only to determine if the
items covered by the submittals will, after installation or incorporation in the Work, conform to
the information given in the Contract Documents and be compatible with the design concept of
the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated the Contract Documents. Engineer's
review and approval will not extend to means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of
construction (except where a particular means method, technique, sequence or procedure of
construction is specifically and expressly called for by the Contract Documents) or to safety
precautions or programs incident thereto. The review and approval of a separate item as such will
not indicate approval of the assembly in which the item functions. Contractor shall make
corrections required by Engineer, and shall return the required number of corrected copies of Shop
• Drawings and submit as required new Samples for review and approval. Contractor shall direct
specific attention in writing to revisions other than the corrections called for by Engineer on
previous submittals.
167 August 15, 2Q17
• Engineer's review and approval of Shop Drawings or Samples shall not relieve Contractor from
responsibility for any variation from the requirements of the Contract Documents unless
Contractor has in writing called Engineer's attention to each such variation at the time of
submission and Engineer has given written approval of each such variation by specific written
notation thereof incorporated in or accompanying the Shop Drawing or Sample approval; nor will
any approval by the Engineer relieve the Contractor from responsibility for complying with the
requirements of paragraph above discussing field measurements by the Contractor.
Contractor shall furnish required submittals with complete information and accuracy in order to
achieve required approval of an item within two (2) submittals. Owner's Representative reserves
the right to backcharge Contractor, for Engineer's costs for resubmittals that account for a number
greater than twenty percent (20%) of the total number of first time submittals, per the approved
initial submittal log. Owner's Representative reserves the right to backcharge Contractor for all
third submittals. The number of first time submittals shall be equal to the number of submittals
agreed to by Engineer and Contractor. All costs to Engineer involved with subsequent submittal
of Shop Drawings, Samples or other items requiring approval will be backcharged to Contractor
at the rate of 3.0 times direct technical labor cost by deducting such costs from payments due
Contractor for Work completed. In the event that Contractor requests a substitution for a previously
approved item, all of Engineer's costs in the reviewing and approval of the substitution will be
backcharged to Contractor, unless the need for such substitution is beyond the control of
Contractor.
6.11.2. AS-BUILT DRAWINGS
� The Contractor shall keep and maintain one set of blueprints, As-Built Drawings, in good order
and legible condition to be continuously marked-up at the job site. The Contractor shall mark and
annotate neatly and clearly all project conditions, locations, configurations and any other changes
or deviations which may vary from the details represented on the original Contract Plans, including
revisions made necessary by Addenda, Shop Drawings, and Change Orders during the construction
process. The Contractor shall record the horizontal and vertical locations, in the plan and profile,
of all buried utilities that differ from the locations indicated or which were not indicated on the
Contract Plans and buried (or concealed), construction and utility features which are revealed
during the construction period.
The As-Built Drawings shall be available for inspection by the Engineer, Engineer's Consultant,
and the Owner's Representative at all times during the progress of the Project.
The As-Built Drawings shall be reviewed by the Owner's Representative, or his designee, for
accuracy and compliance with the requirements of "As-Built Drawings" prior to submittal of the
monthly pay requests. The pay requests shall be rejected if the marked-up redline prints do not
conform to the "As-Built Drawings" requirements. As-Built Drawings shall be submitted to the
Owner Inspector for approval upon completion of the project and prior to acceptance of final pay
request. Final pay request shall not be processed until As-Built Drawings have been reviewed by
the Engineer or the Engineer's Consultant for accuracy and completeness.
Prior to placing new potable water mains in service, the Contractor shall provide the Engineer
intersection drawings, as specified for the water mains.
The Owner's acceptance of the "As-Built Drawings" does not relieve the Contractor of the sole
responsibility for the accuracy and completeness of the As-Built Drawings.
•
168 August 15, 2017
•
•
6.11.2.1. General
The Contractor shall prepare an"AS-BUILT SURVEY" per chapter SJ-17.052, Florida
Administrative Code (see definition below), signed and sealed by a Florida registered land
surveyor. The contractor will deliver to the Owner two hard copies of signed and sealed As-Built
Drawings and an AutoCAD file.
SJ-17.050 Definition: (10)(a) As-Built Survey: a survey performed to obtain horizontal and/or
vertical dimensional data so that constructed improvements may be located and delineated: also
known as Record Survey.
This survey shall be clearly titled "As-Built Survey" and shall be signed and sealed by a Florida
registered land surveyor. The survey must be delivered to the Owner of Clearwater Construction
Division upon substantial completion of the project. If this condition is not met, the Owner will
procure the services of a Professional Surveyor and Mapper registered in the State of Florida and
will back charge the contractor a fee of $1,800 per day or any portion thereofto provide the Owner
with the required As-Built Survey.
6.11.2.2. Sanitary and Storm Sewer Piping Systems
L Manholes and inlets shall be located by survey coordinates (northing, easting and elevation)
based on the approved horizontal and vertical datum or utilize the stationing supplied on the
construction plans. New and replaced service connections shall be dimensioned to the nearest
downstream manhole. All manholes, cleanouts and catch basin invert and rim elevations,
manhole and catch basin dimensions, pipe sizes, and pipe material shall also be noted on the
plan view and also on the profile if one exists. The terminal ends of all subdrains, inverts of all
pipe in structures, and the flow line of inlets shall also be noted on the plan view and also on
the profile if one exists.
2. Pipe materials and areas of special construction shall be noted.
6.11.2.3. Pressure Pipe construction (Water, Reclaimed Water, Forcemain)
All pipes shall be located by survey coordinates (northing, easting and elevation) based on the
approved horizontal and vertical datum or utilize the stationing supplied on the construction plans.
Coordinates shall be at all pipe bends, tees, valves, reducers, and deflections. Also all new and
replaced service connections for potable and reclaimed water will be located as described above.
Additionally there must be survey coordinates no further than 100 feet apart on linear type
construction and shall denote top of pipe elevation at those points.
6.11.2.4. Efectrical and Control Wiring
The as-built drawings shall include all changes to the original Contract Plans. The as-built
drawings shall also include the size, color, and number of wires and conduit. For projects where
this information is too voluminous to be contained on the blueline prints, the Contractor shall
prepare supplemental drawings, on same size sheets as the blueline prints, showing the additional
conduit runs, 1-line diagrams, ladder diagrams, and other information. The wiring schematic
diagrams shall show termination location and wiring identification at each point on the ladder
diagram.
169 August 15, 2017
•
•
•
6.11.2.5. Horizontal and Vertical Control
The As-Built survey shall be based on the original datum used for the construction design plans or
if required by the Owner the datum shall be referenced to the North American Datum of 1983/90
(horizontal) and the North American Vertical Datum of 1988. The unit of ineasurement shall be
the United States Foot. Any deviation or use of any other datum, (horizontal and or vertical), must
be approved by the Owner of Clearwater Engineering Department.
6.11.2.6. Standards
The As-Built survey shall meet the Minimum Technical 5tandards per Chapter SJ-17 and the
Clearwater CAD 5TANDARDS set forth below. In addition to locating all improvements that
pertain to the as-built survey it is the requirement of the Owner to have minimum location points
at every change in direction and no more than 100 feet apart on all pressure pipes.
6.11.2.7. Other
The As-Built drawings shall reflect any differences from the original Contract Plans, in the same
level of detail and units of dimensions as the Plans.
6.11.3. CAD STANDARDS
6.11.3.1. Layer Naming
6.11.3.1.1. Prefixes and Suffixes
6.
DI prefix denotes digitized or scanned entities
EP prefix denotes existing points - field collected
EX prefx denotes existing entities - line work and symbols
PR prefix denotes proposed entities - line work and symbols
FU prefix denotes future entities (proposed but not part of this contract) - line
work and symbols
TX suffix denotes text — use for all text, no matter the prefix
11.3.1.2. La er Namin Definitions:
GAS gas lines and appurtenances
ELEC power lines and appurtenances
PHONE telephone lines and appurtenances
CABLE cable TV lines and appurtenances
BOC curbs
WALK sidewalk
WATER water lines and appurtenances, sprinklers
STORM storm lines and appurtenances
TREES trees, bushes, planters
170
August 15, 2017
•
SANITARY sanitary lines and appurtenances
FENCE all fences
BLDG buildings, sheds, finished floor elevation
DRIVE driveways
EOP edge of pavement without curbs
TRAFFIC signal poles, control boxes
TOPBANK top of bank
TOESLOPE toe of slope
TOPBERM top of berm
TOEBERM toe of berm
SEAWALL seawall
CONCSLAB concrete slabs
WALL walls, except seawall
SHORE shoreline, water elevation
CL centerline of road
CLD centerline of ditch
CLS centerline of swale
CORNER property corners, monumentation
BENCH benchmark, temporary benchmarks
Other layers may be created as required, using above format.
6.11.3.2. Layer Properties
All layers will use standard AutoCAD linetypes, bylayer.
All layers will use standard AutoCAD colors, bylayer.
All text will use standard AutoCAD fonts.
6.11.3.3. Text Styles
Text style for EX layers will use the simplex font, oblique angle of 0°, and a text height of .008
times the plot scale.
Text style for PR and FU layers will use the simplex font, oblique angle of 22.5°, and a text height
of .010 times the plot scale.
6.11.4. DELIVERABLES
The as-built survey shall be produced on bond material, 24" x 36" at a scale of 1"=20' unless
• approved otherwise. The consultant shall deliver two hard copies and one digital copy of all
drawings. Requested iile formats are: Autodesk DWG and Adobe PDF files.
171 August 15, 2017
. Please address any questions regarding format to Mr. Tom Mahony, at (727) 562-4762 or e-mail
address Thomas.Mahonv�,myClearwater.com.
6.12. CONTRACTOR'S GENERAL WARRANTY AND
GUARANTEE - N/A
6.13. CONTINUING THE WORK
Contractor shall carry on the work and adhere to the progress schedule during all disputes or
disagreements with the Owner. No work shall be delayed or postponed pending resolution of any
disputes or disagreements, except as the Owner or Contractor may otherwise agree in writing.
6.14. INDEMNIFICATION
To the fullest extent permitted by law, Contractor agrees to defend, indemnify, and hold the City,
its officers, agents, and employees, harmless from and against any and all liabilities, demands,
claims, suits, losses, damages, causes of action, fines or judgments, including costs, attorneys',
witnesses', and expert witnesses' fees, and expenses incident thereto, relating to, arising out of, or
resulting from: (i) the services provided by Contractor personnel under this Agreement; (ii) any
negligent acts, errors, mistakes or omissions by Contractor or Contractor personnel; and (iii)
Contractor or Contractor personnel's failure to comply with or fulfill the obligations established
by this Agreement.
Contractor will update the City during the course of the litigation to timely notify the City of any
• issues that may involve the independent negligence of the City that is not covered by this
indemnification.
The City assumes no liability for actions of Contractor and will not indemnify or hold Contractor
or any third party harmless for claims based on this Agreement or use of Contractor-provided
supplies or services.
Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, this indemnification provision shall
not be construed as a waiver of any immunity to which Owner is entitled or the extent of any
limitation of liability pursuant to § 768.28, Florida Statutes. Furthermore, this provision is not
intended to nor shall be interpreted as limiting or in any way affecting any defense Owner may
have under § 768.28, Florida Statutes or as consent to be sued by third parties.
6.15. CHANGES IN COMPANY CONTACT INFORMATION
Contractor shall notify Owner by US mail addressed to the City Engineer of any changes in
company contact information. This includes: contact phone, address, project manager, email
addresses, etc.
6.16. PUBLIC RECORDS
The ENGINEER will be required to comply with Section 119.0701, Florida Statutes (2014),
specifically to:
a) Keep and maintain public records required by the city of Clearwater (hereinafter "public
agency") to perform the service being provided by the contractor hereunder.
• b) Upon request from the public agency's custodian of public records, provide the public
agency with a copy of the requested records or allow the records to be inspected or
172 August 15, 2017
• copied within a reasonable time at a cost that does not exceed the cost provided for in
Chapter 119, Florida Statutes, as many be amended from time to time, or as otherwise
provided by law.
c) Ensure that public recards that are exempt or confidential and exempt from public
records disclosure requirements are not disclosed except as authorized by law for the
duration of the contract term and following completion of the contract if the contractor
does not transfer the records to the public agency.
d) Upon completion of the contract, transfer, at no cost, to the public agency all public
records in possession of the contractor or keep and maintain public records required by
the public agency to perform the service. If the contractor transfers all public records to
the public agency upon completion of the contract, the contractor shall destroy any public
records that are exempt or confidential and exempt from public records disclosure
requirements. If the contractor keeps and maintains public records upon completion of
the contract, the contractor shall meet all applicable requirements for the retaining public
records. All records stored electronically must be provided to the public agency, upon
request from the public agency's custodian of public records in a format that is
compatible with the information technology systems of the public agency.
e) A request to inspect or copy public records relating to a public agency's contract for
services must be made directly to the public agency. If the public agency does not
possess the requested records, the public agency shall immediately notify the contractor
of the request and the contractor must provide the records to the public agency or allow
the records to be inspected or copied within a reasonable time.
fl The Contractor hereby acknowledges and agrees that if the contractor does not comply
• with the public agency's request for records, the public agency shall enforce the contract
provisions in accardance with the contract.
g) A Contractor who fails to provide the public records to the public agency within a �
reasonable time may be subject to penalties under Section 119.10, Florida Statutes.
h) If a civil action is filed against a contractor to compel production of public records
relating to a public agency's contract for services, the court shall assess and award
against the contractor the reasonable costs of enforcement, including reasonable attorney
fees, if:
1. The court determines that the contractor unlawfully refused to comply with
the public records request within a reasonable time; and
2. At least 8 business days before filing the action, the plaintiff provided written
notice of the public request, including a statement that the contractor has not
complied with the request, to the public agency and to the contractor.
i) A notice complies with subparagraph (h)2. if it is sent to the public agency's custodian of
public records and to the contractor at the contractor's address listed on its contract with
the public agency or to the contractor's registered agent. Global Express Guaranteed, or
certified mail, with postage or shipping paid by the sender and with evidence of delivery,
which may be in an electronic format.
j) A contractor who complies with a public records request within 8 business days after the
notice is sent is not liable for the reasonable costs of enforcement.
�
173 August 15, 2017
• 7. OTHER WORK
7.1. RELATED WORK AT SITE
The City reserves the right to have its own forces enter the construction site at any time and perform
work as necessary in order to perform infrastructure repair or maintenance, whether related to the
project or not. The Contractor will allow complete access to all utiliTy owners for these purposes.
The City may have its own forces perform new work related to the project, however, this work
will be identifed in the Contract Scope of Work and coordination will be such that this activity is
denoted in the Contractor's CPM Schedule so as not to cause any delays or interference with the
Contractor's work or schedule.
7.2. COORDINATION
If the Owner contracts with others for the performance of other work on the Project at the site, the
following will be set forth in the Scope of Work: (i) the person who will have authority and
responsibility for coordination of the activities among the various prime contractors will be
identified; (ii) the specific matters to be covered by such authority and responsibility will be
itemized; and (iii) the extent of such authority and responsibilities will be provided. Unless
otherwise provided in the Supplementary Conditions, the Owner shall have sole authority and
responsibility in respect of such coordination.
8. OWNERS RESPONSIBILITY
• Except as otherwise provided in these General Conditions, the Owner shall issue all
communications from the Owner to the Contractor through Owner's Representative.
•
The Owner shall furnish the data required of the Owner under the Contract Documents promptly
and shall make payments to Contractor promptly when they are due as provided in these General
Conditions.
The Owner is obligated to execute Change Orders as indicated in the Article on Changes In The
Work.
The Owner's responsibility in respect of certain inspections, tests, and approvals is set forth in the
Article on Tests and Inspections.
In connection with the Owner's right to stop work or suspend work, see the Article on Engineer
may Stop the Work. The Article on Suspension of Work and Termination deals with the Owner's
right to terminate services of Contractor under certain circumstances.
Owner shall not supervise, direct or have control or authority over, nor be responsible for,
Contractor's means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction or the safety
precautions and programs incident thereto, or for any failure of Contractor to comply with Laws
and Regulations applicable to the furnishing or performance of the Work. The Owner will not be
responsible for Contractor's failure to perform ar furnish the Work in accordance with the Contract
Documents.
174 August 15, 2017
• 9. OWNER REPRESENTATIVE'S STATUS DURING
CONSTRUCTION
9.1. OWNERS REPRESENTATIVE
Dependent of the project type, the Owner's Representative during the construction period will
either be the Construction Manager, the Engineer, or a designee of the Project's Owner. The duties,
responsibilities and the limitations of authority of Owner's Representative during construction are
set forth in the Contract Documents and shall not be extended without written consent of Owner
and Engineer.
9.2. CLARIFICATIONS AND INTERPRETATIONS
Engineer will issue with reasonable promptness such written clarifications or interpretations of the
requirements of the Contract Documents regarding design issues only, in the form of Submittal
responses, RFI responses, Drawings or otherwise, as Engineer may determine necessary, which
shall be consistent with the intent of and reasonably inferable from Contract Documents. All other
clarifications and interpretations of the Contract Documents shall be issued form the Owner's
Representative. Such written clarifications and interpretations will be binding on the Owner and
Contractor. If Contractor believes that a written clarification or interpretation justifies an
adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Time and the parties are unable to agree to the
amount or extent thereof, if any, Contractor may make a written claim therefore as provided in the
Articles for Change of Work and Change of Contract Time.
• 9.3. REJECTING OF DEFECTIVE WORK
The Owner's Representative or the Engineer will have authority to disapprove or reject Work
which Owner's Representative or the Engineer believes to be defective, or that Owner's
Representative or the Engineer believes will not produce a completed Project that conforms to the
Contract Documents or that will prejudice the integrity of the design concept of the completed
Project as a functioning whole as indicated by the Contract Documents. The Owner's
Representative or the Engineer will also have authority to require special inspection or testing of
the Work whether or not the Work is fabricated, installed or completed.
9.4. SHOP DRAWINGS, CHANGE ORDERS, AND PAYMENTS
In connection with Engineer's authority as to Shop Drawings and Samples, see articles on Shop
Drawings and Samples. In connection with Owner's Representative authority as to Change Orders,
see the articles on Changes of Work, Contract Price and Contract Time. In connection with
Owner's Representative authority as to Applications for Payment, see the articles on Payments to
Contractor and Completion.
9.5. DECISIONS ON DISPUTES
The Owner's Representative will be the initial interpreter of the requirements of the Contract
Documents and judge of the acceptability of the work thereunder. Claims, disputes and other
matters relating to the acceptability of the work or the interpretation of the requirements of the
Contract Documents pertaining to the performance and furnishing of the work and Claims under
• the Articles for Changes of Work, Changes of Contract Time and Changes of Contract Price will
be referred initially to Owner's Representative in writing with a request for a formal decision in
175 August 15, 2017
• accordance with this paragraph. Written notice of each such claim, dispute or other matter will be
delivered by the claimant to Owner's Representative and the other party to the Agreement
promptly, but in no event later than thirty (30) days, after the start of the occurrence or event giving
rise thereto, and written supporting data will be submitted to Owner's Representative and the other
party within sixty (60) days after the start of such occurrence or event unless Owner's
Representative allows an additional period of time for the submission of additional or more
accurate data in support of such claim, dispute or other matter. The opposing party shall submit
any response to Owner's Representative and the claimant within thirty (30) days after receipt of
the claimant's last submittal, unless Owner's Representative allows additional time. Owner's
Representative will render a formal decision in writing within thirty (30) days after receipt of the
opposing party's submittal, if any, in accordance with this paragraph. Owner Representative's
written decision on such claim, dispute or other matter will be final and binding upon the Owner
and Contractor unless (i) an appeal from Owner Representative's decision is taken within thirty
(30) days of the Owner Representative's decision, or the appeal time which may be stated in a
Dispute Resolution Agreement between Owner and Contractor for the settlement of disputes or
(ii) if no such Dispute Resolution Agreement has been entered into, a written notice of intention
to appeal from Owner Representative's written decision is delivered by the Owner or Contractor
to the other and to Owner's Representative within thirty (30) days after the date of such decision
and a formal proceeding is instituted by the appealing party in a forum of competent jurisdiction
to exercise such rights or remedies as the appealing party may have with respect to such claim,
dispute or other matter in accordance with applicable Laws and Regulations within sixty (60) days
of the date of such decision, unless otherwise agreed in writing by the Owner and Contractor.
When functioning as interpreter and judge, Owner's Representative will not show partiality to the
• Owner or Contractor and will not be liable in connection with any interpretation or decision
rendered in good faith in such capacity. The rendering of a decision by Owner's Representative
with respect to any such claim, dispute or other matter will be a condition precedent to any exercise
by the Owner or Contractor of such rights or remedies as either may otherwise have under the
Contract Documents or by Laws or Regulations in respect of any such claim, dispute or other
matter pursuant the Article on Dispute Resolution.
9.6. LIMITATIONS ON OWNER REPRESENTATIVE'S
RESPONSIBILITIES
Neither Owner Representative's authority or responsibility under this paragraph or under any other
provision of the Contract Documents nor any decision made by Owner's Representative in good
faith either to exercise or not exercise such authority or responsibility or the undertaking, exercise
or performance of any authority or responsibility by Owner's Representative shall create, impose
or give rise to any duty owed by Owner's Representative to Contractor, any Subcontractor, any
Supplier, any other person or organization or to any surety for or employee or agent of any of
them.
Owner's Representative will not supervise, direct, control or have authority over or be responsible
for Contractor's means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction, or the safety
precautions and programs incident thereto, or for any failure of Contractor to comply with Laws
and Regulations applicable to the furnishing or performance of the work. Owner's Representative
will not be responsible for Contractor's failure to perform or furnish the work in accordance with
• the Contract Documents.
176 August 15, 2017
. Owner's Representative will not be responsible for the acts or omissions of Contractor or of any
Subcontractor, any Supplier, or of any other person or organization performing or furnishing any
of the work.
Owner Representative's review of the final Application for Payment and accompanying
documentation and all maintenance and operating instructions, schedules, guarantees, bonds and
certificates of inspection, tests and approvals and other documentation required to be delivered by
the Contractor will only be to determine generally that their content complies with the
requirements of the Contract Documents and, in the case of certificates of inspections, tests and
approvals that the results certified indicate compliance with the Contract Documents.
The limitations upon authority and responsibility set forth in this paragraph shall also apply to
Owner Representative's CEI, the Engineer's Consultants, and assistants.
10. CHANGES IN THE WORK
Refer to FDOT LAP Division I Specifcations.
11. CHANGES IN THE CONTRACT PRICE
Refer to FDOT LAP Division I Specifications.
12. CHANGES IN THE CONTRACT TIME
The Contract Time (or Milestones) may only be changed by a Change Order or a Written
• Amendment. Any claim for an adjustment of the Contract Time (or Milestones) shall be based on
written notice delivered by the party making the claim to the other party and to Owner's
Representative promptly, but in no event later than thirty (30) days, after the occurrence of the
event giving rise to the claim and stating the general nature of the claim. Notice of the extent of
the claim with supporting data shall be delivered within sixty (60) days after such occurrence,
unless Owner's Representative allows an additional period of time to ascertain more accurate data
in support of the claim, and shall be accompanied by the claimant's written statement that the
adjustment claimed is the entire adjustment to which the claimant has reason to believe it is entitled
as a result of the occurrence of said event. All claims for adjustment in the Contract Time (or
Milestones) shall be determined by Owner's Representative. No claim for an adjustment in the
Contract Time (or Milestones) will be valid if not submitted in accordance with the requirements
of this paragraph.
All time limits stated in the Contract Documents are of the essence of the Agreement.
Where Contractor is prevented from completing any part of the work within the Contract Time (or
Milestones) due to delay beyond the control of Contractor, the Contract Time (or Milestones) may
be extended in an amount equal to the time lost due to such delay if a claim is made therefore as
provided in the article for Changes in the
Work. Delays beyond the control of Contractor shall include, but not be limited to, acts by the
Owner, acts of utility owners or other contractors performing other work as contemplated by the
article for Other Work, fires, floods, epidemics, abnormal weather conditions or acts of God.
Delays attributable to and within the control of a Subcontractor or Supplier shall be deemed to be
delays within the control of Contractor.
• Where Contractor is prevented from completing any part of the Work within the Contract Times
(or Milestones) due to delay beyond the control of both the Owner and Contractor, an extension
177 August 15, 2017
� of the Contract Time (or Milestones) in an amount equal to the time lost due to such delay shall be
Contractor's sole and exclusive remedy for such delay. In no event shall the Owner be liable to
Contractor, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, any other person, or to any surety for or employee or
agent of any of them, for damages arising out of or resulting from (i) delays caused by or within
the control of Contractor, or (ii) delays beyond the control of both parties including but not limited
to fires, floods, epidemics, abnormal weather conditions, acts of God or acts by utility owners or
other contractors performing other work as contemplated by paragraph for Other Work.
13. TESTS AND INSPECTIONS, CORRECTION, REMOVAL
OR ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK
Refer to FDOT LAP Division I Specifications.
14. PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR AND COMPLETION
Requests for payment shall be processed in accordance with F.S. 218.735 and as described herein.
Progress payments on account of Unit Price Work will be based on the number of units completed.
14.1. APPLICATION FOR PROGRESS PAYMENT
Contractor shall submit (not more often than once a month) to Owner's Representative for review
an Application for Payment filled out and signed by Contractor covering the Work completed once
each month and accompanied by such supporting documentation as is required by the Owner's
Representative and the Contract Documents. Unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documents,
• payment will not be made for materials and equipment not incorporated in the Work. Payment will
only be made for that portion of the Work, which is fully installed including all materials, labor
and equipment. A retainage of not less than five (5%) of the amount of each Application for
Payment for the total of all Work, including as-built survey and Inspector overtime reimbursement,
completed to date will be held until final completion and acceptance of the Work covered in the
Contract Documents. No progress payment shall be construed to be acceptance of any portion of
the Work under contract.
The Contractor shall review with the Engineer or the Construction Inspector all quantities and
work for which payment is being applied for and reach agreement prior to submittal of an Official
Pay Request. The Engineer or the Construction Inspector will verify that the on-site marked up as-
built drawings are up to date with the work and are in compliance with the Contract Documents.
In addition to all other payment provisions set out in this contract, the Owner's Representative
may require the Contractor to produce for Owner, within fifteen (1 S) days of the approval of any
progress payment, evidence and/or payment affidavit that all subcontractors and suppliers have
been paid any sum or sums then due. A failure on the part of the contractor to provide the report
as required herein shall result in further progress or partial payments being withheld until the report
is provided.
14.2. CONTRACTOR'S WARRANTY OF TITLE
Contractor warrants and guarantees that title to all Work, materials and equipment covered by any
Application for Payment, whether incorporated in the Project or not, will pass to the Owner no
later than the time of payment, free and clear of liens. No materials or supplies for the Work shall
• be purchased by Contractor or Subcontractor subj ect to any chattel mortgage or under a conditional
sale contact or other agreement by which an interest is retained by the seller. Contractor warrants
178 August 15, 2017
• that he has good title to all materials and supplies used by him in the Work, free from all liens,
claims or encumbrances. Contractor shall indemnify and save the Owner harmless from all claims
growing out of the lawful demands of Subcontractors, laborers, workmen, mechanics,
materialmen, and furnisher's of machinery and parts thereof, equipment, power tools, and all
supplies incurred in the furtherance of the performance of this Contract. Contractor shall at the
Owner's request, furnish satisfactory evidence that all obligations of the nature hereinabove
designated have been paid, discharged, or waived. If Contractor fails to do so, then the Owner
may, after having served written notice on said Contractor either pay unpaid bills, of which the
Owner has written notice, or withhold from the Contractor's unpaid compensation a sum of money
deemed reasonably sufficient to pay any and all such lawful claims until satisfactory evidence is
furnished that all liabilities have been fully discharged, whereupon payment to Contractor shall be
resumed in accordance with the terms of this Contract, but in no event shall the provisions of this
sentence be construed to impose any obligations upon the Owner to the Contractor or the Surety.
In paying any unpaid bills of the Contractor, the Owner shall be deemed the agent of Contractor
and any payment so made by the Owner shall be considered as payment made under the Contract
by the Owner to Contractor, and the Owner shall not be liable to Contractor for any such payment
made in good faith.
14.3. REVIEW OF APPLICATIONS FOR PROGRESS PAYMENTS
The Owner's Representative will within twenty (20) business days after receipt authorize and
process payment by the Owner a properly submitted and documented Application for payment,
unless the application requires review by an Agent. If the Application for payment requires review
• and approval by an Agent, properly submitted and documented Applications for payment will be
paid by the Owner within twenty-five (25) business days. If an Application for payment is rejected,
notice shall be given within twenty (20) business days of receipt indicating the reasons for refusing
payment. The reasons for rejecting an Application will be submitted in writing, specifying
defciencies and identifying actions that would make the Application proper. In the latter case,
Contractor may make the necessary corrections and resubmit the Application. The Owner's
Representative or Agent may refuse to recommend the whole or any part of any payment to Owner.
Owner's Representative or Agent may also refuse to recommend any such payment, or, because
of subsequently discovered evidence or the results of subsequent inspections or test, nullify any
such payment previously recommended, to such extent as may be necessary in Owner
Representative's or Agent's opinion to protect the Owner from loss because: (i) the Work is
defective, or completed Work has been damaged requiring correction or replacement, (ii) the
Contract Price has been reduced by amendment or Change Order, (iii) the Owner has been required
to correct defective Work or complete Work, or (iv) Owner's Representative or Agent has actual
knowledge of the occurrence of any of the events enumerated in the article on Suspension of Work
and Termination.
The Owner may refuse to make payment of the full amount recommended by the Owner's
Representative or Agent because: (i) claims have been made against the Owner on account of
Contractor's performance or furnishing of the Work, (ii) Liens have been filed in connection with
the Work, except where Contractor has delivered a specific Bond satisfactory to the Owner to
secure the satisfaction and discharge of such Liens, (iii) there are other items entitling the Owner
to a set-off against the amount recommended, or (iv) the Owner has actual knowledge of any of
the events described in this paragraph. The Owner shall give Contractar notice of refusal to pay in
• accordance with the time constraints of this section with a copy to the Owner's Representative or
Agent, stating the reasons for such actions, and Owner shall promptly pay Contractor the amount
179 August 15, 2017
• so withheld, or any adjustment thereto agreed to by the Owner and Contractor, when Contractor
corrects to the Owner's satisfaction the reasons for such action.
14.4. PARTIAL UTILIZATION
Use by the Owner at the Owner's option of any substantially completed part of the Work which
(i) has specifically been identified in the Contract Documents, or (ii) Owner, Engineer, Owner's
Representative, and Contractor agree constitutes a separately functioning and usable part of the
Work that can be used by the Owner for its intended purpose without significant interference with
Contractor's performance of the remainder of the Work, may be accomplished prior to Final
Completion of all the Work subject to the following:
The Owner at any time may request Contractor in writing to permit the Owner to use any such part
of the Work which the Owner believes to be ready for its intended use and substantially complete.
If Contractor agrees that such part of the Work is substantially complete, Contractor will certify to
Owner, Owner's Representative, and Engineer that such part of the Work is substantially complete
and request Owner's Representa.tive to issue a certificate of Substantial Completion far that part
of the Work. Contractor at any time may notify Owner, Owner's Representative, and Engineer in
writing that Contractor considers any such part of the Work ready for its intended use and
substantially complete and request Owner's Representative to issue a certifcate of Substantial
Completion for that part of the Work. Within a reasonable time after either such request, Owner,
Contractor, Owner's Representative, and Engineer shall make an inspection of that part of the
Work to determine its status of completion. If Engineer does not consider that part of the Work to
be substantially complete, Engineer will notify Owner, Owner's Representative, and Contractor in
• writing giving the reasons therefore. If Engineer considers that part of the Work to be substantially
complete, the provisions of the articles for Substantial Completion and Partial Utilization will
apply with respect to certification of Substantial Completion of that part of the Work and the
division of responsibility in respect thereof and access thereto.
14.5. FINAL INSPECTION
Upon written notice from Contractor that the entire Work or an agreed portion thereof is complete,
Owner's Representative will make a final inspection with Engineer, Owner and Contractor and
will within thirty (30) days notify Contractor in writing of particulars in which this inspection
reveals that the Work is incomplete or defective. The Owner's Representative will produce a final
punch list, deliver it to the Contractor within five (5) days of completion and assign a date for this
work to be completed not less than thiriy (30) days from delivery of the list. Failure to include any
corrective work or pending items does not alter the responsibility of the contractor to complete all
the construction services purchased pursuant to the contract. Contractor shall immediately take
such measures as are necessary to complete such Work or remedy such deficiencies.
14.6. FINAL APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT
After Contractor has completed all such corrections to the satisfaction of Owner's Representative
and has delivered in accordance with the Contract Documents all maintenance and operating
instructions, As-builtlRecord Drawings, schedules, guarantees, Bonds, certificates or other
evidence of insurance required by the paragraph for Bonds and Insurance, certifcates of
inspection, Inspector overtime reimbursement as required in the Contract Documents and other
• documents, Contractor may make application for final payment following the procedure for
progress payments. The final Application for Payment shall be accompanied (except as previously
180 August 15, 2017
• delivered) by: (i) all documentation called for in the Contract Documents, including but not limited
to the evidence of insurance required by paragraph far Bonds and Insurance, and (ii) executed
consent of the surety to final payment using the form contained in Section V of the Contract
Documents.
Prior to application for fnal payment, Contractor shall clean and remove from the premises all
surplus and discarded materials, rubbish, and temporary structures, and shall restore in an
acceptable manner all property, both public and private, which has been damaged during the
prosecution of the Work, and shall leave the Work in a neat and presentable condition.
14.7. FINAL PAYMENT AND ACCEPTANCE
If through no fault of Contractor, final completion of the Work is significantly delayed and if
Owner's Representative so confirms, the Owner shall, upon receipt of Contractor's final
Application for payment and recommendation of Owner's Representative, and without terminating
the Agreement, make payment of the balance due for that portion of the Work fully completed and
accepted. If the remaining balance to be held by the Owner for Work not fully completed or
corrected is less than the retainage stipulated in the Agreement, and if Bonds have been furnished
as required in paragraph for Bonds and Insurance, the written consent of the surety to the payment
of the balance due for that portion of the Work fully completed and accepted shall be submitted
by Contractor to Owner's Representative with the Application for such payment. Such payment
shall be made under the terms and conditions governing final payment, except that such payment
shall not constitute a waiver of claims.
If on the basis of Owner Representative's observation of the Work during construction and final
• inspection, and Owner Representative's review of the final Application for Payment and
accompanying documentation, all as required by the Contract Documents, Owner's Representative
is satisfied that the Work has been completed and Contractor's other obligations under the Contract
Documents have been fulfilled, Owner's Representative will indicate in writing his
recommendation of payment and present the Application to Owner for payment. Thereupon,
Owner's Representative will give written notice to Owner and Contractor that the Work is
acceptable subject to the provisions of this article. Otherwise, Owner's Representative will return
the Application to Contractor, indicating in writing the reasons for refusing to recommend final
payment, in which case Contractor shall make the necessary corrections and resubmit the
Application. If the Application and accompanying documentation are appropriate as to form and
substance, the Owner shall, within twenty (20) days after receipt thereof pay contractor the amount
recommended by Owner's Representative.
r�
�
14.8. WAIVER OF CLAIMS
The making and acceptance of final payment will constitute: a waiver of all claims by the Owner
against Contractor, except claims arising from unsettled Liens, from defective Work appearing
after final inspection, from failure to comply with the Contract Documents or the terms of any
special guarantees specified therein, or from Contractor's continuing obligations under the
Contract Documents; and a waiver of all claims by Contractor against the Owner other than those
previously made in writing and still unsettled.
181 August 15, 2017
• 15. SUSPENSION OF WORK AND TERMINATION
15.1. OWNER MAY SUSPEND THE WORK
At any time and without cause, Owner's Representative may suspend the Work or any portion
thereof for a period of not more than ninety (90) days by notice in writing to Contractor, which
will fix the date on which Work will be resumed. Contractor shall resume the Work on the date so
fixed. Contractor shall be allowed an adjustment in the Contract Price or an extension of the
Contract Times, or both, directly attributable to any such suspension if Contractor makes an
approved claim therefore as provided in the articles for Change of Contract Price and Change of
Contract Time.
15.2. OWNER MAY TERMINATE
Upon the occurrence of any one or more of the following events; if Contractor persistently fails to
perform the work in accordance with the Contract Documents (including, but not limited to, failure
to supply sufficient skilled workers or suitable materials or equipment or failure to adhere to the
progress schedule as adjusted from time to time);
if Contractor disregards Laws and Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction;
if Contractor disregards the authority of Owner's Representative;
if Contractor otherwise violates in any substantial way any provisions of the Contract
Documents; or if the Work to be done under this Contract is abandoned, or if this Contract
• or any part thereof is sublet, without the previous written consent of the Owner, or if the
Contract or any claim thereunder is assigned by Contractor otherwise than as herein
speciiied, or at any time Owner's Representative certifies in writing to the Owner that
the rate of progress of the Work or any part thereof is unsatisfactory or that the work or
any part thereof is unnecessarily or unreasonably delayed.
The Owner may, after giving Contractor (and the surety, if any), seven days' written notice and, to
the extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, terminate the services of Contractor, exclude
Contractor from the site and take possession of the Work and of all Contractor's tools, appliances,
construction equipment and machinery at the site and use the same to the full extent they could be
used by Contractor (without liability to Contractor for trespass or conversion), incorporate in the
Work all materials and equipment stored at the site or for which the Owner has paid Contractor
but which are stored elsewhere, and finish the Wark as the Owner may deem expedient. In such
case Contractor shall not be entitled to receive any further payment until the Work is finished. If
the unpaid balance of the Contract Price exceeds all claims, costs, losses and damages sustained
by the Owner arising out of or resulting from completing the Work such excess will be paid to
Contractor.
If such claims, costs, losses and damages exceed such unpaid balance, Contractor shall pay the
difference to the Owner. Such claims, costs, losses and damages incurred by the Owner will be
reviewed by Owner's Representative as to their reasonableness and when so approved by Owner's
Representative incorparated in a Change Order, provided that when exercising any rights or
remedies under this paragraph the Owner shall not be required to obtain the lowest price for the
Work performed.
• Where Contractor's services have been so terminated by the Owner, the termination will not affect
any rights or remedies of the Owner against Contractor then existing or which may thereafter
182 August 15, 2017
• accrue. Any retention or payment of moneys due Contractor by the Owner will not release
Contractor from liability.
Upon seven (7) days' written notice to Contractor and Owner's Representative, the Owner may,
without cause and without prejudice to any other right ar remedy of the Owner, elect to terminate
the Agreement. In such case, Contractor shall be paid (without duplication of any items):
for completed and acceptable Work executed in accordance with the Contract Documents
prior to the effective date of termination, including fair and reasonable sums for overhead
and profit on such Work;
for expenses sustained prior to the effective date of termination in performing services
and furnishing labor, materials or equipment as required by the Contract Documents in
connection with uncompleted Work, plus fair and reasonable sums for overhead and
profit on such expenses;
for all claims, costs, losses and damages incurred in settlement of terminated contracts
with Subcontractors, Suppliers and others; and for reasonable expenses directly
attributable to termination.
Contractor shall not be paid on account of loss of anticipated profits or revenue or other economic
loss arising out of or resulting from such termination.
15.3. CONTRACTOR MAY STOP WORK OR TERMINATE
If, through no act or fault of Contractor, the Work is suspended for a period of more than ninety
• (90) days by the Owner or under an order of court or other public authority, or the Owner's
Representative fails to act on any Application for Payment within thirty (30) days after it is
submitted or the Owner fails for thirty (30) days to pay Contractor any sum finally determined to
be due, then Contractor may, upon seven (7) days' written notice to the Owner and Owner's
Representative, and provided the Owner or Owner's Representative does not remedy such
suspension or failure within that time, terminate the Agreement and recover from the Owner
payment on the same terms as provided in the article far the Owner May Terminate. However, if
the Work is suspended under an order of court through no fault of Owner, the Contractor shall not
be entitled to payment except as the Court may direct. In lieu of terminating the Agreement and
without prejudice to any other right or remedy, if Owner's Representative has failed to act on an
Application for Payment within thirty (30) days after it is submitted, or the Owner has failed for
thirty (30) days to pay Contractor any sum finally determined to be due, Contractor may upon
seven (7) days' written notice to the Owner and Owner's Representative stop the Work until
payment of all such amounts due Contractor. The provisions of this article are not intended to
preclude Contractor from making claim under paragraphs for Change of Contract Price or Change
of Contract Time or otherwise for expenses or damage directly attributable to Contractor's stopping
Work as permitted by this article.
16. DISPUTE RESOLUTION
If and to the extent that the Owner and Contractor have agreed on the method and procedure for
resolving disputes between them that may arise under this Agreement, such dispute resolution
method and procedure will proceed. If no such agreement on the method and procedure for
resolving such disputes has been reached, subject to the provisions of the article for Decisions on
• Disputes, the Owner and Contractor may exercise such rights or remedies as either may otherwise
183 August 15, 2017
• have under the Contract Documents or by Laws or Regulations in respect of any dispute provided,
however, that nothing herein shall require a dispute to be submitted to binding arbitration.
17. MISCELLANEOUS
17.1. SUBMITTAL AND DOCUMENT FORMS
The form of all submittals, notices, change orders, pay applications, logs, schedules and other
documents permitted or required to be used or transmitted under the Contract Documents shall be
determined by the Owner's Representative subject to the approval of Owner.
17.2. GIVING NOTICE
Whenever any provision of the Contract Documents requires the giving of written notice, notice
will be deemed to have been validly given if delivered in person to the individual or to a member
of the firm or to an officer of the corporation for whom it is intended, or if delivered or sent by
registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, to the last business address known to the giver of the
notice.
17.3. NOTICE OF CLAIM
Should the Owner or Contractar suffer injury or damage to person or property because of any error,
omission or any act of the other party or of any of the other party's ofiicers, employees or agents
or others for whose acts the other party is legally liable, claim will be made in writing to the other
• party within a reasonable time of the first observance of such injury or damage. The provisions of
this paragraph shall not be construed as a substitute for or a waiver of the provisions of any
applicable statute of limitations or repose.
•
17.4. PROFESSIONAL FEES AND COURT COSTS INCLUDED
Whenever reference is made to "claims, costs, losses and damages," the phrase shall include in
each case, but not be limited to, all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys and other
professionals and all court or other dispute resolution costs.
17.5. ASSIGNMENT OF CONTRACT
The Contractor shall not assign this contract or any part thereof or any rights thereunder without
the approval of Owner, nor without the consent of surety unless the surety has waived its rights to
notice of assignment.
17.6. RENEWAL OPTION
Annual Contracts issued through the Engineering Department may be renewed for up to two (2)
years, upon mutual consent of both the Owner and the Contractor/Vendor. All terms, conditions
and unit prices shall remain constant unless otherwise specified in the contract specifications or in
the Invitation to bid. Renewals shall be made at the sole discretion of the Owner, and must be
agreed to in writing by both parties. All renewals are contingent upon the availability of funds, and
the satisfactory performance of the Contractor as determined by the Construction Department.
184 August 15, 2017
• 17.7. ROLL-OFF CONTAINERS AND/OR DUMPSTERS
All City construction projects shall utilize City of Clearwater Solid Waste roll-off containers
and/or dumpsters for their disposaI and hauling needs. For availability or pricing contact Mike
Pryor at the City of Clearwater, Solid Waste Department, by phone: (727) 562-4923 or email:
Michael.Pr�(a),myC learwater.com.
18. ORDER AND LOCATION OF THE WORK
The City reserves the right to accept and use any portion of the work whenever it is considered to
the public interest to do so. The Engineer shall have the power to direct on what line or street the
Contractor shall work and order thereof.
19. MATERIAL USED
All material incorporated into the final work shall be new material unless otherwise approved by
the Engineer. If requested by the Engineer, the Contractor shall furnish purchase receipts of all
materials.
20. CONFLICT BETWEEN PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS
The various Contract Documents shall be given precedence, in case of conflict, error or
discrepancy, as follows: Modifications, Contract Agreement, Addenda, Supplementary General
Conditions, General Conditions, Supplementary Technical Specifications and Technical
• Specifications. In a series of Modifications or Addenda the latest will govern. In the case of an
inconsistency between Drawings and Specifications or within either pocument not clarified by
addendum, the better quality, more stringent or greater quantity of Work shall be provided in
accordance with the Engineer/Architect's interpretation.
21. OWNER DIRECT PURCHASE (ODP)
This section is deleted.
22. RESIDENT NOTIFtCATION OF START OF
CONSTRUCTION
22.1. GENERAL
This section is deleted.
23. PROJECT INFORMATION SIGNS
This section is deleted.
24. AWARD OF CONTRACT, WORK SCHEDULE AND
GUARANTEE
It will be required that the work will commence not later than five (5) calendar days after the
• Engineer gives written Notice to Proceed (NTP), which notice shall be given as outlined in Article
2 of these General Conditions.
185 August 15, 2017
� It is further required that all work within this contract be completed within the indicated number
of consecutive calendar days as determined in Section IV, Scope of Work. Contract Time to
commence at start date noted on the Notice to Proceed. If the Contractor fails to complete the work
within the stipulated time, the City will retain the amount stated in the Contract, per calendar day,
for each day that the contract remains incomplete. The work shall be discontinued on Saturdays,
Sundays, and approved Holidays. If it becomes necessary for the Contractor to perform work on
Saturdays, Sundays, and approved City of Clearwater Employee Holidays, that in the opinion of
the Engineer, will require the presence of Inspectors, the Contractor shall pay the City of
Clearwater, Florida, the amount of Four Hundred Eighty Dollars ($480.00) per each eight-hour (8)
day for each Inspector given such assignment.
The Contractor shall remedy any defects in the work at his own expense and pay for any damage
to other work resulting therefrom which appear within a period of one (1) year from the date of
final acceptance.
25. SCRUTINIZED COMPANIES AND BUSINESS
OPERATfONS WITH CUBA AND SYRIA CERTIFICATION
FORM
This section is deleted.
•
•
186 August 15, 2017
•
CITY OF CLEARWATER
SUPPLEMENTAL CONDITIONS
CLW-SC-01- PERMITS
1. PERMITS ACQUIRED BY THE CITY
The City of Clearwater has acquired the following permits for this project:
1.1. Permit Exemption from Southwest Florida Water Management District
1.2. Pinellas County Right of Way Use Permit
Copies of these permit documents are in the Permits section of the Specifications Package.
2. PERMITS TO BE ACQUIRED BY THE CONTRACTOR
. The CONTRACTOR will be responsible for acquiring the project permits listed below. Allow
sufficient time prior to beginning construction to prepare, submit, for agency processing
and review, application revisions, etc., and issuance of the permit by the responsible agency.
There will be no compensation to the CONTRACTOR for permit application costs or fees, or
for any construction delays caused by the permit application process.
•
2.1. Florida Department of Environmental Protection National Pollution Discharge
Elimination System (NPDES) Permit.
187 August 15, 2017
�
•
CITY OF CLEWARWATER
SECTION IV
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Table of Content:
100 SERIES: GENERAL ......................................................................................1
101. SCOPE OF WORK ...............................................................................................1
102. FIELD ENGINEERING ........................................................................................1
102-1. LINE AND GRADE PERFORMED BY THE CONTRACTOR ..................................1
102-2. LINE AND GRADE PERFORMED BY THE CITY ....................................................2
103. DEFINITION OF TERMS .................................................................................... 2
103-1. REFERENCE STANDARDS ........................................................................................2
104.
105.
105-1.
105-2.
105-3.
105-4.
105-5.
105-6.
105-7.
105-8.
105-9.
105-10.
105-11.
105-12.
106.
STREET CROSSINGS, ETC . ............................................................................... 3
AUDIO/VIDEO RECORDING OF WORK AREAS ........................................... 3
CONTRACTOR TO PREPARE AUDIO/VIDEO RECORDING .................................3
SCHEDULING OF AUDIO/VIDEO RECORDING ....................................................3
PROFESSIONAL VIDEOGRAPHERS .......................................................................3
EQUIPMENT...............................................................................................................3
RECORDED AUDIO INFORMATION .......................................................................3
RECORDED VIDEO INFORMATION ........................................................................4
VIEWER ORIENTATION .............................................................................................4
LIGHTING....................................................................................................................4
SPEEDOF TRAVEL .....................................................................................................4
VIDEOLOG/INDEX ....................................................................................................4
AREAOF COVERAGE ................................................................................................5
COSTS OF VIDEO SERVICES ....................................................................................5
STREETSIGNS .................................................................................................... 5
107. WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL .................................................................. 5
107-1. CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBLE FOR WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL ..........5
107-2. WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN ...............................................................5
107-3. ROADWAY CLOSURE GUIDELINES ........................................................................6
107-4. APPROVAL OF WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN ....................................7
107-5. INSPECTION OF WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL OPERATION .....................7
107-6. PAYMENT FOR WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL ..............................................7
107-7. CERTIFICATION OF WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL SUPERVISOR .............8
108. OVERHEAD ELECTRIC LINE CLEARANCE .................................................. 8
108-1. CLEARANCE OPTIONS ..............................................................................................8
108-2. REQUIRED MINIMUM CLEARANCE DISTANCES ................................................5
109. PROJECT WEB PAGES ....................................................................................... 9
109-1. WEB PAGES DESIGN ...................•-••-••........................................................................9
188 August 15, 2017
L J
•
•
109-2
109-3
109-4
109-5
109-6
109-7
WEB ACCESSIBILITY GUIDELINES ........................................................................9
THE StJN AND WAVES LOGO AND ITS USE ..........................................................9
MAPS AND GRAPHICS ............................................................................................10
INTERACTIVE FORMS ............................................................................................10
POSTING.....................................................................................................................10
WEB PAGES UPDATES .............................................................................................10
200 SERIES: SITEWORK ..................................................................................10
300 SERIES: MATERIALS ................................................................................10
400 SERIES: SANITARY SEWER - N/A .........................................................10
500 SERIES: POTABLE AND RECLAIMED WATER MAINS, FIRE
LINES AND APPURTENANCES ..............................................11
501.
502.
502-1.
502-2.
502-3.
502-4.
502-5.
502-6.
502-7.
502-8.
502-9.
502-10
SCOPE................................................................................................................. 11
MATERIALS....................................................................................................... 11
GENERAL...................................................................................................................11
PIPE MATERIALS AND FITTINGS ..........................................................................11
GATEVALUES ...........................................................................................................13
VALUEBOXES ...........................................................................................................14
HYDR.ANTS ................................................................................................................14
SERVICE SADDLES ..................................................................................................15
TESTS, INSPECTION AND REPAIRS ......................................................................15
BACKFLOW PREVENTERS .....................................................................................16
TAPPINGSLEEVES ...................................................................................................16
BLOW OFF HYDRANTS ...........................................................................................16
503. CONSTRUCTION .............................................................................................. 16
503-1. MATERIAL HANDLING ...........................................................................................16
503-2. PIPE LAYING .............................................................................................................17
503-3. SETTING OF VALUES, HYDRANTS AND FITTINGS ...........................................18
503-4. CONNECTIONS TO EXISTING LINES ...................................................................19
504. TESTS .................................................................................................................19
504-L HYDROSTATIC TESTS .............................................................................................19
504-2. NOTICE OF TEST .......................................................... .....20
.......................................
505. STERILIZATION ................................................................................................20
505-1. STERILIZING AGENT ...............................................................................................20
505-2. FLUSHING SYSTEM .................................................................................................20
505-3. STERILIZATION PROCEDURE ...............................................................................20
505-4. RESIDUAL CHLORINE TESTS ................................................................................20
505-5. BACTERIAL TESTS ...................................................................................................20
506. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT .................................................................. 21
506-1. GENERAL ..............................................................................................................••••.21
506-2. FURNISH AND INSTALL WATER MAINS ..............................................................21
506-3. FURNISH AND INSTALL FITTINGS .......................................................................22
189
August 15, 2017
•
�
•
506-4. FURNISH AND INSTALL GATE VALUES COMPLETE WITH BOXES AND
COVERS......................................................................................................................22
506-5. FURNISH AND INSTALL FIRE HYDRANTS .........................................................22
600 SERIES: STORMWATER ...........................................................................22
700 SERIES: STREETS AND SIDEWALKS ...................................................23
701. RESTORATION OR REPLACEMENT OF DRIVEWAYS, CURBS,
SIDEWALKS AND STREET PAVEMENT ....................................................... 23
702: ROADWAY BASE AND SUBGRADE .............................................................. 23
702-1. BASE ...........................................................................................................................23
702-2. SUBGRADE ................................................................................................................25
703.
703-1.
703-2.
703-3.
703-4.
703-5.
703-6.
703-7.
703-8.
703-9.
703-10
704.
ASPHALTIC CONCRETE MATERIALS .......................................................... 26
ASPHALTICCONCRETE ..........................................................................................26
HOT BITUMINOUS MIXTURES - PLANT, METHODS, EQUIPMENT &
QUALITY ASSURANCE ...........................................................................................26
ASPHALT MIX DESIGNS AND TYPES ...................................................................27
ASPHALT PAVEMENT DESIGNS AND LAYER THICKNESS ..............................27
GENERAL CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS ...................................................27
CRACKS AND POTHOLE PREPARATION .............................................................27
ADJUSTMENT OF MANHOLES ..............................................................................28
ADDITIONALASPHALT REQUIREMENTS ...........................................................28
BASIS OF MEASUREMENT .....................................................................................29
BASIS!�F PAYMENT ................................................................................................29
ADJUSTMENT TO THE UNIT BID PRICE FOR ASPHALT .......................... 29
705. ASPHAI.T DRIVEWAYS ................................................................................... 30
705-1. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT .....................................................................................30
705-2. BASIS OF PAYMENT ...............................................................................................30
706. CONCRETE CURBS .......................................................................................... 30
706-1. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT ....................................................................................30
706-2. BASIS OF PAYMENT ................................................................................................30
707.
707-1.
707-2.
707-3.
707-4.
707-5.
708.
708-1.
708-2.
708-3.
708-4.
708-5.
708-6.
708-7.
CONCRETE SIDEWALKS AND DRIVEWAYS ..................
CONCRETE SIDEWALKS .........................................................
CONCRETE DRIVEWAYS ........................................................
CONCRETE CURB RAMPS ......................................................
BASIS OF MEASUREMENT .....................................................
BASIS OF PAYMENT
........................... 31
..............................31
.............................31
..............................31
.............................31
31
................................................................................................
MILLING OPERATIONS ................................................................................... 32
EQUIPMENT, CONSTRUCTION & MILLED SURFACE .......................................32
ADDITIONAL MILLING REQUIREMENTS ...........................................................32
SALUAGEABLE MATERIALS ..................................................................................33
DISPOSABLE MATERIALS ......................................................................................33
ADJUSTMENT AND LOCATION OF LTNDERGROUND UTILITIES ...................33
ADJUSTMENT OF UTILITY MANHOLES .............................................................33
TYPESOF MILLING .................................................................................................33
190 August 15, 2017
• 708-8. MILLING OF INTERSECTIONS ...............................................................................33
708-9. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT .....................................................................................34
708-10. BASIS OF PAYMENT ................................................................................................34
800 SERIES: TRAFFIC SIGNALS, SIGNS AND MARKINGS — N/A .........34
•
u
900 SERIES: LANDSCAPING/RESTORATION — N/A .................................34
19� August 15, 2017
•
100 SERIES: GENERAL
101. SCOPE OF WORK
Scope of Work:
The work provided for in this contract includes all construction work associated with the Driuid Trail Phase
4 project including, but not limited to, mobilization, maintenance of traffic, erosion control, clearing and
grubbing, mailboxes, excavation, embankment, stabilization, pavement base, asphalt pavement, milling
asphalt pavement, drainage structures, pipe, manholes, adjusting valve boxes, replacing manhole covers,
bollards, concrete curb, concrete traffic separator, concrete sidewalk, patterned/textured crosswalk
surfaces, detectable warning surfaces, fencing, turF, underground conduit, traffic signal cables, pull and
splice boxes, signal poles, RRFDs, pedestrian detectors, traffic signal controller, signs, sign posts, RPMs,
thermoplastic striping, relocating utility fixtures, and fire hydrants.
The Contractor shall provide . none : jFixed/Ft�rtak�l��, project signs as described in SECTION III,
ARTICLE 23 of the Contract Documents. The final number of project signs will be determined at
the beginning of the project based on the Contractor's schedule of work submitted for approval.
Additional project signs may be required at no additional cost to the Owner due to the Contractor's
schedule of work.
• Contract Period: �74 Consecutive Calendar Days
102. FIELD ENGINEERING
102-1. LtNE AND GRADE PERFORMED BY THE
CONTRACTOR
Unless otherwise specified, the Contractor shall provide and pay for field engineering service
required for the project. Such work shall include survey work to establish Iines and levels and to
locate and lay out site improvements, structures, and controlling lines and levels required for the
construction of the work. Also included are such Engineering services as are specifed or required
to execute the Contractor's construction methods. Engineers and Surveyors shall be licensed
professionals under the laws of the State of Florida. The Contractor shall provide three (3)
complete sets of As-built Surveys to the Engineer prior to final payment being made as outlined in
Section III (General Conditions), Article 6.11.2 of these Contract Documents.
102-1.1. GRADES, LINES AND LEVELS
Existing basic horizontal and vertical control points for the project are those designated on the
Drawings or provided by the City. Control points (for alignment only) shall be established by the
Engineer. The Contractor shall locate and protect control points prior to starting site work and shall
preserve all permanent reference points during construction. In working near any permanent
property corners or reference markers, the Contractor shall use care not to remove or disturb any
• such markers. In the event that markers must be removed or are disturbed due to the proximity of
192 August 15, 209 7
• construction work, the Contractor shall have them referenced and reset by a Professional Land
Surveyor licensed in the State of Florida.
102-1.2. LAYOUT DATA
The Contractor shall layout the work at the location and to the lines and grades shown on the
Drawings. Survey notes indicating the information and measurements used in establishing
locations and grades shall be kept in notebooks and furnished to the Engineer with the record
drawings for the project.
102-2. LINE AND GRADE PERFORMED BY THE CITY
If line and grade is supplied by the City, at the completion of all work the Contractor shall be
responsible to have furnished to the project inspector a replacement of the wooden lath and stakes
used in the construction of this project. Excessive stake replacement caused by negligence of
Contractar's forces, after initial line and grade have been set, as determined by the City Engineer,
will be charged to the Contractor at the rate of $100.00 per hour. Time shall be computed for actual
time on the project. All time shall be computed in one-hour increments. Minimum charge is
$100.00. The Contractor shall provide three (3) complete sets of As-built Surveys to the Engineer
prior to final payment being made as outlined in Section III (General Conditions), Article 6.11.2
of these Contract Documents.
103. DEFINITION OF TERMS
• For the Purpose of these Technical Specifications, the Definition of Terms from Section III, Article
1- Definitions of these Contract Documents shall apply.
•
For the purpose of the Estimated Quantities, the Contractor's attention is called to the fact that the
estimate of quantities as shown on the Proposal is approximate and is given only as a basis of
calculation upon which the award of the contract is to be made. The City does not assume any
responsibility that the final quantities will remain in strict accordance with estimated quantities
nor shall the Contractor plead misunderstandings or deception because of such estimate of
quantities or of the character or location of the work or of other conditions or situations pertaining
thereto.
103-1. REFERENCE STANDARDS
Reference to the standards of any technical society, organization, or associate, or to codes of local
or state authorities, shall mean the latest standard, code, specification, or tentative standard adopted
and published at the date of receipt of bids, unless specifcally stated otherwise.
The most stringent specification prevails in the case where more than one specification is
referenced for the same task.
Contractor shall utilize applicable FDOT Standards and Specifications for tasks that are not
covered by City's Standards and Specifications.
193 August 15, 2017
� 104. STREET CROSSINGS, ETC.
At such crossings, and other points as may be directed by the Engineer, trenches shall be bridged
in an open and secure manner, so as to prevent any serious interruption of travel upon the roadway
or sidewalk, and also to afford necessary access to public or private premises. The material used,
and the mode of constructing said bridges, and the approaches, thereto, must be satisfactory to the
Engineer.
The cost of all such work must be included in the cost of the trench excavation.
105. AUDIONIDEO RECORDING OF WORK AREAS
105-1. CONTRACTOR TO PREPARE AUDIONIDEO
RECORDING
Prior to commencing work, the Contractor shall have a continuous color audio/video recording
taken along the entire length of the Project including all affected project areas. Streets, easements,
rights-of-way, lots or construction sites within the Project must be recorded to serve as a record of
pre-construction conditions.
105-2. SCHEDULING OF AUDIONIDEO RECORDING
The video recordings shall not be made more than twenty-one (21) days prior to construction in
• any area.
105-3. PROFESSIONAL VIDEOGRAPHERS
The Contractor shall engage the services of a professional videographer. The color audio/video
recording shall be prepared by a responsible commercial firm known to be skilled and regularly
engaged in the business of pre-construction color audio/video recording documentation.
105-4. EQUIPMENT
All equipment, accessaries, materials and labor to perform this service shall be furnished by the
Contractar. The total audio/video system shall reproduce bright, sharp, clear pictures with accurate
colors and shall be free from distortion, tearing, rolls or any other form of imperfection. The audio
portion of the recording shall reproduce the commentary of the camera operator with proper
volume, clarity and be free from distortion and interruptions. In some instances, audio/video
coverage may be required in areas not accessible by conventional wheeled vehicles. Such coverage
shall be obtained by walking.
105-5. RECORDED AUD10 INFORMATION
Each recording shall begin with the current date, project name and be followed by the general
location, i.e., viewing side and direction of progress. Accompanying the video recording of each
video shall be a corresponding and simultaneously recorded audio recording. This audio recording,
exclusively containing the commentary of the camera operator or aide, shall assist in viewer
orientation and in any needed identification, differentiation, clarification, or objective description
•
194 August 15, 2017
• of the features being shown in the video portion of the recording. The audio recording shall
also be free from any conversations.
105-6. RECORDED VIDEO INFORMATION
All video recordings must continuously display transparent digital information to include the date
and time of recording. The date information shall contain the month, day and year. The time
information shall contain the hour, minutes and seconds. Additional information shall be displayed
periodically. Such information shall include, but not be limited to, project name, contract number,
direction of travel and the viewing side. This transparent information shall appear on the extreme
upper left hand third of the screen. Camera pan, tilt, zoom-in and zoom out rates shall be
sufficiently controlled such that recorded objects will be clearly viewed during video playback. In
addition, all other camera and recording system controls, such as lens focus and aperture, video
level, pedestal, chrome, white balance, and electrical focus shall be properly controlled or adjusted
to maximize picture quality.
105-7. VIEWER ORIENTATION
The audio and video portions of the recording shall maintain viewer orientation. To this end,
overall establishing views of all visible house and business addresses shall be utilized. In areas
where the proposed construction location will not be readily apparent to the video viewer, highly
visible yellow flags shall be placed by the Contractor in such a fashion as to clearly indicate the
proposed centerline of construction. When conventional wheeled vehicles are used as conveyances
• for the recording system, the vertical distance between the camera lens and the ground shall not
exceed ten feet (10' ). The camera shall be firmly mounted such that transport of the camera during
the recording process will not cause an unsteady picture.
105-8. LIGHTING
All recording shall be done during time of good visibility. No videoing shall be done during
precipitation, mist or fog. The recording shall only be done when sufficient sunlight is present to
properly illuminate the subjects of recording and to produce bright, sharp video recordings of those
subjects.
105-9. SPEED OF TRAVEL
The average rate of travel during a particular segment of coverage shall be directly proportional to
the number, size and value of the surface features within the construction area's zone of influence.
The rate of speed in the general direction of travel of the vehicle used during videoing shall not
exceed forty-four (44) feet per minute.
105-10. VIDEO LOG/INDEX
All videos shall be permanently labeled and shall be properly identified by video number and
project title. Each video shall have a log of that video's contents. The log shall describe the various
segments of coverage contained on the video in terms of the names of the streets or location of
easements, coverage beginning and end, directions of coverage, video unit counter numbers,
• engineering survey or coordinate values (if reasonably available) and the date.
195 August 15, 2017
• 105-11. AREA OF COVERAGE
Video coverage shall include all surface features located within the zone of influence of
construction supported by appropriate audio coverage. Such coverage shall include, but not be
limited to, existing driveways, sidewalks, curbs, pavements, drainage system features, mailboxes,
landscaping, culverts, fences, signs, Contractor staging areas, adjacent structures, etc., within the
area covered by the project. Of particular concern shall be the existence of any faults, fractures, or
defects. Taped coverage shall be limited to one side of the Site, street, easement or right of way at
any one time.
105-12. COSTS OF VIDEO SERVICES
The cost to complete the requirements under this section shall be included in the contract items
provided in the proposal sheet. There is no separate pay item for this work.
106. STREET SIGNS
The removal, covering or relocation of street signs by the Contractor is prohibited.
All street signs shall be removed, covered or relocated by the City's Traffic Engineering Division
in accordance with Sections 700, 994, 995, and 996 of FDOT's Standard Specifications.
The Contractor shall notify the City's Traffic Engineering Division a minimum of twenty-four (24)
hours in advance of the proposed sign relocation, covering or removal.
• 107. WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL
•
107-1. CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBLE FOR WORK ZONE
TRAFFIC CONTROL
The Contractor shall be responsible to furnish, operate, maintain and remove all work zone traffic
control associated with the Project, including detours, advance warnings, channelization, hazard
warnings and any other necessary features, both at the immediate work site and as may be
necessary at outlying points.
107-2. WORK Z�NE TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN
The Contractor shall prepare a detailed traffic control plan designed to accomplish the level of
performance outlined in the Scope of the Work and/or as may be required by construction permits
issued by Pinellas County and/or the Florida Department of Transportation for the Project,
incorporating the methods and criteria contained in Part VI, Standards and Guides for Traffic
Controls for Street and Highway Construction, Maintenance, Utility and Incident Management
Operations in the Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices published by the U.S. Department
of Transportation and adopted as amended by the Florida Department of Transportation, or most
recent addition. This plan shall be reviewed and approved by City Traf�c Operations personnel
regardless if MOT plan details are included in the contract plans.
196 August 15, 2017
• 107-2.1. WORK ZONE SAFETY
The general objectives of a program of work zone safety are to protect workers, pedestrians,
bicyclists and motarists during construction and maintenance operations. This general objective
may be achieved by meeting the following specific objectives:
� Provide adequate advance warning and information regarding upcoming work zones.
• Provide the driver clear directions to understanding the situation they will be facing as the
driver proceeds through or around the work zone.
• Reduce the consequences of an out of control vehicle.
• Provide safe access and storage for equipment and material.
• Promote speedy completion of projects (including thorough cleanup of the site).
• Promote use of the appropriate traffic control and protection devices.
• Provide safe passageways for pedestrians through, in, and/or around construction or
maintenance work zones.
Per the 2Q14 Design Standards (DS), Index 600 or latest revision:
"When an existing pedestrian way or bicycle way is located within a traffic control wark zone,
accommodation must be maintained and provision for the disabled must be provided. Only
approved pedestrian longitudinal channelizing devices may be used to delineate a temporary traffic
control zone pedestrian walkway. Advanced notification of sidewalk closures and marked detours
shall be provided by appropriate signs."
• Per the 2014 Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction or latest revision
FDOT Design Standards (DS): 102-5 Traffic Control, 102-5.1 Standards, are the minimum
standards for the use in the development of all traffc control plans.
•
107-3. ROADWAY CLOSURE GUIDELINES
Roadway types: Major Arterials, Minor Arterials, Local Collectors, and Local
Following are typical requirements to be accomplished prior to closure. The number of
requirements increases with traffic volume and the importance of access. Road closures affecting
business or sole access routes will increase in process requirements as appropriate. For all but local
streets, no road or lane closures are allowed during the Christmas holiday season and the
designated "Spring Break" season without prior approval by the City Engineer.
107-3.1. ALL ROADWAYS
Obtain permits for Pinellas County or Florida Department of Transportation roadways.
Traffic control devises conform to national and state standards.
107-3.1.1. PUBLIC NOTIFICATION
Standard property owner notification prior to start of construction for properties directly affected
by the construction process.
197 August 15, 2017
CJ
•
•
107-3.2. MAJOR ARTERIALS, MINOR ARTERIALS, LOCAL
COLLECTORS
Consult with City Traffc Division staff for preliminary traffic control options.
Develop Formal Traffic Control Plan for Permit Submittal to Regulatory Agency as necessary.
107-3.2.1. PUBLIC NOTIFICATION
Message Board Display, Minimum of seven (7) day notice period prior to road closure and
potentially longer for larger highway. The message board is to be provided by the Contractor.
107-3.3. MAJOR ARTERIALS, MINOR ARTERIALS
107-3.3.1. PUBLIC NOTIFICATION
C-View Release
107-3.4. MAJOR ARTERIALS
107-3.4.1. PUBLIC NOTIFICATION
News Release
The Message Board may need to be displayed for a period longer than seven (7) days.
107-4. APPROVAL OF WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN
The Contractor is invited and encouraged to confer in advance of bidding, and is required, as a
specification of the work, to confer in advance of beginning any work on the Project, with the
Traffic Operations Division, Municipal Services Building, 100 South Myrtle Avenue, telephone
(727) 562-4747, for the purpose of approval of the Contractor's proposed detailed traffic control
plan. All maintenance of traffic (MOT) plans shall be signed and sealed by a Professional Engineer
or an individual who is certifed in the preparation of MOT plans in the State of Florida.
107-5. INSPECTION OF WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL
OPERATION
The Traffic Operations Division may inspect and monitor the traffic control plan and traffic control
devices of the Contractor. The City's Construction Inspector assigned to the project, may make
known requirements for any alterations or adjustments to the traffic control devices. The
Contractor shall take direction from the Project Engineer or Project Inspector.
107-6. PAYMENT FOR WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL
Payment for work zone traffic control is a non-specific pay item to be included in the construction
costs associated with other specific pay items unless specifically stated otherwise.
198 August 15, 2017
• 107-7. CERTIFICATION OF WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL
SUPERVISOR
The City may require that the Supervisor or Foreman controlling the work for the Contractor on
the Project have a current International Municipal Signal Association, Work Zone Traffic Control
Safety Certification or Worksite Traffic Supervisor Certification from the American Traffic Safety
Association with additional current Certification from the Florida Department of Transportation.
This requirement for Certification will be noted in the Scope of Work and/or sections of these
Technical Specifications. When the certified supervisor is required for the Project, the supervisor
will be on the Project site at all times while work is being conducted.
The Worksite Traffic Supervisor shall be available on a twenty-four (24) hour per day basis and
shall review the project on a day-to-day basis as well as being involved in all changes to traffic
control. The Worksite Traffic Supervisor shall have access to all equipment and materials needed
to maintain traffic control and handle traffic related situations. The Worksite Traffic Supervisor
shall ensure that routine defciencies are corrected within a twenty-four (24) hour period.
The Worksite Traffic Supervisor shall be available on the site within 45 minutes after notification
of an emergency situation, prepared to positively respond to repair the work zone traffic control or
to provide alternate traffic arrangements.
Failure of the Worksite Traffic Supervisor to comply with the provisions of this Subarticle may be
grounds for decertification or removal from the project or both. Failure to maintain a designated
Worksite Traffic Supervisor or failure to comply with these provisions will result in temporary
• suspension of all activities except traffic and erosion control and such other activities deemed to
be necessary for project maintenance and safety.
108. OVERHEAD ELECTRIC LINE CLEARANCE
108-1. CLEARANCE OPTIONS
When working in the vicinity of overhead power lines, the Contractor shall utilize one of the
following options:
Option 1- Having the power lines de-energized and visibly grounded.
Option 2- Maintaining a minimum distance of twenty feet (20') of clearance for voltages
up to 350 kV and fifty feet (50') of clearance for voltages more than 350 kV.
Option 3- Determine the line voltage and provide clearance in accordance with the
following table.
108-2. REQUIRED MINIMUM CLEARANCE DISTANCES
VOLTAGE MINIMUM CLEARANCE DISTANCE
(nominal, kV, alternating current) (feet)
Up to 50 10
Over 50 to 200 15
199 August 15, 2017
Over 200 to 350 20
Over 350 to 500 25
Over 500 to 750 35
Over 750 to 1,000 45
Over 1,000 (as established by the utility owner/operator
or registered professional engineer who is a
qualified person with respect to electric
power transmission and distribution)
Note: The value that follows "to" is up to and includes that value. For example, over 50 to 200
means up to and including 200kV.
109. PROJECT WEB PAGES
109-1. WEB PAGES DESIGN
If requested by the City, Engineer shall design the Project Web Site in accordance with the current
City Web Site standards and styles. Project Web Site should include general project information
� as: Project Name & Number, Scope description, Location, Schedule, and Project Contacts.
Note: Occasionally City modifies the general design of the City's Web Site, and the Engineer shall
consult the City Webmaster for the current requirements, before designing or updating the Project
Web Pages.
109-2. WEB ACCESSIBILITY GUIDELINES
Project Web Pages should conform to the W3C Web Accessibility Guidelines and US Section 508
guidelines whenever possible:
http://www.w3.org/TR/1999/WAI-WEBCONTENT 19990505/
http://www. section5 08.gov/
In particular, use of variable-width tables, user-adjustable/relative font sizes, ALT text for images,
CSS whenever possible, etc. Accessibility should be a priority over design/aesthetics.
109-3. THE SUN AND WAVES LOGO AND ITS USE
The City's Sun and Waves logo should be used for everyday business, on all print and electronic
material. It should be used on all internal correspondence, brochures, advertising, vehicles, apparel
and signage. It should be used only in the manner presented here, in the proportion shown here,
with no alterations. It should not be condensed, lengthened, or otherwise distorted to fit a space.
The logo is approved for use by City departments, and is not to be used by outside vendors without
the permission of the City Manager, Assistant City Manager or Public Communications office.
Electronic versions of the logo should be obtained from Public Communications.
•
200 August 15, 2017
• 109-4. MAPS AND GRAPHICS
Use of maps and graphics is recommended to illustrate the project; only approved graphics should
be posted to the Project Web Pages.
109-5. INTERACTIVE FORMS
The site should also include an interactive form or other options to allow the Public's input sent
back to the City regarding the Project.
109-6. POSTING
The site should be presented to the City's Webmaster for review and posting to the City's Web
Server. Posting of the Project Web Pages to a different server than City's Web server, if approved,
should be coordinated with the City's Webmaster for resolving all accessibility and conformity
issues.
109-7. WEB PAGES UPDATES
Unless otherwise specified and agreed, Engineer is responsible for keeping the posted Web Pages
up-to-date, by sending revisions and updates through the City Project Manager to the City's
Webmaster for posting.
200 SERIES: SITEWORK
• Refer to FDOT LAP Division I Specifications, FDOT Supplemental Specifications, and FDOT
Standard Specifications.
�
300 SERIES: MATERIALS
Refer to FDOT LAP Division I Specifications, FDOT Supplemental Specifications, and FDOT
Standard Specifications.
400 SERIES: SANITARY SEWER - N/A
201 August 15, 2017
C�
•
•
500 SERIES: POTABLE AND RECLAIMED WATER
MAINS, FIRE LINES AND
APPURTENANCES
501. SCOPE
The Contractor shall furnish all plant, labor, materials and equipment to perform all operations in
connection with the construction of potable water mains, fire lines, reclaimed water mains and
appurtenances including clearing, excavation, trenching, backfilling and clean up.
502. MATERIALS
502-1. GENERAL
Materials, equipment and supplies furnished and permanently incorporated into the project shall
be of first quality in every respect and shall be constructed and finished to high standards of
workmanship. Materials shall be suitable for service intended, shall reflect modern design and
engineering and shall be fabricated in a first class workmanlike manner. All materials, equipment
and supplies shall be new and shall have not been in service at any time previous to installation,
except as required in tests or incident to installation. Machined metal surfaces, exposed bearings
and glands shall be protected against grit, dirt, chemical corrosion and other damaging effects
during shipment and construction.
502-2.
502-2.1.
PIPE MATERIALS AND FITTINGS
DUCTILE IRON PIPE
Ductile Iron Pipe shall be in accordance with ANSUAWWA C151/A21.51 81 or latest revision.
Pipe thickness class, wall thickness and working pressure shall conform to the following table:
Size Class Thickness Rated Water Working Pressure
(In.) (PSI)
4" 51 0.26 350
6" 50 0.25 350
8" 50 0.27 350
12" 50 0.31 350
The trench laying condition shall be Type 2, Flat bottom trench backfill lightly consolidated to
centerline of pipe.
Pipe shall be manufactured in accordance withANSI/AWWA C151/A21.51 81 or latest revision.
Pipe shall be asphalt coated on the outside and standard cement lined and sealed coated with
approved bituminous seal coat in accordance with ANSI/AWWA C104/A21.4 80 or latest revision.
202 August 15, 2017
• Ductile iron pipe shall be used for all hydrant installations and for fire line installations from the
main to the backflow preventer.
502-2.2. POLYViNYL CHLORIDE (PVC) PIPE
Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe four inch (4") through eight inch (8") shall be in accordance with
ANSUAWWA C900 or latest revision and the American Society for Testing Materials (ASTM)
Standard D 2241 and PVC Resin Compound conforming to ASTM Specification D 1784.
Polyvinyl Chloride Pipe shall have the same O.D. as Cast and Ductile Iron Pipe and be compatible
for use without special adapters with Cast Iron Fittings.
Pipe dimension ratio, working pressure and laying length shall conform to the following table:
Size Dimension Ratio Rated Water Working Pressure Laying Length
(OD/Thick.) (PSI) (Ft)
4 18 150 20
6 18 150 20
8 18 150 20
Pipe larger than eight inch (8") shall be ductile iron. The City Engineer reserves the right to require
• the use of ductile iron in sizes four inch (4") through eight inch (8") when needed due to laying
conditions or usage.
The bell of four inch (4") and larger PVC pipe shall consist of an integral wall section with a solid
cross section elastomeric ring which meets the requirements of ASTM D 1869.
Each length of pipe shall bear identification that will remain legible during normal handling,
storage and installation and so designate the testing agency that verified the suitability of the pipe
material for potable water service.
All polyvinyl chloride pipe shall be laid with two (2) strands of insulated twelve (12) gauge A.W.G.
solid strand copper wire taped to the top of each joint of pipe with about eighteen inches (18")
between each piece of tape. It is to be installed at every valve box through a two inch (2") PVC
pipe to twelve inches (12") minimum above the top of the concrete slab. The two inch (2") PVC
pipe shall be the same length as the adjustable valve box, and the two inch (2") PVC pipe shall be
plugged with a two inch (2") removable brass plug with recessed nut. This wire is to be continuous
with splices made only by direct bury 3M brand splice kit approved by the Engineer. This wire is
to be secured to all valves, tees and elbows.
502-2.3. FITTINGS AND JOINTS
Fitting from four inch (4") through sixteen inch (16") in size will be compact ductile iron cast in
accordance with ANSI/AWWA C153/A 21.53 with mechanical joint bells. Bolts, nuts and gaskets
shall be in accordance with requirements of ANSI/AWWA C153/A 21.53. The working pressure
rating shall be 350 P.S.I. Ductile iron fittings shall be coated and lined in accordance with
requirements of ANSI/AWWA C104/A21.4. Mechanical joint glands shall be ductile iron in
• accordance with ANSUAWWA C111/A 21.11. When reference is made to ANSI/AWWA
203 August 15, 2017
• Standards, the latest revisions apply. Only those fittings and accessories that are of domestic (USA)
manufacture will be acceptable.
502-2.4. RESTRAINT
Restraint of plugs, caps, tees, bends, etc., shall be accomplished by the use of approved mechanical
restraining rings or glands installed per manufacturer's recommendations. Hydrants shall be
restrained by the use of swivel connecting joints. Restraining mechanical joint glands on hydrants
shall be used only where hydrant runout length precludes the use of swivel joint connectors.
502-2.5. PIPE WITHIN CASING
All pipe placed within casings shall be slip joint ductile iron restrained by the use of restraining
gaskets designed for use with the particular joint being installed and have properly sized casing
spacers (Cascade Series) installed on the pipe so that the pipe will be centered within the casing.
Each end of the casing shall be properly sealed to prevent the intrusion of soil, water, or debris
within the casing itself. It shall be sealed by brick and mortar, cement or any approved method by
the Engineer.
502-3. GATE VALVES
Discs of valves shall be operated by methods which will allow operation in any position with
respect to the vertical. Gate valves for interior piping or exposed above grade outside structures,
shall be hand wheel operated with rising stems. Valves four inches (4") and larger, buried in earth
• shall be equipped with two inch (2") square operating nuts, valve boxes and covers. Valves shall
be fitted with joints suitable for the pipe with which they are to be used. The direction of opening
for all valves shall be to the left (counter clockwise).
Unless otherwise shown or specified, valves for high pressure service shall be rated at not less than
150 psi cold water, non-shock.
The manufacturer's name and pressure rating shall be cast in raised letters on the valve body.
Installation shall be in accordance with good standard practice. Exposed pipelines shall be so
supported that their weight is not carried through valves.
Two Inch (2") diameter and smaller are not allowed. These should be approved ball valves.
Three Inch (3") diameter are not allowed.
Gate Valves, four inch (4") to sixteen inch (16") diameter, inclusive, shall be resilient seated gate
valves encapsulated with EPDM Rubber in conformance with ANSI/A.W.W.A. Standard
Specification C509-S 151atest revision. These valves shall include the following features consistent
with C509-515, full opening unobstructed waterway, zero leakage at 200 p.s.i. differential
pressure, all internal parts removable from bonnet without removing body from pressure main,
corrosion resistant bronze or stainless steel nonrising stem with O-ring bonnet seal with epoxy
coated inside and outside cast iron or ductile iron valve body.
Gate valves larger than sixteen inches (16") shall be suitable for the service intended and shall be
resilient seated gate valves encapsulated with EPDM rubber in conformance with ANSI/AWWA.
These valves shall include the following features consistent with C509-80, full opening
• unobstructed waterway, zero leakage at 200 psi differential pressure. All valves shall be equipped
204 August 15, 2017
• with steel cut bevel gears, extended type gear case and rollers, bronze or babbitt tracks and scrapers
and valved by-pass.
502-4. VALVE BOXES
Valve boxes shall be of standard extension design and manufacture and shall be made of cast iron.
No PVC Risers or Derisers are allowed as part of a valve box assembly. They are to be three-piece
valve box assemblies. The lower part of the assembly can be ordered in various heights to
accommodate different depths. Suitable sizes of valve boxes and extension pieces shall be provided
where shown. The valve box cover shall be of cast iron. Valve boxes and their installation shall be
included in the bid price for valves. Refer to City Index No. 402; Sheet 1 of 5& Sheet 2 of 5 for
potable water valve pad detail, and City Index No. 502; Sheet 1 of 2& Sheet 2 of 2 for reclaimed
water valve boxes and pad detail.
502-5. HYDRANTS
No other hydrants, other than those listed below, may be used in extension to or replacement of
the City of Clearwater potable water system:
• Kennedy Guardian #K 81D Fire Hydrant,
• Mueller Super Centurion 25 Fire Hydrant
• AVK Nostalgic 2780.
• American Darling B-84-B.
• No substitutions shall be allowed without the approval of the City of Clearwater.
Above hydrants shall be in accordance with the latest revision of the AWWA Specification C 502
and include the following modifications:
1. All shipments to be palletized and tailgate delivery.
2. Hydrants shall conform to A.W.W.A. Standard G502 latest revision and must be UL/FM
listed.
•
3. Hydrants shall be of the compression type, closing with line pressure.
4. The operating threads will be contained in an operating chamber sealed at the top and
bottom with an O-ring seai. The chamber will contain a lubricating grease or oil.
5. Hydrants shall be of the traffic model breakaway type, with the barrel made in two sections
with the break flange located approximately two inches (2") above the ground line.
Breakaway bolts are not allowed.
6. Operating nut shall be of one-piece bronze or ductile iron construction.
7. A dirt shield shall be provided to protect the operating mechanism from grit buildup and
corrosion due to moisture.
8. A thrust washer shall be supplied between the operating nut and stem lock nut to facilitate
operation.
9. Operating nut shall be a#7 one and a half inch (1-1/2") pentagon nut.
205 August 15, 2017
� 10. Nozzles shall be of the tamper resistant, one quarter (1/4) turn type with O-ring seals or
threaded into upper barrel. Nozzles shall be retained with a stainless steel locking device.
11. The main valve shall be of EPDM solid rubber.
12. The seat shall be of a bronze ring threaded to a bronze insert in the hydrant shoe, with O-
rings to seal the barrel from leakage of water in the shoe.
13. The main valve stem will be 304 or higher grade stainless steel and made in two sections
with a breakable coupling.
14. Hydrant shall have a six inch (6") Mechanical Joint epoxy lined elbow, less accessories.
15. Hydrant shall have a five and one quarter inch (5-1 /4") valve opening, and shall be a left
hand operation to open.
16. Hydrant shall be without drains.
17. Hydrant shall have two (2) two and one half inch (2-1/2") hose nozzles and one (1) four
and one half inch (4-1/2") pumper nozzle. Threads shall be in accordance with the National
Standard Hose Coupling Thread Specifications.
18. Hydrant body shall have a factory finish of yellow paint. All paints shall comply with
AWWA standard C-502-85 or latest revision.
All hydrants will be shop tested in accordance with the latestAWWA Specification C 502.
Restrained joint assemblies shall be used which have bolted mechanical and swivel joints from the
• hydrant tee through to the hydrant. Restrained joints shall absorb all thrust and prevent movement
of the hydrant.
All hydrants shall be provided with an auxiliary gate valve so that the water to the hydrant may be
shut off without the necessity of closing any other valve in the distribution system.
No hydrants shall be installed on the reclaimed water system unless approved by the City of
Clearwater's Engineering Department.
502-6. SERVICE SADDLES
Service saddles shall be used on all service taps to four inch (4") P.V.C. water main. The largest
service connection allowable on four inch (4") main shall be one and one half inch (1-1 /2").
Service saddles shall be used on all two inch (2") service connections to six inch (6") and larger
mains. Service saddles (JCM 406 series or Ford FC 202 series) shall be wide bodied ductile iron
with epoxy or nylon coating and shall have stainless steel straps.
502-7. TESTS, INSPECTION AND REPAIRS
1. All materials shall be tested in accordance with the applicable Federal, ASTM or AW WA
Specification and basis of rejection shall be as specified therein. Certified copies of the
tests shall be submitted with each shipment of materials.
2. All materials will be subject to inspection and approved by the Engineer after delivery; and
no broken, cracked, misshapen, imperfectly coated or otherwise damaged or unsatisfactory
• material shall be used.
206 August 15, 2017
• 3. All material found during the progress of the work to have cracks, flaws, or other defects
shall be rejected and promptly removed from the site.
4. If damage occurs to any pipe, fittings, valves, hydrants or water main accessories in
handling, the damage shall be immediately brought to the Engineer's attention. The
Engineer shall prescribe corrective repairs or rejection of the damaged items.
502-8. BACKFLOW PREVENTERS
The City of Clearwater owns and maintains all backflow prevention devices that are installed
within their system. Therefore, any and all devices must be purchased from the City and installed
by City work forces.
Backflow prevention devices installed on customer's service lines at the point of delivery (service
connection) shall be of a type in accordance with AWWA specification CSOb or latest revision.
Two (2) different types of backflow prevention devices are allowed. Type of device, and when
required, is determined by the degree of hazard presented to the municipal water system from
possible backflow of water within the customer's private system. The types of devices allowed
are:
l. Double Check Valve Assembly - a device composed of two (2) single, independently
acting, approved check valves, including tightly closing shutoff valves located at each end
of the assembly and suitable connections for testing the water tightness of each check valve.
• 2. Reduced pressure principle backflow prevention device - a device containing a minimum
of two (2) independently acting, approved check valves, together with an automatically
operated pressure differential relief valve located between the two check valves. The unit
must include tightly closing shutoff valves located at each end of the device, and each
device shall be fitted with properly located test cocks.
•
502-9. TAPPING SLEEVES
Steel body tapping sleeves shall be approved by the Engineer. All steel body tapping sleeves shall
have heavy welded ASTM A 285, Grade C steel body, stainless steel bolts, manufacturer's epoxy
coated body, and three-quarter inch (3/4") bronze test plug.
502-10. BLOW OFF HYDRANTS
Blow offs are not allowed.
503. CONSTRUCTION
503-1. MATERIAL HANDLING
1. Pipe, fittings, valves, hydrants and accessories shall be loaded and unloaded by lifting with
hoists or skidding so as to avoid shock or damage. Under no circumstances shall such
materials be dropped. Pipe handled on skidways shall not be skidded or rolled against pipe
already on the ground.
207 August 15, 2017
•
�
�
2. Pipe shall be so handled that the coating and lining will not be damaged. If, however, any
part of the coating or lining is damaged, the repair shall be made by the Contractor at their
expense in a manner satisfactory to the Engineer.
3. In distributing the material at the site of the work, each piece shall be unloaded opposite or
near the place where it is to be laid in the trench.
503-2.
503-2.1.
PIPE LAYING
ALIGNMENT AND GRADE
The pipe shall be laid and maintained to the required lines and grades with fittings, valves and
hydrants at the required locations, spigots centered in bells; and all valves and hydrant stems
plumb. All pipe installed shall be pigged and properly blown off before any pressure testing and
sterilization of the pipe can be completed.
The depth of cover over the water main shall be a minimum of thirty inches (30") and a maximum
of forty-two inches (42") below finished grade, except where approved by the Engineer to avoid
conflicts and obstructions. Whenever obstructions not shown on the plans are encountered during
the progress of the work and interfere to such an extent that an alteration of the plans is required,
the Engineer shall have the authority to change the plans and order a deviation from the line and
grade or arrange with the Owners of the structures for the removal, relocation, or reconstruction
of the obstructions.
503-2.2. INSTALLATION
Proper implements, tools, and facilities satisfactory to the Engineer shall be provided and used by
the Contractor for the safe and convenient performance of the work. All pipe, fittings, valves and
hydrants shall be carefully lowered into the trench piece by piece by means of a derrick, ropes, or
other suitable tools or equipment in such a manner as to prevent damage to materials and protective
coatings and linings. Under no circumstances shall materials be dropped or dumped in the trench.
If damage occurs to any pipe, fttings, valves, hydrants or accessories in handling, the damage shall
be immediately brought to the Engineer's attention. The Engineer shall prescribe corrective repairs
or rejection of the damaged items.
All pipe and fittings shall be carefully examined for cracks and other defects while suspended
above the trench immediately before installation in final position. Spigot ends shall be examined
with particular care as this area is the most vulnerable to damage from handling. Defective pipe or
fittings shall be laid aside for inspection by the Engineer who will prescribe corrective repairs or
rejection.
All lumps, blisters, and excess coating shall be removed from the bell and spigot end of each pipe,
and the outside of the spigot and the inside of the bell shall be wire brushed and wiped clean and
dry and free from oil and grease before the pipe is laid. Pipe joints shall be made up in accordance
with the manufacturer's recommendations.
Every precaution shall be taken to prevent foreign material from entering the pipe while it is being
placed in the line. If the pipe laying crew cannot put the pipe into the trench and in place without
getting earth into the pipe, the Engineer may require that, before lowering the pipe into the trench,
a heavy, woven canvas bag of suitable size shall be placed over each end and left there until the
208 August 15, 2017
connection is to be made to the adjacent pipe. During laying operation, no debris, tools, clothing
or other materials shall be placed in the pipe.
As each length of pipe is placed in the trench, the spigot end shall be centered in the bell and the
pipe forced home and brought to correct line and grade. The pipe shall be secured in place with
approved backfill material tamped under it except at the bells. Precautions shall be taken to prevent
dirt from entering the joint space.
At times when pipe laying is not in progress, the open ends of pipe shall be closed by a watertight
plug or other means approved by the Engineer.
The cutting of pipe for inserting valves, fittings, or closure pieces shall be done in a neat and
workmanlike manner without damage to the pipe or cement lining and so as to leave a smooth end
at right angles to the axis of the pipe.
Pipe shall be laid with bell ends facing in the direction of laying unless directed otherwise by the
Engineer. Where pipe is laid on the grade of ten percent (10%) or greater, the laying shall start at
bottom and shall proceed upward with the bell ends of the pipe upgrade.
Wherever it is necessary to deflect pipe from a straight line, either in the vertical or horizontal
plane to avoid obstructions or to plumb stems, or where long radius curves are permitted, the
amount of deflection allowed shali not exceed that allowed under the latest edition of
ANSUAWWA C600-82 and C900 81 or latest revisions.
No pipe shali 6e laid when, in the opinion of the Engineer, trench conditions are unsuitable.
• 503-3.
503-3.1.
SETTlNG OF VALVES, HYDRANTS AND FITTINGS
GENERAL
Valves, hydrants, fittings, plugs and caps shall be set and joined to pipe in the manner speci�ed
above for installation of pipe.
503-3.2. VALVES
Valves in water mains shall, where possible, be located on the street property lines extended unless
shown otherwise on the plans. All valves shall be installed at the tee in all cases, not to exceed
eighteen inches (18") from the main line.
The valve box shall not transmit any shock or stress to the valve and shall be centered and plumb
over the wrench nut of the valve, with the box cover flush with the surface of the finished pavement
or such other level as may be directed. Refer to City Index No. 402; Sheet 1 of 5& Sheet 2 of 5
for potable water valve pad detail, and City Index No. 502; Sheet 1 of 2& Sheet 2 of 2 for
reclaimed water valve box and pad detail.
503-3.3. HYDRANTS
Hydrants shall be located as shown or as directed so as to provide complete accessibility and
minimize the possibility of damage from vehicles or injury to pedestrians. All hydrants located ten
feet (10') of more from the main shall have a gate valve at the main and another gate valve at the
hydrant location. No valve can be located anywhere in the hydrant run to circumvent the use of
two valves. Refer to City Index No. 402; Sheet 5 of 5 for potable water hydrants. No hydrants shall
209 August 15, 2017
• be installed on the reclaimed water system unless approved by the City of Clearwater's
Engineering Department.
All hydrants shall stand plumb and shall have their nozzles parallel with, or at right angles to, the
curb, with the pumper nozzle facing the curb. Hydrants shall be set to the established grade, with
nozzles as shown or as directed by the Engineer.
Each hydrant shall be connected to the main with a six inch (6") ductile iron branch controlled by
an independent six inch (6") gate valve. If hydrant is placed greater than ten feet (10') from the
main, an additional vaive shall be installed at the hydrant and sha11 be included in the hydrant
assembly cost.
503-3.4. ANCHORAGE
Movement of all plugs, caps, tees, bends, etc., unless otherwise specified shall be prevented by
attaching approved mechanical restraining rings or glands and installed per manufacturer's
recommendations. Hydrants shall be held in place with restrained swivel joints. Restraining
mechanical joint glands on hydrants may be used where hydrant run out length precludes the use
of hydrant connecting swivel joints.
Where special anchorage is required, such anchorage shall be in accordance with details shown on
the plans.
503-4. CONNECTIONS TO EXISTING LINES
. Where shown on the plans or directed by the Engineer, the water lines constructed under this
contract shall be connected to the existing lines now in place. No such connection shall be made
until all requirements of the specif cations as to tests, flushing, and sterilization have been met and
the plan of the cut in to the existing line has been approved by the Engineer.
Where connections are made between new work and existing work, the connections shall be made
in a thorough and workmanlike manner using proper materials and fittings to suit the actual
conditions. All fittings shall be properly sterilized and pipe will be properly swabbed before
connections to existing facilities. All connections to existing facilities will be completed under the
supervision of the City of Clearwater.
504. TESTS
504-1. HYDROSTATIC TESTS
After installation of water mains, complete with all associated appurtenances including service
taps, all sections of newly laid main shall be subject to a hydrostatic pressure test of 150 pounds
per square inch for a period of two (2) hours and shall conform to AW WA C600 latest revision. All
mains shali be pigged and flushed to remove all sand and other foreign matter before any
hydrostatic test can or will be performed. The pressure test shall be applied by means of a pump
connected to the pipe in a manner satisfactory to the Engineer. The pump, pipe connection and all
necessary apparatus, together with operating personnel, shall be furnished by the Contractor at
their expense.
• The Contractor shall make all necessary taps into the pipe line. The Owner will furnish the water
for the test. Before applying the test pressure, all air shall be expelled from the pipe line.
210 August 15, 2017
• 504-2. NOTICE OF TEST
The Contractor shall give the City of Clearwater's Owner Representative forty-eight (48) hours
advance notice of the time when the installation is ready for hydrostatic testing.
505. STERILIZATION
Before the system is put into operation, all water mains and appurtenances and any item of new
construction with which the water comes in contact, shall be thoroughly sterilized in accordance
with AW WA C651.
505-1. STERILIZING AGENT
The sterilizing agent shall be liquid chlorine, sodium hypochlorite solution conforming to Federal
Specification O-S-602B, Grade D, or dry hypochlorite, commonly known as "HTH" or
"Perchloron".
505-2. FLUSHING SYSTEM
Prior to the application of the sterilization agent, all mains shall be thoroughly flushed. Flushing
shall continue until a clean, clear stream of water flows from the hydrants. Where hydrants are not
available for flushing, such flushing shall be accomplished at the installed blow off devices
generally at the ends of the lines.
• 505-3. STERILIZATION PROCEDURE
All piping, valves, fittings and all other appurtenances shall be sterilized with water containing a
minimum chlorine concentration of 75 ppm at any point in the system. This solution shall then
remain in the distribution system for a minimum contact period of eight (8) hours and never more
than twenty-four (24) hours before it is flushed out. All valves in the lines being sterilized shall be
opened and closed several times during the contact period.
505-4. RESIDUAL CHLORINE TESTS
After the sterilization outlined above has been accomplished, flushing shall continue until free
residual chlorine tests not less than 0.2 ppm nor more than 3.0 ppm. Residual chlorine test shall be
in accordance with standard methods using a standard DPD test set.
505-5. BACTERIAL TESTS
After the water system has been sterilized and thoroughly flushed as specified herein, City of
Clearwater Water Division or the Owner's Representative personnel shall take samples of water
from remote points of the distribution system in suitable sterilized containers. The City shall
forward the samples to a laboratory certifed by the Florida State Board of Health for bacterial
examination in accordance with AWWA C651. If tests of such samples indicate the presence of
coliform organisms, the sterilization as outlined above shall be repeated until tests indicate the
absence of such pollution. The bacterial tests shall be satisfactorily completed before the system
is placed in operation and it shall be the Contractor's responsibility to perform the sterilization as
• outlined above.
211 August 15, 2017
• If inethods of sterilization differ materially from those outlined above, such methods shall be in
accordance with directives of the Florida State Board of Health and all methods employed shall
have the approval of that agency. Definite instructions as to the collection and shipment of samples
shall be secured from the laboratory prior to sterilization and shall be followed in all respects. The
City of Clearwater shall secure clearance of the water main from the Florida Department of
Environmental Protection before the water distribution system is put into operation.
506. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
506-1. GENERAL
Bids must include all sections and items as specified herein and as listed on the Bid Form. Payment
for the work of constructing the project will be made at the unit price or lump sum payment for
the items of work as set forth in the Bid, which payment will constitute full compensation for all
labor, equipment, and materials required to complete the work. No separate payment will be made
for the following items and the cost of such work shall be included in the applicable pay items of
work:
• Clearing and grubbing
• Excavation, including necessary pavement removal
• Shoring and/or dewatering
• Structural fill
• Backfill
• • Grading
� Tracer wire
• Refill materials
• Joint materials
• Tests and sterilization
• Appurtenant work as required for a complete and operable system.
•
506-2. FURNISH AND INSTALL WATER MAINS
506-2.1. MEASUREMENT
The quantity for payment shall be the actual number of feet of pipe of each size and type
satisfactorily furnished and laid, as measured along the centerline of the completed pipe line,
including the length of valves and fittings.
506-2.2. PAYMENT
Payment of the applicable unit price shall be full compensation for furnishing all plant, labor,
materials and equipment, and constructing the water mains completely and ready for operation.
212 August 15, 2017
• 506-3. FURNISH AND INSTALL FITTINGS
LJ
•
506-3.1.
MEASUREMENT
The quantity for payment will be the number of tons, or decimal part thereof, of ductile iron fttings
satisfactorily furnished and installed. Fitting weights shall be based on weights stamped on the
body of the fitting, provided such weights do not exceed the theoretical weights by more than the
tolerances permitted in ANSI/AWWA C110/A 21.10 82, latest revision, in which case, the weight
will be based upon the theoretical weight plus the maximum tolerance.
506-3.2. PAYMENT
Payment of the applicable unit price shall be full compensation for furnishing all plant, labor,
materials, and equipment required to furnish and install ductile iron fittings.
506-4. FURNISH AND INSTALL GATE VALVES COMPLETE
WITH BOXES AND COVERS
506-4.1. MEASUREMENT
The quantity for payment shall be the number of gate valves of each size satisfactorily furnished
and installed.
506-4.2. PAYMENT
Payment of the applicable unit price for each size shall be full compensation for furnishing all
plant, labor, material and equipment and installing the valve complete with box and cover.
506-5.
506-5.1.
FURNISH AND INSTALL FIRE HYDRANTS
MEASUREMENT
The quantity for payment shall be the number of fire hydrants satisfactorily furnished and installed.
The only hydrants allowed to be installed in the City of Clearwater utilities system are listed in
Article 501-2.5 of these Technical Specifications. No exceptions.
506-5.2. PAYMENT
Payment of the applicable unit price shall be full compensation for furnishing all plant, labor,
material and equipment and installing the fre hydrant completely including necessary thrust
ancharage, six inch (6") pipe between the main and the hydrant and gate valve and valve box on
the hydrant lead.
600 SERiES: STORMWATER
Refer to FDOT LAP Division I Specifications, FDOT Supplemental Specifications, and FDOT
Standard Specifications.
213 August 15, 2017
� 700 SERIES: STREETS AND SIDEWALKS
701. RESTORATION OR REPLACEMENT OF DRIVEWAYS,
CURBS, SIDEWALKS AND STREET PAVEMENT
Driveways, sidewalks, and curbs destroyed or damaged during construction shall be repiaced and
shall be the same type of material as destroyed or damaged, or to existing City Standards,
whichever provides the stronger repair. All street pavement destroyed or damaged shall be replaced
with the same type of material, to existing City Standards, unless the existing base is unsuitable as
determined by the Engineer, then the base shall be replaced with City approved material. All
replaced base shall be a minimum eight inches (8") compacted thickness, or same thickness as
base destroyed plus two inches (2"), if over six inches (6"), and compacted to 98°/a of maximum
density per AASHTO T 180.
Unless called for in the proposal as separate bid items, cost of the above work including labor,
materials and equipment required shall be included in the bid price per linear foot of main or square
yard of base.
The bid price for street pavement, restoration or replacement when called for in the proposals, shall
include all materials, labor and equipment required to complete the work, and shall be paid for on
a square yard basis. When replacement is over a trench for utilities, the area of replacement shall
be limited to twice the depth of the cut plus twice the inside diameter of the pipe. All necessary
restoration exceeding this footprint will be at the Contractor's expense.
• The bid price for restoration or placement of driveways, curbs and sidewalks, when called for in
the proposals, shall include all materials, labor and equipment required to complete the work and
shall be paid for on the basis of the following units: Driveways, plant mix - per square yard:
concrete - per square foot; curbs - per linear foot; sidewalk four inches (4") or six inches (6") thick
- per square foot. Concrete walks at drives shall be a minimum of six inches (6") thick and be
reinforced with 6/6 X 10/10 welded wire mesh (also see Articles 303 and 707). The Contractor
shall notify the Project Inspector a minimum of twenty-four (24) hours in advance of all driveway,
curb, sidewalk and street restoration and replacement work.
•
702. ROADWAY BASE AND SUBGRADE
702-1. BASE
This specification describes the construction of roadway base and subgrade. The Contractor shall
refer to Section IV, Article 101 "Scope of Work" of the City's Contract Specifications for additional
roadway base and subgrade items.
Roadway base shall be eight inches (8") compacted minimum thickness unless otherwise noted on
the plans or directed by the Engineer. The subgrade shall be twelve inches (12") compacted
minimum thickness with a minimum Limerock Bearing Ratio (LBR) of 40 unless otherwise noted
on the plans or directed by the Engineer. The Contractor shall obtain from an independent testing
laboratory a Proctor and an LBR for each type material. The Contractor shall also have an
independent testing laboratory perform all required density testing. Where unsuitable material is
214 August 15, 2017
• found within the limits of the base, Section IV, Article 204 (Unsuitable Material Removal) of the
City's Technical Specifcations will apply.
Once the roadway base is completed, it shall be primed that same day (unless otherwise directed
by the Engineer) per Section 300 of FDOT's Standard Specifications. Repairs required to the base
that result from a failure to place the prime in a timely manner shall be done to the City's
satisfaction, and at the Contractor's expense. No paving of the exposed base can commence until
the City approves the repaired base. The cost for placement of prime material shall be included in
the bid item for base.
The Contractor shall notify the Project Inspector a minimum of twenty-four (24) hours in advance
of all base and subgrade placement or reworking.
The following base materials are acceptable:
Shell Base: Shell base shall be constructed in accordance with Sections 200 and 913 of
FDOT's Standard Specifications, and shall have a minimum compacted thickness as shown
on the plans. The shell shall be FDOT approved. The cost of the prime coat shall be
included in the bid item price for base.
2. Limerock Base: Limerock base shall be constructed in accordance with Sections 200 and
911 of FDOT's Standard Specifications, and shall have a minimum compacted thickness
as shown on the plans. The limerock shall be from a FDOT approved certified pit. The cost
of the prime coat shall be included in the bid item price for base.
• 3. Crushed Concrete Base: Crushed concrete base shall be constructed in accordance with
Sections 204 and 901 of FDOT's Standard Specifications, and shall have a minimum
compacted thickness as shown on the plans. The crushed concrete materlal shall be FDOT
approved. The Contractor shall provide certified laboratory tests on gradation to confirm
that the crushed concrete base material conforms to the above speciiications. The LBR
shall be a minimum of 100. LBR and gradation tests shall be provided to the City by the
Contractor once a week for continuous operations, or every 1000 tons of material, unless
requested more frequently by the City Engineer or designee. The cost of the prime coat
shall be included in the bid item price for base.
4. Superpave Asphalt Base: Full depth asphalt base shall be constructed in accordance with
Section 234 of FDOT's Standard Specifications, and shall have a minimum compacted
thickness as shown on the plans. The cost for preparation, placement, and compaction shall
be included in the per ton unit cost for asphalt unless otherwise noted in the project scope
and plans. The cost of the tack coat shall be included in the bid item price for asphalt or
base.
5. Reclaimed Asphalt Pavement Base: Reclaimed asphalt pavement base shall be
constructed in accordance with Section 283 of FDOT's Standard Specifications, and shall
have a minimum compacted thickness as shown on the plans. As per FDOT Section 283,
RAP material shall be used as a base course only on non-limited access paved shoulders,
shared use paths, or other non-traff`ic bearing applications. The cost for preparation,
placement, and compaction shall be included in the per ton unit cost for asphalt unless
otherwise noted in the project scope and plans. The cost of the tack coat shall be included
in the bid item price for asphalt or base.
•
215 August 15, 2017
• 702-1.1. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT FOR BASE AND REWORKED
BASE
The basis of ineasurement shall be the number of square yards of base in place and accepted as
called for on the plans. The m�imum allowable deficiency shall be a half-inch (i/2"). Areas
deficient in thickness shall either be fixed by the Contractor to within acceptable tolerance, or if
so approved in writing by the City Engineer, may be left in place. No payment, however, will be
made for such deficient areas that are left in place.
702-1.2. BASIS OF PAYMENT FOR BASE AND REWORKED BASE
The unit price for base shall include: all materials, roadbed preparation, placement, spreading,
compaction, finishing, prime, base, subgrade (unless the plans specify a separate pay item),
stabilization, mixing, testing, equipment, tools, hauling, labor, and all incidentals necessary to
complete the work. Payment for asphalt base shall be included in the per ton unit cost for asphalt
unless otherwise noted in the project scope and plans.
702-2. SUBGRADE
All subgrade shall be stabilized and constructed in accordance with Sections 160 and 914 of
FDOT's Standard Specifcations unless otherwise noted herein. All subgrade shall have a
minimum compacted thickness of 12" unless otherwise shown on the plans or directed by the
Engineer. If limerock is used, it shall also meet the requirements of Section 911 of FDOT's
• Standard Specifications. Where unsuitable material is found within the limits of the subgrade,
Section IV, Article 204 (Unsuitable Material Removal) of the City's Contract Specifications will
apply. The extent of said removal shall be determmed by the Engmeer m accordance with accepted
construction practices. The Contractor is responsible for clearing, grading, filling, and removing
any trees or vegetation in the roadbed below the subgrade to prepare it per the plans. The cost of
this work shali be inciuded in the unit price for base or subgrade. The Contractor shall obtain from
an independent testing laboratory the bearing value of the subgrade after the materials are rnixed
for the stabilized subgrade.
702-2.1. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT
The basis of ineasurement shall be the number of square yards of stabilized subgrade in place and
accepted as called for on the plans. The maximum allowable deficiency for mixing depth shall be
per Section 161-6.4 of FDOT's Standard Specifications. Acceptable bearing values shall be per
Section 160-7.2 of FDOT's Standard Specifications. Areas deficient in thickness or bearing values
shall either be corrected by the Contractor to within acceptable tolerance, or if so approved in
writing by the City Engineer, may be left in place. No payment, however, will be made for such
deficient areas that are left in place.
702-2.2. BASIS OF PAYMENT
The unit price for subgrade shall include: roadbed preparation, placement, spreading, compaction,
finishing, testing, stabilizing, mixing, materials, hauling, labor, equipment and all incidentals
necessary to complete the work. If no pay item is given, subgrade shall be included in the bid item
� for base.
216 August 15, 2017
• 703. ASPHALTIC CONCRETE MATERIALS
This specification is for the preparation and application of all asphaltic concrete materials on
roadway surfaces unless otherwise noted.
703-1. ASPHALTtC CONCRETE
703-1.1. AGGREGATE
All aggregates shall be obtained from an approved FDOT source and shall conform to Sections
901 through 915 of FDOT's Standard Specifications.
703-1.2. BITUMINOUS MATERIALS
All bituminous materials shall conform to Section 916 of FDOT's Standard Specifications.
703-2. HOT BITUMINOUS MIXTURES - PLANT, METHODS,
EQUtPMENT & QUALtTY ASSURANCE
The plant and methods of operation used to prepare all asphaltic concrete and bituminous materials
shall conform to the requirements of Section 320 of FDOT's Standard Specifications. Unless
otherwise noted, all acceptance procedures and quality control/assurance procedures shall conform
to the requirements of Section 330 of FDOT's Standard Specifications.
• The City shall have the right to have an independent testing laboratory select, test, and analyze, at
the expense of the City, test specimens of any or all materials to be used. The results of such tests
and analyses shall be considered, along with the tests or analyses made by the Contractor, to
determine compliance with the applicable specifications for the materials so tested or analyzecl.
The Contractor hereby understands and accepts that wherever any portion of the work is
discovered, as a result of such independent testing or investigation by the City, which fails to meet
the requirements of the Contract documents, all costs of such independent inspection and
investigation as well as all costs of removal, correction, reconstruction, or repair of any such work
shall be borne solely by the Contractor.
•
Payment reductions for asphalt related items shall be determined by the following:
1. Density per FDOT's Standard Specifications.
2. Finat surface or friction course tolerances per FDOT's Standard Specifications.
3. Thickness will be determined from core borings. Deficiencies of '/4" or greater shall be
corrected by the Contractor, without compensation, by either replacing the full thickness
for a length extending at least twenty-five feet (25') from each end of the deficient area, or
when the Engineer allows for an overlay per FDOT's Standard Specifications. In addition,
for excesses of one-quarter inch ('/4") or greater, the Engineer will determine if the excess
area shall be removed and replaced at no compensation, or if the pavement in question can
remain with payment to be made based on the thickness specified in the contract.
The Contractar shall notify the Project Inspector a minimum of twenty-four (24) hours in advance
of the placement of all asphalt.
217 August 15, 2017
•
�
703-3. ASPHALT MIX DESIGNS AND TYPES
All asphalt mix designs, acceptance procedures and quality control/assurance procedures shall
conform to the requirements of Sections 330 and 334 of FDOT Standard Specifications. All asphalt
mix designs shall be approved by the Engineer prior to the commencement of the paving operation.
Reclaimed asphalt pavement (RAP) material may be substituted for aggregate in the asphaltic
concrete mixes up to 25% by weight.
703-4. ASPHALT PAVEMENT DESIGNS AND LAYER
THICKNESS
All asphalt pavement designs shall conform to the following requirements:
Type SP/Spec 334-1
Type FC/Spec 337-8
Type B/Spec 234-8
ATPB/287-8
703-5. GENERAL CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS
The general construction requirements for all hot bituminous pavements (including limitations of
operations, preparation of mixture, preparation of surface, placement and compaction of mixture,
surface requirements, correction of unacceptable pavement, Quality Control Testing, etc.) shall be
in accardance with Section 330 of FDOT's Standard Specifications.
703-6.
703-6.1.
CRACKS AND POTHOLE PREPARATI4N
CRACKS
Cracks in roadway pavement shall be repaired prior to the application of asphaltic concrete by the
following steps:
1. All debris to be removed from cracks by compressed air or other suitable method.
2. Apply a multiple layered application of bituminous binder and fine aggregate, as
appropriate to the depth of the crack until the void of the crack is completely filled to the
level of the surrounding roadway surface.
3. If application of asphaltic concrete is not to begin immediately after crack repair, cracks
are to be sanded to prevent vehicular tracking.
4. Payment for crack filling shall be included in the unit price for asphaltic concrete.
703-6.2. POTHOLES
Potholes shall be repaired prior to the application of asphaltic concrete by the following steps:
1. All debris is to be removed from potholes by hand, sweeping, or other suitable method.
2. A tack coat is to be applied to the interior surface of the pothole.
3. The pothole is to be completely filled with asphaltic concrete, and thoroughly compacted.
218
August 95, 2017
C�
•
•
4. Payment for pothole preparation shall be included in the unit price for asphaltic concrete.
703-7. ADJUSTMENT OF MANHOLES
The necessary adjustments of sanitary sewer and storm drain manholes and appurtenances shall be
accomplished by the Contractor. The Contractor shall be paid on a per unit basis for each item.
The use of manhole adjustment risers is accepta.ble under the following conditions:
The riser shall meet or exceed all FDOT material, weld, and construction requirements.
The riser shall consist of an A-36 hot rolled steel meeting or exceeding the minimum
requirements of A.S.T.M. A-36. The riser shall be a single piece with a stainless steel
adjustment stud and shall have a rust resistant finish. The use of cast iron, plastic, or
fiberglass risers is not permitted. In addition, the installation of each riser shall be per
manufacturer's specifications. Each manhole shall be individually measured, and each riser
shall be physically marked to ensure that the proper riser is used. Also, the ring section
shall be cleaned, and a bead of chemically resistant epoxy applied to the original casting,
prior to installation of the riser. It is the Contractor's responsibility to ensure that the
manholes are measured, the risers are physically marked, the ring sections are thoroughly
cleaned, and that the epoxy is properly applied prior to installation of each riser.
If risers are not used, the adjustment of manholes shall be accomplished by the removal of
pavement around manhole, grade adjustment of ring and cover, and acceptable replacement and
compaction of roadway materials prior to paving. A full depth backfill using asphalt is acceptable.
The use of Portland cement for backfill is not acceptable.
All manhole and valve adjustments shall be accomplished prior to the application of final asphaltic
concrete surface. Unless otherwise noted in the specs or on the plans, the paving operation shall
occur within seven (7) calendar days from the completion of the adjustment. On arterial roadways,
the manholes are to be ramped with asphalt during the time period between initial adjustment and
final resurfacing. Water and gas valves, sewer cleanouts, valve boxes, tree aeration vents, etc., will
be adjusted by the Contractor with the cost for this work to be included in the unit cost of the
asphalt. Care must be taken around said appurtenances to ensure that they are not paved over. It is
the Contractor's responsibility to inform the owners of all utilities of impending work and
coordinate their adjustments so they are completed prior to the scheduled paving.
703-8. ADDITI4NAL ASPHALT REQUIREMENTS
1. All impacted radius returns within project limits shall be paved unless otherwise directed
by the Construction Inspector or Engineer, with payment to be included in the per ton bid
item for asphalt.
2. All pavement markings impacted by placement of asphalt shall be replaced prior to the
road being open to traffic unless otherwise noted in the contract scope and plans.
3. All project related debris shall be hauled off the job site by the Contractor in a timely
manner and at their own expense in conformance with all regulatory requirements.
4. The Contractar shall pay particuiar attention to sweeping when paving. Prior to paving, all
construction areas shall be swept with a Municipal type sweeper (either vacuum or
mechanical type) that picks up and hauls off, dust and dirt. The sweeper must be equipped
219
August 15, 2017
•
�
�
with its own water supply for pre-wetting to minimize dust. Moreover, the Contractor shall
sweep debris off of sidewalks, driveways, curbs and roadways each day before leaving the
job site.
5. The application of tack and prime coats (either required or placed at the Engineer's
discretion) shall be placed per Section 300 of FDOT's Standard Specifications. Tack shall
also be applied to the face of all curbs and driveways. The cost (including heating, hauling
and applying) shall be included in the per ton bid item for asphalt, unless otherwise noted
in the project scope and plans.
6. Leveling course and spot patching shall be applied to sections of the road as noted on the
plans, or as directed by the Engineer, per Section 330 of FDOT's Standard Speciiications.
The cost shall be included in the per ton unit cost for asphalt, unless otherwise noted in the
project scope and plans.
7. If an asphalt rubber binder is required, it shall conform to the requirements of Section 336
of FDOT's Standard Specifications.
8. On all streets with curb and gutter, the final compacted asphalt shall be one-quarter inch
('/4") above the lip or face of said curb per City Index 101.
703-9. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT
Basis of ineasurement will be the number of tons of asphaltic concrete completed, in place and
accepted. Truck scale weights will be required for all asphaltic concrete used.
703-10. BASIS OF PAYMENT
Payment shall be made at the contract unit price for asphaltic concrete surface as specified and
measured above. This price shall include all materials, preparation, hauling, placement, tack and/or
prime coat either required or placed at Engineer's discretion, leveling, spot patching, filling of
cracks, pothole repair, sweeping, debris removal, labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals necessary
to complete the asphalt work in accordance with the plans and specifications.
704. ADJUSTMENT TO THE UNlT BID PRlCE FOR ASPHALT
When this Article applies to the contract, the unit bid price for asphalt will be adjusted in
accordance with the following provisions:
1. Price adjustment for asphalt shall only be made when the current FDOT Asphalt Price
Index varies more than ten percent (10%) from the bid price at the time of the bid opening.
2. The Bituminous Material Payment Adjustment Index published monthly by the FDOT shall
be used for the adjustment of unit prices. This report is available on FDOT's internet site.
The address is: http://www.dot.state.fl.us/construction/fuel&bit/fuel&bit.shtm. For
additional information, call FDOT at (850) 414-4252.
3. The FDOT Payment Adjustment Index in effect at the time of the bid opening will be used
for the initial determination of the asphalt price.
4. The FDOT Payment Adjustment Index in effect at the time of placement of the asphalt will
be used for payment calculation.
220
August 15, 2017
�
�
5. The monthly billing period for contract payment will be the same as the monthly period
for the FDOT Payment Adjustment Index.
6. No adjustment in bid prices will be made for either tack coat or prime coat.
7. No price adjustment reflecting any further increases in the cost of asphalt will be made for
any month after the expiration of the allowable contract time.
8. The City reserves the right to make adjustments for decreases in the cost of asphalt.
705. ASPHALT DRIVEWAYS
New driveways or existing asphalt driveways that must be altered for project construction shall be
constructed or replaced in accordance with the specifications for paving the street with the
exception that the base shall be six inches (6"). Remove only enough to allow adequate grade for
access to the street. Use Article 703 Asphaltic Concrete, of these Technical Specifications, as
specified for the street paving.
When the finished surface of the existing drive is gravel, replacement shall be of like material.
Payment shall be the same as Asphalt Driveways.
705-1. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT
Measurement shall be the number of square yard of Asphalt Driveways in place and accepted.
705-2. BASIS OF PAYMENT
Payment shall be the unit price per square yard for Asphalt Driveways as measured above, which
price shall be full compensation for all work described in this section of the specifications and
shall include all materials, equipment, tools, labor and incidentals necessary to complete the work.
706. CONCRETE CURBS
Concrete Curbs shall be constructed to the line, grade and dimensions as shown on the plans.
Unless otherwise noted, all concrete curbs shall have fiber mesh reinforcement and have a
minimum strength of 3000 p.s.i. at 28 days. Expansion joints shall be placed at intervals not to
exceed 100 feet, and scored joints shall be placed at intervals not to exceed ten feet (10'). In
addition, all the requirements of City Articles 301, 302 and 303 shall also apply. The Contractor
shall notify the Project Inspector a minimum of twenty-four (24) hours in advance of the placement
of all concrete curbs.
706-1. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT
The basis of ineasurement shall be linear feet of curb in place and accepted.
706-2. BASIS OF PAYMENT
Payment shall be the unit price per linear foot of curb, which price shall be full compensation for
all work described in this and other applicable parts of the specifications and shall include all
materials, equipment, tools, labor and incidentals necessary to complete the work.
221 August 15, 2017
� 707. CONCRETE SIDEWALKS AND DRIVEWAYS
707-1. CONCRETE SIDEWALKS
Concrete sidewalks shall be constructed to the line, grade and dimensions as shown on the plans
or herein specified. Unless otherwise noted, all concrete sidewalks shall have fiber mesh
reinforcement and have a minimum strength of 3000 p.s.i. at 28 days. Unless otherwise specified,
all concrete sidewalks shall have a minimum width of four feet (4'). Concrete sidewalks shall have
a minimum thickness of four inches (4"), except at driveway crossings where a minimum thickness
of six inches (6") is required. Also, 6/6 X 10/10 welded wire mesh reinforcement is required for
all sidewalk that crosses driveways. The welded wire mesh shall be positioned in the middle to
upper third of the placement. No compensation shall be given if the welded wire mesh is not
properly placed. Expansion joints shall be placed at intervals of not more than 100 hundred feet,
and scoring marks shall be made every five feet (5'). Concrete shall be poured only on compacted
subgrade. In addition, all the requirements of Articles 301, 302 and 303 of these Technical
Specifications shall also apply.
707-2. CONCRETE DRIVEWAYS
Concrete driveways, whether new construction or replacement, shall be a minimum of six inches
(6') in thickness with 6/6 x 10/10 welded wire mesh reinforcement and a minimum horizontal
distance between expansion joints of no less than four feet (4') measured in any direction. The
welded wire mesh shall be positioned in the middle to upper third of the placement. No
• compensation shall be given if the welded wire mesh is not properly placed. Concrete shall be
poured only on compacted subgrade. In addition, all the requirements ofArticles 301, 302 and 303
of these Technical Specifications shall also apply.
The Contractor shall notify the Project Inspector a minimum of twenty-four (24) hours in advance
of the placement of all concrete sidewalks and driveways.
707-3. CONCRETE CURB RAMPS
The contractor is responsible for constructing ADA compliant concrete curb ramps per the plans
and installing detectable warning surfaces on said ramps as called for in the plan set. Concrete curb
ramps and detectable warning surfaces are to be constructed per FDOT Standards and
Specifications.
707-4. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT
The basis of ineasurement shall be the number of square feet of four inch (4") concrete sidewalk,
six inch (6") concrete sidewalk, and six inch (6") concrete driveways in place and accepted.
707-5. BASIS OF PAYMENT
Payment shall be the unit price per square foot for each item as measured above, which shall be
full compensation for all work described in this section and other applicable parts of the
specifications and shall include all materials, equipment, tools, welded wire mesh where required,
labor and incidentals necessary to complete the work.
•
222 August 15, 2017
• 708. MILLING OPERATIONS
708-1. EQUIPMENT, CONSTRUCTION & MILLED SURFACE
Unless otherwise noted in the specs, plans or this Article, the milling operation shall be performed
in accordance with Section 327 of FDOT's Standard Specifcations. The Contractor shall notify
the City of Clearwater Project Representative a minimum of twenty-four (24) hours in advance of
all milling.
708-2. ADDITIONAL MILLING REQUIREMENTS
1. If the milling machine is equipped with preheating devices, the Contractor is responsible
to secure any necessary permits, and for complying with all local, state and federal
environmental regulations governing operation of this type of equipment.
2. All milled surfaces must be repaved within seven (7) days from the time it was milled,
unless otherwise noted in the contract documents.
3. Prior to paving, all milled areas shall be swept with a Municipal type sweeper either of the
vacuum or the mechanical type that picks up and hauls off, dust and dirt. The sweeper must
be equipped with its own water supply for pre-wetting to minimize dust. Moreover, the
Contractor shall sweep debris off of sidewalks, driveways and curbs in addition to the
roadways before leaving the job site.
• 4. In cases where concrete valley swales are present, the adjoining pavement shall be milled
to allow for the new asphalt grade to be flush with the concrete surface.
•
5. The Contractor shall be responsible for removing any asphalt that remains in the curb line
and/or median curbs after the milling operation of a street is complete. The cost of this
removal shall be included in the bid item for milling.
6. All radius returns on streets to be milled shall also be milled unless otherwise directed by
the Engineer, with payment to be included in the bid item for milling.
7. Any leveling or base replacement required after milling shall be applied to sections of the
road as noted on the plans, or directed by the Engineer, per Section 330 of FDOT's Standard
Specifications The cost shall be included in the per ton unit cost for asphalt, unless
otherwise noted in the project scope and plans.
8. Any roadway base material exposed as a result of the milling operation shall be primed
that same day (unless otherwise directed by the Engineer) per Section 300 of FDOT's
Standard Specifications. Repairs required to said base that result from a failure to place the
prime in a timely manner shall be done to the City's satisfaction, and at the Contractor's
expense. No paving of the exposed base can commence until the City approves the repaired
base. The cost of said prime shall be included in the bid item for milling.
9. Prior to the placement of asphalt, the face of all curbs and driveways shall be tacked after
the milling operation is complete.
223 August 15, 2017
• 708-3. SALVAGEABLE MATERIALS
Unless otherwise specified, all salvageable materials resulting from milling operations shall
remain the property of the City. The transporting and stockpiling of salvageable materials shall be
performed by the Contractor. The Contractor shall contact the City Project Representative to
schedule delivery of material at least 48 hours prior to starting work.
708-4. DISPOSABLE MATERIALS
All surplus materials not claimed by the City shall become the responsibility of the Contractor.
The Contractor shall dispose of the material in a timely manner and in accordance with all
regulatory requirements in areas provided by the Contractor at no additional expense to the City.
708-5. ADJUSTMENT AND LOCATION OF UNDERGROUND
UTILITIES
All private utilities and related structures requiring adjustment shall be located and adjusted by
their owners at the owner's expense. City-owned utilities and structures shall be located by the
Owner/City and adjusted by the contractor. The Contractor shall arrange their schedule to allow
utility owners the time required for such adjustments (minimum 48 hours notice per State Statute).
All utility adjustments shall be completed prior to the commencement of milling and resurfacing
operations.
• 708-6. ADJUSTMENT OF UTILITY MANHOLES
The necessary adjustments of sanitary sewer and stormwater utility manholes and appurtenances
shall be accomplished by the Contractor in accordance with Section IV, Article 703-7 of the City's
Technical Specifications.
708-7. TYPES OF MILLING
There are two types of milling used by the City:
A. Wedge — This will consist of milling a six foot (6') wide strip along the curb line of the
pavement adjacent to the curb so the new asphalt will align with the original curb height
and pavement cross section.
B. Full Width — This will consist of milling the entire roadway (i.e. curb line/edge of pavement
to curb line/edge of pavement). All existing horizontal and vertical geometry shall remain
unless otherwise indicated or approved by the Engineer.
708-8. MILLING OF INTERSECTIONS
Intersections, as well as other areas (including radius returns) are to be milled and repaved to
restore and/or improve the original drainage characteristics. Said work should extend
approximately fifty (50) to one hundred (100) feet in both directions from the low point of the
existing swale.
224 August 15, 2017
• 708-9. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT
�
�
The quantity to be paid for will be the area milled, in square yards, completed and accepted.
708-10. BASIS OF PAYMENT
The unit price for milling shall include: all materials, preparation, hauling, transporting and
stockpiling of salvageable materials, disposal of all surplus material, any required milling of radius
returns and intersections, prime and/or tack coat either required or placed at Engineer's discretion,
removal of asphalt from curbs, sweeping, labor, equipment, and all incidentals necessary to
complete the milling in accordance with the plans and specifications.
800 SERIES: TRAFFIC SIGNALS, SIGNS AND
MARKINGS - N/A
900 SERIES: LANDSCAPING/RESTORATION - N/A
225 August 15, 2017
�
•
•
SECTION V
CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
Table of Contents:
PUBLIC CONSTRUCTION BOND .......................................................................................................1
CONTRACT.............................................................................................................................................. 3
CONSENT OF SURETY TO FINAL PAYMENT ................................................................................ 9
PROPOSALBIDBOND ........................................................................................................................10
AFFIDAVIT............................................................................................................................................11
NON COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT ......................................................................................................... 12
PROPOSAL.............................................................................................................................................13
CITY OF CLEARWATER ADDENDUM SHEET .............................................................................16
BIDDER'S PROPOSAL .........................................................................................................................17
226 August 15, 2017
• Bond No.:
PUBLIC CONSTRUCTION BOND
(1)
This bond is given to comply with § 255.05, Florida Statutes, and any action instituted by a claimant under
this bond for payment must be in accordance with the notice and time limitation provisions in subsections
(2) and (10).
\J
Pursuant to § 255.05(1)(b), Florida Statutes, "Before commencing the work or before recommencing the
work after a default or abandonment, the contractor shall provide to the public entity a certified copv
of the recorded bond. Notwithstanding the terms of the contract or any other law governing prompt
payment for construction services, the public entity may not make a payment to the contractor until the
contractor has complied with this paragraph."
CONTRACTOR SURETY OWNER
City of Clearwater
�n�r�ne�' �naine�. Engineexing I�eparime�at
100 S. Myrtle Avenue
Clearwater, FL 33756
rmca irZ business address r�nca al business uddre�ss (727) 562-4747'
�P ~ P ..:_... � �P � .� �
�ph�ne ni�riiber�'', [��ar�e num�ier�'
PROJECT NAME: �RT.1ID TRAIL PHASE IY
PROJECT NO.: fl4�€�02 � �PR
PROJECT DESCRIPTION: Druid ?'�ail from ,� �vergr-een Avenue to Duke. �ner�y, �''riiil.
BY THIS BOND, We, , as Contractor, and
, a corporation, as Surety, are bound to the
City of Clearwater, Florida, herein called Owner, in the sum of $��,x�x,x�x.���], for payment of which we
bind ourselves, our heirs, personal representatives, successors, and assigns, jointly and severally.
THE CONDITION OF THIS BOND is that if Contractor:
1. Performs the contract dated , between Contractor and Owner for construction
of I�RI�ID TR1��i;`PHASE N, the contract documents being made a part of this bond by reference (which
include the Advertisement for Bids, Proposal, Contract, Surety Bond, Instructions to Bidders, General
Conditions, Plans, Technical Specifications and Appendix, and such alterations as may be made in said
Plans and Specifications as therein provided for), at the times and in the manner prescribed in the contract;
and
2. Promptly makes payments to all claimants, as defined in Section 255.05(1), Florida Statutes,
supplying Contractor with labor, materials, or supplies, used directly or indirectly by Contractor in the
prosecution of the work provided for in the contract; and
• 3. Pays Owner all losses, damages, expenses, costs, and attorney's fees, including appellate
proceedings, that Owner sustains because of a default by Contractor under the contract; and
227 August 15, 2017
•
•
•
Bond No.:
PUBLIC CONSTRUCTION BOND
�2)
4. To the limits of § 725.06(2), Florida Statutes, shall indemnify and hold harmless Owner, their
officers and employees, from liabilities, damages, losses and costs, including, but not limited to,
reasonable attorney's fees, to the extent caused by the negligence, recklessness, or intentional wrongful
misconduct of Contractor and persons employed or utilized by Contractor in the performance of the
construction contract; and
5. Performs the guarantee of all work and materials furnished under the contract for the time specified
in the contract, then this bond is void; otherwise it remains in full force.
6. Any action instituted by a claimant under this bond for payment must be in accordance with the
notice and time limitation provisions in Section 255.05(2}, Florida Statutes.
7. Any changes in or under the contract documents and compliance or noncompliance with any
formalities connected with the contract or the changes does not affect Surety's obligation under this bond,
and Surety does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the
terms of the contract or to the work or to the specifications.
IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, witness the hands and seals of the parties hereto this day of
,20 .
(If sole Ownership or Partnership, two (2) Witnesses required).
(If Corporation, Secretary only will attest and affix seal).
WITNESS:
Corporate Secretary or Witness
Print Name:
(affix corporate seal)
228
By:
Title:
Print Name:
WITNESS:
Print Name:
(Cor�orate Surety�
C
ATTORNEY-IN-FACT
Print Name:
(affix corporate seal)
(Power ofAttorney must be attached)
August 15, 2017
•
•
CONTRACT
(1)
This CONTRACT made and entered into this _ day of , 20_ by and between the City
of Clearwater, Florida, a municipal corporation, hereinafter designated as the "City", and
, of the City of County of
and State of Florida, hereinafter designated as the "Contractor".
WITNESSETH:
That the parties to this contract each in consideration of the undertakings, promises and agreements on the
part of the other herein contained, do hereby undertake, promise and agree as follows:
The Contractor, and his or its successors, assigns, executors or administrators, in consideration of the sums
of money as herein after set forth to be paid by the City and to the Contractor, shall and will at their own
cost and expense perform all labor, furnish all materials, tools and equipment for the following:
PROJECT NAME:
PROJECT NO.: U4-U021-PR
in the amount of $
In accordance with such proposal and technical supplemental specifications and such other special
provisions and drawings, if any, which will be submitted by the City, together with any advertisement,
instructions to bidders, general conditions, technical specifications, proposal and bond, which may be
hereto attached, and any drawings if any, which may be herein referred to, are hereby made a part of this
contract, and all of said work to be performed and completed by the contractor and its successors and
assigns shall be fully completed in a good and workmanlike manner to the satisfaction of the City.
If the Contractor should fail to comply with any of the terms, conditions, provisions or stipulations as
contained herein within the time specified for completion of the work to be performed by the Contractor,
then the City, may at its option, avail itself of any or all remedies provided on its behalf and shall have the
right to proceed to complete such work as Contractor is obligated to perform in accordance with the
provisions as contained herein.
THE CONTRACTOR AND HIS OR ITS SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS DOES HEREBY AGREE
TO ASSUME THE DEFENSE OF ANY LEGAL ACTION WHICH MAY BE BROUGHT
AGAINST THE CITY AS A RESULT OF THE CONTRACTOR'S ACTIVITIES ARISING OUT
OF THIS CONTRACT AND FURTHERMORE, IN CONSIDERATION OF THE TERMS,
• STIPULATIONS AND CONDITIONS AS CONTAINED HEREIN, AGREES TO HOLD THE
CITY FREE AND HARMLE55 FROM ANY AND ALL CLAIMS FOR DAMAGES, COSTS OF
229 August 15, 2017
• SUITS, JUDGMENTS OR DECREES RESULTING FROM ANY CLAIMS MADE UNDER THIS
CONTRACT AGAINST THE CITY OR T�IE CONTRA,CTOR OR THE CONTRACTOR'S SUB
CONTRACTORS, AGENTS, SERVANTS OR EMPLOYEES RESULTING FROM ACTIVITIES
BY THE AFOREMENTIONED CONTRACTOR, SUB CONTRACTOR, AGENT SERVANTS
OR EMPLOYEES, TO THE LIMITS OF § 725.06(2).
•
•
230 August 15, 2017
•
CONTRACT
�2)
In addition to the foregoing provisions, the Contractor agrees to conform to the following requirements:
In connection with the performance of work under this contract, the Contractor agrees not to discriminate
against any employee or applicant for employment because of race, sex, religion, color, or national origin.
The aforesaid provision shall include, but not be limited to, the following: employment, upgrading,
demotion, or transfer; recruitment or recruitment advertising; lay off or termination; rates of pay or other
forms of compensation; and selection for training, including apprenticeship. The Contractor agrees to post
hereafter in conspicuous places, available for employees or applicants for employment, notices to be
provided by the contracting officer setting forth the provisions of the non discrimination clause.
The Contractor further agrees to insert the foregoing provisions in all contracts hereunder, including
contracts or agreements with labor unions andJor worker's representatives, except sub contractors for
standard commercial supplies or raw materials.
It is mutually agreed between the parties hereto that time is of the essence of this contract, and in the event
that the work to be performed by the Contractor is not completed within the time stipulated herein, it is
then further agreed that the City may deduct from such sums or compensation as may be due to the
Contractor the sum of $2,811.00 per dav for each day that the work to be performed by the Contractor
remains incomplete beyond the time limit specified herein, which sum of $2,811.00 per dav shall only
and solely represent damages which the City has sustained by reason of the failure of the Contractor to
complete the work within the time stipulated, it being further agreed that this sum is not to be construed
• as a penalty but is only to be construed as liquidated damages for failure of the Contractor to complete
and perform all work within the time period as specified in this contract.
It is further mutually agreed between the City and the Contractor that if, any time after the execution of
this contract and the public construction bond which is attached hereto for the faithful performance of the
terms and conditions as contained herein by the Contractor, that the City shall at any time deem the sureiy
or sureties upon such public construction bond to be unsatisfactory or if, for any reason, the said bond
ceases to be adequate in amount to cover the performance of the work the Contractor shall, at his or its
own expense, within ten (10) days after receipt of written notice from the City to do so, furnish an
additional bond or bonds in such term and amounts and with such surety or sureties as shall be satisfactory
to the City. If such an event occurs, no further payment shall be made to the Contractor under the terms
and provisions of this contract until such new or additional security bond guaranteeing the faithful
performance of the work under the terms hereof shall be completed and furnished to the City in a form
satisfactory to it.
231 August 15, 2017
��
CONTRACT
(3)
In addition to all other contract requirements as provided by law, the contractor executing this agreement
agrees to comply with public records law.
IF THE CONTRACTOR HAS QUESTIONS REGARDING THE APPLICATION OF
CHAPTER 119, FLORIDA STATUTES, TI� CONTRACTORS DUTY TO PROVIDE
PUBLIC RECORDS RELATING TO THIS CONTRACT. CONTACT THE
CUTODIAN OF PUBLIC RECORDS AT 727-562-4092,
Rosemarie.Call(u�mvclearwater.com, 112 S. Osceola Ave., Clearwater, FL 33756
The contractor's agreement to comply with public records law applies specifically to:
a) Keep and maintain public records required bv the Citv of Clearwater (hereinafter "public
agency") to perform the service being provided bv the contractor hereunder.
b) Upon request from the public agencv's custodian of public records, provide the public
�encv with a copv of the requested records or allow the records to be inspected or copied
within a reasonable time at a cost that does not exceed the cost nrovided for in Chapter
119, Florida Statutes, as may be amended from time to time, or as otherwise provided by
law.
• c) Ensure that the public records that are exempt or confidential and exempt from public
records disclosure requirements are not disclosed except as authorized by law for the
duration of the contract term and following completion of the contract if the contractor
does not transfer the records to the nublic agency.
d) Upon comnletion of the contract , transfer, at no cost, to the public a�encv all public
records in possession of the contractor or keep and maintain public records reauired bv the
public agency to perform the service. If the contractor transfers all public records to the
public a�encv upon completion of the contract, the contractor shall destrov anv duplicate
public records that are exempt or confidential and exemqt from pubiic records disclosure
requirements. If the contractor keens and maintains public records u[ron comnletion of the
contract, the contractor shall meet all applicable requirements for retaining public records.
All records stored electronicallv must be nrovided to the public agencv, upon request from
the public agencv's custodian of public records, in a format that is compatible with the
information technologv svstems of the nublic agencv.
e) A request to inspect or copy public records relating to a public agencV's contract for
services must be made directiv to the public agencv. If the nublic agencv does not possess
the requested records, the public a�ency shall immediatelv notifv the contractor of the
request and the contractor must provide the records to the nublic agencv or allow the
records to be inspected or copied within a reasonable time.
� The contractor herebv acknowledges and agrees that if the contractor does not comnlv
• with the public a�encv's request for records, the public agencv shall enforce the contract
provisions in accordance with the contract.
232 August 15, 2017
• g) A contractor who fails to provide the public records to the nublic agencv within a
reasonable time mav be subiect to qenalties under Section 119.10, Florida Statutes.
h) If a civil action is filed aEainst a contractor to compel production of public records relating
to a public a�encv's contract for services, the court shall assess and award against the
contractor the reasonable costs of enforcement, including reasonable attornev fees, if:
1. The court determines that the contractor unlawfully refused to comply with the
public records request within a reasonable time; and
Z. At least 8 business davs before filing the action, the nlaintiff provided written notice
of the_public records request, including a statement that the contractor has not
complied with the request, to the public agencv and to the contractor.
i) A notice comnlies with subparagraph (h)2. if it is sent to the public agency's custodian of
public records and to the contractor at the contractor's address listed on its contract with
the_public agencv or to the contractor's registered agent. Such notices must be sent by
common carrier deliverv service or bv registered, Global Express Guaranteed, or certified
mail, with postage or shipping paid bv the sender and with evidence of deliverv, which mav
be in an electronic format.
j) A_contractor who complies with a public records request within 8 business days after the
• notice is sent is not liable for the reasonable costs of enforcement.
•
233 August 15, 2017
•
•
C�
CONTRACT
(4)
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties to the agreement have hereunto set their hands and seals and have
executed this Agreement, the day and year first above written.
CITY OF CLEARWATER
IN PINELLAS COUNTY, FLORIDA
By:
William B. Horne, II
City Manager
Countersigned:
:
George N. Cretekos,
Mayor
Contractor must
Corporation
Partnership
Company
or
Individual
indicate whether
The person signing shall, in his own handwriting,
sign the Principal's name, his own name, and his
title; where the person is signing for a
Corporation, he must, by Affidavit, show his
authority to bind the Corporation — provide
Affidavit.
234
Attest:
Rosemarie Call
City Clerk
Approved as to form:
Matthew M. Smith
Assistant City Attorney
(Contractor)
By:
Print Name:
Title:
(SEAL)
(SEAL)
August 15, 2017
•
•
CONSENT OF SURETY TO FINAL PAYMENT
TO City of Clearwater PROJECT NAME: DRL�ID TRAIL PH;A�E N
OWNER:
�ngiri��ring T3epartment PROJECT NO.: �-��l P�
100 S. Myrtle Ave. CONTRACT DATE: j �
Clearwater, FL 33756 BOND NO. : j', �, recorded in O.R. Book ��„
Page ��, of the Public Records of Pinellas County,
Florida.
CONTRACTOR: '����
Pursuant to § 255.05(11), Florida Statutes, and in accordance with the provisions of the Contract between
the Owner and the Contractor as indicated above, the:
�i�rsert nczme; vf 5uret�'�
��zddr�,�s�
jaa'�ess�'
on bond of
[inse�t na�rte of Ccantractor]
jaddress�,
�add�es��
,SURETY,
,CONTRACTOR,
hereby approves of the final payment to the Contractor, and agrees that final payment to the Contractor
shall not relieve Surety of any of its obligations to
City of Clearwater
�ngiia�er�ng I7eparttrient
100 S. Nlyrtle Ave.
Clearwater, FL 33756
as set forth in said Surety's bond.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Surety has hereunto set its hand this
day of ,
,OWNER,
(Surety)
(Signature of authorized representative)
(Printed name and title)
Attest:
• (Seal):
235
August 15, 2017
•
•
•
PROPOSALBID BOND
(Not to be filled out if a certified check is submitted)
KNOWN ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That we, the undersigned,
as Contractor, and
as Surety, whose address is
, are held and firmly bound unto the City
of Clearwater, Florida, in the sum of Dollars
($ )(being a minimum of 10% of Contractor's total bid amount) for the payment of
which, well and truly to be made, we hereby jointly and severally bind ourselves, our heirs, executors,
administrators, successors and assigns.
The condition of the above obligation is such that if the attached Proposal of
as Contractor, and
for work specified as:
as Surety,
all as stipulated in said Proposal, by doing all work incidental thereto, in accordance with the plans and
specifications provided herefor, all within Pinellas County, is accepted and the contract awarded to the
above named bidder, and the said bidder shall within ten days after notice of said award enter into a
contract, in writing, and furnish the required Public Construction Bond with surety or sureties to be
approved by the City Manager, this obligation shall be void, otherwise the same shall be in full force and
virtue by law and the full amount of this ProposalBid Bond will be paid to the City as stipulated or
liquidated damages.
Principal must indicate whether:
Corporation
Partnership
Company
or
Individual
Signed this
Contractor
Principal
By:
The person signing shall, in his own handwriting,
sign the Principal's name, his own name, and his
title; where the person is signing for a
Corporation, he must, by Affidavit, show his
authority to bind the Corporation — provide
Affidavit.
Surety
236
day of , 20
Title
August 15, 2017
• AFFIDAVIT
(To be filled in and executed if the bidder is a corporation)
STATE OF FLORIDA )
COUNTY OF
being duly sworn, deposes and says that he/she is
Secretary of
a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the laws of the State of Florida, and having
its principal office at:
(Street & Number) (City) (County) (State)
Affiant further says that he is familiar with the records, minute books and by-laws of
(Name of Corporation)
Affiant further says that is
(Officer's Name) (Title)
of the corporation, is duly authorized to sign the Proposal for
or said corporation by virtue of
. (state whether a provision of by laws or a Resolution of
Board of Directors. If by Resolution give date of adoption).
•
Affiant
Sworn to before me this day of , 20
Notary Public
Type/print/stamp name of Notary
Title or rank, and Serial No., if any
237 August 15, 2017
• NON COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT
STATE OF FLORIDA 1
COUNTY OF )
of
being, first duly sworn, deposes and says that he is
the party making the foregoing Proposal or Bid; that such Bid is genuine and not collusive or sham: that
said bidder is not financially interested in or otherwise affliated in a business way with any other bidder
on the same contract; that said bidder has not colluded, conspired, connived, or agreed, directly or
indirectly, with any bidders or person, to put in a sham bid or that such other person shall refrain from
bidding, and has not in any manner, directly or indirectly, sought by agreement or collusion, or
communication or conference, with any person, to fix the bid price or affiant or any other bidder, or to fix
any overhead, profit or cost element of said bid price, or that of any other bidder, or to secure any
advantage against the City of Clearwater, Florida, or any person or persons interested in the proposed
contract; and that all statements contained in said proposal or bid are true; and further, that such bidder
has not directly or indirectly submitted this bid, or the contents thereof, or divulged information or data
relative thereto to any association or to any member or agent thereof.
Affiant
� Sworn to and subscribed before me this day of , 20
•
Notary Public
238 August 15, 2017
•
PROPOSAL
(1)
TO THE CITY OF CLEARWATER, FLORIDA, for
and doing such other work incidental thereto, all in accordance with the contract documents, marked
Every bidder must take notice of the fact that even though his proposal be accepted and the documents
signed by the bidder to whom an award is made and by those officials authorized to do so on behalf of the
City of Clearwater, Florida, that no such award or signing shall be considered a binding contract without
a certifcate from the Finance Director that funds are available to cover the cost of the work to be done, or
without the approval of the City Attorney as to the form and legality of the contract and all the pertinent
documents relating thereto having been approved by said City Attorney; and such bidder is hereby charged
with this notice.
The signer of the Proposal, as bidder, also declares that the only person, persons, company or parties
interested in this Proposal, are named in this Proposal, that he has carefully examined the Advertisement,
Instructions to Bidders, Contract Specifications, Plans, Supplemental Specifications, General Conditions,
Special Provisions, and Public Construction Bond, that he or his representative has made such
investigation as is necessary to determine the character and extent of the work and he proposes and agrees
. that if the Proposal be accepted, he will contract with the City of Clearwater, Florida, in the form of
contract; hereto annexed, to provide the necessary labor, materials, machinery, equipment, tools or
apparatus, do all the work required to complete the contract within the time mentioned in the General
Conditions and according to the requirements of the City of Clearwater, Florida, as herein and hereinafter
set forth, and furnish the required surety bonds for the following prices to wit:
•
239 August 15, 2017
•
PROPOSAL
(2)
If the foregoing Proposal shall be accepted by the City of Clearwater, Florida, and the undersigned shall
fail to execute a satisfactory contract as stated in the Advertisement herein attached, then the City may, at
its option determine that the undersigned has abandoned the contract, and thereupon this Proposal shall
be null and void, and the certified check or bond accompanying this Proposal, shall be forfeited to become
the property of the City of Clearwater, Florida, and the full amount of said check shall be retained by the
City, or if the Proposal Bond be given, the full amount of such bond shall be paid to the City as stipulated
or liquidated damages; otherwise, the bond or certified check accompanying this Proposal, or the amount
of said check, shall be returned to the undersigned as specified herein.
Attached hereto is a bond or certified check on
Bank, for the sum of
�$
(being a minimum of 10°/a of Contractor's total bid amount).
The full names and residences of all persons and parties interested in the foregoing bid are as follows:
(If corporation, give the names and addresses of the President and Secretary. If firm or partnership, the
names and addresses of the members or partners. The Bidder shall list not only his name but also the name
of any person with whom bidder has any type of agreement whereby such person's improvements,
enrichment, employment or possible beneft, whether sub contractor, materialman, agent, supplier, or
employer is contingent upon the award of the contract to the bidder).
• NAMES: ADDRESSES:
L�
Signature of Bidder:
240 August 15, 2017
•
�
PROPOSAL
(3)
The person signing shall, in his own handwriting, sign the Principal's name, his own name and his title.
Where the person signing for a corporation is other than the President or Vice President, he must, by
affidavit, show his authority, to bind the corporation.
Principal:
By:
Company Legal Name:
Doing Business As (if different than above):
Business Address of Bidder:
City and State:
Title:
Zip Code
Phone: Email Address:
Dated at , this day of , A.D., 20_.
241 August 15, 2017
•
•
�
CITY OF CLEARWATER
ADDENDUMSHEET
PROJECT: DR��i TRAIL PHA�E �(04�U2I FR�
Acknowledgment is hereby made of the following addenda received since issuance of Plans and
Specifications.
Addendum No.
Addendum No.
Addendum No.
Addendum No.
Addendum No.
Addendum No.
Addendum No.
Addendum No.
Addendum No.
Addendum No.
Addendum No.
Date:
Date:
Date:
Date:
Date:
Date:
Date:
Date:
Date:
Date:
Date:
242
(Name of Bidder)
(Signature of Officer)
(Title of Officer)
(Date)
August 15, 2017
• CONFIDENTIAL
STATE OF FLORIDA DEPARTMENT OF TR.4NSPORTATION 525-010--06
LAP CERTIFICATION OF CURRENT CAPACITY PROGRAM MANAGEMENT
,tios
Page 1 oF 2
Fill in your FDOT Vendor Number
For bids to be received on
(Letting Date) VF
(Only applicable to FDOT pre-qualified contractors)
CERTIFICATE
I hereby certify that the amount of any proposal submitted by this bidder for the above letting does not exceed the amount
of the Firm's CURRENT CAPACITY (maximum capacity rating less total uncompleted work).
The total uncompleted work as shown on
the "Status of Contracts on Hand" report (page 2)
I further certify that the "Status of Contracts on Hand" report (page 2) was prepared as follows:
1. If the letting is before the 25t'' day of the month, the certificate and report reflect the uncompleted work as of the 15tn
day of the month, last preceding the month of the letting.
•2. If the letting is after the 25'h day of the month, the certificate and report reflects the uncompleted work in progress as of
the 15th day of the month of the letting.
3. All new contracts (and subcontracts) awarded earlier than five days before the letting date are included in the report
and charged against our total rating.
I certify that the information above is correct.
Sworn to and subscribed this day
of , 20
243
By:
NAME OF FIRM
Title
August 15, 2017
• • •
STATUS OF CONTRACTS ON HAND
(Furnish compiete information about all your contracts, whether prime or subcontracts;
whether in progress or awarded, but not yet begun; and regardless of whom contracted with.)
525-010-46
PROGRAM MANAGEMENT
,vos
Page 2 of 2
1 2 3 4 5 6
UNCOMPLETED AMOUNT TO BE DONE
PROJECTS CONTRACT (OR AMOUNT BALANCE OF BY YOU
OWNER, LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION SUBCONTRAC7) SUBLET CONTRACT
AMOUNT TO OTHERS AMOUNT AS PRIME AS
CONTRACTOR SUBCONTRACTOR
�
�
D
c
NJOTE: Columns 2 and 3 to show total contract (or subcontract) amounts. Column 4 to be difference TOTALS $0.00 $0.00
.hetween cotumns 2 and 3. Amount in columns 5 or 6 to be uncompleted portion of amount in column 4. A11
�mounts to be shown to nearest $100. The Contractor may consolidate and list as a single item all TOTAL UNCOMPLETED WORK ON
rpontracts which, individually, do not exceed 3% of total, and which, in the aggregate, amount to less than HAND TO BE DONE BY YOU $0.00
40% of the total. (TOTAL COLUMNS 5 AND 6)
It is certified that neither the below identified firm nor its principais are presentiy suspended, proposed for debarment, declared
ineligible, or voluntarily excluded from participation in this transaction by any federal department or agency.
Name of ConsultanUContractor:
Sy:
Date:
Title:
Instructions for Certification
Instructions for Certification - Lower Tier Participants:
(Applicable to all subcontracts, purchase orders and other lower tier transactions requiring prior FHWA approval or estimated to
cost $25,000 or more - 2 CFR Parts 180 and 1200)
a. By signing and submitting this proposal, the prospective lower tier is providing the certification set out below.
b. The certification in this clause is a material representation of fact upon which reliance was placed when this transaction was
entered into. If it is later determined that the prospective lower tier participant knowingly rendered an erroneous certification, in
addition to other remedies available to the Federal Government, the department, or agency with which this transaction originated
may pursue available remedies, including suspension and/or debarment.
c. The prospective lower tier participant shall provide immediate written notice to the person to which this proposal is submitted if
at any time the prospective lower tier participant learns that its certification was erroneous by reason of changed circumstances.
•d. The terms "covered transaction," "debarred," "suspended," "ineligible," "participant," "person," "principal," and "voluntarily
excluded," as used in this clause, are defined in 2 CFR Parts 180 and 1200. You may contact the person to which this proposal
is submitted for assistance in obtaining a copy of those regulations. "First Tier Covered Transactions" refers to any covered
transaction between a grantee or subgrantee of Federal funds and a participant (such as the prime or general contract). "Lower
Tier Covered Transactions" refers to any covered transaction under a First Tier Covered Transaction (such as subcontracts).
"First Tier ParticipanY' refers to the participant who has entered into a covered transaction with a grantee or subgrantee of
Federal funds (such as the prime or general contractor). "Lower Tier ParticipanY' refers any participant who has entered into a
covered transaction with a First Tier Participant or other Lower Tier Participants (such as subcontractors and suppliers).
e. The prospective lower tier participant agrees by submitting this proposal that, should the proposed covered transaction be
entered into, it shall not knowingly enter into any lower tier covered transaction with a person who is debarred, suspended,
declared ineligible, or voluntarily excluded from participation in this covered transaction, unless authorized by the department or
agency with which this transaction originated.
f. The prospective lower tier participant further agrees by submitting this proposal that it will include this clause titled
"Certification Regarding Debarment, Suspension, Ineligibility and Voluntary Exclusion-Lower Tier Covered Transaction," without
modification, in all lower tier covered transactions and in all solicitations for lower tier covered transactions exceeding the
$25,000 threshold.
g. A participant in a covered transaction may rely upon a certification of a prospective participant in a lower tier covered
transaction that is not debarred, suspended, ineligible, or voluntarily excluded from the covered transaction, unless it knows that
the certification is erroneous. A participant is responsible for ensuring that its principals are not suspended, debarred, or
otherwise ineligible to participate in covered transactions. To verify the eligibility of its principals, as well as the eligibility of any
lower tier prospective participants, each participant may, but is not required to, check the Excluded Parties List System website
(https://www.epls.govn, which is compiled by the General Services Administration.
h. Nothing contained in the foregoing shall be construed to require establishment of a system of records in order to render in
good faith the certification required by this clause. The knowledge and information of participant is not required to exceed that
which is normally possessed by a prudent person in the ordinary course of business dealings.
• i. Except for transactions authorized under paragraph e of these instructions, if a participant in a covered transaction knowingly
enters into a lower tier covered transaction with a person who is suspended, debarred, ineligible, or voluntarify excluded from
participation in this transaction, in addition to other remedies available to the Federal Government, the department or agency
with which this transaction originated may pursue available remedies, including suspension and/or debarment.
245 August 15, 2017
375-030-33
PROCUREMENT
10I01
CERTIFICATION FOR DISCLOSURE OF LOBBYING ACTIVITIES
ON FEDERAL-AID CONTRACTS
(Compliance with 49CFR, Section 20.100 (b))
The prospective participant certifies, by signing this certification, that to the best of his or
her knowledge and belief:
(1) No federal appropriated funds have been paid or will be paid, by or on behalf of the
undersigned, to any person for influencing or attempting to influence an officer or
employee of any federal agency, a Member of Congress, an officer of employee of
Congress, or an employee of a Member of Congress in connection with the awarding of
any federal contract, the making of any federal grant, the making of any federal loan,
the entering into of any cooperative agreement, and the extension, continuation,
renewal, amendment, or modification of any federal contract, grant, loan, or cooperative
agreement.
(2) If any funds other than federal appropriated funds have been paid or will be paid to
any person for influencing or attempting to influence an officer or employee of any
federal agency, a Member of Congress, an officer or employee of Congress, or an
employee of a Member of Congress in connection with this federal contract, grant, loan,
or cooperative agreement, the undersigned shall complete and submit Standard
• Form-LLL, "Disclosure of Lobbying Activities", in accordance with its instructions.
(Standard Form-LLL can be obtained from the Florida Department of Transportation's
Professional Services Administrator or Procurement Office.}
This certification is a material representation of fact upon which reliance was placed
when this transaction was made or entered into. Submission of this certification is a
prerequisite for making or entering into this transaction imposed by Section 1352, Title
31, U.S. Code. Any person who fails to file the required certification shall be subject to
a civil penalty of not less than $10,000 and not more than $100,000 for each such
failure.
The prospective participant also agrees by submitting his or her proposal that he or she
sha{I require that the language of this certification be included in all lower tier
subcontracts, which exceed $100,000 and that all such subrecipients shall certify and
disclose accordingly.
Name of Consultant:
By: Date: Authorized Signature
Title:
•
246 August 15, 2017
• Is this form applicable to your firm?
YES ❑ NO ❑
If no, then please complete section
below for "Prime°
•
•
1. Type of Federal Action: 2. Status of Federal Action: 3. Report Type:
a. contract a. bidloffer/application a. initial filing
b. grant b. initial award b. material change
c. cooperative agreement c. post-award For Material Change Only:
d.loan Year: Quarter:
e. loan guarantee Date of last report:
f. loan insurance (mm/dd/yyyy)
4. Name and Address of Reporting Entity: 5. If Reporting Entity in No. 4 is a Subawardee, Enter Name and
❑ Prime ❑ Subawardee Address of Prime:
Tier , if known:
Con ressional District, if known: 4c Con ressional District, if known:
6. Federal DepartmenUAgency: 7. Federal Program Name/Description:
CFDA Number, if applicable:
8. Federal Action Number, if known: 9. Award Amount, if known:
$
10. a. Name and Address of Lobbying Registrant b. Individuals Performing Services (including address if
(if individual, last name, first name, M�: different from No. 10a}
(last name, first name, Mn:
11. Information requested through this form is authorized by title 31
U.S:C. section 1352. This disclosure of lobbying activities is a Signature:
material representation of fact upon which reliance was placed
by the tier above when this transaction was made or entered
into. This disclosure is required pursuant to 31 U.S.C. 1352. Pflflt NafT12:
This information will be available for pubfic inspection. Any
person who fails to file the required disclosure shall be subject Title:
to a civil penalty of not less than $10,000 and not more than
�100,00o for eacn sucn fai�u�e. Telephone No.: Date (mm/dd/yyyy):
�����a� �� ��� Authorized for Local Reproduction
Y� ' Standard Form LLL Rev. 7-97
247 August 15, 2017
• INSTRUCTIONS FOR COMPLETION OF SF-LLL, DISCLOSURE OF LOBBYING ACTIVITIES
This disclosure form shall be completed by the reporting entity, whether subawardee or prime Federal recipient, at the
initiation or receipt of a covered Federal action, or a material change to a previous filing, pursuant to title 31 U.S.C.
section 1352. The filing of a form is required for each payment or agreement to make payment to any lobbying entity for
influencing or attempting to influence an officer or employee of any agency, a Member of Congress, an officer or
employee of Congress, or an employee of a Member of Congress in connection with a covered Federal action. Complete
all items that apply for both the initial filing and material change report. Refer to the implementing guidance published by
the Office of Management and Budget for additional information.
1. Identify the type of covered Federal action for which lobbying activity is and/or has been secured to influence the
outcome of a covered Federal action.
2. Identify the status of the covered Federal action.
3. Identify the appropriate classification of this report. If this is a followup report caused by a material change to the
information previously reported, enter the year and quarter in which the change occurred. Enter the date of the last
previously submitted report by this reporting entity for this covered Federal action.
4. Enter the fullname, address, city, State and zip code of the reporting entity. Include Congressional District, if
known. Check the appropriate cfassification of the reporting entity that designates if it is, or expects to be, a prime
or subaward recipient. Identify the tier of the subawardee, e.g., the first subawardee of the prime is the 1 st tier.
Subawards include but are not limited to subcontracts, subgrants and contract awards under grants.
5. If the organization filing the report in item 4 checks "Subawardee," then enter the full name, address, city, State
and zip code of the prime Federal recipient. lnclude Congressional District, if known.
• 6. Enter the name of the Federal agency making the award or loan commitment. Include at least one organizational
fevel below agency name, if known. For exampfe, Department of Transportation, United States Coast Guard.
7. Enter the Federal program name or description for the covered Federal action (item 1). If known, enter the full
Catalog of Federal Domestic Assistance (CFDA) number for grants, cooperative agreements, loans, and loan
commitments.
8. Enter the most appropriate Federal identifying number available for the Federal action identified in item 1(e.g.,
Request for Proposal (RFP) number; Invitation for Bid (IFB) number; grant announcement number; the contract,
grant, or foan award number; the app{ication/proposal control number assigned by the Federal agency). Include
prefixes, e.g., "RFP-DE-90-001."
9. For a covered Federal action where there has been an award or loan commitment by the Federal agency, enter
the Federal amount of the award/loan commitment for the prime entity identified in item 4 or 5.
10. (a) Enter the full name, address, city, State and zip code of the lobbying registrant under the Lobbying
Disclosure Act of 1995 engaged by the reporting entity identified in item 4 to influence the covered Federaf
action.
(b) Enter the full names of the individual(s) performing services, and include full address if different from 10 (a).
Enter Last Name, First Name, and Middle Initial (MI).
11. The certifying official shall sign and date the form, print his/her name, title, and telephone number.
According to the Paperwork Reduction Act, as amended, no persons are required to respond to a collection of information unless it displays a
valid OMB Control Number. The valid OMB control number for this information collection is OMB No. 0348-0046. Public reporting burden for this
collection of information is estimated to average 10 minutes per response, including time for reviewing instructions, searching existing data sources,
�athering and maintaining the data needed, and completing and reviewing the collection of information. Send comments regarding the burden
estimate or any other aspect of this collection of information, including suggestions for reducing this burden, to the Office of Management and
Budget, Paperwork Reduction Project (0348-0046), Washington, DC 20503.
248 August 15, 2017
(NAME)
(TITLE)
of
ITEM/SEGMENT NO.:
F.A.P. NO.:
MANAGING DISTRICT:
PARCEL NO.:
COUNTY OF:
BID LETTING OF:
(FIRM)
hereby declare that I am
of
(CITY AND STATE)
and that I am the person responsible within my firm for the final decision as to the price(s) and amount of this Bid on this
State Project.
I further declare that:
1. The prices(s) and amount of this bid have been arrived at independently, without consultation,
communication or agreement, for the purpose of restricting competition with any other contractor, bidder or potential
bidder.
2. Neither the price(s) nor the amount of this bid have been disclosed to any other firm or person who is a
• bidder or potential bidder on this project, and will not be so disclosed prior to the bid opening.
3. No attempt has been made or will be made to solicit, cause or induce any other firm or person to refrain from
bidding on this project, or to submit a bid higher than the bid of this firm, or any intentionally high or non-competitive bid or
other form of complementary bid.
4. The bid of my firm is made in good faith and not pursuant to any agreement or discussion with, or
inducement from, any firm or person to submit a complementary bid.
5. My firm has not offered or entered into a subcontract or agreement regarding the purchase of materials or
senrices from any firm or person, or offered, promised or paid cash or anything of value to any firm or person, whether in
connection with this or any other project, in consideration for an agreement or promise by any firm or person to refrain
from bidding or to submit a complementary bid on this project.
6. My firm has not accepted or been promised any subcontract or agreement regarding the sale of materials or
services to any firm or person, and has not been promised or paid cash or anything of value by any firm or person,
whether in connection with this or any other project, in consideration for my firm's submitting a complementary bid, or
agreeing to do so, on this project.
7. I have made a diligent inquiry of all members, officers, employees, and agents of my firm with responsibilities
relating to the preparation, approval or submission of my firm's bid on this project and have been advised by each of them
that he or she has not participated in any communication, consultation, discussion, agreement, collusion, act or other
conduct inconsistent with any of the statements and representations made in this Declaration.
8. As required by Section 337.165, Florida Statutes, the firm has fully informed the Department of
Transportation in writing of all convictions of the firm, its affiliates (as defined in Section 337.165(I)(a), Florida Statutes),
and all directors, officers, and employees of the firm and its affiliates for violation of state or federal antitrust laws with
respect to a public contract or for violation of any state or federal law involving fraud, bribery, collusion, conspiracy or
•material misrepresentation with respect to a public contract. This includes disclosure of the names of current employees
of the firm or affiliates who were convicted of contract crimes while in the employ of another company.
249 August 15, 2017
�
�
9. I certify that, except as noted below, neither my firm nor any person associated therewith in the capacity of
owner, partner, director, officer, principal, investigator, project director, manager, auditor, and/or position involving the
administration of Federal funds:
(a) is presently debarred, suspended, proposed for debarment, declared ineligible, or voluntarily excluded
from covered transactions, as defined in 49 CFR §29.110(a), by any Federal department or agency;
(b) has within a three-year period preceding this certification been convicted of or had a civil judgment
rendered against him or her for: commission of fraud or a criminal offense in connection with obtaining,
attempting to obtain, or performing a Federal, State or local government transaction or public contract;
violation of Federal or State antitrust statutes; or commission of embezzlement, theft, forgery, bribery,
falsification or destruction of records, making false statements or receiving stolen property;
(c) is presently indicted for or otherwise criminally or civilly charged by a Federal, State or local
governmental entity with commission of any of the offenses enumerated in paragraph 9(b) of this
certification; and
(d) has within a three-year period preceding this certification had one or more Federal, State or local
government public transactions terminated for cause or default.
10. I(We), certify that I(We), shall not knowingly enter into any transaction with any subcontractor, material
supplier, or vendor who is debarred, suspended, declared ineligible, or voluntarily excluded from participation in this
contract by any Federal Agency unless authorized by the Department.
Where I am unable to declare or certify as to any of the statements contained in the above stated paragraphs
numbered (1) through (10), I have provided an explanation in the "Exceptions" portion below ar by attached separate
sheet.
EXCEPTIONS:
(Any exception listed above will not necessarily result in denial of award, but will be considered in determining
bidder responsibility. For any exception noted, indicate to whom it applies, initiating agency and dates of agency action.
Providing false information may result in criminal prosecution and/or administrative sanctions.)
I declare under penaity of perjury that the foregoing is true and correct.
CONTRACTOR:
(Seal)
gy; WITNESS:
NAME AND TITLE PRINTED
BY:
Executed on this
• � ...
SIGNATURE
day of
WITNESS:
250 August 15, 2017
\ J
REQUIRED CONTRACT PROVISIONS
This certification applies to subcontractors, material suppliers, vendors and other lower tier participants.
- Appendix B of 49 CFR Part 29 –
Appendix B—Certification Regarding Debarment, Suspension, Ineligibility and Voluntary Exclusion—Lower Tier Covered
Transactions
Instructions for Certification
By signing and submitting this proposal, the prospective lower tier participant is providing the certification set
out below.
2. The certification in this clause is a material representation of fact upon which reliance was placed when this
transaction was entered. If it is later determined that the prospective lower tier participant knowingly rendered an
erroneous certification, in addition to other remedies available to the Federal Government, the department or agency with
which this transaction originated�may pursue available remedies, including suspension and/or debarment.
3. The prospective lower tier participant shall provide immediate written notice to the person to which this
proposal is submitted if at any time the prospective lower tier participant learns that its certification was erroneous when
submitted or has become erroneous by reason of changed circumstances.
4. The terms "covered transaction," "debarred," "suspended," "ineligible," "lower tier covered transaction,"
"participant," "person," "primary covered transaction," "principal," "proposal," and "voluntarily excluded," as used in this
clause, have the meanings set out in the Definitions and Coverage sections of rules implementing Executive Order 12549.
You may contact the person to whom this proposal is submitted for assistance in obtaining a copy of those regulations.
•5. The prospective lower tier participant agrees by submitting this proposal that it shall not knowingly enter into
any lower tier covered transaction with a person who is debarred, suspended, declared ineligible, or voluntarily excluded
from participation in this covered transaction, unless authorized by the department or agency with which this transaction
originated.
6. The prospective lower tier participant further agrees by submitting this proposal that it will include this clause
titled "Certification Regarding Debarment, Suspension, Ineligibility and Voluntary Exclusion--Lower Tier Covered
Transaction," without modification, in all lower tier covered transactions and in all solicitations for lower tier covered
transactions.
7. A participant in a covered transaction may rely upon a certification of a prospective participant in a lower tier
covered transaction that it is not debarred, suspended, ineligible, or voluntarily excluded from the covered transaction,
unless it knows that the certification is erroneous. A participant may decide the method and frequency by which it
determines the eligibility of its principals. Each participant may, but is not required to, check the Nonprocurement List.
8. Nothing contained in the foregoing shall be construed to require establishment of a system of records in
order to render in good faith the certification required by this clause. The knowledge and information of a participant is not
required to exceed that which is normally possessed by a prudent person in the ordinary course of business dealings.
9. Except for transactions authorized under paragraph 5 of these instructions, if a participant in a covered
transaction knowingly enters into a lower tier covered transaction with a person who is suspended, debarred, ineligible, or
voluntarily excluded from participation in this transaction, in addition to other remedies available to the Federal
Government, the department or agency with which this transaction originated may pursue available remedies, including
suspension and/or debarment.
Certification Regarding Debarment, Suspension, Ineligibility and Voluntary Exclusion—Lower Tier Covered Transactions
(1) The prospective lower tier participant certifies, by submission of this proposal, that neither it nor its principals
•is presently debarred, suspended, proposed for debarment, declared ineligible, or voluntary excluded from participation in
this transaction by any Federal department or agency.
(2) Where the prospective lower tier participant is unable to certify to any of the statements in this certification,
such prospective participant shall attach an explanation to this proposal.
251 August 15, 2017
• BIDDER'S PROPOSAL
PROJECT: DRUID TRAIL PHASE IV
(CITY PROJ. NO. 04-0021-PR, FPID 432580-1-58-01)
•
•
BID ITEMS QTi; UNIT LJNIT PRICE TOTAL
FEDERAL PARTICIPATING PAY ITEMS — FPID 432580-1-58-01
t 101-1 Mobilization 1 LS $ $
2 102-1 Maintenance of Traffic 1 LS $ $
3 104-10-3 Sediment Barrier 15,505 LF $ $
4 104-18 Inlet Protection System 58 EA $ $
s 110-1-1 Clearing and Grubbing 1 LS $ $
6 110-7-1 Furnish & Install Single 62 EA $ $
Mailbox
� 120-1 Regular Excavation 1 LS $ $
s 120-6 Embankment 1 LS $ $
9 160-4 Stabilization (Type B) (6" Trail) 14,656 SY $ $
lo Crushed Concrete Base, 6" 11,896 SY $ $
i t 285-710 Optional Base, Group 10 225 SY $ $
i2 327-70-6 Milling 1.5" Depth 7,045 SY $ $
13 334-1-11 A> (11Pave Asph. Conc. (Traffic 616.1 TN $ $
14 334-1-12 Type S Asphalt Pavement 618.0 TN $ $
15 425-1-331 Inlet, (Curb) (Type P-3) (<10') 1 EA $ $
tb 425-1-351 Inlet, (Curb) (Type P-5) (<10') 3 EA $ $
1� 425-1-441 Inlet, (Curb) (Type J-4) (<10') 1 EA $ $
18 425-1-451 Inlet, (Curb) (Type J-5) (<10') 1 EA $ $
19 425-1-910 Inlet, Closed Flume 1 EA $ $
zo 425-2-63 Manholes, P-8 Partial 1 EA $ $
2� 425-2-73 Manholes, J-7 Partial 1 EA $ $
22 425-5 Manhole, Adjust 6 EA $ $
23 425-6 Valve Boxes, Adjust 36 EA $ $
2a 425-7 Replace Manhole Cover 5 EA $ $
25 425-11 Drainage Structure - Modify 4 EA $ $
Existin
Pipe Culvert Optional Material
z6 430-175-115 (Storm & Cross Drain) (Round) 14 LF $ $
(15")
Pipe Culvert Optional Material
2� 430-175-118 (Storm & Cross Drain) (Round) 102 LF $ $
�ig��)
Pipe Culvert Optional Material
28 430-175-124 (Storm & Cross Drain) (Round) 16 LF $ $
�24��)
252 August 15, 2017
•
•
�
BID ITEMS QTY UNIT i11vIT PRICE TOTAL
FEDERAL PARTICIPATING PAY ITEMS — FPID 432580-1-58-01
29 Type 1 Curb 7,013 LF $ $
3o Median Curb 314 LF $ $
3 t Header Curb 25,446 LF $ $
32 Straight Curb 854 LF $ $
33 522-1 Concrete Sidewalk (4") 1,578 SY $ $
34 Concrete Sidewalk and 1 934 SY $ $
423-1 Driveways, 6" Thick '
35 523-1 Patterned Pavement, Vehicular 1,499 SY $ $
Areas (Herringbone) (Yellow)
36 527-2 Detectable Warnings 1,729 SF $ $
3� 550-10-212 Fencing, Type B, 5.0' w/ Vinyl 20 LF $ $
Coatin
3s 570-1-2 Performance Turf, Sod 11,475 SY $ $
39 630-2-11 Conduit, Furnish & Install, 171 LF $ $
Open Trench
Signal Cable - New or
40 632-7-1 Reconstructed Intersection 1 PI $ $
(F&I)
41 635-2-11 pull and Splice Box, F&I, 13" x 4 EA $ $
24" Cover Size
a2 643-600 Wood Strain Poles, Remove 26 EA $ $
43 646-1-11 Aluminum Signal Pole, g EA $ $
Pedestal
44 646-1-60 Aluminum Signals Pole, 4 EA $ $
Remove
Pedestrian Signal, Furnish &
45 653-1-11 Install, LED Countdown, 1 8 AS $ $
Way
46 653-1-60 Pedestrian Signal, Remove 6 AS $ $
Rectangular Rapid Flashing
4� 654-2-22 Beacon, F&I-Solar Powered, 6 AS $ $
Com 1. Assy.- Back-to-Back)
4s 665-1-12 Pedestrian Detector, F&I, g EA $ $
Accessible
49 665-1-60 Pedestrian Detector, Remove 6 EA $ $
so 700-1-11 Single Post Sign, F&I Ground 68 AS $ $
Mount, u to 12 SF
sl 700-1-50 Single Post Sign, Relocate 36 EA $ $
sz 700-1-60 Single Post Sign, Remove 1 EA $ $
s3 706-3 Retro-Reflective Pavement 160 EA $ $
Markers
54 710-17 Painted Pavement Markings, 729 SF $ $
Remove
253 August 15, 2017
• BID ITEMS QTi; UNIT IJNIT PRICE TOTAL
FEDERAL PARTICIPATING PAY ITEMS — FPID 432580-1-58-01
Thermoplastic, Standard,
ss 711-11-123 White, Solid, 12" for Crosswalk 4,425 LF $ $
and Roundabout
s6 711-11-125 Thermoplastic, Standard, 3,100 LF $ $
White, Solid, 24" for Sto Bar
s� 711-11-170 Thermoplastic, Standard, 3 EA $ $
White, Arrow
Thermoplastic, Standard,
sa 711-11-224 Yellow, Solid, 18" for 357 LF $ $
Dia onals and Chevrons
Thermoplastic, Preformed,
59 711-14-125 White, Solid, 24" for High 1,320 LF $ $
Em hasis Crosswalks
60 711-16-101 Thermoplastic, Standard - Other 0.044 GM $ $
Surfaces, White, Solid, 6"
61 711-16-201 Thermoplastic, Standard - Other 0.620 GM $ $
Surfaces, Yellow, Solid, 6"
62 711-17 Thermoplastic, Remove 550 SF $ $
63 1080-14 Utility Fixtures, Relocate, 40 EA $ $
• Water Meter
64 1080-15 Utility Fixtures, Adjust, Water 2� EA $ $
Valve Box
6s 1644-112-08 Fire Hydrant, F&I, STD, 2 2 EA $ $
Hose, 6"
66 1644-800 Fire Hydrant, Relocate 5 EA $ $
SUB-TOTAL FEDERAL PARTICIPATING PAY ITEMS
NUMBERS 1 to 66 $
�
254 August 15, 2017
u
•
FEDERAL NON-PARTICIPATING PAY ITEMS
6� 101-1 Mobilization 1 LS
68 102-1 Maintenance of Traffic 1 LS
69 104-10-3 Sediment Barrier 1,778 LF
�0 110-1-1 Clearing and Grubbing 1 LS
�1 120-1 Regular Excavation 1 LS
�2 160-4 Stabilization (Type B) (12" 2,178 SY
Roadway)
�3 285-710 Optional Base, Group 10 1,106 SY
�4 327-70-6 Milling 1.5" Depth 12,093 SY
�s 334-1-12 Type S Asphalt Pavement 1,467.8 TN
�6 Type 1 Curb 2,002 LF
�� Valley Gutter Curb 168 LF
�g 520-5-11 Concrete Traffic Separator, 159 LF
Type I, 4' Wide
�9 522-1 Concrete Sidewalk (4") 613 SY
80 Concrete Sidewalk and 230 SY
523-1 Drivewa s, 6" Thick
gl 527-2 Detectable Warnings 185 SF
sz 570-1-2 Performance Turf, Sod 773 SY
s3 630-2-11 Conduit, Furnish & Install, 4,658 LF $ $
O en Trench
sa 635-2-11 pull and Splice Box, F&I, 13" x 29 EA $ $
24" Cover Size
ss 706-3 Retro-Reflective Pavement 613 EA
Markers
s6 710-17 painted Pavement Markings, 240 SF
Remove
Thermoplastic, Standard,
s� 711-11-124 White, Solid, 18" for Diagonals 179 LF
and Chevrons
s8 711-11-141 Thermoplastic, Standard, 0.060 GM
White, 6-10 Ga Extension
s9 711-11-160 Thermoplastic, Standard, 9 EA
White, Messa e or S bol
90 711-11-170 Thermoplastic, Standard, 30 EA
White, Arrow
Thermoplastic, Standard,
9t 711-11-224 Yellow, Solid, 18" for 462 LF
Dia onals and Chevrons
92 711-16-101 Thermoplastic, Standard - Other 0.488 GM
Surfaces, White, Solid, 6"
93 711-16-102 Thermoplastic, Standard - Other 0.133 GM
Surfaces, White, Solid, 8"
255 August 15, 2017
•
256 August 15, 2017
SUBTOTAL ALL ITEMS 1 to 95 $
96 10% CONTINGENCY $
TOTAL CONSTRUCTION COST (PAY ITEMS 1 to 96) $
CONTRACTOR:
BIDDER'S TOTAL $ (Numbers)
BIDDER'S TOTAL $
ords)
THE BIDDER'S TOTAL ABOVE IS HIS TOTAL BID BASED ON HIS U1vIT PRICES AND
LUMP SUM PRICES AND THE ESTIMATED QUANTITIES REQUIRED. THIS FIGURE IS
FOR INFORMATION ONLY AT THE TIME OF OPENING BIDS. THE CITY WILL MAI�
THE TABULATION FROM THE UNIT PRICES AND LUMP SUM PRICE BID. IF THERE
IS AN ERROR IN THE TOTAL BY THE BIDDER, IT SHALL BE CHANGED AS ONLY
� THE UNIT PRICES AND LUMP SUM PRICE SHALL GOVERN.
�
257 August 15, 2017
. � �
4" Drop at Ali Drives
��_��2"R r Wearing Surface
•• e
O / �`',��� �
� J � : d�;d. �
3 � :. .
� � .�:�:::�:
o � % �°�:���� �
Base
� v j ��:��a:.:
� � :;::,. ;.
� ,�/ �% :��.-��d� . � . . . . . . . 9" Min. Residentioi
�/ � .• .�•.�� . . . Compacted. . . . � )
� •Subgrade• • • • 12�� Min. (Other)
� . 6�, . . 7�. . . \�/��
\. . . . . . . . . . -\�T��\Jj\\��\\�,;�„
� /i /i�.//i�/�//
STRAIGHT CURB
N.T.S.
�3
Back of Curb
. � Construction Symmetrical
`° About Driveway C�
Face of � Wearing
Curb � Surfdce
3' TRANSITION AT DRIVES
N.T.S.
NOTES:
1. There shall be a 1/2" seal joint between
back of curb and driveway.
2. Concrete in curbs shall be 3000 psi, with
fiber mesh reinforcing.
CITY OF CLEARWATER
ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT
STREET SECTIONS
AND DETAILS
�
4" Drop at All Drives
2"R
x
6� 2� \
� 3"R � �
•��:•�• � n
, .:. �:.-_. . L
� :.. :::a: �
� .;::�:;�. ..
/ •y.::q:•;:.::•;:P.''' 'pp.•' '
�, . ._ .•;.p:...:3/4 R .:,::;
,.,r .% :a;�:�;:�;:;�;;;e;:�-;;:�0:;�1�:::0::
� .6" . . . . . . . 24� . . . . .
� ...............
.
Wearing
Surface
BQSB
Coinpacted �9" Min. (Residential)
Sutig�ode' 12" Min. (Other)
NOTE: ��;���� � •.
When used on high side of roadways, the cross slope
of the gutter shall match the cross slope of the
adjacent pavement and the thickness of the lip shal�
be 6", unless otherwise shown on plans.
TYPE I CURB
N.T.S.
258 August 15, 2017
• • •
1" at All
= Drives
�
, � Wearing
� ��'-�'• - � Surface
::�:D';:�•p�•:.•,.
/•�% ;e;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;,A :�
•:�d:�:,p:•�.� •� e
� • ' . . :�����,-��' c0
/ . . . . . ; .' .�,�: Base
% .6"• . .. . 18" ' . . .
� � ' . Compacted Subgrade , . • : . • ' 9" Min. (Residential)
/• ' ��r '�\ ;, 12" Min. (Other)
'\�,\\ .\\ \\ r\� r\��,r�%\-C�```./
�� �l. / \
MODIFIED CURB
5�, � �
� 1-1/2"R
�3 Bar
Cont. /` ' ' Wearing
\ :� ' . 4 � = Surface
\ �
i �
.•
�\�,\\,�\�;�.:4:
�� 6„ #3 Bar, 10" Long,
36" O.C.
%� I Base
;�%�� . . . . • • ' � � ��
\ ' • Compacted Subgrade . . • .
PIN / DOWELLED CURB
1" Drop at Wearing
All Drives
� Surface
3/4"R �
� ' \ '?`-'•�v '.p'�' •d:' .4.
•� -• ;..� ;:D:-�:.�,.�::�; h
� � '.••. . � ,. ,.:,,, .. ,,
� 4 � P;.�4.:.:;.•q..:4.,;.v,�: Base
� :.�:��:.•.�•. .
ii� 6"• ��'12"� � '. •12"•. , . —
`� , � • . . � , • . Compacted .
`�. �-:.�r: �. �.;-t. • 'Subarade
NOTES:
1. There shall be a 1/2" seal joint
between back of curb and driveway.
2. Concrete in curbs shall be 3000 psi,
with fiber mesh reinforcing.
9" Min. (Residential)
12" Min. (Other)
259
VALLEY GUTTER CURB
9" Min. (Residential)
12" Min. (Other)
� 1-3/4"R
3j4"R 9� 9�
Wearing
� Surface
� :�::•..
_- : '�,�������'�•�. :a ::. :
,- / :;+f,:::;:.p:. ..
' � v� ' ?�4„R. � • io
.\i \�i :d' '�9��:�=n�:8��:��d� Base
. • . . . • . L
' ' Compacted Subgrade
\
MEDIAN CURB
9" Min. (Residentiol) I
12" Min. (Other)
August 15, 2017
a� �
c �
+,�+ N
ci I a
. • .
�
,� c
o °'
a� �
� o
wa
Varies
Varies Varies
Slope 1/4" per Foot
See Index Varies
phaltic concrete No. �101
3" Minimum '' "" � � '� �
. Sidewalk
�12"' Minimum with'Rii�imum,' LBR �of .4Q � ' � � �
Base course Stabilized/compacted subgrade
when required
2 AND 3 LANE STREET
N.T.S.
N +�
C �
u`, E
r-� N
c >
a� v
� �- Inside Lane/Lanes Varies
Slope 1f4" per Foot
As��haltic concrete
%
' � . • 12" . Minirnum � with
Base course
Outside Lane Varies
Slope 3/8" per Foot
m • LBR of 40
4 AN D 5 LANE STREET
N.T.S.
�, NOTE5:
� 1. Pavement mater'sals and thickness, and base
� materials and thickness will be stated in
o construction drawings and scope of the work.
; 2. See construction drawings for curb type and lane
� widths.
� 3. See Section IV, 702 for acceptable base and
� subgrade materials
r 4. Refer to Index No. 109 and/or FDOT Detail 304 for
Sidewaik criteria. The more stringent criteria will be
required.
�
,� c
O �
d �
v v
wa
ISee Index Varies
No.�101
.' �` :`; i ewal
Stabilized/compacted subqrade
260 August 15, 2017
T
v
3
• ! •
e�
O`' GJ�'�.
•�'t��• ti.
�ti o�y �'��5 ATE• �n s onl , if
Qo�e�e�y��q�� 3' Transition �ide $lo e�s Re �tre.
��.{ ��+ J5
A ot A Back of Curb
� � Surfa�e re�uirements
� --
�
�4. Property / R.O.W. Line
� �
U
v o I_ Conc. Sidewalk
�U
�► l .
N OTES:
1. Provide tooled joints at distances matching the width. Also
place expansion joints at driveways.
2. If some physical obstruction exists which prevents the placing
of sidewalks as shown, contact the Engineering Division for
alternate location or design.
3. Wooden and other spacers will not be permitted in sidewalks or
driveways.
4. No coatings of any kind will be permitted on concrete
sidewalks or driveways without specific approval of the City
Engineer.
5. All concrete shall be 3000 psi min. O 28 days, with fiber
mesh reinforcing.
6. Concrete surface to be light broom fnish.
7. Concrete driveway construction shall be 6" thick w 6"x 6"/10x10
welded wire fabric reinforcement.
8. Romps shall have a detectable warning surface in conformance
with requirements of FDOT Roadway and Traffic Design
Standards, Detail 304 or most recent modifications.
Remove Curb if Existing
, Exist Conc Drive
12„ » 8.390 Max.
�1" � 6„ 1" �o Slope
o .
�SIOpe .�,,>`.,•;,�;•; :.::: -.•�,,�..,,
4� �, •• •►<• • �..� � �• 4�
1/2" Exp. Joint 1/2" Exp. Joint
TYPICAL DRIVEWAY CROSS SECTION
N.T.S.
Remove entire Curb and Replace as Part of Sidewalk Ramp
Detectable or for existing valley gutter curb.
Warning Surface 12� 8.3% Max.
� ��0 Siope
� �
.
E�
0
� �
y- U
� o 0
�a
i� N H
4" min. \ Remove to an
even joint or sawcut
�sion Joint
1�► :
R
4' Min Residential Street 1' Cit R W
5' Min Arterial Street 2' County R/
2% Max. Slope l f
�----
Back of Curb 3000 psi concrete 4" thick. Constr. 6"
thick at driveways with 6"x 6"/10x10
welded wire fabric. (See Note 7.)
SEC110N B—B
N.T.S.
261 August 15, 2017
• • •
sr-
��i
S- •p�
s•
��j �ryco
-9,. ''Go�
���,�o/ sr
le `S'r
-9y�,
� c��f
�� � F`+�.
�� c'����.�
J
c^
I''�' <'6
s'ro
0
�
'f'�? c�` . r�`�e.
G'� �c��sG�'�l'
�� �,c �+�c��r.
.
o,., ��, �s�. �s
ff
,�
��f�'�
'o,.. E`+� r
�
o� �'" �'� s
� \���G�@�%
RETURNED CURB RAMPS
N.T.S.
CITY OF CLEARWATER
ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT
STREET SECTIONS
AND DETAILS
Detectable
Warning Surface
�@s�
v�
-9,.���i ��oi
\/sf' `S'``
RAMP IN PEDESTRIAN ROUTE
N.T.S.
N OTES:
1. Public sidewalk curb ramps are designed to the Florida Depc
Transportation (FDOT) Design Standards (most recent modifi�
to comply with the Americans with Disabilities Act.
2. Curb ramp detectable warning surfaces sholl extend the full
and shall be 24' deep. Detectable warning surfaces shall be
accordance with FDOT Standard Specifications for Road and
Construction, Section 527. Transition slopes are not to have
warning surfaces.
width of the
constructed
Bridge
detectable
ramp
in
3. Depending on actual site conditions, alternate curb ramp designs are ava(lable
for use. See FDOT Design Standards (most recent version) Index 304.
4. Ramp thickness shall be 4" minimum.
262 August 15, 2017
>-
3
�
�
0
�
0
a
�
0
F-
W
W
�
�
�
0
�
U
• • •
�
o�
L
Y �
v
vb
in �
I —R/W Typical
� R/W Typical
2.0' County
1.0' Typical City R/W _
Sidewalk t Alternate
Width Varies Access Routes
4.0� Wide Min.
8.3� Max. Slop
(1:12)
�
C
J
0
J
�
v
in
�
Bus Stop Pad — -
Curb Bus Stop Sign -��
50' Min.
PLAN VIEW
N.T.S.
A
�
�
A
Ex. Sidewalk
8.3� Max. 2% Max.
(1:12) (1:50)
� ��
Proposed J
Access Ex. Curb
Proposed
Bus Stop Pad
SECTION "A-A"
N.T.S.
NOTES:
1. Bus Stop Pad may extend from existing curb to or through the alignment of existing sidewalk.
2. The Bus Stop Pad will follow the same slope and will be flush with the back of curb.
3. The maximum slope across the long dimension of the Bus Stop Pad (perpendicular to the curb) must be a maximum of 2� (1:50). When field
conditions do not allow a 2� (1:50) slope, the minimum feasible siope shall be provided, not to exceed 8.3� (1:12).
4. Paved access to the Bus Stop Pad from the sidewalk must meet City of Clearwater sidewalk standards and ADA standards with a maximum slope
of 8.39: (1:12) and level rest stops no more than 30 feet apart. Location of access will be field determined. Slope of parkway area adJacent to
Bus Stop Pad will be field determined.
5. Bus Stop Pad shall be a minimum of 6" reinforced concrete with 6"x6"/10x10 welded wire fabric reinforcement the same as concrete driveways.
6. Bus Stop Pad sha�l be centered as close to lot lines as possible. Existing bus stop signs may need to be relocated accordingly.
263 August 15, 2017
• • •
:
N
`o
�
�
RiNG - HALF PLAN
N. T. S.
36"
23"
� 21M �
Machined Surface —7
RING SECTION
N.T.S.
Minimum Weight 7" 232 Ibs.
9" 278 Ibs.
5/8"
Min. 4 Required
o�
�
0
i�
NOTES
1. Where roadway base is
8" or thicker use 9"
ring, all other cases
7" ring is permissible.
2. Monufacturers model
of storm ring and
cover to be approved
by City Engineer.
3. Perforated covers,
when required shall
be similar to solid
covers.
Pick Hole
1-1 /4" —�{ �
�
a
�
\
��,RI✓q
:v � � 0 % Non Skid
Pattern
V S T 0 R M � Required
❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ �
❑ S E W E R
� � � � � Required
�°F L P°
SOLID COVER
N.T.S.
�a
M N
I �
� 22-3/4" � � o
�
Machined Surface
SOLID COVER SECTION
N.T.S.
Minimum Weight 128 Ibs.
264 August 15, 2017
• • �
Machined
Surfaces
23 �'a"
� 1 Yai
COVER SECTION 3 y4�
N.T.S.
- 25 1�Z"
— 24"
22 �'a"
i
� , Y4�
,o„
�
�-- 23 �6" —�
6
24 Ya"
RING SECTION
N.T.S.
(2) Non—penetrating
pick holes
NOTES:
COVER PLAN
N.T.S.
1— USF 1182 Ring & ME cover
2— Material; ASTM—A48 Class 30B gray iron
3— Cover weight: 135 LBS.
4— Total weight: 280 LBS.
5— For use with FDOT types 1,2,3 & 4 curb inlets
(FDOT index 210)
265 August 15, 2017
• ! •
3000 PSI 2'x2'x6" Concrete
Pad with 6x6 W.W.F.
Pavement
4 ti"
V
4 �'
. .. "Gort�pacte.cJ. Supgrade' � .. . .. ":. ' :•
See Note 1
3—Piece Adjustoble --�
Valve Box (No //\//\
Substitutes) ��
/\� j
Water Main
Mech. Joint Valve
N OTE:
1. No PVC risers allowed.
�
12" (MIN)
D Q ��///rR�
C /
C
b \
6 D �\��
2�� ZG
Trocer wlres
y
C
'a
�
� o
Z" PVC (See � �
Index # 402, . �,
Sheet 2 of 5) tO '
I U
N O
�
l%.jfl. � o
Water Main
Restraining Joint
SECTION VIEW
N.T.S.
266 August 15, 2017
i • �
NOTES:
1. Extension on valve box shall be set so as to reserve 1/2 of the adjustment length for future use.
2. Operating nut shall be set so as to be within 12" to 18" of grade.
3. Install 3" brass identification disk in concrete.
4. Install 2" pvc with plug for tracer wire storage.
5. Locator wire access — 2" (white or gray) schedule 80 PVC, brass female adaptor coupling and 2" brass plug w/ recess nut.
terminate insulated, solid 12 gauge copper tracer wire at top w/ a minimum 12" of extra wire.
3" Brass identification disk —
2'x2' Concrete pad
� .. � � � ��C
� � .
w�� �
2" PVC w/ plug
(See Note 5)
Cover inscribed WATER —�
WATER VALVE BOX
CONCRETE PAD PLAN VIEW
N. T. S.
Type of valve:
Butterfly, Gate, or Plug
Direction & number of
turns to open valve
Type of service: •
Water (potable water)
4" �
GATE VALVE
� L-13
WATER
Size of valve
3" BRASS IDENTIFICATION DISK
N.T.S.
267 August 15, 2017
• • •
Fire Hydrant Assembly
iTYP•) �-
Connecting Piece w/integrally
cast Mechanical Joint Gland on
one End–D.I. Rotatable Mech.
Joint Gland on Other End.
Vaive and Hydrant Tee (
w/D.I. Rotatable Mechanical Joint
Gland on Plain End Branch. �
N.T.S.
Mechanical Joint Valve
�— (See Note 3)
t— Mechanical Joint
Valve
CITY OF CLEARWATER
ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT
WATER
DETAILS
N OTES:
1. On hydronts requiring runout last two joints
must be restrained (See Detail 403 Sheet 2
of 2).
2. Hydrant runouts shall be maximum 10 feet
or less from water main.
3. On hydrant runouts greater than 10 feet,
install mechanical joint valve ot the main
and at the hydrant.
ONLY APPROVED
Kennedy Guardian No. K-81D
Mueller Super Centurion No. 25
American Darling B-84–B
AVK–Nostaigic 2780
268 August 15, 2017
• . •
mI
c
J
3
\I
� —
� 18" Min.
I 24" Max.
ONLY APPROVED
Kennedy Guardian No. K-81D
Mueiler Super Centurion No. 25
American Darling B-84-B
AVK-Nostalgic 2780
NOTES:
1. Steamer connection to foce street
2. All fire hydrants to have 5 l f4" valve seat.
3. Fire hydrants shall be placed at street
corners or in the R.O.W. adjacent to side lot
lines whenever possible.
4. See Index 402, Sheet 1 of 4 for valve box
settings.
5. See Index 402, Sheet 3 of 4 for typical
connections & fittings.
6. Hydrant runouts shall be made of ductile iron
pipe.
7. On hydrant runouts greater than 10 feet from
the main, install mechanicai joint volve at the
main and at the hydrant.
8. See Index 407, Sheet 1 of 1 for jack & bore
details.
Max. 15' - Min. 4'
Distance Varies I_ Distance Varies (See Note 7)
Mechanical
Joint Valve �
(See Note 7)
Valve Box
�(5ee Note 4
Mechanical
Joint ��-��•-
Restraining Join
.�TYP )
Connecting Piece w/integrally
cast Mechanical Joint Gland
on one end, D.I. Rotatable
Mechanical Joint Gland on
other end.
CITY OF CLEARWAi'ER
ENGINEERING DEPARlMENT
WATER
DETAILS
Back of Curb or I
Edge of Pavement�
N.T. S.
:./�7:7P► 1
�1 ►_
ning Joint
Water Main
•� �•
t
:►� �1►
Tapping Sleeve & Valve 8y City,
Fee by Owner or Contractor.
269 August 15, 2017
• • •
1" Threaded Corporation Stop
MUELLER H-10003N,
1X2" Threaded Corporation Stop
FORD FB 400-6, MUELLER B-2996N or
2" Threaded Corporation Stop
FORD FB 400-7, MUELLER B-2996N or
approved equal. See Note 5
Water Main
iron service saddie �
Ford FC 202 series or
MUELLER DR25 w/stainless
steel band and epoxy coated
ductile iron body or approved
equal.
NOTES:
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
1Y4" X 1" 90' EII, Brass;
11�" x 11�Z" 90' EII, Brass or
2" x 2" 90' EII, Brass
Curb Stop
MUELLER H24350 or Ford
643-332—WQ with Lock wng and
Compression inlet (3'4" or 1" use
meter swivel nut, 1J�" or 2" use
FlP outlet) or approved equal
Water Service Tubing Driscopipe 5100 or
Endot/Yardley Blue Jet, SDR 9, 3408 Polyethylene
�1", 17�" or 2" Comp x MIP Adapter,
MUELLER H15428
1", 1YZ" or 2" 90' EII, Brass
1"x 2", 1}¢"x 2" or 2"x 2" 90' Nipple Brass
Contractor to stake service connections, which are to be 2 FT. from side lot line on either side of lot
(See lndex 401 Sheet 3 of 3). These services to be consistent within the subdivision. Driveways sholl
not be built over meters or service taps. Meters or service taps shall not be instailed within or under
driveways.
All lines shall be chlorinated and pressure tested (Test for two hours � 150 P.S.I.) under the direction
fo the Utilities Department. After successful completion of the testing and chlorination, the pressure
shall remain on the system at all times.
Ten (10) FT. separation required between parallel water & sanitary sewer lines.
Saddle is required for all service connections to mains.
Taps should be made on a 45' angle from top of pipe. For cover 12" or less, tap shall be made on a
90' angle from top of pipe.
Minimum distance between service taps to be not less than 36".
CITY OF CLEARWATER
ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT
WATER
DETAILS
270 August 15, 2017
• • •
NOTES:
1. 2" PVC casing shall extend to customer sid.e of sidewalk.
2. PVC conduit to be min. 18" below the surface measured from the top of face of curb.
3. Water Mains to be min. 30" befow grade and approx. 4' back of curb.
4. Curb Stop to be located approx. 1 foot back of Right—of—Way.
5. Service line to be min. 12" and max. 18" below grade.
6. Connect 12 gage Tracer wre with tie wraps at Corporation Stop and at Curb Stop. Provide 1 foot minimum excess length of Tracer wre in
Meter Box.
d
C
J
3
\
�
� Z� �TYP )
� �,
18"Min.
� See Note 6
Curb Stop
�TYP•)
T
v
3
'O
v
0
�
c�
3/4" Polyethylene
Water Service Tubing
in 2" PVC Conduit
(Typ. 5/8" meter�
N.T.S.
Sidewalk
m
c
J
3
�
�'
12 Gage Singie Trocer Wire �`Y I 12p-18~
from Meter to Corporation Stop 30'� Min. 2" PVC Casing
See Note 6 —�►.
Threaded �
Corporation Stop
(Typ.) Water Main
271 August 15, 2017
• • •
Lot
2• -�-I
i
i
— — �wm _
' Water Main
� Back of Curb
M.H. ..
-------�---_-J, ��'----"----
♦_i
Water Service �
�TYP•)
R/W Line Wm
Lot
Lot
R/W Line
i
For Vertical clearance i For Horizontal clearance
% See Note 2(Typ.} i See Note 2(Typ.)
/ �
l —�- �
�.
----Son. ----------��- �'------------ �� � ---------- --------
� M.H.
i
i Sanitary Lateral
� �7YP•) Back of Curb �
i
I
Sidewalk
10'
Lot 2, �— �' �
I �
Side Lot Line
Lot �T�,�
N.T.S.
Lot
NOTES:
1. See Index 401, Sheet 1 of 3, Note 2 regarding Water Meter and Service Tap locations under driveways.
2. Vertical and horizontal clearance between potable water main and sanitary sewer lateral ot each intersection to be per FDEP
requirements. (See F.A.C. Rule 62-555)
272 August 15, 2017
• • •
3000 PSI 2'x2'x6" Concrete
Pad with 6x6 W.W.F.
Pavement
Q 4
V
V G'
, . . . . . .• . .. •
..'Cor•fipacted. Subgrade' � . ' .. .: ' .:` ,
See Note 1
3—Piece Adjustable �
Valve Box (No /,�\//�
Substitutes) �,��
���I
Water Main
Mech. Joint Valve
N OTE:
1. No PVC risers allowed.
�
12" (MIN)
4 p I�IIII D
2--12G
Tracer wires
2" PVC (5ee
Index # 402,
Sheet 2 of 5)
`
Water Main
� �
Restraining Joint
SECTION VIEW
N.T.S.
�
c
.o
�
c o
� r-
: �
cn >
0
I U
w
N O
r
�
a
a�
0
273 August 15, 2017
• . •
N07ES:
1. Extension on valve box shall be set so as to reserve 1/2 of the adjustment length for future use.
2. Operating nut shall be set so os to be within 12" to 18" of grade.
3. Install 3" brass identification disk in concrete.
4. Install 2" pvc with plug for tracer wire storage.
5. Locator wire access — 2" (white or gray) schedule 80 PVC, brass female adaptor coupling and 2" brass plug w/ recess nut.
terminate insulated, solid 12 gauge copper tracer wire ot top w/ a minimum 12° of extra wire.
3" Brass identification disk
2'x2' Concrete pad
2" PVC w/ plug
(See Note 5)
Cover inscribed WATER --�
WATER VALVE BOX
CONCRETE PAD PLAN VIEW
N. T. S.
Type of valve:
Butterfly, Gate, or Plug
Direction & number of
turns to open valve
Type of service: -
Water (potabie water)
4" �"
GATE VALVE
�• L-13
WATER
Size of valve
3" BRASS IDENTIFICATION DISK
N.T.S.
274 August 15, 2017
. • •
Fire Hydrant Assembly
�TYP•) �
Connecting Piece w/integrally
cast Mechanical Joint Gland on
one End–D.I. Rotatable Mech.
Joint Gland on Other End.
Valve and Hydrant Tee
w/D.I. Rotatable Mechanical Joint
Gland on Plain End Branch.
N.T.S.
Mechanical Joint Vaive
-�-- (See Note 3)
Distance Varies
(See Note 1)
-f— Mechanical Joint
Valve
NOTES:
1. On hydrants requiring runout last two joints
must be restrained (See Detail 403 Sheet 2
of 2).
2. Hydrant runouts shall be maximum 10 feet
or less from water main.
3. On hydrant runouts greater than 10 feet,
install mechanical Joint valve at the main
and at the hydrant.
ONLY APPROVED
Kennedy Guardian No. K-81D
Mueller Super Centurion No. 25
American Darling B-84–B
AVK–Nostalgic 2780
275 August 15, 2017
• . •
a� I
c
_J
3
\I
�
� 18" Min.
I 24" Max.
I
ONLY APPROVED
Kennedy Guardian No. K-81D
Mueller Super Centurion No. 25
American Dorling 8-84—B
AVK—Nostalgic 2780
N OTES:
1. Steamer connection to face street
2. Ali fire hydrants to have 5 1/4" valve seat.
3. Fire hydrants sholl be placed at street
corners or in the R.O.W. adjacent to side lot
lines whenever possible.
4. See Index 402, Sheet 1 of 4 for valve box
settings.
5. See Index 402, Sheet 3 of 4 for typical
connections & fttings.
6. Hydrant runouts shali be made of ductile iron
pipe.
7. On hydrant runouts greater than 10 feet from
the main, install mechanical joint valve at the
main and at the hydrant.
8. See Index 407, Sheet 1 of 1 for jack & bore
details.
Max. 15' — Min. 4'
Distance Varies �_ Distance Varies (See Note 7)
Valve Sox
�(See Note 4
I .� ��v � I , Y.
, �
I I .
� `
� � �
� �
� � �
i� I �
Mechanicai N
� Joint Va1ve I
i (See Note 7) '
i �
i � �
Mechanical
Joint Valve
Restraining Joint
�TYP )
Connecting Piece w/integrally
cast Mechanical Joint Gland
on one end, D.I. Rotatable
Mechanical Joint Gland on
other end.
N.T.S.
Back of Curb or I
Edge of Pavement�
■ P:_► 1
�1 ►
ing Joint
Water Main
• ' IL�L`►J
I
�►� . I � �1�
Tapping Sleeve & Valve By City,
Fee by Owner or Contractor.
276 August 15, 2017
• • •
� L
DO NOT USE FOR
VERTICAL OFFSETS
� Ebba Iron Megalug (Typ.)
Ebba Iron 1500 Series (typ.)
N.T.S.
The following Joints must be restrained in all applications:
1. Bend — inlet and outlet
2. Tee — outlet branch
3. Offsets — inlet and outlet
4. Caps
5. Plugs
6. Dead ends
7. Hydrant runouts shal� be restrained as dead ends
CITY OF CLEARWATER
ENGINEERING DEPAR7MENT
WATER
DETAILS
On all tees, a minimum of 5' shall be
restrained on each run leg
L= minimum length to be
restrained on each side of fitting (ft.)
Fiqures based on 30" bury depth, 150 PSI test pressure.
8" PVC maximum size used in system
NOM. ELBOWS (deg.) VALVE
PIPE TEES DEAD
SIZE 11.25 22.50 45 90 BRANCH END
LENGTH IN FEET (L)
4" 2 4 9 21 28 46
6" 3 6 12 29 47 65
8" 4 8 16 38 66 85
NOTES:
1. Thrust restraint at fittings and valves shall be
EBBA Iron Megalug Restrainers.
2. Thrust restraint between pipe joints shall be
EBBA Iron 1500 Series restrainers.
277 August 15, 2017
• • �
Restraining Gasket (Typ.) I
��—
I
On all tees, a minimum of 5' shall be
restrained on each run leg.
L= Minimum length to be
restrained on each side of fitting (ft.)
�= Contact engineer for values
Figures based on 30" bury depth, 150 PSI test pressure
Figures don�t apply to poly wrapped pipe
L
�Thrust Restraint (Typ.)
�� .
NOM. ELBOWS (deg.) VALVE DEAD
PIPE TEES
SIZE 11.25 22.50 45 90 BRANCH �ND
LENGTH IN FEET (L)
4" 2 3 7 17 18 30
6" 2 5 10 23 30 42
8" 3 6 12 30 42 54
� 2" 4 8 17 42 �."t' 76
16" 5 10 22 53 �" 97
20" 6 13 26 63 � 117
N. T. S.
CITY Of CLEARWATER
ENGINEERING DEPAR'fMENT
WATER
DETAILS
The following joints must be restrained in all applications:
1. Bend — inlet and outlet
2. Tee — ail branches
3. Offsets — inlet and outlet
4. Caps
5, Plugs
6. Dead ends
7. Hydrant runouts shalf be restrained as dead ends
N OTES:
1. Thrust restraint on slipJoint ductile iron pipe shatl be
U.S. Pipe Field Lock Gaskets for Tyton Joint Pipe or
American Fast—Grip Gaskets for American Fastite Pipe.
2. Thrust restraint on Ductile Iron Fittings shall be provided
by the use of Megalug Retainers and mechanical joint fittings.
278 August 15, 2017
• • •
NOTE:
1. No PVC risers
N.T.S.
ug
straint
279 August 15, 2017
• • •
90' Brass EII
Ball Valve Installed
Below Grade� 2 Feet Minimum
—►
1. Parallel device installation is employed
whenever it is vital to maintain a
continuous supply of water and where
interruptions for testing and servicing
would be unacceptable. device must
be instalied level.
2. Bottom of Reduced Pressure Zone
(RPZ) Backflow Prevention Device
shall be set 12 inches minimum
above ground elevation.
3. City to install Meters and Backflow
Devices.
�
v
!N
Ball Valve Instailed �
Below Grade
2 Feet Minimum
TOP VIEW
Water Meter Connection
Brass Tee
�T�)
Meter
`O o 0
KING�
��
Meter
Brass Tee
in'P)
Prevention Device
90' Brass EII (TYP)
N.T.S.
0
Ball Valve Instailed
Below Grade By Owner,
2 Feet Minimum /
/�
�— Ball Valve (TYP)
0
90' Brass EII (TYP)
�p�y.� �-90' Brass EII (TYP)
�
u
E �
° � Ball Valve Installed
N pple—��' � N Below Grade By Owner.
(TYP)
I 2 Feet Minimum I �
280 August 15, 2017
• • .
. r
�=�11- : � : -111� • • -111�=�
. �. ,- - .- -. - -
Ford Angle Valve
(Flanged)
*APPROVED R.P. DEVICES
Hersey—Beeco Model FRP II
Watts Model 909 or 009
Conbraco 40200
TOP VIEW
N.T.S.
Ford Meter Flange
Flow i
�_ C
Meter
(Flanged)
�
v
(N
0 12"
�
\ll� �
N.T.S.
Approved Backflow
Prevention Device (Flanged)*
Brass Nipple
*APPROVED DOUBLE—CHECK VALVES
� Hersey—Beeco Model FDC
E� Watts Model 709 or 007
� � Conbraco 40100
��
�
U
281 August 15, 2017
�
c
0
m
a�
a�
�
. • •
2 Feet Minimum
Flow
—�
Gate Valve Installed Below Grade
(See Note 4) Ball Vaive
90' Brass EII
*APPROVED R.P. DEVICES
Hersey—Beeco Model 6CM
Ames 5000 SS Watts
Model 909 or 009 Resilient Seat
Conbraco 40200 OS & Y Valve (Typ.
Flanged Tee�
Flanged 90' Bend�
Gate Valve Installed Below Grade
(See Note 4)
2 Feet Minimum
�mi �w� —� i i
D.I. PIPE
M.J. 90'
Gate Valve at Water Main
(See Note 4)
n, Uniflange
�
d , I. /�
ed Tee
Tapped Flange
j� Brass Nipples
1 �TYP•)
2 Feet Maximum
2" Backflow � Tapped Flange
� Preventer Ball Valve
Gate Valve Installed By Owner
BYPASS DETAIL
Bypass Not Shown In Profile
Approved Backflow
Preventer*
�Plate Strainer
Meter o 0
Support 12" Su
Megalug Restrainer
N.T.S.
90' Brass EI
O
► i •.
Megalug Restrainer
M.J. 90' Bend-
*APPROVED DOUBLE—CHECK VALVES
Hersey—Beeco Model No. 2
Ames 2000 SS
Watts Model 709 or 007
Conbraco 40100
Flanged Tee
Flanged 90' Bend
Uniflange
a Support
a Gate Valve Installed By Owner�
o .1,
2 Feet Maximum
N OTE:
1. 0 S& Y valve handles will be chained and locked.
2. Meter sets will be painted after installation.
3. Bypass pipe & fittings shall be threaded brass.
4. Gate valve shall be set at water main. For all water meter/
fire line sets over 10 feet from water main, gate valves shall
be installed at the water main and the water meter set.
5. All pipes between the water main and DDC shall be ductile iron.
282 August 15, 2017
�
C
O
m
v
a�
F-
• • •
� FIO W —�—
2 Feet Tapped Flange—
Minimum ga�l Valve-
Gate Valve Installed Below Grade
(See Note 4)
90' Brass EII
Ball Valve�
(r� j Nipples /gackflow Preventer
T
*APPROVED R.P. DEVICES BYPASS DETAIL
Hersey—Beeco Model 6CM Bypass Not Shown In Profile
Ames 5000 SS N.T.S.
Watts Model 909 or 009 Approved ,�
Conbraco 40200 Backflow
Resilient Seat
OS & Y Valve
Flanged Tee�
Flanged 45' Bend�
Gate Valve Installed Below Grade
(See Note 4) �� i
Gate Valve at Water Main
(See Note 4)
Flanged Tee
2 Feet
� Tapped Flange Minimum
Gate Valve Installed By Owner�
~ 90' Brass Eil
*APPROVED DOUBLE—CHECK VALVES
Hersey—Beeco Model No. 2
Ames 2000 SS
Watts Model 709 or 007
Conbraco 40100
Resilient Seat
OS & Y Valve
�Flanged Tee
� �/Flanged 45' Bend
Gate Valve Installed Bv Owner
M.J. 45' Bend
NOTE:
1. 0 S& Y valve handles wiil be chained and locked.
2. Meter sets will be painted after installation.
3. Bypass pipe & fittings shall be threaded brass.
4. Gate valve shall be set at water main. For all water meter sets
over 10 feet from water main, gate valves shall be installed at
the water main and the water meter set.
CITY OF CLEARWATER TYPICAL COMPOUND WATER METER SET
ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT 45' RISE
WATER
DETAILS 3", 4" & 6" MODELS
283 August 15, 2017
• • •
90' Brass EII (Typ.
2 Feet Maximum
FI�
�Ball Valve Installed Below Grade
N OTE:
Parallel device installation is
employed whenever it is vital to
maintain a continuous supply of
water and where interruptions for
testing and servicing would be
unocceptable. Device must be
installed level.
90' Brass EII (7yp.)�-
II Valve Installed Below Grade
2 Feet Maximu
Ball Valve T 90' Brass EII (Typ.)
� YP•)
2 Feet Minimum
TOP VIEW
Water Meter Connection
N.T.S
Approved Backflow Ball Valve Installed By Owner
Prevention Device
r-(Flanged)
no 0 0
Ford Meter Flange (Typ.)
_ O
Meter
(Flanc
rass Nipple
12" min above ground
N.T.S
90' Brass EII (Typ.)
90' Brass EII (Typ.)
m
�-Brass Nipple
Ball Valve Installed By Own
284 August 15, 2017
• • �
STREET WITH CURB � STREET WITHOUT CURB
Steel Casing
(Size Varies)
.. �„ , ,r�
Restraining
Gaskets
�TYP•)
N.T.S.
NOTES:
1. All pipe installed within the casing shall be ductile iron.
2. Number 12 tracing wire will be used over D.I.P. if end connections are made to PVC pipe.
3. All pipes within casing to be restrained by restraining gaskets.
4. Casing pipe to meet F.D.O.T. standards.
5. Approved casing spacers must be installed to keep pipe centered in casing.
6. Ends of casing must be plugged with bricks or cement to prevent infiltration of soil or by engineer's approved method.
CITY OF CLEARWATER
ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT JACK AND BORE
WATER
DETAILS
285 August 15, 2017
� • •
�4" Straight Meter Vaive
MUELLER H14350 with Lock Wing and
Compression inlet or approved equal
�'4" Threaded Corporation Stop
MUELLER H15008
or approved equal
(Tap at 45' angle) �
Saddle required on 4"
P.V.C. only
Iron service saddle
Ford FC 202 series
w/stainless steel band
or approved equal
N.T.S.
Water Main
�a" Water Service Tubing
Driscopipe 5100 or Endot/Yardley
Blue Jet, SDR 9, 3408 Polyethylene
CITY OF CLEARWATER
ENGINEERING DEPAR'fMENT CHLORINATION TAP
WATER
DETAILS
286 August 15, 2017
• i •
END CONNECTION
N.T.S.
?" Tapped Plug
2" Ba��
Hose
3/4" C
2" Galvan
2" Corporation
Tapping Saddl
2" 90' EII
L�
TOP CONNECTION
N.T.S.
287 August 15, 2017
•
�
�
CLEARANCE LETTERS
28g August 15, 2017
•
•
Dr-1T1::
Tt�:
FR()��1:
CC:
SUBJECT:
L��P �;1'V TIfiY L � TfiE,R I;��AI)
Llsc fUr��rc�jeets r�c�r�«il•i�r� t�r� pei�iszits trtttf/vr ��PD,�S' osrly�!
Octo�ier '7. 2016
Vir�;inia Creigl�toil. I)istrict Fn�rirc�zmiental k'e��ulit �1�lmini�tratc�r
Hiiilanshu P��ti7i
Robin I'ai•t�ish, I�I)OT D7 Local Programs Caordiiiator
Kevii� Coughlin, PE, V+`ade Trim, Inc.
�PID: 432580-1-�8-01 !l Druid "I'rail I'hase � from S. Ever�reen A��enue ta the Duke
Energy Trail I/ City of Clearwater
100°!o Design Memo for �nvironinental Per�nits
I��o environmental perinits are required for the referenced project as:
1. Drainage is not being chan�ed.
�, No wetlatlds are being ii�lpacted.
3. There is no encraachment into the 100-year floodplain.
4. No additional t�•avel la�ies are proposed.
The fallowing "no perinit lequired determinations�' were obtained:
South«test Florida ��'ater Vlana�rement District 10/06/2016 _
Agency � Date
IfNPDTS is �•equired, is SVv'PPP included in plans'?
For I�epartmenc Use On1y:
V4`as LAI' entity contacted for claritication? Yes
ls tetephone record or correspandence attached? Yes
("ertiiied? }'��
:•
No
�rp
�lo
Yes
f � J �j�I�
August 15, 2017
� G{7NTAMINATION IMPACT CERTIFICATI(}N
The fallowing informa#ion is based upon the cantaminatian impact
eualuatian performed on this praject in accordance with the procedure
requirements of the Project Develapment and Enviranment Manual, Part II
Chapter 22.
Financial Project No: 432580-1-58-01
X a. Na potentia4 for contamination was found.
b. Contamination was identified; however, its focation/condition has na
impact to the proposed project.
c. Contamination was identified within the project area that
could/would impact the proposed project. Separate provisions have
been made to remediate/mitigate identified contamination impact
prior to or during construction in the affected project area. Project
plans have been annotated showing details of the area of concern.
Comments:
• : Roadway/Project E3escription: Druid Trait-Phase 4-fro� S._Evergr�en-:Avenue-to :_. ___._.�. �_. _.
the Duke Energy TraiL
� �� !.
.,."%"" �' �-�-°�--�- ` �
Certification: -
Michael Quillen, City Engineer
Date: �- � �:��
Ta be filed in District Project File
Daniel R. DeForge
District 7 Contamination Impact Coordinator
• C�\Usersltiimar:sh�.pat.^,ilAcoOa'atLc:.t�IWticrosofflUJi!xlcwstTempaary Intetne; Fi;esSCenie^LOul:caktZlM'o?7_tK'.43258J-1-5@-Ot LAP Ca3:am:rta;i�n Cert C72836,docx
Juiy 8, 20?5
JRF
290 August 15, 2017
•
D�Tr:
TO:
1�'ROi�i:
CC:
SUBJECT
�,A.P ��7�I TY L�TTER HEAD
ZIs� tt� certifj� rtritt�otrrt' itrv�!►�ehze��t
Septe�nl�er 12, 201 f
R�bin Parrish, FDOT' D7 Lncal Programs Coordinator
f=�
i�'Iichacl Quillen, City Engineer `
, �$�<>`
Kevin Coughlin, PF, w'ade Trim, Inc.
432580-1-58-01 // Druid Trail Phasc 4 from S. ��lergreen A��enue to the Duke
Energy Trail // City c�f Clear����ter
Railroad Certifcation
The refereliced project DOES NQT llave raih�oad involvement within t.tle limits af the project.
The project coi�sists of construction af'a multi-use trail along Druid Roaci in Clearwater, FL.
Y�u ma;f c�nsicier this project to be raih•oad CLEAR.
_ .. .._ _ . _ ._ �.3 _-- �_— ; � ----�"�,� _ _ _ .. .
Ivlichael Quillen, City
f�'or Department Use Only:
VJas LAP enlity coneacted for clarification? 1'es
Is telephone recard or con-espondence attiched? Yes
Certified? Yes
291
Date
August 15, 2017
s�a?=_ c= -�ost,:;a ^: an.�truCtir �F Tru�:s�c�t?;,-;or;
TYPE 1 CATEGORICAL EXCLUSION
CHECKLIST
Financial Management No. �32sao-�-sa-oi
FAP No. NfA
CE Number. �(c)�, , or �{d
�5a-os:: ,:
'4"v:�C?'t"S.E �"r�: :YA�;AGE:lc^;-
=�t15
Project Description (inciude project title. lin�its, and brief description of the praposed scope of work}:
Oruid Trai{ Phase 4 from S. Evergreen Awenue to the Duke Energy Treii, Clearwater, Fl.
Constructio� of an 8-ti wide muiFi-use traiE alonc Gruid Roaci inc;uding pavement construcEion, drainage str,acture mndificatioEis,
sidewaik,'e�tcing, grassing, pedesfrian sic�nais, signiny: pavement marking and ufiii4y adjus#ments.
Note: The criteria below aiso consider the conditions listed in 23 GFR 771.117(e) for the CEs deseribec! in 23
CFR 771.117(c)(26), {27) and (28).
YES NO
Will the acfion cause major adverse impacts on #ravei patterns, pianned growth, land � �
use for the area or access control?
• -----_. -- 2_._._ _.W�ii the action eause-adr�erse impacts-to air; noise or water. quality'� .______. _. �__...__. �..__._�__._ _ _._...........
3 Wiil the action cause wetland impacts that would require an individual Section 404 � �
Permit from the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers (USACE) under the Ciean Water Act,
Section 404, 33 U.S.C. § 1344 andlor section 10 of the Riv�rs and Harbors Act?
•
4 Wiil the action cause impacts to navigation that would require an individual U.S. Coast � �x
Guard {USCG) Bridge Permit?
5 Will the action cause impacts greater than minimal floodpiain encroachments, which will Q �x
affect flood heights or base floodplain limits?
6 WiII the action require construction in, across, or adjacent to a river designated as a �] �x
component of, or proposed for inclusion in, the National System of Wild and Scenic
Rivers (for 23 GFR 771..117 (c)(26), (27} and (28)?
7 Will the action result in a determination other than, (1) "no involvement," {2) "no effect", � �x
or (3) with concurrence from US Fish and Wildlife Service or Nationai Marine Fisheries
Service, as appropriate, a"may affect but not likely to adversely affecP' determination
concerning impacts io endangered and threatened species and/or thei� critical habitat in
accordance with Section 7 of the Endangered Species Act of 1973; as amended, 16
U.S.C. § 1536(a)-(d}?
8 Wili the action require more than minor amounts of �ight-of-way and result in any � x�
residential or non-residential displacements?
9 Will the action impact any prope�ties protected by Section 4{#� of the U.S. Depa�tment of Q �X
Transportafion Act, 49 U.S.C. § 303? [NOTE: If it has been determined that Section 4(f)
is not applicable in accordance with 23 CFR 774 and Part 2, Chapter 13 of the PD&E
Manual then the answer to this question is no.)
292 August 15, 2017
•
s-�-� c� �::.ou�eao�?nz-usn-cF-��;s�o�-:.re^: ��a�,�c-��
TYPE 1 CATEGORIGAL EXCLUSION `�"'"`°`�'�''T�`.'"'"f<;E"'="'
,,,,5
CHECKLIST
YES NO
10 Will the action result in a determination other than, (1} no invoivement, (2) "no effect," or Q �
{3} "na advers� effect' regarding properties protected under Section 106 of the Natianal
Nistoric Preseruation Act?
11 Does the action have known contamination sites which would have more than a minimai (� �
impact to design, and right-of-way or construction aetivities once assessed as described
in Part 2, Chapter 22, Contamination Impacts of the PD&E Manual, and can't be
avoided or remediated?
12 WiH the action have substantial controversy on environmental grounds? Q ,�x
_..
�;
Reset Checklist
IMPORTANT; If all answers are No, the project is a Type 1 Categorical Exclusion and this checklisf wili be
the NEPA document. If the answer to any of these questions is Yes, failow the Minor Categoricai Exciusion
Determination Key and coordinate with FHWA as appropriate.
This project has been evaluated and has been determined to meet the conditions as set forth in Florida's
Programmatic Agreement for Categorica( Exciusions efiective October 2015, as a Type 1 Categorical
Exclusion.
. � ry ,� � � ^�._ � .�
:�..�...w.�:,.�.�' .. �� %�% (�
Signature: Xr``%!� � •�� Date: f `� m�'�'
The following is a list of any supporting activities (e.g., field reviews, as appropriate, etc.), reports, or iechnical
studies that were prepared and are included in the project file that were necessary to support the conclusions
reached on the checklist.
293
August 15, 2017
•
•
I)?�"1�E
LAI" ElVTI fi� L.��TTE� .I��AD
tlse, f�r,�rvject:s re��ccirittg t;'tilitl� Cer•ti�cutio�l-10�"/0 �l�u�zs scrbn�iftrrl
September l?. �til<
TO: Daniel F-Iunter, l�i�trict 7 t�tility Administrafior
FRO�'I: Miehael Qt�illeu, Citv Tn�:ineer �g� ��
GC-: Robin Pa�•risli, I; D()T D7 Loca! Programs C�ordinaior
Kevin Coughlin, I'E; �'ade Trim, Inc.
SL'BJECT: FPID: 43258U-1-58-01 // Druid Trail Phase 4 from S. Evei•green �venue ta the Duke
Energy Trail ll City of Cleai�rater
Utilities Cle�r
This is to certify that all utility wvrk has been coinpleted or neeessaiy arrangements made to
undertake and com.plete this project as required f'or proper coordination ��,tith the physical
const��uction schedule.
t t'" '
_ ___ . �, _ _ _
,.
__�_. ��,r,r'' �- ._ �_
� x�,�.._ , _,_
Agency Representative's Si�nature
TOR F'DO�' IIT�LIT.YDEPARTIIIF.IVT USF_ 011rLY
Disa•iet IJtility Office Acknowledgement*:
Date
Date: i
---- �
* The above FD4T District 7 litilities Ofiice Ackiao�•ledgement b�- no means alleviates tlle Ioc<�I
a�,ency or it's Contractor of the respansibilities for iitilit}• coordination.
294
August 15, 2017
•
�
R/W ITEM/SEGMENT NO.: N1A
CONSTRUCTION ITEMISEGMENT NO
F.A.P. N0. (Gonstruction): NIA
COUNi`Y: Pinellas -__..
LETTlNG QATE:
STA.-t G`F Fi.OR'DA CEPAR?;vSENT OF zRnNSe=CR'k"Oti
LAP CERT(FtCATIC?N
MANAGING DiSTRICT: Seven
N.IA STATE R�AD: Off System
DESCRIPTION: Druid Trail Phase 4
The undersigned hereby cer#ifies as foiiows:
575-�85-35
a�c�- cF wrzV
Ttr<,z
Title to all property and easeinents needed for the above construction project is vested in the F(orida Department o(
Transportation (Department) or a state or locaf government. Sufficient authority has been obtained to construct and
maintain the proposed improvements on property and easements owned by state or local governments. Further:
Acquisition
� Ftight af way was not acquired for this project.
� Right of way was acquired for this project in compliance with applicabie state and federal law.
Relacation
� tVo persons or businesses were reGuired to move or move personal property from the project right of way.
� A!I persons and businesses that were required to move or move personal property from the project right of way have
been provided relocation assistance in compfiance with applicable state and federa! law.
Demolition
� No structures or 'rmprovements, including encroachments, required removal from the project right of way.
� A!I structures and/or improvements, including encroachments, have been removed from the project right of way in
compliance with applicable state and federal law, or will be included in the construction contract.
Asbestos Abatement
[� No structures or improvements �equiring asbestos abatement were located on the project right of way.
� Asbestos abatement of buildings andlor structures, including those to be removed by the construction contractor, has
been completed in compliance with applicable state and federal law, or will be incEuded in the construction contract.
Submitted by Local Agency:
Certified by FDOT:
�-`� �.�
�.;% ��`� � ���
.�
Title: Michael Quillen, City Engineer
��.s t �� ��
Date:
Title: Date:
.
August 15, 2017
�
�
PERMITS
296 August 15, 2017
� �U.l.����� ����'�.��. �3r� sr�a s�e�; a�YE��e; �o�►da �asoa�ssss
� �Li��''Y".,���Zt%�'�1'lQ'Yd� �'t',5��"iC� {352y 796-7211 or 1-8{'X7-423-1476 {FL onh')
� . :a TDD oniy.l-804231-61i),33 �EL nn1Y3
�''!�; �� �' On the Ir�temet at WaterMatGers.org
• ���� .
Aa 5�„at Bartow Stw�ce �a Sarasota 5avite i}Hice Tarr� 8arui�e ONise
���"�> iT0 Century BoWevartl 8750 Eruttvifle Road 7f01 Highway 341 �iorth
Barusva, Flnric9� 3383P770t7 8araso2a, Roride 342�30-8711 Tatn�a, F{nrlda 33837-6759
(863j 534-1�148 t� {9d1) 3T7-3722 or (Si3) 98rTd81 or
i-s�aas2-'ss2 E� srn�� i�o-a2a35o3•�� aniy� i$oasae=o�s7 �� ony�
•
•
October 06, 2016
The Gity of Clearwater
Attn: Nimanshu Patni
100 S. Myrtle Avenue, Room #220
Gfearwater, FL 33756
Sub}ect: Project Evaluation - Projectfxempt
Project N'ame:
File Number..
C ou nty:
SeclTwplRge:
Druid Traif Phase IV
734880
Pinellas
S151T29S/R15E, S13R'29S/R15E,S14(r29S1
R 15E: S181T29S/F� 16E
Reference. Rule 62-�30, Flonda Administrative Code (F.A.C.:j
Dear Mr: Patni:.
The Distnct has reviewed the information you submitted forthe project referenced above and has
determined thafan Environmen#a1 Resource Permit{ERP}will notbe required forthe proposed roadway
im:provements along Druid Road from South Betty Lane to Progress Energy Trail in Pinellas County. The
proposed improvements include th�e milling/resurfacing of �existing travel lanes, restriping of existing travel
lanes, lane widening approaching the intersections of Woodruff Avenue and Belcher Road, as weN as
the construction of an 8-foot wide multi-use asphait trail adjacent to Druid Road. [Rules 62-330<051(4)(c}
and {10), FA.G.]
The information received by the Distnct.will be kept on fife to support the District's determination regardirfg
�our project. This information is available foruiewing or downloading through the District's Application and
Permit Search Toofs located at www.WaterMatter�.orglpermits.
The Distn.ct's determination that your project does not require an ERP is only applicable pursuant to th'e
statutes and rules in effect atthe time the information was submitted and may not be valid in the'event
subsequent changes occur in the applicable rules and statufes, AdditionaUy this notification dQes not
mean that the Distncf has determinedthat your pro�ect is permanently exempt from permitting
requirements. Any subsequent change you make in the project's operati�n may necessitate further
evaluation or pe`rmitting b}�the District. Therefore, you are advised to contact the District before:beginning
the project and before beginning any activity which is not specifically:descn6ed in your submittaL Your
timely pursuit ofthis activity is encouraged to avoid.any potential rule changes that could'affeetyour
requesf.
This letter constitutes notice of`Intended Agency Action of the project referenced above: TheDistncf's
actian in this matter only becomes closed to future Iegal chalienges from members afthe public if such
persons have been properly notified of the DistricYs action and no person objects to the District's action
within the prescribed penod oftime following the notiflcation. The District does not,publish notices vf
agency action. I,f you wish to limit the time v�rithin which a person who does not re�eive actual written
notice from the District rnay reguest an administrative hearing regarding this action, you are strongfy
297 August 15, 2017
• encouraged to publish, at your own expense, a notice of agency action in the le I advertisement section
9a
of a newspaper of general circulation in the county or counties where the activity wili occur. Publishing
notice of agency action will close the window for filing a petition for hearing. Legal requirements and
instructions for publishing notice of agency action, as well as a noticing form that can be used is available
from the District's website at www.WaterMatters.orglpermits/noticing. If you publish notice of agency
action, a copy of the affidavit of pub(ishing provided by the newspaper should be sent to the Regulation
Division at the District Service Office that services this permit or other agency action, for retention in the
File of Record for this agency action.
If you have questions regarding this matter, please contact Alex DeYoung in the Tampa Service OFfice,
extension 2042. Please reference the Project Name and Inquiry/Permit Number in future communications
concerning this project.
Sincerely,
Michelie K. Hopkins, P.E.
Bureau Chief
Ernironmental Resource Permit Bureau
Regulation Division
Enclosures: Notice of Rights
Wade Trim, Inc.
cc: Kevin Coughlin, P.E.
298 August 15, 2017
saA�n o� couNn
[t�MMISSIONERS
Dave Egge�s
Pat Gerard
Ctrariie )ustice
Janet C. �ong
�ohn Morroni
Karen Witliams Seel
Kenneth T. Wetth
City of Clearwater
100 S. Myrtie Avenue
Clearwater, FL 33756
Re: Utilization Permit for Druid Trail Phase IV walkway (15/29/15)
To Whom It May Concern:
�In@��t�S
�EVELUPMENT
REVIEW SERVICES
Utilization Permit 17-0't93 D
March 7, 2fl17
We are enclosing your conditionally approved Utilization Permit covering #he proposed
constructian described belvw:
Druid Trail Phase IV, various cross streets, per attached plans.
This letter must be atfached to and made part of the approved Utilization Permit, making the
following conditions binding to the Permit:
• 1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
• 8.
. 9.
�
It is the responsibility of the applicant to procure all necessary permits that are required
by agencies that are affected by the proposed construction.
It is the responsibility of the applicant to document the existing condition of the right-of-
way prior to beginning work. Documentation may be in the form of video or photos and
must be provided to Pinellas County priorto commeneing work.
Notify Pinellas County Regulatory Services, Sean Tipton prior to beginning work (phone
727.222.0441) or stipton(a�pirrellascaunty.ora, 48 hrs. minimum notice)
Any portion of the roadway, Right-of-Way or curb that sustains excessive construction
related damage, in the opinion of Pinellas County Pubfic Works, shall be repaired at the
contractor's expense in a manner specified by Pinellas County Public Works. Refer to PC-
1291 %r pavement restoration.
No stockpiling of material in roadway or on sidewalk; all dirt and debris will be removed
from jabsite daily. Raads and sidewalk to be swept as a part of daily clean up.
All new construction shall meet Pinellas County specifications and standard details.
to Pinellas County Minimum testing requirements foc: density and comK
requirements.
The Pinellas Caunty Standard Construction notes are attached and shall be a binding
part of this permit. Y;�er�as etlun�y
Development Review Servites
No lane closures permitted between 6-9 am and 4-6 pm 44d tourt St.
tiearwater, FL 33756
Main Office: (727} 464-38II8
New sidewalks shall meet all ADA requirements and guidelines. unoa: t7z�} a�4-ao�z
•
Page 2
Utilization Permit 17-0193 D
Before this Permit becames effective, it wili be necessary to contact the Uti6ty Notification Center,
"Cafl Sunshine", (1-8D0-432-4770) not less than 48 hours or more than five (5) days prior to
construction.
Sincerely,
1�__.. �
Amy Casamo
Engineering Technician
Right-of-VVay Utilization Permits
Regulatory Services
• EnclosureJ
cc: Sean Tipton — Pinellas County Public Works
•
RIGHT OF WAY
Pineilas Caunty PERMIT NO: ��—t')1���
Buiiding & Development Review Services UTILIZATION PERMIT
, THE COUNTY OF PINELLAS, a politica! subdivision of the State of Fiorida, hereinafter called the Permitter, hereby grants to
Himanshu Patni of the City of Clean�vater
(Name) (Stt�ttAddress, City, State, Zip)
hereinafte� called the Permittee, a Permit to eonstruct �, operate o, maintain ❑, renew ❑ and/or remove ❑ Druid Trail Phase IV
from S Evergreen Avenue to Duke Energy Trail on attached pian along, across, beneath, or over right
of way andlor prope�ty of Permitter at the foliowing location:
County Road No. N�A Name: Druid Road Pareel ID No. N/A ��" �-� '� ��
situated at Druid Road R/W from S Evergreen Avenue to Duke Energy Trail , Florida, subject fo the following provisions and
conditions:
, (Add►ess or Str�eet lntersecfion)
1. Construction, operation and maintenance of such utility shall not interfere with p�operty and rights of prior occupank.
2. The construction, operaiion and maintenance of such utiiity shall not create obstruction or conditions which are or may become dangerous to the
traveiing public:
3. All work must be done in keeping with standards of the florida Depa�tment of Transportation Manual of Uniform Minimum Standards for Design,
Construction and Maintenance for Streets and Highways, Roadway and Traffic Design Standards, Florida Department of Transportation Standard
Speciiications for Road and Bridge Construction, AASHTO and by the County Director or his agent.
4. Alt matetials and equipment shall be subject to inspection by an Engineer of ihe County or his agent.
5. Prior ta beginning any work hereunder, Permittee shaU, through the State of Florida's Department of Environmental Protection Ontine
Con#amination Locator Map and the Pinelias County GIS Map, first evaluate the property herein as to any environmentat risks. If subsequent to
the start of any work herein Permittee encounters any environmental hazard or abnormal conditions, Permittee shali imrnediately cease work and
notify the County. Permittee may only resume work upon written notification by Caunty.
8.
•7.
8,
9.
The Permittee shall and does hereby agree to indemnify; pay the cost of defense, and save harmless the Permikter from and against payment of
all claims, suits, actions, costs, attorneys' fees, expenses, damages, judgments, or decrees by reason of any person or persons or property being
damaged or injured by the Permittee, his employees, agents or sub-contractors or in any way attributable to the performance, prosecution,
construction, operation, or maintenance of wo�k herein permitted by Permitter and resulting from negligent acts or omissions of said Permittee in
connection with the work herein permitted.
The Permittee shaU rapair any damage or injury to the road or highway or other County property by reason of the exercise of any of the privileges
granted in this Permit, and shall repair the same promptly, within seven (7} days of opening, restoring it to a condition at leasi equal to that which
existed immediately prior to the infliction of such damage or injury. {Note: All portions of the right of way other than paved areas disturbed by the
construction of this utilify wili be compacted, grassed and mulched or sodded as required.)
All overhead instailations shatl conform to dea�ance standarcls of the State Utilities Accommodation Guide and all underground crossing
instailations shall be laid at a minimum depth of 36" below pavement, or at such greater depth as Permitter may require.
In the evenk Df widening, repair or reconstruction of said road, the Permlttee shail move or remove said utility instalia#ion at no cost to the
Permitter.
10. This permit creates a permissive use only and the piacing of facilities upon County property pursuant hereto shaii not operate to create or to vest
any property rights in said Rermittee and is granted in perpetuity subject to termination by the Permitter upon the giving of 30-days notice in writing
to the Permittee.
11. 7he Permittee shall furnish the Permitte� with a survey showing the exact locations of all facilities to be installed pursuant to this permit, said
sunrey to be su�clenily detaited to allow location of said installaGon by reference thereto. The attached ptan, covering details of this instaliation,
shall be a part of this permit. Upon completion of insta�lation, if field adjustments are rnade, an as-built drawing wili have to be submitted.
12. Section corner monuments subject to displacement shall first be referenced and later reset by a Florida Registered Land Surveyor.
13. All activities in aecordance with this permit will require conformance to the "Manual on Traffic Control and Safe Practices for Street and Highway
Construction, Maintenance and Utility Operations." (Ghapter 318 Florida Statutes)
14. The Permittee's attention is directed to the provisions of the Trench Safety Act (Florida Statutes, �j �ccupational
Safety and Health Administration Excavation Safety Standards {29 C.F.R. Section 1926.650,����ll�p� l���itl �; �Astructio�,
operation, a�d maintenance pursuant to this permit. Gf
15. Gompaction within rigM of way to meet Pinellas County Minimum Standards.
16. Public Works is to be notified a minimum of 48 haurs prior to beginning work at 464-3670, othervvise the Permit will be vofded,
17. If this permit is for a monitor well, copies of all testing reports are to be forwarded to Pinellas County Regulatory Serviees.
�8. The Permittee shall commence construction within 60 days from the date of this permit and it shall be completed within 300 days.
Permittee or Agent: Himanshu Pa#ni Phone: 727-562-4560 Date: 12l6/2016
TYPE OR PR1NT NAME
APPLICATION SUBMITTAL INSTRUC710NS
1. Description and nature of the proposed instailation shall be outtined in the two blank lines ort applicafion.
2. The bottum of Appiication Sheet 1 shail be signed by applicant or his agent.
3. On fhe attached plan, the foilowing data shall be supplied:
a.
b.
c.
The plan shail show the right of way lines and the widths of right of way. The offset distance from the centerline of the proposed
insfallafion shall be shown and the scope af the proposed project, with att the distances and sizes clearly irtdicated.
Typical crvss section shall be fumished showing width of pavement, width of right of way on each side, oftset distance from
centerline to proposed installation and any pertinent data to sidewalks, curbs and gutters, etc.
Indicate type of installation on both typical cross section and plan view.
d. All pertinent drainage information and calculations or justification for size of pipe and/or grading.
4. All improvements within County maintained right of way shall conform to Florida Department of Transportation requirements andlor
Pinellas Gounty 5ubdivision requirements.
5. Atl appt+cations for water and sewer Gnes must be separate applicatior�s and countersigned by the ut7ity involved prior to submittal.
6. This form is to be made out in QUADRUPLICATE with four{4) drawings; one fully executed copy will be retumed to you afterapproval.
7. 7here is a varieble processing fes that must be received prior to the issuance of the permit. Please make check payable to Board of
County Commissioners.
8. Due to the extensive worlc being done in Pinellas County right of way, please provide proof that you meet the following insurance
requirements:
"Comprehensive General Liability Insurance includi�g, but nat limited to, Independent Contractor, Confractual, Premises/Operations.
� ProductslCompleted Operation, Explosion, Collapse and Underground, and Personal Injury covering the liability assumed under
indemnification provisions of this permit, with limits of liability for personal injury andlor bodily injury, including death, of not less than
$300,000, each occurrence; and property damage of not less than $100,000, each occurrence. (Gombined Single Limits of not iess
than $300,000, each occurrence, will be acceptable unless otherwise stated.j Coverage shall be on an "occurrence" basis, and the
policy shall include Broad Form Property Damage coverage, and Fire Leual Liabilitv of not less than $50,000 per occurrence, unlass
otherwise stated by exception herein."
�
UTIUTY NO7IFICATIt)N CENTER "CALL SU
ANCE OF CONSTRUCTI�N.
�
Pinellas County BDRS
Regulatory Services
440 Court Street, 3rd Floor
Clearwate�, FL 33756
(727j 464-3404 or 464-3394
Date:
E" (1-800-432-4770) MUST BE NOTIFIED 4$ HOURS IN
TO BE FILLED
Sod required `�es ❑ No
Open cut ❑ Yes �lo
/
Rev 5/11/15
COUNTY, FL�RIDA,
UTILITY COUNTERSIGN
BY PINELIAS COUNTY REGULATORY SERVIGES
Jack and bore ❑ Yes d�PNo
Directional bore ❑ Yes �,btQ
Authority of the Board of County Commissioners
� �
Services Section
SEE ATTACHED LETfER FOR ADDITIONAL
CONQITIONS TO THIS UTILITY PERMIT.
�
PINELLAS COUNTY RIGHT-OF-WAY GONSTRUCTION NOTES
1 j All proposed work shall comply with FDOT Index No. 700.
2) All right of-way installations shail be in accordance referenced in the State ofi Florida Utilities Accommodatian
Manual.
3) All propflsed wark shali comply with Minimum Standards of the Pinellas County Land Development, Zoning
and/or related Ordinances, and Minimum Testing Frequency requirements.
4) Sign and barricades shall be in accordance of U.S. DOT "Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices" and the
Florida DOT (FD�T) Design Standards lndex 600 through Index 670 (latest editions).
5) It is the responsibility af the applicant to document the existing condition of the Right-of-Way prior to beginning
work. Documentation may be in the form of video or photos.
6j Sidewalks shall be reconstructed within three days of removal and safe pedestrian traffic shall be maintained af
all times. When existing sidewalk is removed, it shall be removed to the nearest joint. Any seetion of sidewalk
that becomes undermined shall be removed and replaced. Roadway connections replaced shall meet current
ADA Standards per FDOT Index 304.
7) Installations involving cancrete and asphalt driveways, in good condition, shall be accomplished byjack and bore
or pushing. No jetting shall be permitted.
• 8} Disturbed areas within the RIW shall be compacted to 100% of maximum density and sodded. Density reports
shall be provided to the Pinellas County Right-of-Way Inspector.
9} Roadway pavement wi11 not be open cut or disturbed. Insiallation shall be accomplished by approved methods
only.
10) Do not disturb the curb or pavement.
11 } All exisfing drainage shall be maintained and restored #o designed, permitted conditions.
12) Maintain at teast eighteen inches c4earance from sanitary sewer lines and twelve inches cfearance from all other
utilities in the area.
13} Field locate and do not disturb existing under-drain systems.
14) Minimum depth at ditch crossings is 36" below flow-line.
15) Minimum clearance for road bores for excavations/entry and exit po9nts and ends of casinglconduit are as
follows: Type F curb — 4 feet behind back of curb. Any other type of roadway — 8 ft. from edge of pavement.
16) No stockpiling of material in roadway ar sidewalk; all dirt and debris shall be removed from jabsite daily. Road
and sidewalks shall be swept daily as part of daily clean-up.
17) Any portion of the RNV that sustains excessive construction related damage, in the opinion af the Pinellas
County Infrastructure Division, shall be repaired af contractor expense in a manner specified by the Caunty
Infrastructure Division.
. 17) Maintain appropriate and effective erosion control BMP's within the R/W at all times.
REVISEp 04J17/2015
�
�
�
THIS COMPLETES THIS SPECIFICATION PACKAGE
301 August 15, 2017
r
•
SECTION V
CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
Table of Contents
PUBLICCONSTRUCTION BOND ..................................................................................................... 228
CONTRACT.............................................................................................................................................230
CONSENT OF SURETY TO FINAL PAYMENT .............................................................................. 234
PROPOSALBIDBOND ........................................................................................................................ 235
AFFIDAVIT........................................................................................................................................... 236
NON COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT ..........................................................................................................237
PROPOSAL.............................................................................................................................................238
CITY OF CLEARWATER ADDENDUM SHEET ............................................................................. 241
BIDDER'S PROPOSAL ................................................................................................... Addendum 4 Page 3
� SECTION V Page i Updated: 2/6/2017
I#: 2017376939 BK: 19872 PG: 424, 12/12/2017 at 10:57 AM, RECORDING 4 PAGES
,$35,.50 KEN BURKE, CLERK OF COURT AND COMPTROLLER PINELLAS COUNTY, FL BY
DEPUTY CLERK: CLKDM08
•
•
•
PIIBLiC WORH PERFORMAIITCE gND Pgyly�NT BOND FRONT PBGE
"This bond is given to compIy with Sedion 255.05 Florida Statutes. and any action
instituted bp a claimant under this bond for papment must be in accordance with the
notice and time limifation provisions in Section 255,05(2), Florida Statutes."
BOND NO.:
CONR'RACl�OR NAME:
CONTR,ACTOR ADDRESS:
CONTRACTpR PHONE NO.:
SURETY COMPANY:
SURETY COMPANY ADDRESS:
482843P
Beystone Excavators, Inc.
37I Scarlet Blvd., Oldsmar, FL 34gyq
�813) 854-2342
Developers Surety and Indemnity Company
I77T 1 Cowan Ave., Suite 100, Irvine, CA 92614
SURETY COMPANY pHONE NO.: (TZ� 822-56I0
SURE'TY AGENT:
SURETY AGENT ADDRESS;
SUREIY AGENT PHONE NO.:
OWNER NAME:
OWNER ADDRESS:
OWNER PHONE NO:
BOND AMOIJIVT:
CONTRACT NO.: (If applicabiej
DESCRIPTIOlY OF WORB:
PROJECT ADDR&SS:
LEGAL DESCRIPTION: (If avai.lable)
The Shrum Agencp
2227 Pinnacle Circle N., Palm Harbor, FL 34684
(727) 78I-9787
City of Clearavater
100 S. MqrEte Avenue, Cleazwater, FL 33756
(727) $6Z-4747
$ 3,126, I88.S I
Druid Trai,i Phase N
Project No.; #04-0021-P'Y FPID 432580-1-88-01
City of Clearvvater, Florida
All other Bond page(s) are deemed subsequent to tius pag+e regardless of any page
aumber(s) that may be pre-printed thereon.
•
PINELLAS COUNTY FL OFF. REC. BK 19872 PG 425
22g
Bond No.: ��9'i"�3/�
PUBLIC CONSTRUCTION BOND
(1)
This bond is given to comply with § 255.05, Florida Statutes, and any action insrituted by a claimant
under this bond for payment must be in accordance with the norice and time limitation provisions in
subsections (2) and (10).
Pursuant to § 255.05(1)(b), Florida Statutes, "Before commencing the work or before recommencing the
work after a default or abandonment, the contractor shall provide to the public entity a certified couv
of the recorded bond. Notwithstanding the terms of the contract or any other law governing prompi
payment for construcrion services, the public entity may not make a payment to the contractor until the
contractor has complied with this paragraph."
CONTRACTOR SURETY
!1 �5/STD.vG ��lt��i4roR.�,T�e 7�roA�rs sassrs,wN� �,.o�r.�„�, Co
[Keystone Excavarors, Incj {�arnej. �
37! Sc.a.lcaT B�vo /777� Gow.aN sl✓e. 5�..� ioo
O�-v�c�.r� FL 3�C77 .�icv�,�c .4 s-d
[374 Scarlett Blvd. Oldsmar, FL] [principa ht�iness addre�s�
8i3- P�5'y-�,3y2 ,�7.z � ) 8z2 - SG�o
[813-854-2342] [�rhone n�b��] (7z7� 7�l-47yj
PROJECT NAME: [Druid Trai! Phase IV]
OWNER
City of Clearwater
Engineering Dept
100 S. Myrtle Avenue
Clearwater, FL 33756
(727)562-4747
PROJECT NO.: [#04-0021-PY FPID 432580-1-58-01]
PROJECT DESCRIPTION: [This Local Agency Program (LAP) Project with FDOT is for the
construction of 8 ft. wide asphalt biking & pedestrial trail of approx. 15,500 lineaz feet in length with site
preparation work, conflict relocation, asphalt placement, drainage work, concrete flatwork & roadway
improvements]
BY THIS BOND, We, {��y,�N� �xc�✓rtT�►as, �'wc_ as Contraator, and
�/�� Sk � a�uw a corporation, as Surety, are bound to the
City of Clearwater, lorida, herein ca! d Owner, in the sum of $[3,126,188.51 ], for payment of which we
bind ourselves, our heirs, personal representarives, successors, and assigns, jointly and severally.
THE CONDITION OF THIS BOND is that if Contractor:
l. Performs the contract dated , between Contractor and Owner for
construction of [Druid Trail Phase IVj, the contract documents being made a part of tlus bond by
reference (which include the Advertisement for Bids, Proposal, Contract, Surety Bond,
Instructions to Bidders, General Conditions, Plans, Technical Specifications and Appendix, and
such a(terations as may be made in said Plans and Specificadons as therein provided for), at the
tunes and in the manner prescribed in the contract; and
2. Promptty makes payments to al! claimants, as defined in Section 255.05(1), Florida Statutes,
supplying Contractor with labor, materials, or supplies, used directly or indirectly by Contractor
in the prosecution of the work provided for in the contract; and
• ' SECTION V Updated:2/6/2017
PINELLAS COUNTY FL OFF. REC. BK 19872 PG 426
•
�
m
229
Bond No.: '`�Z�}�/�
PUBLIC CONSTRUCTION BOND
�2)
3. Pays Owner all losses, damages, expenses, costs, and attomey's fees, including appellate
proceedings, that Owner sustains because of a default by Contractor under the contract; and
4. To the limits of § 725.06(2), Florida Statutes, shall indemnify and hold harmless Owner, their
officers and employees, from liabiliries, damages, tosses and costs, including, but not limited to,
reasonable attorney's fees,to the extent caused by the negligence, recklessness, or intentional
wrongful misconduct of Contractor and persons employed or utilized by Contractor in the
perfomiance of the construction contract; and
5. Performs the guarantee of all work and materials fumished under the contract for the time
specified in the contract, then this bond is void; otherwise it remains in full force.
6. Any action instituted by a claimant under this bond for payment must be in accordance with the
notice and time limitarion provisions in Section 255.05(2), Florida Statutes.
7. Any changes in or under the contract documents and compliance or noncompliance with any
formalities connected with the contract or the changes does not af%ct Surety's obligation under
this bond, and Surety dces hereby waive norice of any such change, extension of time, alteration
or addirion to the terms of the contract or to the work or to the specifications.
IN TESTIMoNY WHEREOF, wimess the hands and seals of the parties hereto this � da of
��1G�/�- , 20� Y
(Ifsole Ownership or Parrnership, two (2) �rnesses required). •.•-• ..,,,.
(If Corparation, Secretary only will attest and affix seal). ''" ,••,
W S:
Co orate Secretary or Witness
nt Name: �'saNag k . r�oexw�.LT
(af,�'r,�,Goxpprate sea!)
,,,
'�� •c : r r� '',�.
. �• ,
1� .� C, �G• t �+.
; ^ : '`�} �'� .
_v p ;�J�•y
•• . ...-�'�•>c �,:
. � .� `,
[Keystone Excav ors, Inc.J `3 'j f�,:.. ;�•
' � �.r, —� �f �� � ,
By; `= `o =
Title: ,eesi '= �.�' '',"� � '`F
Print Name: _ Roesx�r- � �oa.�� �+��
� � .� . �, .
WITNESS: . ,. ••�
Print Name:
�
',�.
� �. •. �/
By TTO - -FAC�' � - `� , ,; �, -
rint Name: " � � '` ., J . `%� r
,�, ;: ....0��``\�
(a, fj`'tx corporate seal) ,�� ��, �'' S' �:� �,��`
''���,,,�,�,�,�«``�
(Power ofAttorney must be attached)
� SECTION V Updated:2/6/2017
•
C�
PINELLAS COUNTY FL OFF. REC. BK 19872 PG 427
POWER OFAT70RNEY FOR
DEVELOPERB SURETI(AI� INDEMNITYCOMPANY
PO Box 19725. �tVINE. CA92629 (949) �33300
IQrOW IUl BY THESE PRESENTS tl�at e�epl ae e�Y irt�ad, D�VELOPERS SURETY AND INDEMNfTY COMPAM; doea hereby make. cau�ule and appaint
"'Warren M. Shrum Jr.•"
as As 6ue «�d lewf,� anomey(s}u,facf, lo rtmke, �. deGvmand adcnowledge, ra and a, nehan ofsakJ oaporauon� as surel�; taias. aMer�ngs ena mnaaas of surelysnip
9^Nq and 9rantl� urdo said Aflomey(s}in�F�t fun power arul auUwrdy b do erM !o peifortn every act necessery, BqWsile ar proper Oo Ge done h connec6on tlurew�h as ach of s�d
ooRbraGon caufd do, but ra�rWn9 � each of seid oorpwa6on fu0 power of subatiWBon and rewocatlon, and ap ot the ads of saM At�omey(s)irrFact. PurauaM Eo Ihese preaeMa, are
he�by retif�d artd autdrrt�ed.
'ms ao�r oram�y ��d �d ���a ny �;�, wa�ana ny a�,�ay �r n� ra�r,y r�n ea�me ny �» eo�a ao�rea�s o��ev�o�s sur�Tran�
r�o�rnr cau�unr, �re as or ,�y ��, zoos.
RESOWED. �at a ca�4�etan ofany lwo of 9ie Che6man of Ihe Board, tl�e President, any FxeaNve Yroe-Preaident, Smdm Vioe-R+eskent or Viee-Preaident of ine
capoiation be. and tlmt each ot tl�em herebY Is, aatlioriAed to e�ceate 6tis Pourer dA�, quetifyi�g tlte alEomey(s) narned in Qie Pbwu dAtlomey b e�� m behaHof tl�e
coRpration� bonds� under6alw�gs and cor�rads of a�aelyshlp: aiM R�et @�e Seaelary a any Assistant Sevelmy of tl�e oorporsBon he, end eerh of Ihem he�ebyle, auUrorimd b aCest tl�e
exeaition otarry auch PvxerofAlEort�y;
RESOLYED, FURiH6�, Miat tlie a�naY�es d�lt diroera mey be aA6ced Eo arry sw,h Powet ofAmomeyor bo mry aeitii�a6e �ala6� 9�ateto by �tximle, end sny such
Powet o(ACqrt�ey a cer6fit�ta b�ring � tauimle ��es ahall ba valid and bindmp uport Uie aaporation wtron 8o alfized and in tlro fu6�ie wNh teapect Eo anY bond, wMer�imi9
m oonhad o( surelyBNp b wh6Ch k i6 eqeCtied.
W YVITNF.°,� iNrIEh�O� CFI�ELOPERS SIri�ETYAPD NDBNNfTY (�MPANY hes ceused tltete �Is to be
seag�;ry-Uns�t,� oi�e6war�,2m�. �gnea by ia orfic�s a,a a�ka by ils sec,et�y orassis�t
` y�� s. .. � NIIN� My�
� iC� • .��� _.1' ��•�� �� f / � � , � • y
: ;D"aNe,Y«mgGsora«Y.�rmidant
�'G%��`z�'
1l9rY I `;L;s�sqoii' �e-p�den�:
� A rrofary pubqc a other offit�r aompetlng this
document to which tlus ce�fi8cate Is attached
Ste� of CaBforroa
Co�lydOrange
veri0ea onty
wha signed the
On Februa 7 befae me, Luatle R.�mnd NdaN Pudk
°a0e r+��nlN.oer�dnwueroar�
PB+�N aPP�d Daniel Youna and Merk Lansdon
Nrap►d� '—
UJCQLE RAYAI?ka
Commis�loa ! 20l191S
Notary pubUc . C�fpmk
UfN1�0 CpYI�
c�m. oa� �e+
Plaoe Notary Sael Above
wno p�o�ad m me on �e easis a ssusfaaay evlt�ce ro be um persan(s) whasa r�s) i�e aubaa�bed
b@m wi9�in instrument mri adaroxdedged b me that h�ey aceaitad B�e same in hiaJherPo�eir auQ�orimd
cav�es)� �d aiat ey ►Yafiemneir aignaare(s) on uie inawm«�t Ihe pe�n(s), or Ihe ensy upon benalf ot
whid� tlie Person(s) acEed. e�cuEed Ihe i�hur�ent
� oxtify uraier PENALT1r oF PEwuRv unaer nie lawa or aie sMate oF Caliromis u,at are ►ore�inp perograph ie
true end oorted.
vurtr�ess Ry ne�a �a a� �. '
Slgnadre
� . NolarY Public
. � CERTtFICp7E
a�iii•�• . �ih�i�d'srai�n�tnasecremnaaea�antsecdaryornEv�.aaetss�Etviwoo�tiwrrrco�wvorinioawmrcoMa�wr�cu.iForww,aoesnarecy
y,�.�a,i'9te.ta6goir,g'po"�a; p{1�Omer �ameins n ful� toroe ana r�es not been revalcee �e, fi.u�ermora. tlmc n,e piovteta,s a me raswuMons or Ihe ►aspective eoeNs ot a►ec�s a
r�aid�pai�tlons sel fG;Mj In tl�g.PoWer oi ACmney are in Taoe as a Ma dale �tlds Cerh'flcale.
_��� ry�Thls ��6fica6e.�is�emcufed U Ihe Cily oI 6vhq Califomle, �Is / �daY of Decem6er � 1017 `��1'� AMO �4
� we i` r � : ' ' / / ' �Qy� ��
T�;'�� .�,- ;'� ` � = � f g 6�� £
';;�;; �•-....... `, � ;�� s��o��€
arsaao.a,�o2itn:. ' �`• `' . �.,,,� * ��,
�Illil��� 11�•��`,,, NN��N
STATE UF FLORIDA-PIN�LLAS COUNTY
���"``+;�x co�``�b � hereb� �Prtir that the fore oin is a true
e;....,. u,�v�. 1�� y' 9 9
'•; �►y copY as recarded in the offcial records of
��;� ;�� Pinelias ��unty. f
��%�. j oi ThIS�r�y pt ���� , 20�
�r,qy,•• i���"� i:E 6URKE
.s4 ^ou�T;.o _;;.
;,,,�,�•r� ,ourt & Comptr
_ �
_.___—__--- E,n,;iv :....
�
228
Bond No.: �Z9'`!��/�
PUBLIC CONSTRUCTION BOND
(1)
This bond is given to comply with § 255.05, Florida Statutes, and any action instituted by a claimant
under this bond for payment must be in accordance with the notice and time limitation provisions in
subsections (2) and (10).
Pursuant to § 255.05(1)(b), Florida Statutes, "Before commencing the work or before recommencing the
work after a default or abandonment, the contractor shall provide to the public entity a certified copv
of the recorded bond. Notwithstanding the terms of the contract or any other law governing prompt
payment for construction services, the public entity may not make a payment to the contractor until the
contractor has complied with this paragraph."
CONTRACTOR
SURETY
�) �ySTr�.vc" �c�vrfro,e.syT--�c. nEv�ro�✓rs Suu,-�,�N� �,o�..,,,t� C�
[Keystone Excavators, Inc] [name]'
37( Sc•a�t�ar .B�-vv /%7%/ GOWA-N �ji/E. Suirf /00
OLDSrNif�t� FL ✓�`�'G77 SR✓i�c L'� 9s-d/S%
[374 Scarlett Blvd. Oldsmar, FL] (principal business add�ess]
8/3- �5Y Z3`f2 �%Z 7� 82L - 5�/O
[813-854-2342] [phone'number] ��727) 7�!-q7g7
PROJECT NAME: [Druid Trail Phase N]
OWNER
City of Clearwater
Engineering Dept.
100 S. Myrtle Avenue
Clearwater, FL 33756
(727)562-4747
PROJECT NO.: [#04-0021-PY FPID 432580-1-58-01]
PROJECT DESCRIPTION: [This Local Agency Program (LAP) Project with FDOT is for the
construction of 8 ft. wide asphalt biking & pedestrial trail of approx. 15,SOO linear feet in length with site
preparation work, conflict relocation, asphalt placement, drainage work, concrete flatwork & roadway
improvements]
BY THIS BOND, We, �j �y,57'pN�, �;�c,4�,4Toe5, �,,�c , as Contractor, and
�v�.,oF�S S� h«n�p�uµ� �,.,� , a corporation, as Surety, are bound to the
City of Clearwater, lorida, herein cal d Owner, in the sum of $[3,126,188.51], for payment of which we
bind ourselves, our heirs, personal representatives, successors, and assigns, jointly and severally.
THE CONDITION OF THIS BOND is that if Contractor:
1. Performs the contract dated , between Contractor and Owner far
construction of [Druid Trail Phase IV], the contract documents being made a part of this bond by
reference (which include the Advertisement for Bids, Proposal, Contract, Surety Bond,
Instructions to Bidders, General Conditions, Plans, Technical Specifications and Appendix, and
such alterations as may be made in said Plans and Specifications as therein provided for}, at the
times and in the manner prescribed in the contract; and
2. Promptly makes payments to all claimants, as defined in Section 255.05(1), Florida Statutes,
supplying Contractor with labor, materials, or supplies, used directly or indirectly by Contractor
in the prosecution of the work provided for in the contract; and
� SECTION V Updated: 2/6/2017
•
•
229
Bond No.: /�z9�3P
PUBLIC CONSTRUCTION BOND
�2)
3. Pays Owner all losses, damages, expenses, costs, and attorney's fees, including appellate
proceedings, that Owner sustains because of a default by Contractor under the contract; and
4. To the limits of § 725.06(2), Florida Statutes, shall indemnify and hold harmless Owner, their
officers and employees, from liabilities, damages, losses and costs, including, but not limited to,
reasonable attorney's fees, to the extent caused by the negligence, recklessness, or intentional
wrongful misconduct of Contractor and persons employed or utilized by Contractor in the
performance of the construction contract; and
5. Performs the guarantee of all work and materials furnished under the contract for the time
specified in the contract, then this bond is void; otherwise it remains in full force.
6. Any action instituted by a claimant under this bond for payment must be in accordance with the
notice and time limitation provisions in Section 255.05(2), Florida Statutes.
7. Any changes in or under the contract documents and compliance or noncompliance with any
formalities connected with the contract or the changes does not affect Surety's obligation under
this bond, and Surety does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension of time, alteration
or addition to the terms of the contract or to the work or to the specifications.
IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, witness the hands and seals of the parties hereto this �day of
(!�''.�'v�IBS�e- , 2��
(If sole Ownership or Partnership, two (2) Witnesses required).
(If Corporation, Secretary only will attest and affix seal).
WI SS:
Co orate Secretary or Witness
P nt Name: �'saµ,� }� . �b2l�lWf�t-T
,. �z ate seal)
5� ''�MNM1�y�N�
i ��
,��'' .` „•'•°�F�,��►
�` �..• •.
_ . �, �o�;�^ 4:
., . �
.. c�, �
;� f , o ,.,, rt� -v : � _
�
?� cL 1j o� ; �; c
� `'' � r;, �� , ' �
� ". . • , '�;`
,,,
,,.•� • �.
. .....
�:._
• SECTION V
(Keystone
By:
Title:
Print N�
WITNESS:
Print Name:
By: U�� � ,. - � � �
ATTORNEY-IN�A „y �'j `" Q
Print Name: .�' '• � r
:�,' •' ?f :
,, �, ` � . , k .� �,� `��.
(affix corporate seal) • , .�•`
�I�''���,��.���.a���• ,.
(Power ofAttorney must be attached) ` •"'""�
Updated: 2/6/2017
•
POWER OF ATfORNEY FOR
DEVELOPERS SURETYAND INDEMNITY COMPANY
PO Box 19725, IRVII�, CA 92623 (949) 263-3300
KNOW ALL BY THESE PRESENTS that except as expresaty limited, DEVELOPERS SURETY AND INDEMNITY COMPANY, does hereby make, constitute and appoint:
"'Warren M. Shrum Jr.`*'
as its true and hawful Altomey(s}infact, lo make, execute, deliver and adcnowledge, iw and ai behaH of said corpora6on, as surety, bonds, underfakings and contrads of suretyship
9m� �d granting ur�o said Altomey(s}in-Fact full power a� authorily W do and to perform every act necessary, requisite or proper to be done in connection therewith as each of said
�oRroration oould do, but reserving to each of said corpora6on tull power of substitu6on and revoca6on, and all of the ads of said AQomey(s)-in.Fact, {wrsuant bo these presenls, are
heeeby retified ar�l c�firtrted.
This Pow�er of Attomey is gran6ed and is sigr�ed by iacsimde urxler and by authwity of the idbwirg resdution adopted by the Board of Diredors of �VELOPERS SURETY AND
IN�INITY COMPANY, etfective as of Jarwary tst, 2008.
RESOLVED, that a combination of arry hw of tlie Chairman of the Board, the President, any Executive Yice-President, Seniw Yce-Pres�lent a Vice-President of the
corpaation be, and that �ch of them hereby is, auUwrized b execute this Power of At6orney, qualifying tlie attomey(s) named in the Power ofAflaney to execute, on behalf of tlie
corpora6on, bonds, undertakings and con7ads of suretyship; and that the Secre�ry or any AssistaM Sepetary of the owporation be, and each of (hem hereby is, authorized to adest the
execution of arry such Pov�r ofAaomey;
RESOLVED, FURTHER, that the signahues oF such officers may be affaed lo arry such Pourer of A�Omey or to airy certificate �elating thereto by facsimile, and any such
Power ofAllomey or ceitificate yearing such fatsimile signahuas shall be val'�d and binding upon Uie corporation vvhen so aff�ced and in tlie tuhrte with resped to any bond, ur�derfaking
or conUac� of suretyship to whidi it is alhdched.
�: e�._��.....�
' �nie� rot,�,
��G�
; ay: r. 0�
Mark La d
�,• '�,, ' ..
''��„��..�
•
SfaOa of Califomia
Camly of Orange
SURETYAND INDEMNITY COMPANY has pused Ihese presents to be signed by its officers and aUested by its Secretary orAssistaM
notary public or other officer completing this certficate verifies only the identitv of the individuai umn c���o� rtia
which this
notthe
or validity of that
On Februarv 6 2017 ye� �, Lucille Ravmond Noharv PuMic
Date Here Maert Name aM 7IAe of rie OIAar
personalty appeared Danie� Youn and Mark Lansdon
Nare�s) dSlg�er(s)
LUC� ILL� NO
Commi�sion s 20at94S
� Notary Pubkc - C�INond�
Ofuipe CouM�r ..
M Comm. Ex ires Oet 13 2t1t8
Placs Notary Sea� Above
wru��i�,s ',�/i
_ �1iJ � h
�' �� `��
k Br� �
7
�r�'�� '�TS-1004 (b2JT� , , i : �
"t . . ' ` ` .
� •',.
��'�r��n��s�•����,,
�
who proved to me on U�e b�is pf satisfactory evidence Go be the person(s) whose name(s) islare sut�acribed
to the within ir�strument ar�d adcnowledged to me that he/she/tliey executed the same in hislherN�ir auHwrized
capacity(ies), and that by hismedlheir signalure(s) on the instrurt�ent the person(s), or the en6ty upon behaff of
wn�cn u�e Person(s� acced, exeated the inshvmenk
I certify under PENALTY OF pER,►URY under the laws of the State of Calrfomia that the foregoing paragraph is
true and carect.
WITNESS my hand and official seal.
Signature
Lucill9 , ond, Notary Public
CERTIFICATE
3ecretary orAssishant Seaetary of DEVELOPERS SURETYAND INDEMNITY CAMPANY or INDEMNITY COMPANY Of CALIFORNIA, does hereby
remeins in fulf fo� and I�as not been revdced ar�d, fuNierrtiae, tlrat tlte provisions of fhe resolutior�s of fhe r�pective 8oards af Diredors of
r of Attomey are in foroe as of the date of this Ceitificate.
// � , , �....�...�.,,,��
in the City of Irvina, Cali(omia, this tlay of December pp�7 ,,�SV ANDI,�O �
`� J; �oRpoR9?�F�2 �
� '� 31936 ��=
shant : o : o :
•, �;�ck�o�:�ya ,•
•
•
PUBLIC WORH PERFORMANCE AND PAYMENT BpND FRONT PAGE
"This bond is given to comply with Section 255.05 Florida Statutes, and any action
instituted by a claimant under this bond for payment must be in accordance with the
notice and time limitation provisions in Section 25S.OS(2), Florida Statutes."
BOND NO.:
CONTRACTOR NAME:
CONTRACTOR ADDRESS:
CONTR.ACTOR PHONE NO.:
SURETY COMPANY:
SURETY COMPANY ADDRESS:
SURETY COMPANY PHONE NQ.:
SURETY AGENT:
SURETY AGENT ADDRESS:
SURETY AGENT PHONE NO.:
OWNER NAME:
OWNER ADDRESS:
OWNER PHONE NO:
BOND AMOUNT:
CONTRACT NO.: (1f applicable)
DESCRIPTION OF WORK:
PROJECT ADDRESS:
LEGAL DESCRIPTION: (If available)
482943P
Reystone Excavators, Inc.
371 Scarlet Blvd., Oldsmar, FL 34677
(813} 854-2342
Developers Surety and Indemnity Company
17771 Cowan Ave., Suite 100, Irvine, CA 92614
(727) 822-5610
The Shrum Agency
2227 Pinnacle Circle N., Palm Harbor, FL 346$4
(727) 781-9797
City of Clearwater
100 S. Myrtl,e Avenue, Cleazwater, FL 33756
(727) 562-4747
$ 3,126,188.51
Dnzid 'IYail Phase N
Project No.: #04-0021-PY FPID 432580-1-58-01
City of Clearwater, Florida
All other Bond page(s) are deemed subsequent to this page regardless of any page
number(s) that may be pre-printed thereon.
230
CONTRACT
(1)
• This CONTRACT macle and entered into this I�day of °,` " t` , 2017 by and between the City
of Clearwater, Florida, a municipal corporation, hereinafter designated as the "City", and
i�Etf.S%� E,Xc,y/.�o25, s.�c , of the City of Oc.DS,c.�,t2, County of
pi uEwts and State of Florida, hereinafter designated as the "Contractor".
�
[C}r, i� out 4f state:j
WITNESSETH:
That the parties to this contract each in consideration of the undertakings, promises and agreements on the
part of the other herein contained, do hereby undertake, promise and agree as follows:
The Contractor, and his or its successors, assigns, executors or administrators, in consideration of the
sums of money as herein after set forth to be paid by the City and to the Contractor, shall and will at their
own cost and expense perform all labor, furnish all materials, tools and equipment for the following:
PROJECT NAME: [Druid Trail Phase IV]
PROJECT NO.: [04-0021-PR, FPID 432580-1-58-01]
in the amount of $ 3,126.188.51
In accordance with such proposal and technical supplemental specifications and such other special
provisions and drawings, if any, which will be submitted by the City, together with any advertisement,
instructions to bidders, general conditions, technical specifications, proposal and bond, which may be
hereto attached, and any drawings if any, which may be herein referred to, are hereby made a part of this
contract, and all of said work to be performed and completed by the contractor and its successors and
assigns shall be fully completed in a good and workmanlike manner to the satisfaction of the City.
If the Contractor should fail to comply with any of the terms, conditions, provisions or stipulations as
contained herein within the time specified far completion of the wark to be performed by the Contractor,
then the City, may at its option, avail itself of any or all remedies provided on its behalf and shall have the
right to proceed to complete such wark as Contractor is obligated to perform in accordance with the
provisions as contained herein.
• SECTION V Updated: 2/6/2017
231
CONTRACT
(2>
� THE CONTRACTOR AND HIS OR TTS SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS DOES HEREBY
AGREE TO ASSUME THE DEFENSE OF ANY LEGAL ACTION WHICH MAY BE BROUGHT
AGAINST THE CITY AS A RESULT OF THE CONTRACTOR'S ACTIVITIES ARISING OUT
OF THIS CONTRACT AND FURTHERMORE, IN CONSIDERATION OF THE TERMS,
STIPULATIONS AND CONDITIONS AS CONTAINED HEREIN, AGREES TO HOLD THE
CITY FREE AND HARMLESS FROM ANY AND ALL CLAIMS FOR DAMAGES, COSTS OF
SUITS, JUDGMENTS OR DECREES RESULTING FROM ANY CLAIMS MADE UNDER THIS
CONTRACT AGAINST THE CITY OR THE CONTRACTOR OR THE CONTRACTOR'S SUB
CONTRACTORS, AGENTS, SERVANTS OR EMPLOYEES RESULTING FROM ACTIVITIES
BY THE AFOREMENTIONED CONTRACTOR, SUB CONTRACTOR, AGENT SERVANTS
OR EMPLOYEES, TO THE LIMITS OF § 725.06(2).
In addition to the foregoing provisions, the Contractor agrees to conform to the fotlowing requirements:
In connection with the performance of work under this contract, the Contractor agrees not to discriminate
against any employee or applicant for employment because of race, sex, religion, color, or national origin.
The aforesaid provision shall include, but not be limited to, the following: employment, upgrading,
demotion, or transfer; recruitment or recruitment advertising; lay off or termination; rates of pay or other
forms of compensation; and selection for training, including apprenticeship. The Contractor agrees to post
hereafter in conspicuous places, available for employees or applicants for employment, notices to be
provided by the contracting officer setting forth the provisions of the non discrimination clause.
The Contractor further agrees to insert the foregoing provisions in a11 contracts hereunder, including
contracts or agreements with labor unions and/or worker's representatives, except sub contractors for
� standard commercial supplies or raw materials.
It is mutually agreed between the parties hereto that time is of the essence of this contract, and in the
event that the work to be performed by the Contractor is not completed within the time stipulated herein,
it is then further ageed that the City may deduct from such sums or compensation as may be due to the
Contractor the sum of �1.000.00 ner dav for each day that the work to be performed by the Contractor
remains incomplete beyond the time limit specified herein, which sum of $1,000.00 aer dav shall only
and solely represent damages which the City has sustained by reason of the failure of the Contractor to
complete the work within the time stipulated, it being further agreed that this sum is not to be construed
as a penalty but is only to be construed as liquidated damages for failure of the Contractor to complete
and perform all work within the time period as specified in this contract.
It is further mutually agreed between the City and the Contractor that if, any time after the execution of
this contract and the public construction bond which is attached hereto for the faithful performance of the
terms and conditions as contained herein by the Contractor, that the City shall at any time deem the surety
or sureties upon such public construction bond to be unsatisfactory or if, for any reason, the said bond
ceases to be adequate in amount to cover the performance of the work the Contractor shall, at his ar its
own expense, within ten (10) days after receipt of written notice from the City to do so, furnish an
additional bond or bonds in such term and amounts and with such surety or sureties as shall be
satisfactory to the City. If such an event occurs, no further payment shall be made to the Contractar under
the terms and provisions of this contract until such new or additional security bond guaranteeing the
faithful performance of the work under the terms hereof shall be completed and furnished to the City in a
form satisfactory to it.
� SECTION V Updated: 2/6/2017
�
�
232
CONTRACT
(3)
In addition to all other contract requirements as provided by law, the contractor executing this agreement
agrees to comply with public records law.
IF THE CONTRACTOR HAS QUESTIONS REGARDING THE APPLICATION OF
CHAPTER 119, FLORIDA STATUTES, THE CONTRACTORS DUTY TO PROVIDE
PUBLIC RECORDS RELATING TO THIS CONTRACT. CONTACT THE CUSTODIAN OF
PUBLIC RECORDS AT 727-562-4092, Rosemarie.Call(a�mvclearwater.com,
ll2 S. Osceola Ave., Clearwater, FL 33756
The contractor's ageement to comply with public records law applies specifically to:
a) Keea and maintain nublic records reauired bv the Citv of Clearwater (hereinafter "public
agencv") to perform the service being provided bv the contractor hereunder.
b) Upon request from the uublic agencv's custodian of nublic records. provide the uublic a�encv
with a conv of the reauested records or allow the records to be insaected or coaied within a
reasonable time at a cost that does not ezceed the cost nrovided for in Chauter 119, Florida
Statutes. as mav be amended from time to time, or as otherwise nrovided bv law.
c) Ensure that the aublic records that are exempt or contidential and ezemut from public records
disclosure repuirements are not disclosed ezceat as authorized bv law for the duration of the
contract term and following comnletion of the contract if the contractor does not transfer the
records to the aublic agencv.
d) Uaon comaletion of the contract , transfer. at no cost. to the public agencv all public records in
nossession of the contractor or keen and maintain aublic records required bv the public aEencv
to perform the service. If the contractor transfers all nublic records to the public agencv unon
completion of the contract, the contractor shall destrov anv duplicate nublic records that are
ezemat or confidential and exempt from aublic records disclosure reauirements. If the
contractor keeps and maintains nublic records upon comaletion of the contract, the contractor
shall meet all apnlicable requirements for retainin� nublic records. All records stored
electronically must be nrovided to the nublic aeencv, upon request from the uublic asencv's
custodian of pu6lic records. in a format that is comnatible with the information technologv
svstems of the nublic agencv.
e) A request to insnect or copv nublic records relatins to a public agencv's contract for services
must be made directiv to the public agencv. If the aublic agencv does not possess the reauested
records, the public a�encv shall immediatelv notifv the contractor of the request and the
contractor must nrovide the records to the nublic agencv or allow the records to be insaected or
copied within a reasonable time.
t) The contractor herebv acknowled¢es and agrees that if the contractor does not complv with the
public a�encv's request for records, the nublic agency shall enforce the contract provisions in
accordance with the contract.
g) A contractor who faiLs to provide the nublic records to the public agencv within a reasonable
time may be subiect to penalties under Section 119.10, Florida Statutes.
h) If a civil action is filed against a contractor to comnel uroduction of aublic records relatin� to a
public asencv's contract for services, the court shall assess and award a�ainst the contractor
the reasonable costs of enforcement. including reasonable attornev fees, if:
� SECTION V Updated: 2/6/2017
i
CJ
�
i)
J)
233
CONTRACT
(4)
1. The court determines that the contractor unlawfullv refused to comulv with the nublic
records request within a reasonable time; and
2. At least 8 business davs before filing the action. the plaintiff nrovided written notice of
the nublic records request, including a statement that the contractor has not comnlied
with the request. to the public a�encv and to the contractor.
A notice comalies with subaaragraqh (h)2. if it is sent to the qublic agencv's custodian of qublic
records and to the contractor at the contractor's address listed on its contract with the public
agencv or to the contractor's re�istered a�ent. Such notices must be sent bv common carrier
deliverv service or bv registered. Global Exnress Guaranteed, or certified mail. with nostage or
shipQing paid bv the sender and with evidence of deliverv. which mav be in an electronic
format.
A contractor who comalies with a public records request within 8 business davs after the notice
is sent is not lia6le for the reasonable costs of enforcement.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties to the agreement have hereunto set their hand seals and
ha�e executed this Agreement, the day and year first above written. �Wa
CITY OF CLEARWATER
IN PINELLAS COUNTY, FLORIDA
BY� f �,l�Lrc.t.ry�. �. �'
William B. Horne, II �
City Manager Attest:
Countersigned:
By. � �� ��e l� GP �t��o S
George N. Cretekos,
Mayor
Contractor must indicate whether:
� Corporation, Partnership,
`�,p,,...,rE
�,.,,, P�
�� ��I �/, =_'
.`
,�. ' -
V ..�.
'�c.�B��S�HE��i
� �,�2.L-�'1�1,Q,�2 u..- �. �"��J'�
Rosemarie Call
City Clerk
Approve as to
Matt e M. Smith
Assistant City Atto y
:
Tltle:
Company, or Individual
� �����4N�
; � �,^� ' ' t:
P: ...�����•
, ,`��'�� :Ja. •��.�'4(
i
�E��„ � � p � .
.
- � �—t,��� � _
�' �. 1t' I� �- Q •
: �"•.,— � .'
The person signing shall, in his own handwriting, sign the Principal's name, his own n e���q�d his1tttl�;'��
where the person is signing for a Corporation, he must, by Affidavit, show his authori�birid'�tl��,,,,w��,...�
Corporation - provide Affidavit. �
SECTION V Updated: 2/6/2017
�
234
CONSENT OF SURETY TO FINAL PAYMENT
TO OWNER: City of Clearwater
Engineering Dept.
100 S. Myrtle Ave.
Clearwater, FL 33756
PROJECT NAME: Druid Trail Phase IV
PROJECT NO.: 04-0021-PR, FPID 432580-1-58-01
CONTRACT DATE: � �
BOND NO. : f 1, recorded in O.R. Book U,
Page [�, of the Public Records of Pinellas County, Florida.
CONTRACTOR: Keystone Excavators, Inc.
Pursuant to § 255.05(11), Florida Statutes, and in accordance with the provisions of the Contract between
the Owner and the Contractor as indicated above, the:
�insert name of SuretyJ
[addressJ
[addressJ
on bond of
Keystone Excavators, Inc.
371 Scarlett Blvd. Oldsmar, FL 34677
,SURETY,
,CONTRACTOR,
hereby approves of the final payment to the Contractor, and agrees that final payment to the Contractor
shall not relieve Surety of any of its obligations to
City of Clearwater
Engineering Dept.
100 S. Myrtle Ave.
Clearwater, FL 33756
as set forth in said Surety's bond.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Surety has hereunto set its hand this _ day of ,
Attest:
(Seal):
(Surety)
(Signature of authorized representative)
(Printed name and title)
,OWNER,
� SECTION V Updated: 2/6/2017
�
235
PROPOSALBID BOND
(No# to be filled out if a certified check is submitted)
KNOWN ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That we, the undersigned, Keystone Excavators, Inc.
as Contractor, and Developers surety and
Indemnity Company as Surety, whose address is � 777 � Cowan Ave. ,
suite 100, zrvine, CA 92614 , are held and firmly bound unto the City
of Clearwater, Florida, in the sum of Dollars
($ )(being a minimum of 10% of Contractor's total bid amount) for the payment of
which, well and truly to be made, we hereby jointly and severally bind ourselves, our heirs, executors,
administrators, successors and assigns.
The condition of the above obligation is such that if the attached Proposal of xeystone �cavators, znc.
as Contractor, and �velopers Surety and Indemnity Companyas Surety,
for work specified as: Druid Trail Phase zv
Project Number: 04-0021-PR .
ail as stiputated in said Proposal, by doing atl work incidental thereto, in accordance with the plans and
specifications provided herefor, all within Pinellas County, is accepted and the contract awarded to the
above named bidder, and the said biddex shall within ten days after notice of said award enter into a
contract, in writing, and furnish the required Public Construction Bond with surety or sureties to be
approved by thc City Manager, this obligation shall be void, otherwise the same shall be in full force and
virtue by law and the full amount of this ProposalBid Bond will be paid to the City as stipulated or
liquidated damages.
•Principal must indicate whether:
X Corporation
Partnership
Company
or
Individual
Signed this 20� day of July , 2Q17 ,
The person signing shall, in his own handwriting,
sign the Principal's name, his own name, and his
title; where the person is signing for a
Corporation, he must, by Affidavit, sho� his
authority to bind the Corporation — provide
Affidavit.
•
Keystone Excavators, Inc.
Contractor
Principa
By: ,
it e Robert C. Fornwalt, Pre�j.�
Surety and
Warren M. Sh
Attorney-in-
POWER OF ATfORNEY FOR
DEVELOPERS SURETY ANQ INDEMNITY COMPANY
PO Boz 19725, �, CA92G23 (949) 26�3300
KNOW ALL BY THESE PRESENTS U�at except as e�ressly limi6ed, DEVELOPERS SURETY ANO INDEMNffY COMPANY, does hereby malce, constitute and appoint:
'""Warren M. Shrum Jr."`
� as iLs true and law(ul Attomey(s}infact, to make, execute, deliv� a� adcrroMrledge, tor aM on behalf of said corporation, as surety, baxis, undertakings and conUacts of sureiyship
giving and g�an6ng unto said AUomey(s}in-Fed futl power arnl auUrorily b do and to perform every act necessary, requisite or proper � be done in oonnecfion therewith as each of said
coiporation couid do, but reservirg to �ch of said mrpaation tatl paver of substiWtion and revocation, and all of Ihe acls of said At[omey(sj-in-Fact, pursuant to fhese presents, are
herebyratified andcbnfirtned.
This Pow� ofAtGariey is granled and is signed by hxsim�e under and by aulhordy of Ihe folbwing resdution adopted by ihe BoaN of Diredors of DEVELOPERS SURETY AND
INDEMNITY COMPANY, eHective as M Ja�wary ist, 2006.
RESOLVED, that a combination of airy laro af ihe Chairman of the Baerd, Uie President, any Exeative vc�President, Senar Yoe�President or �ca-President of the
corpora6on be, and lhat each of ihem hereby is, aulhorized lo execute this Power of AlQomey, q�lifying fhe attomey(s) named in the Power of Attomey to execute, on behalf of the
corpaation, baKls, underhakiigs and contrads of suretyship; and tliat Ure Secrelary a arry Assi�nt Seaetary oF tlie cwporation be, and each of tl�em hereby is, authorized lo attast the
execution oF any such Power of Altanay;
RESO�VED, FURTHER, fhat ihe signahees of such officers may be ai(aed EO any such Power of Alkomey or to any certificate relating thereto by facsimile, �d a�ry such
Poarer of Allaney or certif'�cate beanng such farsimite signatures shail be valid and binding upon M�e corporation when so a�xed and in the i�ure v�lh raspect to arry baid, underlaking
or co�act of suretysttip to which it is aGached.
�Staba of Calikomia
County of Or�ge
On Februan 6, 2017 �,�, Lucille Ravmond Notan PuMic
DaOa Here Nsert Name aid 7itle dtl�e OlAcer
persa�alty appeared Daniel Younn and Mark Lansdon
�I$) ��Ig)
�uciue Eu►vAat�o
Con�ras� #� 20l1415
� ��1► PubNc - C�I�an�
�Onnpe CoutMr
�Mx C^rmn. Ex ires Oct 13 2018 �
Piace Ndary S�I Above
��.... ,
��Th��c�
ry orAssistant
who proved ho me on tlie basis of satisfac�ory evidence to be the person(s} xrtrose �me(s} is/are subsaibed
to tlie wilhin instrument arW adc�ged to me tlrat helst�e/tl�ey euecuted tl�e same in hisihernheir authained
capacily(i�), and �at by hisRierAheir signature(s) on the instrument it�e person(s), or the entity upon behatf of
which the person(s) ac�ed, eueated the inshument
I cartify under PENALN OF PERJURY under the laws of Uie State of Califomia that tl�e foregoirn� �ragraph is
true and carect.
WITNESS my hand arid offidai seal. I'
Signature
Lucille ond, Notary Public
CERi1FICATE
tary or Assistant Seaetary of DEVELOPERS SURETY AND INDEMNITY COMPANY or INDEMNfTY COMPANY OF CAL�FORNIA, does hereby
iey remains in iull force and has not been revolced and, iuAhermore, Ihat the provisions of the resolutions of the respec6ve Boards of Diredors of
of Attomey are in face as of the date of this Certificate.
is execbted in the City of kvine, Califomia, this
..3�
�.-���;a.��
� ���. d►ya
• 1 � .
,,�
. ..•1����',
•
���...�o�.,,,��
20tlt �Y� July � 2017 • :�Jp�.�vAoi�a�t`�':
;�°"P '�;-�i :
= W=� 1936 `�''
:°�•:�,�����D =
���'��...::,,; :'����
•
•
236
AFFIDAVIT
(To be filled in and executed if the bidder is a corporation)
STATE OF FLORIDA )
COUNTY OF /N L.�.rt S
—� -iwiv /1 •
Secretary of
a corporation orga iz
its principal office at:
being duly sworn, deposes and says that he/she is
�
and existing under and by virtue of the laws of the State of Florida, and having
_ 37/ .�¢e�r` 8�ra D�v�s,r��. �?,vs�,s �'�
(Street & Number) (City) (County) (State)
Affia�t further says that he is familiar with the records, minute books and by-laws of
(Name'of Corporation)
Affiant further says that ��%'C. 7�7,Q�/�y,tl�T- is �,(,��y��y5—
(Officer's Name) (Title)
of the corporation, is duly authorized to sign the Proposal forT���p ��jL ��,,�r�,�,� A�G10?,/—�
or said corporation by virtue of �,5
(stat whether a provision of by laws or a Resolution of
Board of Directors. If by Resolution give date of adoption).
!Lr G
ffiant
Sworn to before me this a,l,��day of ���y , 20�.
�> >� � . .. L_ ��.._�
• . ' �
Type/print/stamp name of Notary
Title or rank, and Serial No., if any
���'�p Notary p��jC State of Florida
Nancy Herg James
My Commission FF Ogg7gg
os� Expires02l2il20t8
237
NON COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT
STATE OF FLORIDA )
� COUNTY OF /
_��T" C. �'2�it1(�VL4�L'T' being, first duly sworn, deposes and says that he is
�
T�I.j�yi/�' of � XES t7J�+4birt?a.4,�, z..�� �
the party making the foregoing Proposal or Bid; that such Bid is genuine and not collusive or sham: that
said bidder is not financially interested in or otherwise affiliated in a business way with any other bidder
on the same contract; that said bidder has not colluded, conspired, connived, or agreed, directly or
indirectly, with any bidders or person, to put in a sham bid or that such other person shall refrain from
bidding, and has not in any manner, directly or indirectly, sought by agreement or collusion, or
communication or conference, with any person, to fix the bid price or affiant or any other bidder, or to fix
any overhead, profit or cost element of said bid price, or that of any other bidder, or to secure any
advantage against the City of Clearwater, Florida, or any person or persons interested in the proposed
contract; and that all statements contained in said proposal or bid are true; and further, that such bidder
has not directly or indirectly submitted this bid, or the contents thereof, or divulged information or data
relative thereto to any association or to any member or agent th of.
Affiant
Sworn to and subscribed before me this � day of � �\u , 20�.
�.s�,•�..�a «.�,� �
Notary Publi
��� Notary Public State of Florida
. Nancy Herg James
My Commiasion FF 089�58
��w� Expiros02i21/2o�8
•
�
238
PROPOSAL
(1)
TO THE CITY OF CLEARWATER, FLORIDA, for
Keystone Excavators, Inc.
371 Scarlet Blvd.
OLDSMAR, FLORIDA 34677
DRiTID TRAI�C. �HASE IV j�Zl-P1L1
and doing such other work incidental thereto, all in accordance with the contract documents, marked
DRU�D T1tAIL �'HASE IV [i+���-1�51
Every bidder must take notice of the fact that even though his proposal be accepted and the documents
signed by the bidder to whom an award is made and by those officials authorized to do so on behalf of the
City of Cleazwater, Florida, that no such award or signing shall be considered a binding contract without
a certificate from the Finance Director that funds are available to cover the cost of the work to be done, or
without the approval of the City Attorney as to the form and legality of the contract and all the pertinent
documents relating thereto having been approved by said City Attorney; and such bidder is hereby charged
with this notice.
The signer of the Proposal, as bidder, also declares that the only person, persons, company or parties
interested in this Proposal, are named in this Proposal, that he has cazefully examined the Advertisement,
Instructions to Bidders, Contract Specifications, Plans, Supplemental Specifications, General Conditions,
Special Provisions, and Public Construction Bond, that he or his representative has made such
investigation as is necessary to determine the character and extent of the work and he proposes and agrees
that if the Proposal be accepted, he will contract with the City of Clearwater, Florida, in the form of
contract; hereto annexed, to provide the necessary labor, materials, machinery, equipment, tools or
apparatus, do all the work required to complete the contract within the time mentioned in the General
Conditions and according to the requirements of the City of Clearwater, Florida, as herein and hereinafter
set forth, and furnish the required surety bonds for the following prices to wit:
239
PROPOSAL
�2)
If the foregoing Proposal sha11 be accepted by the City of Clearwater, Florida, and the undersigned shall
• fail to execute a satisfactory contract as stated in the Advertisement herein attached, then the City may, at
its option determine that the undersigned has abandoned the contract, and thereupon this Proposal shall
be null and void, and the certified check or bond accompanying this Proposal, sha11 be forfeited to become
the property of the City of Clearwater, Florida, and the full amount of said check shall be retained by the
City, or if the Proposal Bond be given, the full amount of such bond shall be paid to the City as stipulated
or liquidated damages; otherwise, the bond or certified check accompanying this Proposal, or the amount
of said check, shall be returned to the undersigned as specified herein.
hereto is bon r certified check on �G✓Cto�7G,S !� �nrv ��,y�r�
h!y Bank, for the sum of
�
(being a minimum of 10% of Contractor's total bid amount).
�$
The full names and residences of all persons and parties interested in the foregoing bid are as follows:
(If corporation, give the names and addresses of the President and Secretary. If firm or partnership, the
names and addresses of the members or partners. The Bidder shall list not only his name but also the name
of any person with whom bidder has any type of agreement whereby such person's improvements,
enrichment, employment or possible benefit, whether sub contractor, materialman, agent, supplier, or
employer is contingent upon the awazd of the contract to the bidder).
NAMES: ADDRESSES:
/, ,
� � � , , . � _ 7 .� ✓ <<�..i �
��/� � -��l�i,��LT .�"! / .--`�teTBi r�� �Lv�✓rEl GC 3NGT7
•
240
PROPOSAL
(3)
The person signing shall, in his own handwriting, sign the Principal's name, his own name and his title.
• Where the person signing for a corporation is other than the President or Vice President, he must, by
affidavit, show his authority, to bind the corporation.
Princip�l:
:
�
Title: ���� Da� T
Company Legal l�ame: � ��d,�F' �Xcrf �,4Taits , S�►[c.
Doing Business As (if different than above): �/,F
Business Address of Bidder: .3%l _�x�[�i �i✓,�
City and State: �L7?''_�r�I�i�C. _ srL Zip Code ,,,3�77
Phone: �/.3— 8��{- Z,3��- Email Address: ��,�rt»,✓e��,�,�vK�-�'o,G�r. c�oM
Dated at �L �f�.. this �� day of � T , A.D., 2Q/��.'
CJ
C�
241
CITY OF CLEARWATER
ADDENDUMSHEET
PROJECT: DRUID TRAIL PHASE IV (Q4-0021-PRl
. Acknowledgment is hereby made of the following addenda received since issuance of Plans and
Specifications.
�
�
Addendum No. _�
Addendum No. �i
Addendum No. 3
Addendum No. �
Addendum No. �
Addendum No.
Addendum No.
Addendum No.
Addendum No.
Addendum No.
Addendum No.
Date: Cp S �'�c�y' /"'r
Date: � l%� OG���I �' �
Date: � l � �G �� /�"'"
Date: � l � ��17 �
Date: �( l`� ��% ��
Date:
Date:
Date:
Date:
Date:
Date:
of Bidder)
�►;
QR � •
<,� � t�.,
• E. c�3 ...K'�
_ . � �,;; ..,,, ;..,�
.,y:
(Signature of Office )� ' '` � ��. a, � i �a
y///�� � � rS''.'t7�'' �tir �,�
I NW�L�frVf � ��r '�'[�'��� -�� aa•• � Q7r ��
(Title of Officer) �� �'• h ��
.,,,�n,��•.�M
:r� � ;,
��y z� � o� 7'
(Date)
l. J
BIDDER'S PROPOSAL
PROJECT: DRUID TRAIL PHASE IV
(CITY PROJ. NO. 04-0021-PR, FPID 432580-1-58-01)
BID ITEMS QTY iJ1vIT IJNIT PRICE TOTAL
FEDERAL PARTICIPATING PAY ITEMS — FPID 432580-1-58-01
i 101-1 Mobilization 1 LS $ �j� �ol�. $ g/ �Qo. oa
2 102-1 Maintenance of Traffic 1 LS $ so. "' $ •�{ v. 00
3 104-10-3 Sediment Barrier 15,505 LF $ ,�, $ 3��p, e,o
4 104-18 Inlet Protection System 58 EA $ ��oo $ , o�
s 110-1-1 Clearing and Grubbing 1 LS $ ���,,o $ �,6 G��,. �•
6 110-7-1 Furnish & Install Single 62 EA $ $
Mailbox $S: • 0 5�,2 f p. o 0
� 120-1 Regular Excavation 1 LS $•f 78r eo $ 7 787 ••o
s 120-6 Embankment 1 LS $ q i2, $ /•ff,�,,,.a
9 160-4 Stabilization (Type B) (6" Trail) 14,656 SY $ (,,�� $ Sq y4i/. �O
lo Crushed Concrete Base, 6" 11,896 SY $ /L. o• $ O 33G. o 0
11 285-710 Optional Base, Group 10 225 SY $ , ao $ 2 D� . ao
i2 327-70-6 Milling 1.5" Depth 7,045 SY $ ,S; �S' $ �fp j'o8. 7S
13 334-1-11 Superpave Asph. Conc. (Traffic 616.1 TN $ $
A 1" j33.00 B�, 9'i�l.3a
14 334-1-12 Type S Asphalt Pavement 618.0 TN $ ,2,2, oa $ 7S,3�yG. os
is 425-1-331 Inlet, (Curb) (Type P-3) (<10') 1 EA $ �„�,r mo $ �S: o0
16 425-1-351 Inlet, (Curb) (Type P-5) (<10') 3 EA $��rac, oo $ 2 300, o 0
1� 425-1-441 Inlet, (Curb) (Type J-4) (<10') 1 EA $ ?,� $ •� �j75,' o0
18 425-1-451 Inlet, (Curb) (Type J-5) (<10') 1 EA $ ,SjS,,� $ ,�js o�;,
19 425-1-910 Inlet, Closed Flume 1 EA $ �dp,,o $ 80. oa
20 425-2-63 Manholes, P-8 Partial 1 EA $ 2 ���o $ Z G7S. o�
2i 425-2-73 Manholes, J-7 Partial 1 EA $ ��,.. $ o. 04
2a 425-5 Manhole, Adjust 6 EA $ 7�r $ p,�
23 425-6 Valve Boxes, Adjust 36 EA $ ?�}Sa, $ 8 . o0
2a 425-7 Replace Manhole Cover 5 EA $ $(op,00 $ 3yD. o0
2s 425-11 Drainage Structure - Modify 4 EA $ $
Existin 3,'�'�'S:oa l?j D2D, o0
Pipe Culvert Optional Material
26 430-1�5-115 (Storm & Cross Drain) (Round) 14 LF $ S� �$ -�8 00
15"
Pipe Culvert Optional Material
2� 430-175-118 (Storm & Cross Drain) (Round) 102 LF $ 58, �$ SC� � �, d�,
18"
Pipe Culvert Optional Material
2s 430-175-124 (Storm & Cross Drain) (Round) 16 LF $ ?8 00 $ /� �.�8. oa
�24��)
Addendum No. 4
Page 3
July 14, 2017
CJ
•
•
BID ITEMS QTY iJNIT iJNIT PRICE TOTAL
FEDERAL PARTICIPATING PAY ITEMS – FPID 432580-1-58-01
29 Type 1 Curb 7,013 LF $ �,.St� $ $S g�.,�0
3o Median Curb 314 LF $ , yrp $ S? ,�
31 Header Curb 25,446 LF $ �7 ,�S" $ 3s 9�f3. So
32 Straight Curb 854 LF $ ! S 95 $ 1 o/ 2. 50
33 522-1 Concrete Sidewalk (4") 1,578 SY $ �Z.00 $ Z.7b. o�
34 Concrete Sidewalk and
423-1 Drivewa s, 6" Thick 1,934 SY $ �. o� $ � Z/ y�,. oa
35 523-1 Patterned Pavement, Vehicular 1,499 SY $ $
Areas errin bone (Yellow) („z . ao �Z 93�. �
36 527-2 Detectable Warnings 1,729 SF $ �•� �7 $ �f,� �, S-a
3� 550-10-212 C ating� Type B, 5.0' w/ Vinyl 20 LF $ $ o�
�.�s i �,zs:
3g 570-1-2 Performance Turf, Sod 11,475 SY $ S�o $ !i ,Z�O, o0
39 630-2-11 Conduit, Furnish & Install, 171 LF $ $
O en Trench �i• S� /� !//. So
Signal Cable - New or
ao 632-7-1 Reconstructed Intersection 1 PI $� 89p, oo $ � 8��, o0
F&I
41 635-2-11 Pull and Splice Box, F&I, 13" x 4 EA $ $
24" Cover Size �`%S. oc ,3�/80. � a
a2 3-600 Wood Strain Poles, Remove 26 EA $ •r ,vo. oo $ o 00
43 646-1-11 Aluminum Signal Pole, g EA $ (��88�� ��
Pedestal 860.eo $
44 646-1-60 Aluminum Signals Pole, 4 EA $
Remove /�Sdo $ SP�. o0
Pedestrian Signal, Furnish &
ds 653-1-11 Install, LED Countdown, 1 8 AS $ 8�, oo $ G,Bgp, a o
Wa
46 653-1-60 Pedestrian Signal, Remove 6 AS $ �Soo $ S7D. o0
Rectangular Rapid Flashing
4� 654-2-22 Beacon, F&I-Solar Powered, 6 AS $ 8�, oo $ ��s�.00
Com 1. Ass .- Back-to-Back)
as 665-1-12 Pedestrian Detector, F&I, g EA $ $
Accessible 'f33,�� �!i `t�80 00
49 665-1-60 Pedestrian Detector, Remove 6 EA $ GZ•oa $ 37�..od
so 700-1-11 Single Post Sign, F&I Ground 68 AS $ $
Mount, u to 12 SF �f�'do �6�G�o• o0
si 700-1-50 Single Post Sign, Relocate 36 EA $ /po, oo $ `oo. o0
s2 700-1-64 Single Post Sign, Remove 1 EA $ ��,00 $ L,Z. o0
s3 706-3 Retro-Reflective Pavement 160 EA $ $
Markers -rf, �O / 568. o0
sa 710-17 Painted Pavement Markings, 729 SF $ oo $
Remove .�' ,3iG�:s:'oo
Addendum
�—
No. �
Page 4
July 14, 2017
ss � 711-11-123
56 � 711-11-125
s� 1 711-11-170
ss 1 711-11-224
59 � 711-14-125
60 1 711-16-101
61 711-16-201
62 711-17
63 1080-14
BID ITEMS I Q,�, I i7NIT I U1VIT pRICE I
FEDERAL PARTICII'ATING PAY ITEMS — FPID 432580-1-58-01
Thermoplastic, Standard,
White, Solid, 12" for Crosswalk 4,425 LF $ /a, oo �
and Roundabout
Thermoplastic, Standard,
White, Solid, 24" for Sto Bar 3,100 LF $ �? �S $
Thermoplastic, Standard, 3 EA $ Zjs oo $
White, Arrow
Thermoplastic, Standard,
Yellow, Solid, 18" for 357 LF $ �s� $
Dia onals and Chevrons
Thermoplastic, Preformed,
White, Solid, 24" for High 1,320 LF $ /�,so $
Em hasis Crosswalks
Thermoplastic, Standard - Other 0.044 GM $�� �Qp, oa $
Surfaces, White, Solid, 6" /
Thermoplastic, Standard - Other 0.620 GM $/9, �po. $
Surfaces, Yellow, Solid, 6"
Thermoplastic, Remove 550 SF $ /8. y0 $
Utility Fixtures, Relocate,
Water Meter 40 EA $ Z?Soo $
Utilit Fixtu es Ad' t W t
TOTAL
syr,rf ,Z,� , �o
�i `�`7� �a
(o1fS. o0
S3:SS. o0
Z� �.�o. �
B62 . �
/.z� /SZ • o0
�O, / 7S. o0
/(,000. o0
�4 1080-15 Valve Box r, �us , a er 2� EA $ �p$.00 $ /o� 935.' po
• 6s 1644-112-08 H se 6drant, F&I, STD, 2 2 E�, $ 8�,00 $ /(, Goo. o0
, �
66 1644-800 Fire Hydrant, Relocate 5 EA $,�zb�eo $ ZG 3xs: o0
SUB-TOTAL FEDERAL PARTICIPATING PAY ITEMS $�/ z�-��., .�S. .�S
NUMBERS 1 to 66 i
Addendum No. 4 Page 5 July 14, 2017
•
� J
�
FEDERAL NON-PARTICIPATING PAY ITEMS
6� 101-1 Mobilization 1 LS
.7ao. ov SOo. ca
6a 102-1 Maintenance of Traffic 1 LS �,� Zoo. v
/.Z ?�. o0
69 104-10-3 SedimentBarrier 1,778 LF �.oa ,00
�0 110-1-1 Clearing and Grubbing 1 LS ,?� 000, o0 000, oc
�i 120-1 Regular Excavation 1 LS /?�'p, oc ;tSo, o0
�2 160-4 Stabilization (Type B) (12" 2�1�g SY
Roadwa G• oo ! oG8 • mo
�3 285-710 Optional Base, Group 10 1,106 SY ,00 Z,� �iy� mo
�4 327-70-6 Milling 1.5" Depth 12,093 SY , o o !p S. o�
�s 334-1-12 Type S Asphalt Pavement 1,467.8 TN �, oc 174 07t •L o
76 Type 1 Curb 2,002 LF 1,2 • SU 'S� �S. caO
�� Valley Gutter Curb 168 LF �,�, aa O , a v
�8 520-5-11 Concrete�Traffic Separator, 159 LF
T e I, 4 Wide �/,Z.80 �i �05 ,Zo
79 522-1 Concrete Sidewalk (4") 613 SY �/. 80 �,5'62.3.�0
go Concrete Sidewalk and
523-1 Drivewa s, 6" Thick 230 SY SB �� �3� 3y�� �d
ai 527-2 Detectable Warnings 185 SF ��.Sc� �y`,S'.3r2.SC�
s2 570-1-2 Performance Turf, Sod 773 SY S� •� 3G7• y�'
s3 630-2-11 Conduit, Furnish & Install, 4 658 LF $ �j', �,f' $ p SD
O en Trench ' �3, 8G-
aa 635-2-11 Pull and Splice Box, F&I, 13" x 29 EA $ 7QS; o $ �,3,D3's o0
24" Cover Size �
as 706-3 Ma keReflective Pavement b 13 EA Q, go (�� o0 7. �o
g6 710-17 Painted Pavement Markings, 240 SF O o0
Remove �• 9 /� / 7G •
Thermoplastic, Standard,
g� 711-11-124 White, Solid, 18" for Diagonals 179 LF ��� 75- � G�, �
and Chevrons
ss 711-11-141 Thermoplastic, Standard, 0.060 GM
White, 6-10 Ga Extension /9 GOO. oo !� !?`, o0
g9 711-11-160 Thermoplastic, Standard, 9 EA ,275. oo .Z, �i'7S. �
White, Messa e or S bol
90 711-11-170 Thermoplastic, Standard, 30 EA �./Soo �, f`'S-D. ao
White, Arrow
Thermoplastic, Standard,
9t 711-11-224 Yellow, Solid, 18" for 462 LF /� 7S C,� pj�L„s"p
Dia onals and Chevrons
92 711-16-101 Thermoplastic, Standard - Other p,488 GM
Surfaces, White, Solid, 6" /�bOo, 00 1�,.5�G5� 8�
93 711-16-102 Thermoplastic, Standard - Other 0.133 GM
Surfaces, White, Solid, 8" /q boo� oo :Z� bob .$O
Addendum No. 4 Page 6 July 14, 2017
94 � 711-16-201
• 9s 711-17
Thermoplastic, Standard - Other 1.266 GM
Surfaces, Yellow, Solid, 6"
Thermoplastic, Remove 48 SF
SUBTOTAL FEDERAL NON-PARTICIPATING $
PAY ITEMS 67 to 95
�9Gpo•.a ,�Si3. Go
/8. �'o P388. on
�'�3G �z� �
Addendum No. 4 Page 7 July 14, 2017
�
�
•
SUBTOTAL ALL ITEMS 1 to 95 $ 2� g� f/� g� q. ,5-�
96 10% CONTINGENCY $ Z 8 s f� Cf �� �G
TOTAL CONSTRUCTION COST (PAY ITEMS 1 to 96) $�� l ;,�� "r „,,; .,�1
� f
. . � nn . , � .<'�`�_ � `'_•:•'r��. ;�.
CONTRACTOR: �
BIDDER'S TOTAL $ .:
BIDDER'S TOTAL $ 7
��tf6 ,Fl �lNDR�'� E!
/�G, /88. 5"/
�� �t1i�o�t D�t€ t���o�
y�/- �'"lbf�'J�T%4Zirf�.Sr4�la '�FT
;,.�
� ., ,:��
THE BIDDER'S TOTAL ABOVE IS HIS TOTAL BID BASED ON HIS iTNIT PRICES AND
LUMP SUM PRICES AND THE ESTIMATED QUANTITIES REQUIRED. THIS FIGURE IS
FOR INFORMATION ONLY AT THE TIME OF OPENING BIDS. THE CITY WILL MAKE
THE TABULATION FROM THE UNIT PRICES AND LUMP SUM PRICE BID. IF TI�EERE
IS AN ERROR IN THE TOTAL BY THE BIDDER, IT SHALL BE CHANGED AS ONLY
THE LT1vIT PRICES AND LUMP SUM PRICE SHALL GOVERN.
Addendum No. 4
Page 8
July 14, 2017
242
STATE OF FLORIDA DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION
LAP CERTIFICATION OF CURRENT CAPACITY
CONFIDENTIAL
C J
525-0'10-06
PROGRAM MANAGEMENT
12/09
Page 1 of 2
Fill in your FDOT Vendor Number
For bids to be received on ��y .� 7. ��� %
(L ttingDate) VF_____________
(Only applicable to FDOT pre-qualified contractors)
CERTIFICATE
I hereby certify that the amount of any proposal submitted by this bidder for the above letting does not exceed the amount
of the Firm's CURRENT CAPACITY (maximum capacity rating less total uncompleted work).
The total uncompleted work as shown on
the "Status of Cantracts on Hand" report (page 2)
� ♦•
i �
��r
I further certify that the "Status of Contracts on Hand" report (page 2) was prepared as follows:
1. If the letting is before the 25th day of the month, the certificate and report reflect the uncompleted work as of the 15th
day of the month, last preceding the month of the letting.
2. If the letting is after the 25th day of the month, the certificate and report reflects the uncompletes4Yv'b�'-in s as of
the 15th day of the month of the letting. '�' ''�`"` •
.� ; �'`�=_
�All new contracts (and subcontracts) awarded earlier than five days before the letting
nd charged against our total rating.
y`1 �flS7'D/1lGr E��CC�i
I certify that the information above is correct.
Sworn to and subscribed this �o day
of_ �u� , 20�
LJ
' E
;; ,�:`�;' p4
, `�+, .�
�;. �. : � ,�.. �
' NAME OF tRill �? : Vt� :�� p,: : µ,
.�
. �;. � .,,0 x 4`".
�•• ....
By:
'� �
Title
! • •
STATUS OF CONTRACTS ON HAND
(Furnish complete information about all your contracts, whether prime or subcontracts;
whether in progress or awarded, but not yet begun; and regardless of whom contracted with.)
525-010-46
PROGRAM MANAGEMENT
, z�os
Page 2 of 2
1 2 3 4 5 6
UNCOMPLETED AMOUNT TO BE DONE
PROJECTS CONTRACT (OR AMOUNT BALANCE OF BY YOU
OWNER, LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION SUBCONTRACT) SUBLET CONTRACT
AMOUNT TO OTHERS AMOUNT AS PRIME AS
CONTRACTOR SUBCONTRACTOR
G+4��s� B��:S ��i�6
�' aK.��.� S, �qi, .��� 1, z�i �3g �,��, y39
3�- c.c��- .�,G,.� �•�
� ,t.r � S�i .5.3� /,.3�.�$9�3 �, 3qs8�9
�aN,� �� w��. �c�-�� 3, 3��, y�o c� 3, .3�7, y�a� 3, �7, s�ov
�oac w�y �.r,6u.rs R��-
a� , 0 933 � �33 �a �33
G.4z� /�� � /G� oot� S G�d �S�'�c�
�e� Wi�foN TxA14 �ve6
o,�, �/st�o v 21,�00 0 � S'�av
D �,,�� o�`" airi.✓d ��lsri�k� 2Z� aov �ZffC� �-5; fx�a
NOTE: Columns 2 and 3 to show total contract (or subcontract) amounts. Column 4 to be difference TOTALS `�r l�'� �'$U.00 $0.00
between columns 2 and 3. Amount in columns 5 or 6 to be uncompleted portion of amount in column 4. All
amounts to be shown to nearest $100. The Contractor may consolidate and list as a single item all
contracts which, individually, do not exceed 3% of total, and which, in the aggregate, amount to less than TOTAL UNCOMPLETED WORK ON / �7
20°!0 of the total. HANp TO BE DONE BY YOU $0.00 l0� (���7�
(TO7AL COLUMNS 5 AND 6)
,�,,,,,,� �244
is certified that neither the below ide
eligible, or voluntarily excluded from
Mame of ConsultanUContractor:
1L��I� � � r'�`�!i�''"�•i�7i
.. - ` --
i
- �_ �-.s
ssently suspended, proposed for debarment, declared
any federal department or agency.
Instructions for Certification
Instructions for Certification - Lower Tier Participants:
(Applicable to all subcontracts, purchase orders and other lower tier transactions �equiring prior FHWA approval or estimated to
cost $25,000 or more - 2 CFR Parts 180 and 1200)
a. By signing and submitting this proposai, the prospective lower tier is providing the certification set out below.
b. The certification in this clause is a material representation of fact upon which reliance was placed when this transaction was
entered into. If it is fater determined that the prospective lower tier participant knowingly rendered an erroneous certification, in
addition to other remedies available to the Federal Govemment, the department, or agency with which this transaction originated
may pursue available remedies, including suspension and/or debarment.
c. The prospective lower tier participant shall provide immediate written notice to the person to which this proposal is submitted if
at any time the prospective lower tier participant learns that its certification was erroneous by reason of changed circumstances.
d. The terms "covered transaction," "debarred," "suspended," "ineligible," "participant," "person," "principal," and "voluntarily
excluded," as used in this clause, are defined in 2 CFR Parts 180 and 1200. You may contact the person to which this proposal
is submitted for assistance in obtaining a copy of those regulations. "First Tier Covered Transactions" refers to any covered
�nsaction between a grantee or subgrantee of Federal funds and a participant (such as the prime or general contract). "Lower
ier Covered Transactions" refers to any covered transaction under a First Tier Covered Transaction (such as subcontracts).
"First Tier Participant" refers to the participant who has entered into a covered transaction with a grantee or subgrantee of
Federal funds (such as the prime or general contractor). "Lower Tier ParticipanY' refers any participant who has entered into a
covered transaction with a First Tier Participant or other Lower Tier Participants (such as subcontractors and suppliers).
e. The prospective lower tier participant agrees by submitting this proposal that, should the proposed covered transaction be
entered into, it shall not knowingly enter into any lower tier covered transaction with a person who is debarred, suspended,
declared ineligible, or voluntarily excluded from participation in this covered transaction, uniess authorized by the department or
agency with which this transaction originated.
f. The prospe�tive lower tier participant further agrees by submitting this proposal that it will include this clause titled
"Certification Regarding Debarment, Suspension, Ineligibility and Voluntary Exclusion-Lower Tier Covered Transaction," without
modification, in all lower tier covered transactions and in all solicitations for lower tier covered transactions exceeding the
$25,000 threshold.
g. A participant in a covered transaction may rely upon a certification of a prospective participant in a lower tier covered
transaction that is not debarred, suspended, ineligible, or voluntari{y excluded from the covered transaction, unless it knows that
the certification is erroneous. A participant is responsible for ensuring that its principals are not suspended, debarred, or
otherwise ineligible to participate in covered transactions. To verify the eligibility of its principals, as well as the eligibility of any
lower tier prospective participants, each participant may, but is not required to, check the Excluded Parties List System website
(https://www.epls.govn, which is compiled by the General Services Administration.
h. Nothing contained in the foregoing shall be construed to require establishment of a system of records in order to render in
good faith the certification required by this clause. The knowledge and information of participant is not required to exceed that
which is normally possessed by a prudent person in the ordinary course of business dealings.
i. Except for transactions authorized under paragraph e of these instructions, if a participant in a covered transaction knowingly
�ters into a lower tier covered transaction with a person who is suspended, debarred, ineligible, or voluntarily excluded from
rticipation in this transaction, in addition to other remedies available to the Federal Government, the department or agency
with which this transaction originated may pursue available remedies, including suspension and/or debarment.
•
•
245
375-030-33
PROCUREMENT
10/01
CERTIFICATION FOR DISCLOSURT OF LOBBYING ACTIVITI$S
ON FLDERAL-AID CONTR.ACTS
(Compliance with 49CFR, Section 20.100 (b))
The prospective participant certifies, by signing this certification, that to the best of his or
her knowledge and belief:
(1) No federal appropriated funds have been paid or will be paid, by or on behalf of the
undersigned, to any person for influencing or attempting to influence an officer or
employee of any federal agency, a Member of Congress, an officer of employee of
Congress, or an employee of a Member of Congress in connection with the awarding of
any federal contract, the making of any federal grant, the making of any federal loan,
the entering into of any cooperative agreement, and the extension, continuation,
renewal, amendment, or modification of any federal contract, grant, loan, or cooperative
agreement.
(2) If any funds other than federal appropriated funds have been paid or will be paid to
any person for influencing or attempting to influence an officer or employee of any
federal agency, a Member of Congress, an officer or employee of Congress, or an
empfoyee of a Member of Congress in connection with this federal contract, grant, loan,
or cooperative agreement, the undersigned shall complete and submit Standard
Form-LLL, "Disclosure of Lobbying Activities", in accordance with its instructions.
(Standard Form-LLL can be obtained from the Florida Department of Transportation's
Professional Services Administrator or Procurement Office.)
This certification is a material representation of fact upon which reliance was placed
when this transaction was made or entered into. Submission of this certification is a
prerequisite for making or entering into this transaction imposed by Section 1352, Title
31, U.S. Code. Any person who fails to file the required certification shall be subjeet to
a civil penalty of not less than $10,000 and not more than $100,000 for each such
failure.
The prospective participant also agrees by submitting his or her proposal that he or she
shall require that the language of this certification be included in all lower tier�.,�,,,,�
subcontracts, which exceed $100,000 and that all such subrecipients shall��rt,��� a.,,,
discfose accordingly. �: �,''' as ����k.
,.
1 O J '����L
Name of Consultant: !`gj�.�NS EXc,l�"�'T�'�`s, .��'
By:�,4�dtr G • �iUr�Date: �c� ZG�?..roi
Title: �t;'S�O•�u'r'
. ":yl.w,. ." �.. � i
��•"s'e :•�c�• . .}y�
1 '' •.Y �..w�'!�
246
Is this form appl' e to your firm?
YES ❑ NO
If no, then plea e mplete section 4
below for "Prime"
. Type of Federaf Action: 2. Status of Federal Action: 3. Report Type:
a. contract a. bid/offer/application a. initial filing
b. grant b. initial award b. material change
c. cooperative agreement c. post-award For Material Change Only:
d.loan Year: Quarter:
e. loan guarantee Date of last report:
f. loan insurance (mm/dd/yyyy)
4. N me and Address of Reporting Entity: 5. If Reporting Entity in No. 4 is a Subawardee, Enter Name and
�Prime ❑ Subawardee Address of Prime:
Tier , if known:
✓s raivE EKc�✓�i�t_ s�r�
3 / Sc.atc.�r B�v,�
0��3�+�,�rf Fc. 3�c77
Con ressional District, if known: 4c Con ressional District, if known:
6. Federal Department/Agency: 7. Federal Program Name/Description:
CFDA Number, ifapplicab/e:
8. federal Action Number, if known: 9. Award Amount, if known:
$
0. a. Name and Address of Lobbying Registrant b. Individuals Pertorming Services (inc/uding address if
(if individual, last name, first name, M�: different from No. 10a)
(last name, first name, Mn:
.�•_ ���,•�' - .,;��
e `,�F� ^� : .7 •�.�',�F . y
�� � � �
;�fv ��r ' : { , y -.
11. Information requested through this form is authorized by title 31 �;-''' �' 4 � p� `
U.S.C. section 1352. This disclosure of lobbying activities is a Signature: ¢' �'�'
material representation of fact upon which reliance was placed h�
by the tier above when this transaction was made or entered Print Name: O x��d � '';
into. This disclosure is required pursuant to 31 U.S.C. 1352. ���`
This information will be available for public inspection. Any ry�,* ..% �'•'` '� �"
�D
person who fails to file the required disGosure shall be subject Title: E.S/ JVT •�,,�+ �` '' A.� �`���
to a civil penalty of not less than $10,000 and not more than •.,t.,. ��:�'
$� 00,000 for each such failure. Telephone No.:�l3'�';�23y2.Date (mm/d�/yyyy) 7 /�%
����} ��� �n� ; Authorized for Local Reproduction
� Standard Form LLL Rev. 7-97
��
247
INSTRUCTIONS FOR COMPLETION OF SF-LLL, DISCLOSURE OF LOBBYING ACTIVITIES
This disclosure form shall be completed by the reporting entity, whether subawardee or prime Federal recipient, at the
�nitiation or receipt of a covered Federal action, or a material change to a previous filing, pursuant to title 31 U.S.C.
ction 1352. The filing of a form is required for each payment or agreement to make payment to any lobbying entity for
nfluencing or attempting to influence an officer or employee of any agency, a Member of Congress, an officer or
employee of Congress, or an employee of a Member of Congress in connection with a covered Federal action. Complete
all items that apply for both the initial filing and material cha�ge report. Refer to the implementing guidance published by
the Office of Management and Budget for additional information.
1. Identify the type of covered Federal action for which lobbying activity is and/or has been secured to influence the
outcome of a covered Federal action.
2. Identify the status of the covered Federal action.
3. Identify the appropriate classification of this repart. If this is a followup report caused by a materia{ change to the
information previously reported, enter the yeac and quarter in which the change occurred. Enter the date of the last
previously submitted report by this reporting entity for this covered Federal action.
4. Enter the fullname, address, city, State and zip code of the reporting entity. Include Congressional District, if
known. Check the appropriate classification of the reporting entity that designates if it is, or expects to be, a prime
or subaward recipient. Identify the tier of the subawardee, e.g., the first subawardee of the prime is the 1st tier.
Subawards include but are not limited to subcontracts, subgrants and contract awards under grants.
5. If the organization filing the report in item 4 checks "Subawardee," then enter the full name, address, city, State
and zip code of the prime Federal recipient. Include Congressional District, if known.
6. Enter the name of the Federal agency making the award or loan commitment. Include at least one organizational
level below agency name, if known. For example, Department of Transportation, United States Coast Guard.
� 7. Enter the Federal program name or description for the covered Federal action (item 1). If known, enter the full
Catalog of Federal Domestic Assistance (CFDA) number for grants, cooperative agreements, loans, and loan
commitments.
8. Enter the most appropriate Federal identifying number available for the Federal action identified in item 1(e.g.,
Request for Proposal (RFP) number; Invitation for Bid (IFB) number; grant announcement number; the contract,
grant, or loan award number; the application/proposal control number assigned by the Federal agency). Include
prefixes, e.g., "RFP-DE-90-001."
9. For a covered Federal action where there has been an award or loan commitment by the Federal agency, enter
the Federal amount of the award/loan commitment for the prime entity identified in item 4 or 5.
10. (a) Enter the full name, address, city, State and zip code of the labbying registrant under the Lobbying
Disclosure Act of 1995 engaged by the reporting entity identified in item 4 to influence the covered Federal
action.
(b) Enter the full names of the individual(s) performing services, and include full address if different from 10 (a).
Enter Last Name, First Name, and Middle Initial (MI).
11. The certifying official shall sign and date the form, print his/her name, title, and telephone number.
According to the Paperwork Reduction Act, as amended, no persons are required to respond to a collection of information unless it displays a
valid OMB Control Number. The valid OMB control number for this information collection is OMB No. 0348-0046. Public reporting burden for this
collection of information is estimated to average 10 minutes per response, including time for reviewing instructions, searching existing data sources,
gathering and maintaining the data needed, and completing and reviewing the collection of information. Send comments regarding the burden
e ate or any other aspect of this collection of information, including suggestions for reducing this burden, to the Office of Management and
�t, Paperwork Reduction Project {0348-0046}, Washington, DC 20503.
248
•
ITEM/SEGMENT NO.:
F.A.P. NO.:
MANAGING DISTRICT:
PARCEL NO.:
COUNTY OF:
BID LETTING OF:
I, �f d�T C�• ��G/�f G9"" , hereby declare that I am
(NAME)
�i�5/DG'.V'T' of �cd''�sl�nr6 �XCrt�KtTo�s. T.-�tc
(TITLE) T-% (FIRM)
of �L�lrt�� �L
(CI7Y AND STATE)
and that I am the person responsible within my firm for the final decision as to the price(s) and amount of this Bid on this
State Project.
I further declare that:
1. The prices(s) and amount of this bid have been arrived at independently, without consultation,
communication or agreement, for the purpose of restricting competition with any other contractor, bidder or potential
bidder.
2. Neither the price(s) nor the amount of this bid have been disclosed to any other firm or person who is a
bidder or potential bidder on this project, and will not be so disclosed prior to the bid opening.
3. No attempt has been made or will be made to solicit, cause or induce any other firm or person to refrain from
bidding on this project, or to submit a bid higher than the bid of this firm, or any intentionally high or non-competitive bid or
�her form of complementary bid.
4. The bid of my firm is made in good faith and not pursuant to any agreement or discussion with, or
inducement from, any firm or person to submit a complementary bid.
5. My firm has not offered or entered into a subcontract or agreement regarding the purchase of materials or
services from any firm or person, or offered, promised or paid cash or anything of value to any firm or person, whether in
connection with this or any other project, in consideration for an agreement or promise by any firm or person to refrain
from bidding or to submit a complementary bid on this praject.
6. My firm has not accepted or been promised any subcontract or agreement regarding the sale of materials or
services to any firm or person, and has not been promised or paid cash or anything of value by any firm or person,
whether in connection with this or any other project, in consideration for my flrm's submitting a complementary bid, or
agreeing to do so, on this project.
7. I have made a diligent inquiry of all members, officers, employees, and agents of my firm with responsibilities
relating to the preparation, approval or submission of my firm's bid on this project and have been advised by each of them
that he or she has not participated in any communication, consultation, discussion, agreement, collusion, act or other
conduct inconsistent with any of the statements and representations made in this Declaration.
8. As required by Section 337.165, Florida Statutes, the firm has fully informed the Department of
Transportation in writing of all convictions of the firm, its affiliates (as defined in Section 337.165(I)(a), Florida Statutes),
and all directors, ofFicers, and employees of the firm and its affiliates for violation of state or federal antitrust laws with
respect to a public contract or for violation of any state or federal law involving fraud, bribery, collusion, conspiracy or
material misrepresentation with respect to a public contract. This includes disclosure of the names of current employees
of the firm or affiliates who were convicted of contract crimes while in the employ of another company.
�
249
9. I certify that, except as noted below, neither my firm nor any person associated therewith in the capacity of
owner, partner, director, officer, principal, investigator, project director, manager, auditor, and/or position involving the
administration of Federal funds:
• {a} is presently debarred, suspended, proposed for debarment, declared ineligible, or voluntarily excluded
from covered transactions, as defined in 49 CFR §29.110(a), by any Federal department or agency;
(b) has within a three-year period preceding this certification been convicted of or had a civil judgment
rendered against him or her for: commission of fraud or a criminal offense in connection with obtaining,
attempting to obtain, or performing a Federal, State or local government transaction or public contract;
violation of Federal or State antitrust statutes; or commission of embezzlement, theft, forgery, bribery,
falsification or destruction of records, making false statements or receiving stolen property;
(c) is presently indicted for or otherwise criminaliy or civifly charged by a Federal, State or local
governmental entity with commission of any of the offenses enumerated in paragraph 9(b) of this
certification; and
(d) has within a three-year period preceding this certification had one or more Federal, State or local
government public transactions terminated for cause or default.
10. I(We), certify that I(We), shall not knowingly enter into any transaction with any subcontractor, material
supplier, or vendor who is debarred, suspended, declared ineligible, or voluntarily excluded from participation in this
contract by any Federal Agency unless authorized by the Department.
Where I am unable to declare or certify as to any of the statements contained in the above stated paragraphs
numbered (1) through (10), I have provided an explanation in the "Exceptions" portion below or by attached sepa�ate
sheet.
EXCEPTIONS:
•
(Any exception listed above will not necessarily result in denial of award, but will be considered in determining
bidder res � '+ty.,,,For any exception noted, indicate to whom it applies, initiating agency and dates of agency action.
Provid� _ I�e� ic�ti��aCibr may result in criminal prosecution and/or administrative sanctions.)
��r : -�;.��T -•.�� •
i c}� `�►'
4 � � '�+ i :
i y
_ �c�T�rc�:. ,
of perjury that the foregoing is true and correct.
���a�+s� �L
�.�,vw.� — t
AND TITLE PRINTED
Executed on this �� day o�� ,�-�/
�� � �� :.L.�..,..
" ♦ ►
`�`_1._ 1 \ ..� � \
�
250
REQUIRED CONTRACT PROVISIONS
This certification applies to subcontractors, material suppliers, vendors and other lower tier participants.
•Appendix B of 49 CFR Part 29 —
Appendix B—Certi�cation Regarding Debarment, Suspension, Ineligibility and Voluntary Exclusion—Lower Tier Covered
Transactions
Instructions for Certification
1. By signing and submitting this proposal, the prospective lower tier participant is providing the certification set
out below.
2. The certification in this clause is a material representation of fact upon which reliance was placed when this
transaction was entered. If it is later determined that the prospective lower tier participant knowingly rendered an
erroneous certification, in addition to other remedies available to the Federal Govemment, the department or agency with
which this transaction originated may pursue available remedies, including suspension and/or debarment.
3. The prospective lower tier participant shall provide immediate written notice to the person to which this
proposal is submitted if at any time the prospective lower tier participant learns that its certification was erroneous when
submitted or has become erroneous by reason of changed circumstances.
4. The terms "covered transaction," "debarred," "suspended," "ineligible," "lower tier covered transaction,"
"participant," "person," "primary covered transaction," "principal," "proposal," and "voluntarily excluded," as used in this
clause, have the meanings set out in the Definitions and Coverage sections of rules implementing Executive Order 12549.
You may contact the person to whom this proposal is submitted for assistance in obtaining a copy of those regulations.
5. The prospective lower tier participant agrees by submitting this proposal that it shall not knowingly enter into
any lower tier covered transaction with a person who is debarred, suspended, declared ineligible, or voluntarily excluded
rom participation in this covered transaction, unless authorized by the department or agency with which this transaction
iginated.
6. The prospective lower tier participant further agrees by submitting this proposal that it will include this clause
titled "Certification Regarding Debarment, Suspension, Ineligibility and Voluntary Exclusion--Lower Tier Covered
Transaction," without modification, in all lower tier covered transactions and in all solicitations for lower tier covered
transactions.
7. A participant in a covered transaction may rely upon a certification of a prospective participant in a lower tier
covered transaction that it is not debarred, suspended, ineligible, or voluntarily excluded from the covered transaction,
unless it knows that the certification is erroneous. A participant may decide the method and frequency by which it
determines the eligibility of its principals. Each participant may, but is not required to, check the Nonprocurement List.
8. Nothing contained in the foregoing shall be construed to require establishment of a system of records in
order to render in good faith the certification required by this clause. The knowledge and information of a participant is not
required to exceed that which is normally possessed by a prudent person in the ordinary course of business dealings.
9. Except for transactions authorized under paragraph 5 of these instructions, if a participant in a covered
transaction knowingly enters into a lower tier covered transaction with a person who is suspended, debarred, ineligible, or
voluntarily excluded from participation in this transaction, in addition to other remedies available to the Federal
Government, the department or agency with which this transaction originated may pursue available remedies, including
suspension and/or debarment.
Certification Regarding Debarment, Suspension, Ineligibility and Voluntary Exclusion—Lower Tier Covered Transactions
(1) The prospective lower tier participant certifies, by submission of this proposal, that neither it nor its principals
is presently debarred, suspended, proposed for debarment, declared ineligible, or voluntary excluded from participation in
this transaction by any Federal department or agency.
(2) Where the prospective lower tier participant is unable to certify to any of the statements in this certification,
uch prospective participant shall attach an explanation to this proposal.